| 1 |
14 |
khays |
/* MIPS-specific support for ELF
|
| 2 |
|
|
Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
|
| 3 |
|
|
2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011
|
| 4 |
|
|
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
| 5 |
|
|
|
| 6 |
|
|
Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
|
| 7 |
|
|
<ian@cygnus.com>.
|
| 8 |
|
|
N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
|
| 9 |
|
|
<mark@codesourcery.com>
|
| 10 |
|
|
Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
|
| 11 |
|
|
Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
|
| 12 |
|
|
|
| 13 |
|
|
This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
|
| 14 |
|
|
|
| 15 |
|
|
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
| 16 |
|
|
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
| 17 |
|
|
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
|
| 18 |
|
|
(at your option) any later version.
|
| 19 |
|
|
|
| 20 |
|
|
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
| 21 |
|
|
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
| 22 |
|
|
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
| 23 |
|
|
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
| 24 |
|
|
|
| 25 |
|
|
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
| 26 |
|
|
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
| 27 |
|
|
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
|
| 28 |
|
|
MA 02110-1301, USA. */
|
| 29 |
|
|
|
| 30 |
|
|
|
| 31 |
|
|
/* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
|
| 32 |
|
|
|
| 33 |
|
|
#include "sysdep.h"
|
| 34 |
|
|
#include "bfd.h"
|
| 35 |
|
|
#include "libbfd.h"
|
| 36 |
|
|
#include "libiberty.h"
|
| 37 |
|
|
#include "elf-bfd.h"
|
| 38 |
|
|
#include "elfxx-mips.h"
|
| 39 |
|
|
#include "elf/mips.h"
|
| 40 |
|
|
#include "elf-vxworks.h"
|
| 41 |
|
|
|
| 42 |
|
|
/* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
|
| 43 |
|
|
#include "coff/sym.h"
|
| 44 |
|
|
#include "coff/symconst.h"
|
| 45 |
|
|
#include "coff/ecoff.h"
|
| 46 |
|
|
#include "coff/mips.h"
|
| 47 |
|
|
|
| 48 |
|
|
#include "hashtab.h"
|
| 49 |
|
|
|
| 50 |
|
|
/* This structure is used to hold information about one GOT entry.
|
| 51 |
|
|
There are three types of entry:
|
| 52 |
|
|
|
| 53 |
|
|
(1) absolute addresses
|
| 54 |
|
|
(abfd == NULL)
|
| 55 |
|
|
(2) SYMBOL + OFFSET addresses, where SYMBOL is local to an input bfd
|
| 56 |
|
|
(abfd != NULL, symndx >= 0)
|
| 57 |
|
|
(3) SYMBOL addresses, where SYMBOL is not local to an input bfd
|
| 58 |
|
|
(abfd != NULL, symndx == -1)
|
| 59 |
|
|
|
| 60 |
|
|
Type (3) entries are treated differently for different types of GOT.
|
| 61 |
|
|
In the "master" GOT -- i.e. the one that describes every GOT
|
| 62 |
|
|
reference needed in the link -- the mips_got_entry is keyed on both
|
| 63 |
|
|
the symbol and the input bfd that references it. If it turns out
|
| 64 |
|
|
that we need multiple GOTs, we can then use this information to
|
| 65 |
|
|
create separate GOTs for each input bfd.
|
| 66 |
|
|
|
| 67 |
|
|
However, we want each of these separate GOTs to have at most one
|
| 68 |
|
|
entry for a given symbol, so their type (3) entries are keyed only
|
| 69 |
|
|
on the symbol. The input bfd given by the "abfd" field is somewhat
|
| 70 |
|
|
arbitrary in this case.
|
| 71 |
|
|
|
| 72 |
|
|
This means that when there are multiple GOTs, each GOT has a unique
|
| 73 |
|
|
mips_got_entry for every symbol within it. We can therefore use the
|
| 74 |
|
|
mips_got_entry fields (tls_type and gotidx) to track the symbol's
|
| 75 |
|
|
GOT index.
|
| 76 |
|
|
|
| 77 |
|
|
However, if it turns out that we need only a single GOT, we continue
|
| 78 |
|
|
to use the master GOT to describe it. There may therefore be several
|
| 79 |
|
|
mips_got_entries for the same symbol, each with a different input bfd.
|
| 80 |
|
|
We want to make sure that each symbol gets a unique GOT entry, so when
|
| 81 |
|
|
there's a single GOT, we use the symbol's hash entry, not the
|
| 82 |
|
|
mips_got_entry fields, to track a symbol's GOT index. */
|
| 83 |
|
|
struct mips_got_entry
|
| 84 |
|
|
{
|
| 85 |
|
|
/* The input bfd in which the symbol is defined. */
|
| 86 |
|
|
bfd *abfd;
|
| 87 |
|
|
/* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
|
| 88 |
|
|
we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
|
| 89 |
|
|
long symndx;
|
| 90 |
|
|
union
|
| 91 |
|
|
{
|
| 92 |
|
|
/* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
|
| 93 |
|
|
bfd_vma address;
|
| 94 |
|
|
/* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
|
| 95 |
|
|
that should be added to the symbol value. */
|
| 96 |
|
|
bfd_vma addend;
|
| 97 |
|
|
/* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
|
| 98 |
|
|
corresponding to symbol in the GOT. The symbol's entry
|
| 99 |
|
|
is in the local area if h->global_got_area is GGA_NONE,
|
| 100 |
|
|
otherwise it is in the global area. */
|
| 101 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
|
| 102 |
|
|
} d;
|
| 103 |
|
|
|
| 104 |
|
|
/* The TLS types included in this GOT entry (specifically, GD and
|
| 105 |
|
|
IE). The GD and IE flags can be added as we encounter new
|
| 106 |
|
|
relocations. LDM can also be set; it will always be alone, not
|
| 107 |
|
|
combined with any GD or IE flags. An LDM GOT entry will be
|
| 108 |
|
|
a local symbol entry with r_symndx == 0. */
|
| 109 |
|
|
unsigned char tls_type;
|
| 110 |
|
|
|
| 111 |
|
|
/* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
|
| 112 |
|
|
corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
|
| 113 |
|
|
whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
|
| 114 |
|
|
long gotidx;
|
| 115 |
|
|
};
|
| 116 |
|
|
|
| 117 |
|
|
/* This structure describes a range of addends: [MIN_ADDEND, MAX_ADDEND].
|
| 118 |
|
|
The structures form a non-overlapping list that is sorted by increasing
|
| 119 |
|
|
MIN_ADDEND. */
|
| 120 |
|
|
struct mips_got_page_range
|
| 121 |
|
|
{
|
| 122 |
|
|
struct mips_got_page_range *next;
|
| 123 |
|
|
bfd_signed_vma min_addend;
|
| 124 |
|
|
bfd_signed_vma max_addend;
|
| 125 |
|
|
};
|
| 126 |
|
|
|
| 127 |
|
|
/* This structure describes the range of addends that are applied to page
|
| 128 |
|
|
relocations against a given symbol. */
|
| 129 |
|
|
struct mips_got_page_entry
|
| 130 |
|
|
{
|
| 131 |
|
|
/* The input bfd in which the symbol is defined. */
|
| 132 |
|
|
bfd *abfd;
|
| 133 |
|
|
/* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info. */
|
| 134 |
|
|
long symndx;
|
| 135 |
|
|
/* The ranges for this page entry. */
|
| 136 |
|
|
struct mips_got_page_range *ranges;
|
| 137 |
|
|
/* The maximum number of page entries needed for RANGES. */
|
| 138 |
|
|
bfd_vma num_pages;
|
| 139 |
|
|
};
|
| 140 |
|
|
|
| 141 |
|
|
/* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
|
| 142 |
|
|
|
| 143 |
|
|
struct mips_got_info
|
| 144 |
|
|
{
|
| 145 |
|
|
/* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
|
| 146 |
|
|
symbol table. */
|
| 147 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *global_gotsym;
|
| 148 |
|
|
/* The number of global .got entries. */
|
| 149 |
|
|
unsigned int global_gotno;
|
| 150 |
|
|
/* The number of global .got entries that are in the GGA_RELOC_ONLY area. */
|
| 151 |
|
|
unsigned int reloc_only_gotno;
|
| 152 |
|
|
/* The number of .got slots used for TLS. */
|
| 153 |
|
|
unsigned int tls_gotno;
|
| 154 |
|
|
/* The first unused TLS .got entry. Used only during
|
| 155 |
|
|
mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
|
| 156 |
|
|
unsigned int tls_assigned_gotno;
|
| 157 |
|
|
/* The number of local .got entries, eventually including page entries. */
|
| 158 |
|
|
unsigned int local_gotno;
|
| 159 |
|
|
/* The maximum number of page entries needed. */
|
| 160 |
|
|
unsigned int page_gotno;
|
| 161 |
|
|
/* The number of local .got entries we have used. */
|
| 162 |
|
|
unsigned int assigned_gotno;
|
| 163 |
|
|
/* A hash table holding members of the got. */
|
| 164 |
|
|
struct htab *got_entries;
|
| 165 |
|
|
/* A hash table of mips_got_page_entry structures. */
|
| 166 |
|
|
struct htab *got_page_entries;
|
| 167 |
|
|
/* A hash table mapping input bfds to other mips_got_info. NULL
|
| 168 |
|
|
unless multi-got was necessary. */
|
| 169 |
|
|
struct htab *bfd2got;
|
| 170 |
|
|
/* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
|
| 171 |
|
|
of the time, it points to the previous got). */
|
| 172 |
|
|
struct mips_got_info *next;
|
| 173 |
|
|
/* This is the GOT index of the TLS LDM entry for the GOT, MINUS_ONE
|
| 174 |
|
|
for none, or MINUS_TWO for not yet assigned. This is needed
|
| 175 |
|
|
because a single-GOT link may have multiple hash table entries
|
| 176 |
|
|
for the LDM. It does not get initialized in multi-GOT mode. */
|
| 177 |
|
|
bfd_vma tls_ldm_offset;
|
| 178 |
|
|
};
|
| 179 |
|
|
|
| 180 |
|
|
/* Map an input bfd to a got in a multi-got link. */
|
| 181 |
|
|
|
| 182 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
|
| 183 |
|
|
{
|
| 184 |
|
|
bfd *bfd;
|
| 185 |
|
|
struct mips_got_info *g;
|
| 186 |
|
|
};
|
| 187 |
|
|
|
| 188 |
|
|
/* Structure passed when traversing the bfd2got hash table, used to
|
| 189 |
|
|
create and merge bfd's gots. */
|
| 190 |
|
|
|
| 191 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
|
| 192 |
|
|
{
|
| 193 |
|
|
/* A hashtable that maps bfds to gots. */
|
| 194 |
|
|
htab_t bfd2got;
|
| 195 |
|
|
/* The output bfd. */
|
| 196 |
|
|
bfd *obfd;
|
| 197 |
|
|
/* The link information. */
|
| 198 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info;
|
| 199 |
|
|
/* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
|
| 200 |
|
|
the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
|
| 201 |
|
|
DT_MIPS_GOTSYM. */
|
| 202 |
|
|
struct mips_got_info *primary;
|
| 203 |
|
|
/* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
|
| 204 |
|
|
gots. */
|
| 205 |
|
|
struct mips_got_info *current;
|
| 206 |
|
|
/* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
|
| 207 |
|
|
16-bit offset. */
|
| 208 |
|
|
unsigned int max_count;
|
| 209 |
|
|
/* The maximum number of page entries needed by each got. */
|
| 210 |
|
|
unsigned int max_pages;
|
| 211 |
|
|
/* The total number of global entries which will live in the
|
| 212 |
|
|
primary got and be automatically relocated. This includes
|
| 213 |
|
|
those not referenced by the primary GOT but included in
|
| 214 |
|
|
the "master" GOT. */
|
| 215 |
|
|
unsigned int global_count;
|
| 216 |
|
|
};
|
| 217 |
|
|
|
| 218 |
|
|
/* Another structure used to pass arguments for got entries traversal. */
|
| 219 |
|
|
|
| 220 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
|
| 221 |
|
|
{
|
| 222 |
|
|
struct mips_got_info *g;
|
| 223 |
|
|
int value;
|
| 224 |
|
|
unsigned int needed_relocs;
|
| 225 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info;
|
| 226 |
|
|
};
|
| 227 |
|
|
|
| 228 |
|
|
/* A structure used to count TLS relocations or GOT entries, for GOT
|
| 229 |
|
|
entry or ELF symbol table traversal. */
|
| 230 |
|
|
|
| 231 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
|
| 232 |
|
|
{
|
| 233 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info;
|
| 234 |
|
|
unsigned int needed;
|
| 235 |
|
|
};
|
| 236 |
|
|
|
| 237 |
|
|
struct _mips_elf_section_data
|
| 238 |
|
|
{
|
| 239 |
|
|
struct bfd_elf_section_data elf;
|
| 240 |
|
|
union
|
| 241 |
|
|
{
|
| 242 |
|
|
bfd_byte *tdata;
|
| 243 |
|
|
} u;
|
| 244 |
|
|
};
|
| 245 |
|
|
|
| 246 |
|
|
#define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
|
| 247 |
|
|
((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
|
| 248 |
|
|
|
| 249 |
|
|
#define is_mips_elf(bfd) \
|
| 250 |
|
|
(bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
|
| 251 |
|
|
&& elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
|
| 252 |
|
|
&& elf_object_id (bfd) == MIPS_ELF_DATA)
|
| 253 |
|
|
|
| 254 |
|
|
/* The ABI says that every symbol used by dynamic relocations must have
|
| 255 |
|
|
a global GOT entry. Among other things, this provides the dynamic
|
| 256 |
|
|
linker with a free, directly-indexed cache. The GOT can therefore
|
| 257 |
|
|
contain symbols that are not referenced by GOT relocations themselves
|
| 258 |
|
|
(in other words, it may have symbols that are not referenced by things
|
| 259 |
|
|
like R_MIPS_GOT16 and R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE).
|
| 260 |
|
|
|
| 261 |
|
|
GOT relocations are less likely to overflow if we put the associated
|
| 262 |
|
|
GOT entries towards the beginning. We therefore divide the global
|
| 263 |
|
|
GOT entries into two areas: "normal" and "reloc-only". Entries in
|
| 264 |
|
|
the first area can be used for both dynamic relocations and GP-relative
|
| 265 |
|
|
accesses, while those in the "reloc-only" area are for dynamic
|
| 266 |
|
|
relocations only.
|
| 267 |
|
|
|
| 268 |
|
|
These GGA_* ("Global GOT Area") values are organised so that lower
|
| 269 |
|
|
values are more general than higher values. Also, non-GGA_NONE
|
| 270 |
|
|
values are ordered by the position of the area in the GOT. */
|
| 271 |
|
|
#define GGA_NORMAL 0
|
| 272 |
|
|
#define GGA_RELOC_ONLY 1
|
| 273 |
|
|
#define GGA_NONE 2
|
| 274 |
|
|
|
| 275 |
|
|
/* Information about a non-PIC interface to a PIC function. There are
|
| 276 |
|
|
two ways of creating these interfaces. The first is to add:
|
| 277 |
|
|
|
| 278 |
|
|
lui $25,%hi(func)
|
| 279 |
|
|
addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
|
| 280 |
|
|
|
| 281 |
|
|
immediately before a PIC function "func". The second is to add:
|
| 282 |
|
|
|
| 283 |
|
|
lui $25,%hi(func)
|
| 284 |
|
|
j func
|
| 285 |
|
|
addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
|
| 286 |
|
|
|
| 287 |
|
|
to a separate trampoline section.
|
| 288 |
|
|
|
| 289 |
|
|
Stubs of the first kind go in a new section immediately before the
|
| 290 |
|
|
target function. Stubs of the second kind go in a single section
|
| 291 |
|
|
pointed to by the hash table's "strampoline" field. */
|
| 292 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_la25_stub {
|
| 293 |
|
|
/* The generated section that contains this stub. */
|
| 294 |
|
|
asection *stub_section;
|
| 295 |
|
|
|
| 296 |
|
|
/* The offset of the stub from the start of STUB_SECTION. */
|
| 297 |
|
|
bfd_vma offset;
|
| 298 |
|
|
|
| 299 |
|
|
/* One symbol for the original function. Its location is available
|
| 300 |
|
|
in H->root.root.u.def. */
|
| 301 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
|
| 302 |
|
|
};
|
| 303 |
|
|
|
| 304 |
|
|
/* Macros for populating a mips_elf_la25_stub. */
|
| 305 |
|
|
|
| 306 |
|
|
#define LA25_LUI(VAL) (0x3c190000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
|
| 307 |
|
|
#define LA25_J(VAL) (0x08000000 | (((VAL) >> 2) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
|
| 308 |
|
|
#define LA25_ADDIU(VAL) (0x27390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
|
| 309 |
|
|
|
| 310 |
|
|
/* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
|
| 311 |
|
|
the dynamic symbols. */
|
| 312 |
|
|
|
| 313 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
|
| 314 |
|
|
{
|
| 315 |
|
|
/* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
|
| 316 |
|
|
index. */
|
| 317 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *low;
|
| 318 |
|
|
/* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a non-TLS
|
| 319 |
|
|
symbol with a GOT entry. */
|
| 320 |
|
|
long min_got_dynindx;
|
| 321 |
|
|
/* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
|
| 322 |
|
|
with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
|
| 323 |
|
|
with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */
|
| 324 |
|
|
long max_unref_got_dynindx;
|
| 325 |
|
|
/* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a
|
| 326 |
|
|
symbol without a GOT entry. */
|
| 327 |
|
|
long max_non_got_dynindx;
|
| 328 |
|
|
};
|
| 329 |
|
|
|
| 330 |
|
|
/* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
|
| 331 |
|
|
the global hash table. */
|
| 332 |
|
|
|
| 333 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
|
| 334 |
|
|
{
|
| 335 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
|
| 336 |
|
|
|
| 337 |
|
|
/* External symbol information. */
|
| 338 |
|
|
EXTR esym;
|
| 339 |
|
|
|
| 340 |
|
|
/* The la25 stub we have created for ths symbol, if any. */
|
| 341 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_la25_stub *la25_stub;
|
| 342 |
|
|
|
| 343 |
|
|
/* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
|
| 344 |
|
|
this symbol. */
|
| 345 |
|
|
unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs;
|
| 346 |
|
|
|
| 347 |
|
|
/* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
|
| 348 |
|
|
16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
|
| 349 |
|
|
asection *fn_stub;
|
| 350 |
|
|
|
| 351 |
|
|
/* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
|
| 352 |
|
|
32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
|
| 353 |
|
|
asection *call_stub;
|
| 354 |
|
|
|
| 355 |
|
|
/* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
|
| 356 |
|
|
being called returns a floating point value. */
|
| 357 |
|
|
asection *call_fp_stub;
|
| 358 |
|
|
|
| 359 |
|
|
#define GOT_NORMAL 0
|
| 360 |
|
|
#define GOT_TLS_GD 1
|
| 361 |
|
|
#define GOT_TLS_LDM 2
|
| 362 |
|
|
#define GOT_TLS_IE 4
|
| 363 |
|
|
#define GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE 0x40
|
| 364 |
|
|
#define GOT_TLS_DONE 0x80
|
| 365 |
|
|
unsigned char tls_type;
|
| 366 |
|
|
|
| 367 |
|
|
/* This is only used in single-GOT mode; in multi-GOT mode there
|
| 368 |
|
|
is one mips_got_entry per GOT entry, so the offset is stored
|
| 369 |
|
|
there. In single-GOT mode there may be many mips_got_entry
|
| 370 |
|
|
structures all referring to the same GOT slot. It might be
|
| 371 |
|
|
possible to use root.got.offset instead, but that field is
|
| 372 |
|
|
overloaded already. */
|
| 373 |
|
|
bfd_vma tls_got_offset;
|
| 374 |
|
|
|
| 375 |
|
|
/* The highest GGA_* value that satisfies all references to this symbol. */
|
| 376 |
|
|
unsigned int global_got_area : 2;
|
| 377 |
|
|
|
| 378 |
|
|
/* True if all GOT relocations against this symbol are for calls. This is
|
| 379 |
|
|
a looser condition than no_fn_stub below, because there may be other
|
| 380 |
|
|
non-call non-GOT relocations against the symbol. */
|
| 381 |
|
|
unsigned int got_only_for_calls : 1;
|
| 382 |
|
|
|
| 383 |
|
|
/* True if one of the relocations described by possibly_dynamic_relocs
|
| 384 |
|
|
is against a readonly section. */
|
| 385 |
|
|
unsigned int readonly_reloc : 1;
|
| 386 |
|
|
|
| 387 |
|
|
/* True if there is a relocation against this symbol that must be
|
| 388 |
|
|
resolved by the static linker (in other words, if the relocation
|
| 389 |
|
|
cannot possibly be made dynamic). */
|
| 390 |
|
|
unsigned int has_static_relocs : 1;
|
| 391 |
|
|
|
| 392 |
|
|
/* True if we must not create a .MIPS.stubs entry for this symbol.
|
| 393 |
|
|
This is set, for example, if there are relocations related to
|
| 394 |
|
|
taking the function's address, i.e. any but R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones.
|
| 395 |
|
|
See "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition", p. 4-20. */
|
| 396 |
|
|
unsigned int no_fn_stub : 1;
|
| 397 |
|
|
|
| 398 |
|
|
/* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is true if this symbol appears
|
| 399 |
|
|
in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
|
| 400 |
|
|
unsigned int need_fn_stub : 1;
|
| 401 |
|
|
|
| 402 |
|
|
/* True if this symbol is referenced by branch relocations from
|
| 403 |
|
|
any non-PIC input file. This is used to determine whether an
|
| 404 |
|
|
la25 stub is required. */
|
| 405 |
|
|
unsigned int has_nonpic_branches : 1;
|
| 406 |
|
|
|
| 407 |
|
|
/* Does this symbol need a traditional MIPS lazy-binding stub
|
| 408 |
|
|
(as opposed to a PLT entry)? */
|
| 409 |
|
|
unsigned int needs_lazy_stub : 1;
|
| 410 |
|
|
};
|
| 411 |
|
|
|
| 412 |
|
|
/* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
|
| 413 |
|
|
|
| 414 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
|
| 415 |
|
|
{
|
| 416 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_table root;
|
| 417 |
|
|
#if 0
|
| 418 |
|
|
/* We no longer use this. */
|
| 419 |
|
|
/* String section indices for the dynamic section symbols. */
|
| 420 |
|
|
bfd_size_type dynsym_sec_strindex[SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES];
|
| 421 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 422 |
|
|
|
| 423 |
|
|
/* The number of .rtproc entries. */
|
| 424 |
|
|
bfd_size_type procedure_count;
|
| 425 |
|
|
|
| 426 |
|
|
/* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
|
| 427 |
|
|
bfd_size_type compact_rel_size;
|
| 428 |
|
|
|
| 429 |
|
|
/* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic
|
| 430 |
|
|
entry is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5. */
|
| 431 |
|
|
bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head;
|
| 432 |
|
|
|
| 433 |
|
|
/* This is the value of the __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
|
| 434 |
|
|
bfd_vma rld_value;
|
| 435 |
|
|
|
| 436 |
|
|
/* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
|
| 437 |
|
|
bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen;
|
| 438 |
|
|
|
| 439 |
|
|
/* True if we can generate copy relocs and PLTs. */
|
| 440 |
|
|
bfd_boolean use_plts_and_copy_relocs;
|
| 441 |
|
|
|
| 442 |
|
|
/* True if we're generating code for VxWorks. */
|
| 443 |
|
|
bfd_boolean is_vxworks;
|
| 444 |
|
|
|
| 445 |
|
|
/* True if we already reported the small-data section overflow. */
|
| 446 |
|
|
bfd_boolean small_data_overflow_reported;
|
| 447 |
|
|
|
| 448 |
|
|
/* Shortcuts to some dynamic sections, or NULL if they are not
|
| 449 |
|
|
being used. */
|
| 450 |
|
|
asection *srelbss;
|
| 451 |
|
|
asection *sdynbss;
|
| 452 |
|
|
asection *srelplt;
|
| 453 |
|
|
asection *srelplt2;
|
| 454 |
|
|
asection *sgotplt;
|
| 455 |
|
|
asection *splt;
|
| 456 |
|
|
asection *sstubs;
|
| 457 |
|
|
asection *sgot;
|
| 458 |
|
|
|
| 459 |
|
|
/* The master GOT information. */
|
| 460 |
|
|
struct mips_got_info *got_info;
|
| 461 |
|
|
|
| 462 |
|
|
/* The size of the PLT header in bytes. */
|
| 463 |
|
|
bfd_vma plt_header_size;
|
| 464 |
|
|
|
| 465 |
|
|
/* The size of a PLT entry in bytes. */
|
| 466 |
|
|
bfd_vma plt_entry_size;
|
| 467 |
|
|
|
| 468 |
|
|
/* The number of functions that need a lazy-binding stub. */
|
| 469 |
|
|
bfd_vma lazy_stub_count;
|
| 470 |
|
|
|
| 471 |
|
|
/* The size of a function stub entry in bytes. */
|
| 472 |
|
|
bfd_vma function_stub_size;
|
| 473 |
|
|
|
| 474 |
|
|
/* The number of reserved entries at the beginning of the GOT. */
|
| 475 |
|
|
unsigned int reserved_gotno;
|
| 476 |
|
|
|
| 477 |
|
|
/* The section used for mips_elf_la25_stub trampolines.
|
| 478 |
|
|
See the comment above that structure for details. */
|
| 479 |
|
|
asection *strampoline;
|
| 480 |
|
|
|
| 481 |
|
|
/* A table of mips_elf_la25_stubs, indexed by (input_section, offset)
|
| 482 |
|
|
pairs. */
|
| 483 |
|
|
htab_t la25_stubs;
|
| 484 |
|
|
|
| 485 |
|
|
/* A function FN (NAME, IS, OS) that creates a new input section
|
| 486 |
|
|
called NAME and links it to output section OS. If IS is nonnull,
|
| 487 |
|
|
the new section should go immediately before it, otherwise it
|
| 488 |
|
|
should go at the (current) beginning of OS.
|
| 489 |
|
|
|
| 490 |
|
|
The function returns the new section on success, otherwise it
|
| 491 |
|
|
returns null. */
|
| 492 |
|
|
asection *(*add_stub_section) (const char *, asection *, asection *);
|
| 493 |
|
|
};
|
| 494 |
|
|
|
| 495 |
|
|
/* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
|
| 496 |
|
|
|
| 497 |
|
|
#define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
|
| 498 |
|
|
(elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
|
| 499 |
|
|
== MIPS_ELF_DATA ? ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
|
| 500 |
|
|
|
| 501 |
|
|
/* A structure used to communicate with htab_traverse callbacks. */
|
| 502 |
|
|
struct mips_htab_traverse_info
|
| 503 |
|
|
{
|
| 504 |
|
|
/* The usual link-wide information. */
|
| 505 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info;
|
| 506 |
|
|
bfd *output_bfd;
|
| 507 |
|
|
|
| 508 |
|
|
/* Starts off FALSE and is set to TRUE if the link should be aborted. */
|
| 509 |
|
|
bfd_boolean error;
|
| 510 |
|
|
};
|
| 511 |
|
|
|
| 512 |
|
|
#define TLS_RELOC_P(r_type) \
|
| 513 |
|
|
(r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32 \
|
| 514 |
|
|
|| r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 \
|
| 515 |
|
|
|| r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32 \
|
| 516 |
|
|
|| r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 \
|
| 517 |
|
|
|| r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD \
|
| 518 |
|
|
|| r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM \
|
| 519 |
|
|
|| r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
|
| 520 |
|
|
|| r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
|
| 521 |
|
|
|| r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
|
| 522 |
|
|
|| r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32 \
|
| 523 |
|
|
|| r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 \
|
| 524 |
|
|
|| r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
|
| 525 |
|
|
|| r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16)
|
| 526 |
|
|
|
| 527 |
|
|
/* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
|
| 528 |
|
|
|
| 529 |
|
|
struct extsym_info
|
| 530 |
|
|
{
|
| 531 |
|
|
bfd *abfd;
|
| 532 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info;
|
| 533 |
|
|
struct ecoff_debug_info *debug;
|
| 534 |
|
|
const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
|
| 535 |
|
|
bfd_boolean failed;
|
| 536 |
|
|
};
|
| 537 |
|
|
|
| 538 |
|
|
/* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
|
| 539 |
|
|
|
| 540 |
|
|
static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[] =
|
| 541 |
|
|
{
|
| 542 |
|
|
"_procedure_table",
|
| 543 |
|
|
"_procedure_string_table",
|
| 544 |
|
|
"_procedure_table_size",
|
| 545 |
|
|
NULL
|
| 546 |
|
|
};
|
| 547 |
|
|
|
| 548 |
|
|
/* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
|
| 549 |
|
|
IRIX5. */
|
| 550 |
|
|
|
| 551 |
|
|
typedef struct
|
| 552 |
|
|
{
|
| 553 |
|
|
unsigned long id1; /* Always one? */
|
| 554 |
|
|
unsigned long num; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
|
| 555 |
|
|
unsigned long id2; /* Always two? */
|
| 556 |
|
|
unsigned long offset; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
|
| 557 |
|
|
unsigned long reserved0; /* Zero? */
|
| 558 |
|
|
unsigned long reserved1; /* Zero? */
|
| 559 |
|
|
} Elf32_compact_rel;
|
| 560 |
|
|
|
| 561 |
|
|
typedef struct
|
| 562 |
|
|
{
|
| 563 |
|
|
bfd_byte id1[4];
|
| 564 |
|
|
bfd_byte num[4];
|
| 565 |
|
|
bfd_byte id2[4];
|
| 566 |
|
|
bfd_byte offset[4];
|
| 567 |
|
|
bfd_byte reserved0[4];
|
| 568 |
|
|
bfd_byte reserved1[4];
|
| 569 |
|
|
} Elf32_External_compact_rel;
|
| 570 |
|
|
|
| 571 |
|
|
typedef struct
|
| 572 |
|
|
{
|
| 573 |
|
|
unsigned int ctype : 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
|
| 574 |
|
|
unsigned int rtype : 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
|
| 575 |
|
|
unsigned int dist2to : 8;
|
| 576 |
|
|
unsigned int relvaddr : 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
|
| 577 |
|
|
unsigned long konst; /* KONST field. See below. */
|
| 578 |
|
|
unsigned long vaddr; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
|
| 579 |
|
|
} Elf32_crinfo;
|
| 580 |
|
|
|
| 581 |
|
|
typedef struct
|
| 582 |
|
|
{
|
| 583 |
|
|
unsigned int ctype : 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
|
| 584 |
|
|
unsigned int rtype : 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
|
| 585 |
|
|
unsigned int dist2to : 8;
|
| 586 |
|
|
unsigned int relvaddr : 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
|
| 587 |
|
|
unsigned long konst; /* KONST field. See below. */
|
| 588 |
|
|
} Elf32_crinfo2;
|
| 589 |
|
|
|
| 590 |
|
|
typedef struct
|
| 591 |
|
|
{
|
| 592 |
|
|
bfd_byte info[4];
|
| 593 |
|
|
bfd_byte konst[4];
|
| 594 |
|
|
bfd_byte vaddr[4];
|
| 595 |
|
|
} Elf32_External_crinfo;
|
| 596 |
|
|
|
| 597 |
|
|
typedef struct
|
| 598 |
|
|
{
|
| 599 |
|
|
bfd_byte info[4];
|
| 600 |
|
|
bfd_byte konst[4];
|
| 601 |
|
|
} Elf32_External_crinfo2;
|
| 602 |
|
|
|
| 603 |
|
|
/* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
|
| 604 |
|
|
|
| 605 |
|
|
#define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
|
| 606 |
|
|
#define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
|
| 607 |
|
|
#define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
|
| 608 |
|
|
#define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
|
| 609 |
|
|
#define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
|
| 610 |
|
|
#define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
|
| 611 |
|
|
#define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
|
| 612 |
|
|
#define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
|
| 613 |
|
|
|
| 614 |
|
|
/* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
|
| 615 |
|
|
formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
|
| 616 |
|
|
fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
|
| 617 |
|
|
#define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
|
| 618 |
|
|
#define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
|
| 619 |
|
|
|
| 620 |
|
|
/* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
|
| 621 |
|
|
has different meaning for each type:
|
| 622 |
|
|
|
| 623 |
|
|
(type) (konst)
|
| 624 |
|
|
CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
|
| 625 |
|
|
CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
|
| 626 |
|
|
CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
|
| 627 |
|
|
CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
|
| 628 |
|
|
*/
|
| 629 |
|
|
|
| 630 |
|
|
#define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
|
| 631 |
|
|
#define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
|
| 632 |
|
|
#define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
|
| 633 |
|
|
#define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
|
| 634 |
|
|
|
| 635 |
|
|
#define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
|
| 636 |
|
|
#define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
|
| 637 |
|
|
#define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
|
| 638 |
|
|
#define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
|
| 639 |
|
|
|
| 640 |
|
|
/* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
|
| 641 |
|
|
loader for use by the static exception system. */
|
| 642 |
|
|
|
| 643 |
|
|
typedef struct runtime_pdr {
|
| 644 |
|
|
bfd_vma adr; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
|
| 645 |
|
|
long regmask; /* Save register mask. */
|
| 646 |
|
|
long regoffset; /* Save register offset. */
|
| 647 |
|
|
long fregmask; /* Save floating point register mask. */
|
| 648 |
|
|
long fregoffset; /* Save floating point register offset. */
|
| 649 |
|
|
long frameoffset; /* Frame size. */
|
| 650 |
|
|
short framereg; /* Frame pointer register. */
|
| 651 |
|
|
short pcreg; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
|
| 652 |
|
|
long irpss; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
|
| 653 |
|
|
long reserved;
|
| 654 |
|
|
struct exception_info *exception_info;/* Pointer to exception array. */
|
| 655 |
|
|
} RPDR, *pRPDR;
|
| 656 |
|
|
#define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
|
| 657 |
|
|
#define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
|
| 658 |
|
|
|
| 659 |
|
|
static struct mips_got_entry *mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
|
| 660 |
|
|
(bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd *, bfd_vma, unsigned long,
|
| 661 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, int);
|
| 662 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
|
| 663 |
|
|
(struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, void *);
|
| 664 |
|
|
static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
|
| 665 |
|
|
(bfd_vma);
|
| 666 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
|
| 667 |
|
|
(bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *,
|
| 668 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, asection *, bfd_vma,
|
| 669 |
|
|
bfd_vma *, asection *);
|
| 670 |
|
|
static hashval_t mips_elf_got_entry_hash
|
| 671 |
|
|
(const void *);
|
| 672 |
|
|
static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
|
| 673 |
|
|
(bfd *, struct mips_got_info *, bfd *);
|
| 674 |
|
|
static struct mips_got_info *mips_elf_got_for_ibfd
|
| 675 |
|
|
(struct mips_got_info *, bfd *);
|
| 676 |
|
|
|
| 677 |
|
|
/* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
|
| 678 |
|
|
static bfd *reldyn_sorting_bfd;
|
| 679 |
|
|
|
| 680 |
|
|
/* True if ABFD is for CPUs with load interlocking that include
|
| 681 |
|
|
non-MIPS1 CPUs and R3900. */
|
| 682 |
|
|
#define LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P(abfd) \
|
| 683 |
|
|
( ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) != E_MIPS_ARCH_1) \
|
| 684 |
|
|
|| ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_3900))
|
| 685 |
|
|
|
| 686 |
|
|
/* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JAL is converted to BAL.
|
| 687 |
|
|
This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate
|
| 688 |
|
|
for RM9000 for now. */
|
| 689 |
|
|
#define JAL_TO_BAL_P(abfd) \
|
| 690 |
|
|
((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_9000)
|
| 691 |
|
|
|
| 692 |
|
|
/* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JALR is converted to BAL.
|
| 693 |
|
|
This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
|
| 694 |
|
|
all CPUs. */
|
| 695 |
|
|
#define JALR_TO_BAL_P(abfd) 1
|
| 696 |
|
|
|
| 697 |
|
|
/* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JR is converted to B.
|
| 698 |
|
|
This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
|
| 699 |
|
|
all CPUs. */
|
| 700 |
|
|
#define JR_TO_B_P(abfd) 1
|
| 701 |
|
|
|
| 702 |
|
|
/* True if ABFD is a PIC object. */
|
| 703 |
|
|
#define PIC_OBJECT_P(abfd) \
|
| 704 |
|
|
((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC) != 0)
|
| 705 |
|
|
|
| 706 |
|
|
/* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
|
| 707 |
|
|
#define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
|
| 708 |
|
|
((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
|
| 709 |
|
|
|
| 710 |
|
|
/* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
|
| 711 |
|
|
#define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
|
| 712 |
|
|
(get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
|
| 713 |
|
|
|
| 714 |
|
|
/* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
|
| 715 |
|
|
#define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
|
| 716 |
|
|
|
| 717 |
|
|
/* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
|
| 718 |
|
|
#define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
|
| 719 |
|
|
(get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
|
| 720 |
|
|
|
| 721 |
|
|
/* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
|
| 722 |
|
|
#define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
|
| 723 |
|
|
(IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
|
| 724 |
|
|
|
| 725 |
|
|
/* The name of the options section. */
|
| 726 |
|
|
#define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
|
| 727 |
|
|
(NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
|
| 728 |
|
|
|
| 729 |
|
|
/* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section.
|
| 730 |
|
|
Some IRIX system files do not use MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME. */
|
| 731 |
|
|
#define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
|
| 732 |
|
|
(strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.options") == 0 || strcmp (NAME, ".options") == 0)
|
| 733 |
|
|
|
| 734 |
|
|
/* Whether the section is readonly. */
|
| 735 |
|
|
#define MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION(sec) \
|
| 736 |
|
|
((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) \
|
| 737 |
|
|
== (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
|
| 738 |
|
|
|
| 739 |
|
|
/* The name of the stub section. */
|
| 740 |
|
|
#define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
|
| 741 |
|
|
|
| 742 |
|
|
/* The size of an external REL relocation. */
|
| 743 |
|
|
#define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
|
| 744 |
|
|
(get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
|
| 745 |
|
|
|
| 746 |
|
|
/* The size of an external RELA relocation. */
|
| 747 |
|
|
#define MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE(abfd) \
|
| 748 |
|
|
(get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rela)
|
| 749 |
|
|
|
| 750 |
|
|
/* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
|
| 751 |
|
|
#define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
|
| 752 |
|
|
(get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
|
| 753 |
|
|
|
| 754 |
|
|
/* The size of a GOT entry. */
|
| 755 |
|
|
#define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
|
| 756 |
|
|
(get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
|
| 757 |
|
|
|
| 758 |
|
|
/* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
|
| 759 |
|
|
#define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
|
| 760 |
|
|
(get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
|
| 761 |
|
|
|
| 762 |
|
|
/* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
|
| 763 |
|
|
#define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
|
| 764 |
|
|
(get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
|
| 765 |
|
|
|
| 766 |
|
|
/* Get word-sized data. */
|
| 767 |
|
|
#define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
|
| 768 |
|
|
(ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
|
| 769 |
|
|
|
| 770 |
|
|
/* Put out word-sized data. */
|
| 771 |
|
|
#define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
|
| 772 |
|
|
(ABI_64_P (abfd) \
|
| 773 |
|
|
? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
|
| 774 |
|
|
: bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
|
| 775 |
|
|
|
| 776 |
|
|
/* The opcode for word-sized loads (LW or LD). */
|
| 777 |
|
|
#define MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD(abfd) \
|
| 778 |
|
|
(ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 0xdc000000 : 0x8c000000)
|
| 779 |
|
|
|
| 780 |
|
|
/* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
|
| 781 |
|
|
#define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
|
| 782 |
|
|
_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
|
| 783 |
|
|
|
| 784 |
|
|
#define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
|
| 785 |
|
|
(get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
|
| 786 |
|
|
|
| 787 |
|
|
/* The name of the dynamic relocation section. */
|
| 788 |
|
|
#define MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME(INFO) \
|
| 789 |
|
|
(mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? ".rela.dyn" : ".rel.dyn")
|
| 790 |
|
|
|
| 791 |
|
|
/* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
|
| 792 |
|
|
from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
|
| 793 |
|
|
#define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
|
| 794 |
|
|
#define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2)
|
| 795 |
|
|
|
| 796 |
|
|
/* The value to write into got[1] for SVR4 targets, to identify it is
|
| 797 |
|
|
a GNU object. The dynamic linker can then use got[1] to store the
|
| 798 |
|
|
module pointer. */
|
| 799 |
|
|
#define MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK(abfd) \
|
| 800 |
|
|
((bfd_vma) 1 << (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 63 : 31))
|
| 801 |
|
|
|
| 802 |
|
|
/* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
|
| 803 |
|
|
#define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(INFO) \
|
| 804 |
|
|
(mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 0x0 : 0x7ff0)
|
| 805 |
|
|
|
| 806 |
|
|
/* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
|
| 807 |
|
|
offsets from $gp. */
|
| 808 |
|
|
#define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(INFO) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (INFO) + 0x7fff)
|
| 809 |
|
|
|
| 810 |
|
|
/* Instructions which appear in a stub. */
|
| 811 |
|
|
#define STUB_LW(abfd) \
|
| 812 |
|
|
((ABI_64_P (abfd) \
|
| 813 |
|
|
? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
|
| 814 |
|
|
: 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
|
| 815 |
|
|
#define STUB_MOVE(abfd) \
|
| 816 |
|
|
((ABI_64_P (abfd) \
|
| 817 |
|
|
? 0x03e0782d /* daddu t7,ra */ \
|
| 818 |
|
|
: 0x03e07821)) /* addu t7,ra */
|
| 819 |
|
|
#define STUB_LUI(VAL) (0x3c180000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
|
| 820 |
|
|
#define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr t9,ra */
|
| 821 |
|
|
#define STUB_ORI(VAL) (0x37180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
|
| 822 |
|
|
#define STUB_LI16U(VAL) (0x34180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
|
| 823 |
|
|
#define STUB_LI16S(abfd, VAL) \
|
| 824 |
|
|
((ABI_64_P (abfd) \
|
| 825 |
|
|
? (0x64180000 + (VAL)) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
|
| 826 |
|
|
: (0x24180000 + (VAL)))) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
|
| 827 |
|
|
|
| 828 |
|
|
#define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
|
| 829 |
|
|
#define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
|
| 830 |
|
|
|
| 831 |
|
|
/* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
|
| 832 |
|
|
section. */
|
| 833 |
|
|
|
| 834 |
|
|
#define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
|
| 835 |
|
|
(ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
|
| 836 |
|
|
: ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
|
| 837 |
|
|
: "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
|
| 838 |
|
|
|
| 839 |
|
|
#ifdef BFD64
|
| 840 |
|
|
#define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
|
| 841 |
|
|
(ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
|
| 842 |
|
|
#define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
|
| 843 |
|
|
(ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
|
| 844 |
|
|
#define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
|
| 845 |
|
|
(ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
|
| 846 |
|
|
#define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
|
| 847 |
|
|
(ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
|
| 848 |
|
|
#else
|
| 849 |
|
|
#define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
|
| 850 |
|
|
#define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
|
| 851 |
|
|
(ELF32_R_SYM (i))
|
| 852 |
|
|
#define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
|
| 853 |
|
|
(ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
|
| 854 |
|
|
#define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
|
| 855 |
|
|
(ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
|
| 856 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 857 |
|
|
|
| 858 |
|
|
/* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
|
| 859 |
|
|
floating point arguments.
|
| 860 |
|
|
|
| 861 |
|
|
Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
|
| 862 |
|
|
copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
|
| 863 |
|
|
then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
|
| 864 |
|
|
call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
|
| 865 |
|
|
function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
|
| 866 |
|
|
consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
|
| 867 |
|
|
if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
|
| 868 |
|
|
since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
|
| 869 |
|
|
|
| 870 |
|
|
Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
|
| 871 |
|
|
that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
|
| 872 |
|
|
regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
|
| 873 |
|
|
then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
|
| 874 |
|
|
to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
|
| 875 |
|
|
stub should be discarded.
|
| 876 |
|
|
|
| 877 |
|
|
.mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
|
| 878 |
|
|
which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
|
| 879 |
|
|
to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
|
| 880 |
|
|
calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
|
| 881 |
|
|
must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
|
| 882 |
|
|
needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
|
| 883 |
|
|
16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
|
| 884 |
|
|
$f0/$f1 and $2/$3.)
|
| 885 |
|
|
|
| 886 |
|
|
Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
|
| 887 |
|
|
Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
|
| 888 |
|
|
information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
|
| 889 |
|
|
|
| 890 |
|
|
We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
|
| 891 |
|
|
|
| 892 |
|
|
#define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
|
| 893 |
|
|
#define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
|
| 894 |
|
|
#define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
|
| 895 |
|
|
|
| 896 |
|
|
#define FN_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, FN_STUB)
|
| 897 |
|
|
#define CALL_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_STUB)
|
| 898 |
|
|
#define CALL_FP_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_FP_STUB)
|
| 899 |
|
|
|
| 900 |
|
|
/* The format of the first PLT entry in an O32 executable. */
|
| 901 |
|
|
static const bfd_vma mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry[] =
|
| 902 |
|
|
{
|
| 903 |
|
|
0x3c1c0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
|
| 904 |
|
|
0x8f990000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
|
| 905 |
|
|
0x279c0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
|
| 906 |
|
|
0x031cc023, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
|
| 907 |
|
|
0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 */
|
| 908 |
|
|
0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
|
| 909 |
|
|
0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
|
| 910 |
|
|
0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
|
| 911 |
|
|
};
|
| 912 |
|
|
|
| 913 |
|
|
/* The format of the first PLT entry in an N32 executable. Different
|
| 914 |
|
|
because gp ($28) is not available; we use t2 ($14) instead. */
|
| 915 |
|
|
static const bfd_vma mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry[] =
|
| 916 |
|
|
{
|
| 917 |
|
|
0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
|
| 918 |
|
|
0x8dd90000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
|
| 919 |
|
|
0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
|
| 920 |
|
|
0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
|
| 921 |
|
|
0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 */
|
| 922 |
|
|
0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
|
| 923 |
|
|
0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
|
| 924 |
|
|
0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
|
| 925 |
|
|
};
|
| 926 |
|
|
|
| 927 |
|
|
/* The format of the first PLT entry in an N64 executable. Different
|
| 928 |
|
|
from N32 because of the increased size of GOT entries. */
|
| 929 |
|
|
static const bfd_vma mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry[] =
|
| 930 |
|
|
{
|
| 931 |
|
|
0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
|
| 932 |
|
|
0xddd90000, /* ld $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
|
| 933 |
|
|
0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
|
| 934 |
|
|
0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
|
| 935 |
|
|
0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 */
|
| 936 |
|
|
0x0018c0c2, /* srl $24, $24, 3 */
|
| 937 |
|
|
0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
|
| 938 |
|
|
0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
|
| 939 |
|
|
};
|
| 940 |
|
|
|
| 941 |
|
|
/* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
|
| 942 |
|
|
static const bfd_vma mips_exec_plt_entry[] =
|
| 943 |
|
|
{
|
| 944 |
|
|
0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
|
| 945 |
|
|
0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
|
| 946 |
|
|
0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
|
| 947 |
|
|
0x03200008 /* jr $25 */
|
| 948 |
|
|
};
|
| 949 |
|
|
|
| 950 |
|
|
/* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks executable. */
|
| 951 |
|
|
static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry[] =
|
| 952 |
|
|
{
|
| 953 |
|
|
0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
|
| 954 |
|
|
0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
|
| 955 |
|
|
0x8f390008, /* lw t9, 8(t9) */
|
| 956 |
|
|
0x00000000, /* nop */
|
| 957 |
|
|
0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
|
| 958 |
|
|
0x00000000 /* nop */
|
| 959 |
|
|
};
|
| 960 |
|
|
|
| 961 |
|
|
/* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
|
| 962 |
|
|
static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry[] =
|
| 963 |
|
|
{
|
| 964 |
|
|
0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
|
| 965 |
|
|
0x24180000, /* li t8, <pltindex> */
|
| 966 |
|
|
0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(<.got.plt slot>) */
|
| 967 |
|
|
0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(<.got.plt slot>) */
|
| 968 |
|
|
0x8f390000, /* lw t9, 0(t9) */
|
| 969 |
|
|
0x00000000, /* nop */
|
| 970 |
|
|
0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
|
| 971 |
|
|
0x00000000 /* nop */
|
| 972 |
|
|
};
|
| 973 |
|
|
|
| 974 |
|
|
/* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks shared object. */
|
| 975 |
|
|
static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry[] =
|
| 976 |
|
|
{
|
| 977 |
|
|
0x8f990008, /* lw t9, 8(gp) */
|
| 978 |
|
|
0x00000000, /* nop */
|
| 979 |
|
|
0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
|
| 980 |
|
|
0x00000000, /* nop */
|
| 981 |
|
|
0x00000000, /* nop */
|
| 982 |
|
|
0x00000000 /* nop */
|
| 983 |
|
|
};
|
| 984 |
|
|
|
| 985 |
|
|
/* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
|
| 986 |
|
|
static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry[] =
|
| 987 |
|
|
{
|
| 988 |
|
|
0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
|
| 989 |
|
|
0x24180000 /* li t8, <pltindex> */
|
| 990 |
|
|
};
|
| 991 |
|
|
|
| 992 |
|
|
/* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
|
| 993 |
|
|
|
| 994 |
|
|
#define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
|
| 995 |
|
|
((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
|
| 996 |
|
|
elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
|
| 997 |
|
|
(copy), (follow)))
|
| 998 |
|
|
|
| 999 |
|
|
/* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
|
| 1000 |
|
|
|
| 1001 |
|
|
#define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
|
| 1002 |
|
|
(elf_link_hash_traverse \
|
| 1003 |
|
|
(&(table)->root, \
|
| 1004 |
|
|
(bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
|
| 1005 |
|
|
(info)))
|
| 1006 |
|
|
|
| 1007 |
|
|
/* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
|
| 1008 |
|
|
for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively. */
|
| 1009 |
|
|
|
| 1010 |
|
|
#define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
|
| 1011 |
|
|
#define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
|
| 1012 |
|
|
|
| 1013 |
|
|
static bfd_vma
|
| 1014 |
|
|
dtprel_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
| 1015 |
|
|
{
|
| 1016 |
|
|
/* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
|
| 1017 |
|
|
if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
|
| 1018 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 1019 |
|
|
return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
|
| 1020 |
|
|
}
|
| 1021 |
|
|
|
| 1022 |
|
|
static bfd_vma
|
| 1023 |
|
|
tprel_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
| 1024 |
|
|
{
|
| 1025 |
|
|
/* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
|
| 1026 |
|
|
if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
|
| 1027 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 1028 |
|
|
return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET;
|
| 1029 |
|
|
}
|
| 1030 |
|
|
|
| 1031 |
|
|
/* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
|
| 1032 |
|
|
|
| 1033 |
|
|
static struct bfd_hash_entry *
|
| 1034 |
|
|
mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
|
| 1035 |
|
|
struct bfd_hash_table *table, const char *string)
|
| 1036 |
|
|
{
|
| 1037 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *ret =
|
| 1038 |
|
|
(struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) entry;
|
| 1039 |
|
|
|
| 1040 |
|
|
/* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
|
| 1041 |
|
|
subclass. */
|
| 1042 |
|
|
if (ret == NULL)
|
| 1043 |
|
|
ret = bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry));
|
| 1044 |
|
|
if (ret == NULL)
|
| 1045 |
|
|
return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
|
| 1046 |
|
|
|
| 1047 |
|
|
/* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
|
| 1048 |
|
|
ret = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
|
| 1049 |
|
|
_bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret,
|
| 1050 |
|
|
table, string));
|
| 1051 |
|
|
if (ret != NULL)
|
| 1052 |
|
|
{
|
| 1053 |
|
|
/* Set local fields. */
|
| 1054 |
|
|
memset (&ret->esym, 0, sizeof (EXTR));
|
| 1055 |
|
|
/* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
|
| 1056 |
|
|
not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
|
| 1057 |
|
|
ret->esym.ifd = -2;
|
| 1058 |
|
|
ret->la25_stub = 0;
|
| 1059 |
|
|
ret->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0;
|
| 1060 |
|
|
ret->fn_stub = NULL;
|
| 1061 |
|
|
ret->call_stub = NULL;
|
| 1062 |
|
|
ret->call_fp_stub = NULL;
|
| 1063 |
|
|
ret->tls_type = GOT_NORMAL;
|
| 1064 |
|
|
ret->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
|
| 1065 |
|
|
ret->got_only_for_calls = TRUE;
|
| 1066 |
|
|
ret->readonly_reloc = FALSE;
|
| 1067 |
|
|
ret->has_static_relocs = FALSE;
|
| 1068 |
|
|
ret->no_fn_stub = FALSE;
|
| 1069 |
|
|
ret->need_fn_stub = FALSE;
|
| 1070 |
|
|
ret->has_nonpic_branches = FALSE;
|
| 1071 |
|
|
ret->needs_lazy_stub = FALSE;
|
| 1072 |
|
|
}
|
| 1073 |
|
|
|
| 1074 |
|
|
return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
|
| 1075 |
|
|
}
|
| 1076 |
|
|
|
| 1077 |
|
|
bfd_boolean
|
| 1078 |
|
|
_bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
|
| 1079 |
|
|
{
|
| 1080 |
|
|
if (!sec->used_by_bfd)
|
| 1081 |
|
|
{
|
| 1082 |
|
|
struct _mips_elf_section_data *sdata;
|
| 1083 |
|
|
bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*sdata);
|
| 1084 |
|
|
|
| 1085 |
|
|
sdata = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
|
| 1086 |
|
|
if (sdata == NULL)
|
| 1087 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 1088 |
|
|
sec->used_by_bfd = sdata;
|
| 1089 |
|
|
}
|
| 1090 |
|
|
|
| 1091 |
|
|
return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd, sec);
|
| 1092 |
|
|
}
|
| 1093 |
|
|
|
| 1094 |
|
|
/* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
|
| 1095 |
|
|
ecoff_debug_info structure. */
|
| 1096 |
|
|
|
| 1097 |
|
|
bfd_boolean
|
| 1098 |
|
|
_bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd *abfd, asection *section,
|
| 1099 |
|
|
struct ecoff_debug_info *debug)
|
| 1100 |
|
|
{
|
| 1101 |
|
|
HDRR *symhdr;
|
| 1102 |
|
|
const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
|
| 1103 |
|
|
char *ext_hdr;
|
| 1104 |
|
|
|
| 1105 |
|
|
swap = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
|
| 1106 |
|
|
memset (debug, 0, sizeof (*debug));
|
| 1107 |
|
|
|
| 1108 |
|
|
ext_hdr = bfd_malloc (swap->external_hdr_size);
|
| 1109 |
|
|
if (ext_hdr == NULL && swap->external_hdr_size != 0)
|
| 1110 |
|
|
goto error_return;
|
| 1111 |
|
|
|
| 1112 |
|
|
if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, section, ext_hdr, 0,
|
| 1113 |
|
|
swap->external_hdr_size))
|
| 1114 |
|
|
goto error_return;
|
| 1115 |
|
|
|
| 1116 |
|
|
symhdr = &debug->symbolic_header;
|
| 1117 |
|
|
(*swap->swap_hdr_in) (abfd, ext_hdr, symhdr);
|
| 1118 |
|
|
|
| 1119 |
|
|
/* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
|
| 1120 |
|
|
read. */
|
| 1121 |
|
|
#define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
|
| 1122 |
|
|
if (symhdr->count == 0) \
|
| 1123 |
|
|
debug->ptr = NULL; \
|
| 1124 |
|
|
else \
|
| 1125 |
|
|
{ \
|
| 1126 |
|
|
bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
|
| 1127 |
|
|
debug->ptr = bfd_malloc (amt); \
|
| 1128 |
|
|
if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
|
| 1129 |
|
|
goto error_return; \
|
| 1130 |
|
|
if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
|
| 1131 |
|
|
|| bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
|
| 1132 |
|
|
goto error_return; \
|
| 1133 |
|
|
}
|
| 1134 |
|
|
|
| 1135 |
|
|
READ (line, cbLineOffset, cbLine, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
|
| 1136 |
|
|
READ (external_dnr, cbDnOffset, idnMax, swap->external_dnr_size, void *);
|
| 1137 |
|
|
READ (external_pdr, cbPdOffset, ipdMax, swap->external_pdr_size, void *);
|
| 1138 |
|
|
READ (external_sym, cbSymOffset, isymMax, swap->external_sym_size, void *);
|
| 1139 |
|
|
READ (external_opt, cbOptOffset, ioptMax, swap->external_opt_size, void *);
|
| 1140 |
|
|
READ (external_aux, cbAuxOffset, iauxMax, sizeof (union aux_ext),
|
| 1141 |
|
|
union aux_ext *);
|
| 1142 |
|
|
READ (ss, cbSsOffset, issMax, sizeof (char), char *);
|
| 1143 |
|
|
READ (ssext, cbSsExtOffset, issExtMax, sizeof (char), char *);
|
| 1144 |
|
|
READ (external_fdr, cbFdOffset, ifdMax, swap->external_fdr_size, void *);
|
| 1145 |
|
|
READ (external_rfd, cbRfdOffset, crfd, swap->external_rfd_size, void *);
|
| 1146 |
|
|
READ (external_ext, cbExtOffset, iextMax, swap->external_ext_size, void *);
|
| 1147 |
|
|
#undef READ
|
| 1148 |
|
|
|
| 1149 |
|
|
debug->fdr = NULL;
|
| 1150 |
|
|
|
| 1151 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 1152 |
|
|
|
| 1153 |
|
|
error_return:
|
| 1154 |
|
|
if (ext_hdr != NULL)
|
| 1155 |
|
|
free (ext_hdr);
|
| 1156 |
|
|
if (debug->line != NULL)
|
| 1157 |
|
|
free (debug->line);
|
| 1158 |
|
|
if (debug->external_dnr != NULL)
|
| 1159 |
|
|
free (debug->external_dnr);
|
| 1160 |
|
|
if (debug->external_pdr != NULL)
|
| 1161 |
|
|
free (debug->external_pdr);
|
| 1162 |
|
|
if (debug->external_sym != NULL)
|
| 1163 |
|
|
free (debug->external_sym);
|
| 1164 |
|
|
if (debug->external_opt != NULL)
|
| 1165 |
|
|
free (debug->external_opt);
|
| 1166 |
|
|
if (debug->external_aux != NULL)
|
| 1167 |
|
|
free (debug->external_aux);
|
| 1168 |
|
|
if (debug->ss != NULL)
|
| 1169 |
|
|
free (debug->ss);
|
| 1170 |
|
|
if (debug->ssext != NULL)
|
| 1171 |
|
|
free (debug->ssext);
|
| 1172 |
|
|
if (debug->external_fdr != NULL)
|
| 1173 |
|
|
free (debug->external_fdr);
|
| 1174 |
|
|
if (debug->external_rfd != NULL)
|
| 1175 |
|
|
free (debug->external_rfd);
|
| 1176 |
|
|
if (debug->external_ext != NULL)
|
| 1177 |
|
|
free (debug->external_ext);
|
| 1178 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 1179 |
|
|
}
|
| 1180 |
|
|
|
| 1181 |
|
|
/* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
|
| 1182 |
|
|
|
| 1183 |
|
|
static void
|
| 1184 |
|
|
ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd *abfd, const RPDR *in, struct rpdr_ext *ex)
|
| 1185 |
|
|
{
|
| 1186 |
|
|
H_PUT_S32 (abfd, in->adr, ex->p_adr);
|
| 1187 |
|
|
H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->regmask, ex->p_regmask);
|
| 1188 |
|
|
H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->regoffset, ex->p_regoffset);
|
| 1189 |
|
|
H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->fregmask, ex->p_fregmask);
|
| 1190 |
|
|
H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->fregoffset, ex->p_fregoffset);
|
| 1191 |
|
|
H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->frameoffset, ex->p_frameoffset);
|
| 1192 |
|
|
|
| 1193 |
|
|
H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->framereg, ex->p_framereg);
|
| 1194 |
|
|
H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->pcreg, ex->p_pcreg);
|
| 1195 |
|
|
|
| 1196 |
|
|
H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->irpss, ex->p_irpss);
|
| 1197 |
|
|
}
|
| 1198 |
|
|
|
| 1199 |
|
|
/* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
|
| 1200 |
|
|
|
| 1201 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
| 1202 |
|
|
mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle, bfd *abfd,
|
| 1203 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *s,
|
| 1204 |
|
|
struct ecoff_debug_info *debug)
|
| 1205 |
|
|
{
|
| 1206 |
|
|
const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
|
| 1207 |
|
|
HDRR *hdr = &debug->symbolic_header;
|
| 1208 |
|
|
RPDR *rpdr, *rp;
|
| 1209 |
|
|
struct rpdr_ext *erp;
|
| 1210 |
|
|
void *rtproc;
|
| 1211 |
|
|
struct pdr_ext *epdr;
|
| 1212 |
|
|
struct sym_ext *esym;
|
| 1213 |
|
|
char *ss, **sv;
|
| 1214 |
|
|
char *str;
|
| 1215 |
|
|
bfd_size_type size;
|
| 1216 |
|
|
bfd_size_type count;
|
| 1217 |
|
|
unsigned long sindex;
|
| 1218 |
|
|
unsigned long i;
|
| 1219 |
|
|
PDR pdr;
|
| 1220 |
|
|
SYMR sym;
|
| 1221 |
|
|
const char *no_name_func = _("static procedure (no name)");
|
| 1222 |
|
|
|
| 1223 |
|
|
epdr = NULL;
|
| 1224 |
|
|
rpdr = NULL;
|
| 1225 |
|
|
esym = NULL;
|
| 1226 |
|
|
ss = NULL;
|
| 1227 |
|
|
sv = NULL;
|
| 1228 |
|
|
|
| 1229 |
|
|
swap = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
|
| 1230 |
|
|
|
| 1231 |
|
|
sindex = strlen (no_name_func) + 1;
|
| 1232 |
|
|
count = hdr->ipdMax;
|
| 1233 |
|
|
if (count > 0)
|
| 1234 |
|
|
{
|
| 1235 |
|
|
size = swap->external_pdr_size;
|
| 1236 |
|
|
|
| 1237 |
|
|
epdr = bfd_malloc (size * count);
|
| 1238 |
|
|
if (epdr == NULL)
|
| 1239 |
|
|
goto error_return;
|
| 1240 |
|
|
|
| 1241 |
|
|
if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle, (bfd_byte *) epdr))
|
| 1242 |
|
|
goto error_return;
|
| 1243 |
|
|
|
| 1244 |
|
|
size = sizeof (RPDR);
|
| 1245 |
|
|
rp = rpdr = bfd_malloc (size * count);
|
| 1246 |
|
|
if (rpdr == NULL)
|
| 1247 |
|
|
goto error_return;
|
| 1248 |
|
|
|
| 1249 |
|
|
size = sizeof (char *);
|
| 1250 |
|
|
sv = bfd_malloc (size * count);
|
| 1251 |
|
|
if (sv == NULL)
|
| 1252 |
|
|
goto error_return;
|
| 1253 |
|
|
|
| 1254 |
|
|
count = hdr->isymMax;
|
| 1255 |
|
|
size = swap->external_sym_size;
|
| 1256 |
|
|
esym = bfd_malloc (size * count);
|
| 1257 |
|
|
if (esym == NULL)
|
| 1258 |
|
|
goto error_return;
|
| 1259 |
|
|
|
| 1260 |
|
|
if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle, (bfd_byte *) esym))
|
| 1261 |
|
|
goto error_return;
|
| 1262 |
|
|
|
| 1263 |
|
|
count = hdr->issMax;
|
| 1264 |
|
|
ss = bfd_malloc (count);
|
| 1265 |
|
|
if (ss == NULL)
|
| 1266 |
|
|
goto error_return;
|
| 1267 |
|
|
if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle, (bfd_byte *) ss))
|
| 1268 |
|
|
goto error_return;
|
| 1269 |
|
|
|
| 1270 |
|
|
count = hdr->ipdMax;
|
| 1271 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < (unsigned long) count; i++, rp++)
|
| 1272 |
|
|
{
|
| 1273 |
|
|
(*swap->swap_pdr_in) (abfd, epdr + i, &pdr);
|
| 1274 |
|
|
(*swap->swap_sym_in) (abfd, &esym[pdr.isym], &sym);
|
| 1275 |
|
|
rp->adr = sym.value;
|
| 1276 |
|
|
rp->regmask = pdr.regmask;
|
| 1277 |
|
|
rp->regoffset = pdr.regoffset;
|
| 1278 |
|
|
rp->fregmask = pdr.fregmask;
|
| 1279 |
|
|
rp->fregoffset = pdr.fregoffset;
|
| 1280 |
|
|
rp->frameoffset = pdr.frameoffset;
|
| 1281 |
|
|
rp->framereg = pdr.framereg;
|
| 1282 |
|
|
rp->pcreg = pdr.pcreg;
|
| 1283 |
|
|
rp->irpss = sindex;
|
| 1284 |
|
|
sv[i] = ss + sym.iss;
|
| 1285 |
|
|
sindex += strlen (sv[i]) + 1;
|
| 1286 |
|
|
}
|
| 1287 |
|
|
}
|
| 1288 |
|
|
|
| 1289 |
|
|
size = sizeof (struct rpdr_ext) * (count + 2) + sindex;
|
| 1290 |
|
|
size = BFD_ALIGN (size, 16);
|
| 1291 |
|
|
rtproc = bfd_alloc (abfd, size);
|
| 1292 |
|
|
if (rtproc == NULL)
|
| 1293 |
|
|
{
|
| 1294 |
|
|
mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count = 0;
|
| 1295 |
|
|
goto error_return;
|
| 1296 |
|
|
}
|
| 1297 |
|
|
|
| 1298 |
|
|
mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count = count + 2;
|
| 1299 |
|
|
|
| 1300 |
|
|
erp = rtproc;
|
| 1301 |
|
|
memset (erp, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext));
|
| 1302 |
|
|
erp++;
|
| 1303 |
|
|
str = (char *) rtproc + sizeof (struct rpdr_ext) * (count + 2);
|
| 1304 |
|
|
strcpy (str, no_name_func);
|
| 1305 |
|
|
str += strlen (no_name_func) + 1;
|
| 1306 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
|
| 1307 |
|
|
{
|
| 1308 |
|
|
ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd, rpdr + i, erp + i);
|
| 1309 |
|
|
strcpy (str, sv[i]);
|
| 1310 |
|
|
str += strlen (sv[i]) + 1;
|
| 1311 |
|
|
}
|
| 1312 |
|
|
H_PUT_S32 (abfd, -1, (erp + count)->p_adr);
|
| 1313 |
|
|
|
| 1314 |
|
|
/* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
|
| 1315 |
|
|
s->size = size;
|
| 1316 |
|
|
s->contents = rtproc;
|
| 1317 |
|
|
|
| 1318 |
|
|
/* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
|
| 1319 |
|
|
matters, but someday it might). */
|
| 1320 |
|
|
s->map_head.link_order = NULL;
|
| 1321 |
|
|
|
| 1322 |
|
|
if (epdr != NULL)
|
| 1323 |
|
|
free (epdr);
|
| 1324 |
|
|
if (rpdr != NULL)
|
| 1325 |
|
|
free (rpdr);
|
| 1326 |
|
|
if (esym != NULL)
|
| 1327 |
|
|
free (esym);
|
| 1328 |
|
|
if (ss != NULL)
|
| 1329 |
|
|
free (ss);
|
| 1330 |
|
|
if (sv != NULL)
|
| 1331 |
|
|
free (sv);
|
| 1332 |
|
|
|
| 1333 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 1334 |
|
|
|
| 1335 |
|
|
error_return:
|
| 1336 |
|
|
if (epdr != NULL)
|
| 1337 |
|
|
free (epdr);
|
| 1338 |
|
|
if (rpdr != NULL)
|
| 1339 |
|
|
free (rpdr);
|
| 1340 |
|
|
if (esym != NULL)
|
| 1341 |
|
|
free (esym);
|
| 1342 |
|
|
if (ss != NULL)
|
| 1343 |
|
|
free (ss);
|
| 1344 |
|
|
if (sv != NULL)
|
| 1345 |
|
|
free (sv);
|
| 1346 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 1347 |
|
|
}
|
| 1348 |
|
|
|
| 1349 |
|
|
/* We're going to create a stub for H. Create a symbol for the stub's
|
| 1350 |
|
|
value and size, to help make the disassembly easier to read. */
|
| 1351 |
|
|
|
| 1352 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
| 1353 |
|
|
mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
| 1354 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
|
| 1355 |
|
|
const char *prefix, asection *s, bfd_vma value,
|
| 1356 |
|
|
bfd_vma size)
|
| 1357 |
|
|
{
|
| 1358 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
|
| 1359 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *elfh;
|
| 1360 |
|
|
const char *name;
|
| 1361 |
|
|
|
| 1362 |
|
|
/* Create a new symbol. */
|
| 1363 |
|
|
name = ACONCAT ((prefix, h->root.root.root.string, NULL));
|
| 1364 |
|
|
bh = NULL;
|
| 1365 |
|
|
if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info, s->owner, name,
|
| 1366 |
|
|
BSF_LOCAL, s, value, NULL,
|
| 1367 |
|
|
TRUE, FALSE, &bh))
|
| 1368 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 1369 |
|
|
|
| 1370 |
|
|
/* Make it a local function. */
|
| 1371 |
|
|
elfh = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
|
| 1372 |
|
|
elfh->type = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FUNC);
|
| 1373 |
|
|
elfh->size = size;
|
| 1374 |
|
|
elfh->forced_local = 1;
|
| 1375 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 1376 |
|
|
}
|
| 1377 |
|
|
|
| 1378 |
|
|
/* We're about to redefine H. Create a symbol to represent H's
|
| 1379 |
|
|
current value and size, to help make the disassembly easier
|
| 1380 |
|
|
to read. */
|
| 1381 |
|
|
|
| 1382 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
| 1383 |
|
|
mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
| 1384 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
|
| 1385 |
|
|
const char *prefix)
|
| 1386 |
|
|
{
|
| 1387 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
|
| 1388 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *elfh;
|
| 1389 |
|
|
const char *name;
|
| 1390 |
|
|
asection *s;
|
| 1391 |
|
|
bfd_vma value;
|
| 1392 |
|
|
|
| 1393 |
|
|
/* Read the symbol's value. */
|
| 1394 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
|
| 1395 |
|
|
|| h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
|
| 1396 |
|
|
s = h->root.root.u.def.section;
|
| 1397 |
|
|
value = h->root.root.u.def.value;
|
| 1398 |
|
|
|
| 1399 |
|
|
/* Create a new symbol. */
|
| 1400 |
|
|
name = ACONCAT ((prefix, h->root.root.root.string, NULL));
|
| 1401 |
|
|
bh = NULL;
|
| 1402 |
|
|
if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info, s->owner, name,
|
| 1403 |
|
|
BSF_LOCAL, s, value, NULL,
|
| 1404 |
|
|
TRUE, FALSE, &bh))
|
| 1405 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 1406 |
|
|
|
| 1407 |
|
|
/* Make it local and copy the other attributes from H. */
|
| 1408 |
|
|
elfh = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
|
| 1409 |
|
|
elfh->type = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, ELF_ST_TYPE (h->root.type));
|
| 1410 |
|
|
elfh->other = h->root.other;
|
| 1411 |
|
|
elfh->size = h->root.size;
|
| 1412 |
|
|
elfh->forced_local = 1;
|
| 1413 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 1414 |
|
|
}
|
| 1415 |
|
|
|
| 1416 |
|
|
/* Return TRUE if relocations in SECTION can refer directly to a MIPS16
|
| 1417 |
|
|
function rather than to a hard-float stub. */
|
| 1418 |
|
|
|
| 1419 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
| 1420 |
|
|
section_allows_mips16_refs_p (asection *section)
|
| 1421 |
|
|
{
|
| 1422 |
|
|
const char *name;
|
| 1423 |
|
|
|
| 1424 |
|
|
name = bfd_get_section_name (section->owner, section);
|
| 1425 |
|
|
return (FN_STUB_P (name)
|
| 1426 |
|
|
|| CALL_STUB_P (name)
|
| 1427 |
|
|
|| CALL_FP_STUB_P (name)
|
| 1428 |
|
|
|| strcmp (name, ".pdr") == 0);
|
| 1429 |
|
|
}
|
| 1430 |
|
|
|
| 1431 |
|
|
/* [RELOCS, RELEND) are the relocations against SEC, which is a MIPS16
|
| 1432 |
|
|
stub section of some kind. Return the R_SYMNDX of the target
|
| 1433 |
|
|
function, or 0 if we can't decide which function that is. */
|
| 1434 |
|
|
|
| 1435 |
|
|
static unsigned long
|
| 1436 |
|
|
mips16_stub_symndx (asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
| 1437 |
|
|
const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
|
| 1438 |
|
|
const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend)
|
| 1439 |
|
|
{
|
| 1440 |
|
|
const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
|
| 1441 |
|
|
|
| 1442 |
|
|
/* Trust the first R_MIPS_NONE relocation, if any. */
|
| 1443 |
|
|
for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++)
|
| 1444 |
|
|
if (ELF_R_TYPE (sec->owner, rel->r_info) == R_MIPS_NONE)
|
| 1445 |
|
|
return ELF_R_SYM (sec->owner, rel->r_info);
|
| 1446 |
|
|
|
| 1447 |
|
|
/* Otherwise trust the first relocation, whatever its kind. This is
|
| 1448 |
|
|
the traditional behavior. */
|
| 1449 |
|
|
if (relocs < relend)
|
| 1450 |
|
|
return ELF_R_SYM (sec->owner, relocs->r_info);
|
| 1451 |
|
|
|
| 1452 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 1453 |
|
|
}
|
| 1454 |
|
|
|
| 1455 |
|
|
/* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
|
| 1456 |
|
|
discard them. */
|
| 1457 |
|
|
|
| 1458 |
|
|
static void
|
| 1459 |
|
|
mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
| 1460 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h)
|
| 1461 |
|
|
{
|
| 1462 |
|
|
/* Dynamic symbols must use the standard call interface, in case other
|
| 1463 |
|
|
objects try to call them. */
|
| 1464 |
|
|
if (h->fn_stub != NULL
|
| 1465 |
|
|
&& h->root.dynindx != -1)
|
| 1466 |
|
|
{
|
| 1467 |
|
|
mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (info, h, ".mips16.");
|
| 1468 |
|
|
h->need_fn_stub = TRUE;
|
| 1469 |
|
|
}
|
| 1470 |
|
|
|
| 1471 |
|
|
if (h->fn_stub != NULL
|
| 1472 |
|
|
&& ! h->need_fn_stub)
|
| 1473 |
|
|
{
|
| 1474 |
|
|
/* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
|
| 1475 |
|
|
are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
|
| 1476 |
|
|
being included in the link. */
|
| 1477 |
|
|
h->fn_stub->size = 0;
|
| 1478 |
|
|
h->fn_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
|
| 1479 |
|
|
h->fn_stub->reloc_count = 0;
|
| 1480 |
|
|
h->fn_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
|
| 1481 |
|
|
}
|
| 1482 |
|
|
|
| 1483 |
|
|
if (h->call_stub != NULL
|
| 1484 |
|
|
&& ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other))
|
| 1485 |
|
|
{
|
| 1486 |
|
|
/* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
|
| 1487 |
|
|
calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
|
| 1488 |
|
|
to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
|
| 1489 |
|
|
h->call_stub->size = 0;
|
| 1490 |
|
|
h->call_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
|
| 1491 |
|
|
h->call_stub->reloc_count = 0;
|
| 1492 |
|
|
h->call_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
|
| 1493 |
|
|
}
|
| 1494 |
|
|
|
| 1495 |
|
|
if (h->call_fp_stub != NULL
|
| 1496 |
|
|
&& ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other))
|
| 1497 |
|
|
{
|
| 1498 |
|
|
/* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
|
| 1499 |
|
|
calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
|
| 1500 |
|
|
to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
|
| 1501 |
|
|
h->call_fp_stub->size = 0;
|
| 1502 |
|
|
h->call_fp_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
|
| 1503 |
|
|
h->call_fp_stub->reloc_count = 0;
|
| 1504 |
|
|
h->call_fp_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
|
| 1505 |
|
|
}
|
| 1506 |
|
|
}
|
| 1507 |
|
|
|
| 1508 |
|
|
/* Hashtable callbacks for mips_elf_la25_stubs. */
|
| 1509 |
|
|
|
| 1510 |
|
|
static hashval_t
|
| 1511 |
|
|
mips_elf_la25_stub_hash (const void *entry_)
|
| 1512 |
|
|
{
|
| 1513 |
|
|
const struct mips_elf_la25_stub *entry;
|
| 1514 |
|
|
|
| 1515 |
|
|
entry = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) entry_;
|
| 1516 |
|
|
return entry->h->root.root.u.def.section->id
|
| 1517 |
|
|
+ entry->h->root.root.u.def.value;
|
| 1518 |
|
|
}
|
| 1519 |
|
|
|
| 1520 |
|
|
static int
|
| 1521 |
|
|
mips_elf_la25_stub_eq (const void *entry1_, const void *entry2_)
|
| 1522 |
|
|
{
|
| 1523 |
|
|
const struct mips_elf_la25_stub *entry1, *entry2;
|
| 1524 |
|
|
|
| 1525 |
|
|
entry1 = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) entry1_;
|
| 1526 |
|
|
entry2 = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) entry2_;
|
| 1527 |
|
|
return ((entry1->h->root.root.u.def.section
|
| 1528 |
|
|
== entry2->h->root.root.u.def.section)
|
| 1529 |
|
|
&& (entry1->h->root.root.u.def.value
|
| 1530 |
|
|
== entry2->h->root.root.u.def.value));
|
| 1531 |
|
|
}
|
| 1532 |
|
|
|
| 1533 |
|
|
/* Called by the linker to set up the la25 stub-creation code. FN is
|
| 1534 |
|
|
the linker's implementation of add_stub_function. Return true on
|
| 1535 |
|
|
success. */
|
| 1536 |
|
|
|
| 1537 |
|
|
bfd_boolean
|
| 1538 |
|
|
_bfd_mips_elf_init_stubs (struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
| 1539 |
|
|
asection *(*fn) (const char *, asection *,
|
| 1540 |
|
|
asection *))
|
| 1541 |
|
|
{
|
| 1542 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
| 1543 |
|
|
|
| 1544 |
|
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
|
| 1545 |
|
|
if (htab == NULL)
|
| 1546 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 1547 |
|
|
|
| 1548 |
|
|
htab->add_stub_section = fn;
|
| 1549 |
|
|
htab->la25_stubs = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_la25_stub_hash,
|
| 1550 |
|
|
mips_elf_la25_stub_eq, NULL);
|
| 1551 |
|
|
if (htab->la25_stubs == NULL)
|
| 1552 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 1553 |
|
|
|
| 1554 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 1555 |
|
|
}
|
| 1556 |
|
|
|
| 1557 |
|
|
/* Return true if H is a locally-defined PIC function, in the sense
|
| 1558 |
|
|
that it might need $25 to be valid on entry. Note that MIPS16
|
| 1559 |
|
|
functions never need $25 to be valid on entry; they set up $gp
|
| 1560 |
|
|
using PC-relative instructions instead. */
|
| 1561 |
|
|
|
| 1562 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
| 1563 |
|
|
mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h)
|
| 1564 |
|
|
{
|
| 1565 |
|
|
return ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
|
| 1566 |
|
|
|| h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
|
| 1567 |
|
|
&& h->root.def_regular
|
| 1568 |
|
|
&& !bfd_is_abs_section (h->root.root.u.def.section)
|
| 1569 |
|
|
&& !ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other)
|
| 1570 |
|
|
&& (PIC_OBJECT_P (h->root.root.u.def.section->owner)
|
| 1571 |
|
|
|| ELF_ST_IS_MIPS_PIC (h->root.other)));
|
| 1572 |
|
|
}
|
| 1573 |
|
|
|
| 1574 |
|
|
/* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
|
| 1575 |
|
|
by inserting an LUI/ADDIU pair before the target function.
|
| 1576 |
|
|
Create the section and redirect the function symbol to it. */
|
| 1577 |
|
|
|
| 1578 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
| 1579 |
|
|
mips_elf_add_la25_intro (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *stub,
|
| 1580 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
| 1581 |
|
|
{
|
| 1582 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
| 1583 |
|
|
char *name;
|
| 1584 |
|
|
asection *s, *input_section;
|
| 1585 |
|
|
unsigned int align;
|
| 1586 |
|
|
|
| 1587 |
|
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
|
| 1588 |
|
|
if (htab == NULL)
|
| 1589 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 1590 |
|
|
|
| 1591 |
|
|
/* Create a unique name for the new section. */
|
| 1592 |
|
|
name = bfd_malloc (11 + sizeof (".text.stub."));
|
| 1593 |
|
|
if (name == NULL)
|
| 1594 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 1595 |
|
|
sprintf (name, ".text.stub.%d", (int) htab_elements (htab->la25_stubs));
|
| 1596 |
|
|
|
| 1597 |
|
|
/* Create the section. */
|
| 1598 |
|
|
input_section = stub->h->root.root.u.def.section;
|
| 1599 |
|
|
s = htab->add_stub_section (name, input_section,
|
| 1600 |
|
|
input_section->output_section);
|
| 1601 |
|
|
if (s == NULL)
|
| 1602 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 1603 |
|
|
|
| 1604 |
|
|
/* Make sure that any padding goes before the stub. */
|
| 1605 |
|
|
align = input_section->alignment_power;
|
| 1606 |
|
|
if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (s->owner, s, align))
|
| 1607 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 1608 |
|
|
if (align > 3)
|
| 1609 |
|
|
s->size = (1 << align) - 8;
|
| 1610 |
|
|
|
| 1611 |
|
|
/* Create a symbol for the stub. */
|
| 1612 |
|
|
mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info, stub->h, ".pic.", s, s->size, 8);
|
| 1613 |
|
|
stub->stub_section = s;
|
| 1614 |
|
|
stub->offset = s->size;
|
| 1615 |
|
|
|
| 1616 |
|
|
/* Allocate room for it. */
|
| 1617 |
|
|
s->size += 8;
|
| 1618 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 1619 |
|
|
}
|
| 1620 |
|
|
|
| 1621 |
|
|
/* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
|
| 1622 |
|
|
with a separate trampoline. Allocate room for it and redirect
|
| 1623 |
|
|
the function symbol to it. */
|
| 1624 |
|
|
|
| 1625 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
| 1626 |
|
|
mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *stub,
|
| 1627 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
| 1628 |
|
|
{
|
| 1629 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
| 1630 |
|
|
asection *s;
|
| 1631 |
|
|
|
| 1632 |
|
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
|
| 1633 |
|
|
if (htab == NULL)
|
| 1634 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 1635 |
|
|
|
| 1636 |
|
|
/* Create a trampoline section, if we haven't already. */
|
| 1637 |
|
|
s = htab->strampoline;
|
| 1638 |
|
|
if (s == NULL)
|
| 1639 |
|
|
{
|
| 1640 |
|
|
asection *input_section = stub->h->root.root.u.def.section;
|
| 1641 |
|
|
s = htab->add_stub_section (".text", NULL,
|
| 1642 |
|
|
input_section->output_section);
|
| 1643 |
|
|
if (s == NULL || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s->owner, s, 4))
|
| 1644 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 1645 |
|
|
htab->strampoline = s;
|
| 1646 |
|
|
}
|
| 1647 |
|
|
|
| 1648 |
|
|
/* Create a symbol for the stub. */
|
| 1649 |
|
|
mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info, stub->h, ".pic.", s, s->size, 16);
|
| 1650 |
|
|
stub->stub_section = s;
|
| 1651 |
|
|
stub->offset = s->size;
|
| 1652 |
|
|
|
| 1653 |
|
|
/* Allocate room for it. */
|
| 1654 |
|
|
s->size += 16;
|
| 1655 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 1656 |
|
|
}
|
| 1657 |
|
|
|
| 1658 |
|
|
/* H describes a symbol that needs an la25 stub. Make sure that an
|
| 1659 |
|
|
appropriate stub exists and point H at it. */
|
| 1660 |
|
|
|
| 1661 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
| 1662 |
|
|
mips_elf_add_la25_stub (struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
| 1663 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h)
|
| 1664 |
|
|
{
|
| 1665 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
| 1666 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_la25_stub search, *stub;
|
| 1667 |
|
|
bfd_boolean use_trampoline_p;
|
| 1668 |
|
|
asection *s;
|
| 1669 |
|
|
bfd_vma value;
|
| 1670 |
|
|
void **slot;
|
| 1671 |
|
|
|
| 1672 |
|
|
/* Prefer to use LUI/ADDIU stubs if the function is at the beginning
|
| 1673 |
|
|
of the section and if we would need no more than 2 nops. */
|
| 1674 |
|
|
s = h->root.root.u.def.section;
|
| 1675 |
|
|
value = h->root.root.u.def.value;
|
| 1676 |
|
|
use_trampoline_p = (value != 0 || s->alignment_power > 4);
|
| 1677 |
|
|
|
| 1678 |
|
|
/* Describe the stub we want. */
|
| 1679 |
|
|
search.stub_section = NULL;
|
| 1680 |
|
|
search.offset = 0;
|
| 1681 |
|
|
search.h = h;
|
| 1682 |
|
|
|
| 1683 |
|
|
/* See if we've already created an equivalent stub. */
|
| 1684 |
|
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
|
| 1685 |
|
|
if (htab == NULL)
|
| 1686 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 1687 |
|
|
|
| 1688 |
|
|
slot = htab_find_slot (htab->la25_stubs, &search, INSERT);
|
| 1689 |
|
|
if (slot == NULL)
|
| 1690 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 1691 |
|
|
|
| 1692 |
|
|
stub = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) *slot;
|
| 1693 |
|
|
if (stub != NULL)
|
| 1694 |
|
|
{
|
| 1695 |
|
|
/* We can reuse the existing stub. */
|
| 1696 |
|
|
h->la25_stub = stub;
|
| 1697 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 1698 |
|
|
}
|
| 1699 |
|
|
|
| 1700 |
|
|
/* Create a permanent copy of ENTRY and add it to the hash table. */
|
| 1701 |
|
|
stub = bfd_malloc (sizeof (search));
|
| 1702 |
|
|
if (stub == NULL)
|
| 1703 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 1704 |
|
|
*stub = search;
|
| 1705 |
|
|
*slot = stub;
|
| 1706 |
|
|
|
| 1707 |
|
|
h->la25_stub = stub;
|
| 1708 |
|
|
return (use_trampoline_p
|
| 1709 |
|
|
? mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (stub, info)
|
| 1710 |
|
|
: mips_elf_add_la25_intro (stub, info));
|
| 1711 |
|
|
}
|
| 1712 |
|
|
|
| 1713 |
|
|
/* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback that is called before sizing
|
| 1714 |
|
|
sections. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info structure. */
|
| 1715 |
|
|
|
| 1716 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
| 1717 |
|
|
mips_elf_check_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
|
| 1718 |
|
|
{
|
| 1719 |
|
|
struct mips_htab_traverse_info *hti;
|
| 1720 |
|
|
|
| 1721 |
|
|
hti = (struct mips_htab_traverse_info *) data;
|
| 1722 |
|
|
if (!hti->info->relocatable)
|
| 1723 |
|
|
mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (hti->info, h);
|
| 1724 |
|
|
|
| 1725 |
|
|
if (mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (h))
|
| 1726 |
|
|
{
|
| 1727 |
148 |
khays |
/* PR 12845: If H is in a section that has been garbage
|
| 1728 |
|
|
collected it will have its output section set to *ABS*. */
|
| 1729 |
|
|
if (bfd_is_abs_section (h->root.root.u.def.section->output_section))
|
| 1730 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 1731 |
|
|
|
| 1732 |
14 |
khays |
/* H is a function that might need $25 to be valid on entry.
|
| 1733 |
|
|
If we're creating a non-PIC relocatable object, mark H as
|
| 1734 |
|
|
being PIC. If we're creating a non-relocatable object with
|
| 1735 |
|
|
non-PIC branches and jumps to H, make sure that H has an la25
|
| 1736 |
|
|
stub. */
|
| 1737 |
|
|
if (hti->info->relocatable)
|
| 1738 |
|
|
{
|
| 1739 |
|
|
if (!PIC_OBJECT_P (hti->output_bfd))
|
| 1740 |
|
|
h->root.other = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PIC (h->root.other);
|
| 1741 |
|
|
}
|
| 1742 |
|
|
else if (h->has_nonpic_branches && !mips_elf_add_la25_stub (hti->info, h))
|
| 1743 |
|
|
{
|
| 1744 |
|
|
hti->error = TRUE;
|
| 1745 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 1746 |
|
|
}
|
| 1747 |
|
|
}
|
| 1748 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 1749 |
|
|
}
|
| 1750 |
|
|
|
| 1751 |
|
|
/* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
|
| 1752 |
|
|
Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
|
| 1753 |
|
|
are 32 bits.
|
| 1754 |
|
|
|
| 1755 |
|
|
The format of these instructions is:
|
| 1756 |
|
|
|
| 1757 |
|
|
+--------------+--------------------------------+
|
| 1758 |
|
|
| JALX | X| Imm 20:16 | Imm 25:21 |
|
| 1759 |
|
|
+--------------+--------------------------------+
|
| 1760 |
|
|
| Immediate 15:0 |
|
| 1761 |
|
|
+-----------------------------------------------+
|
| 1762 |
|
|
|
| 1763 |
|
|
JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
|
| 1764 |
|
|
Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
|
| 1765 |
|
|
|
| 1766 |
|
|
When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
|
| 1767 |
|
|
handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
|
| 1768 |
|
|
stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
|
| 1769 |
|
|
(gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
|
| 1770 |
|
|
R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
|
| 1771 |
|
|
always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
|
| 1772 |
|
|
16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
|
| 1773 |
|
|
big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
|
| 1774 |
|
|
file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
|
| 1775 |
|
|
This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
|
| 1776 |
|
|
instruction.
|
| 1777 |
|
|
|
| 1778 |
|
|
When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
|
| 1779 |
|
|
instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
|
| 1780 |
|
|
contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
|
| 1781 |
|
|
R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
|
| 1782 |
|
|
immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
|
| 1783 |
|
|
value as two 16-bit values.
|
| 1784 |
|
|
|
| 1785 |
|
|
To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
|
| 1786 |
|
|
defined as
|
| 1787 |
|
|
|
| 1788 |
|
|
big-endian:
|
| 1789 |
|
|
+--------+----------------------+
|
| 1790 |
|
|
| | |
|
| 1791 |
|
|
| | targ26-16 |
|
| 1792 |
|
|
|31 26|25 0|
|
| 1793 |
|
|
+--------+----------------------+
|
| 1794 |
|
|
|
| 1795 |
|
|
little-endian:
|
| 1796 |
|
|
+----------+------+-------------+
|
| 1797 |
|
|
| | | |
|
| 1798 |
|
|
| sub1 | | sub2 |
|
| 1799 |
|
|
|0 9|10 15|16 31|
|
| 1800 |
|
|
+----------+--------------------+
|
| 1801 |
|
|
where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
|
| 1802 |
|
|
((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
|
| 1803 |
|
|
|
| 1804 |
|
|
When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
|
| 1805 |
|
|
(((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
|
| 1806 |
|
|
When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
|
| 1807 |
|
|
let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
|
| 1808 |
|
|
((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff)
|
| 1809 |
|
|
|
| 1810 |
|
|
The table below lists the other MIPS16 instruction relocations.
|
| 1811 |
|
|
Each one is calculated in the same way as the non-MIPS16 relocation
|
| 1812 |
|
|
given on the right, but using the extended MIPS16 layout of 16-bit
|
| 1813 |
|
|
immediate fields:
|
| 1814 |
|
|
|
| 1815 |
|
|
R_MIPS16_GPREL R_MIPS_GPREL16
|
| 1816 |
|
|
R_MIPS16_GOT16 R_MIPS_GOT16
|
| 1817 |
|
|
R_MIPS16_CALL16 R_MIPS_CALL16
|
| 1818 |
|
|
R_MIPS16_HI16 R_MIPS_HI16
|
| 1819 |
|
|
R_MIPS16_LO16 R_MIPS_LO16
|
| 1820 |
|
|
|
| 1821 |
|
|
A typical instruction will have a format like this:
|
| 1822 |
|
|
|
| 1823 |
|
|
+--------------+--------------------------------+
|
| 1824 |
|
|
| EXTEND | Imm 10:5 | Imm 15:11 |
|
| 1825 |
|
|
+--------------+--------------------------------+
|
| 1826 |
|
|
| Major | rx | ry | Imm 4:0 |
|
| 1827 |
|
|
+--------------+--------------------------------+
|
| 1828 |
|
|
|
| 1829 |
|
|
EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
|
| 1830 |
|
|
opcode.
|
| 1831 |
|
|
|
| 1832 |
|
|
All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately.
|
| 1833 |
|
|
As above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
|
| 1834 |
|
|
little-endian system. */
|
| 1835 |
|
|
|
| 1836 |
|
|
static inline bfd_boolean
|
| 1837 |
|
|
mips16_reloc_p (int r_type)
|
| 1838 |
|
|
{
|
| 1839 |
|
|
switch (r_type)
|
| 1840 |
|
|
{
|
| 1841 |
|
|
case R_MIPS16_26:
|
| 1842 |
|
|
case R_MIPS16_GPREL:
|
| 1843 |
|
|
case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
|
| 1844 |
|
|
case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
|
| 1845 |
|
|
case R_MIPS16_HI16:
|
| 1846 |
|
|
case R_MIPS16_LO16:
|
| 1847 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 1848 |
|
|
|
| 1849 |
|
|
default:
|
| 1850 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 1851 |
|
|
}
|
| 1852 |
|
|
}
|
| 1853 |
|
|
|
| 1854 |
|
|
static inline bfd_boolean
|
| 1855 |
|
|
got16_reloc_p (int r_type)
|
| 1856 |
|
|
{
|
| 1857 |
|
|
return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16 || r_type == R_MIPS16_GOT16;
|
| 1858 |
|
|
}
|
| 1859 |
|
|
|
| 1860 |
|
|
static inline bfd_boolean
|
| 1861 |
|
|
call16_reloc_p (int r_type)
|
| 1862 |
|
|
{
|
| 1863 |
|
|
return r_type == R_MIPS_CALL16 || r_type == R_MIPS16_CALL16;
|
| 1864 |
|
|
}
|
| 1865 |
|
|
|
| 1866 |
|
|
static inline bfd_boolean
|
| 1867 |
|
|
hi16_reloc_p (int r_type)
|
| 1868 |
|
|
{
|
| 1869 |
|
|
return r_type == R_MIPS_HI16 || r_type == R_MIPS16_HI16;
|
| 1870 |
|
|
}
|
| 1871 |
|
|
|
| 1872 |
|
|
static inline bfd_boolean
|
| 1873 |
|
|
lo16_reloc_p (int r_type)
|
| 1874 |
|
|
{
|
| 1875 |
|
|
return r_type == R_MIPS_LO16 || r_type == R_MIPS16_LO16;
|
| 1876 |
|
|
}
|
| 1877 |
|
|
|
| 1878 |
|
|
static inline bfd_boolean
|
| 1879 |
|
|
mips16_call_reloc_p (int r_type)
|
| 1880 |
|
|
{
|
| 1881 |
|
|
return r_type == R_MIPS16_26 || r_type == R_MIPS16_CALL16;
|
| 1882 |
|
|
}
|
| 1883 |
|
|
|
| 1884 |
|
|
static inline bfd_boolean
|
| 1885 |
|
|
jal_reloc_p (int r_type)
|
| 1886 |
|
|
{
|
| 1887 |
|
|
return r_type == R_MIPS_26 || r_type == R_MIPS16_26;
|
| 1888 |
|
|
}
|
| 1889 |
|
|
|
| 1890 |
|
|
void
|
| 1891 |
|
|
_bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (bfd *abfd, int r_type,
|
| 1892 |
|
|
bfd_boolean jal_shuffle, bfd_byte *data)
|
| 1893 |
|
|
{
|
| 1894 |
|
|
bfd_vma extend, insn, val;
|
| 1895 |
|
|
|
| 1896 |
|
|
if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type))
|
| 1897 |
|
|
return;
|
| 1898 |
|
|
|
| 1899 |
|
|
/* Pick up the mips16 extend instruction and the real instruction. */
|
| 1900 |
|
|
extend = bfd_get_16 (abfd, data);
|
| 1901 |
|
|
insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, data + 2);
|
| 1902 |
|
|
if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26)
|
| 1903 |
|
|
{
|
| 1904 |
|
|
if (jal_shuffle)
|
| 1905 |
|
|
val = ((extend & 0xfc00) << 16) | ((extend & 0x3e0) << 11)
|
| 1906 |
|
|
| ((extend & 0x1f) << 21) | insn;
|
| 1907 |
|
|
else
|
| 1908 |
|
|
val = extend << 16 | insn;
|
| 1909 |
|
|
}
|
| 1910 |
|
|
else
|
| 1911 |
|
|
val = ((extend & 0xf800) << 16) | ((insn & 0xffe0) << 11)
|
| 1912 |
|
|
| ((extend & 0x1f) << 11) | (extend & 0x7e0) | (insn & 0x1f);
|
| 1913 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, data);
|
| 1914 |
|
|
}
|
| 1915 |
|
|
|
| 1916 |
|
|
void
|
| 1917 |
|
|
_bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (bfd *abfd, int r_type,
|
| 1918 |
|
|
bfd_boolean jal_shuffle, bfd_byte *data)
|
| 1919 |
|
|
{
|
| 1920 |
|
|
bfd_vma extend, insn, val;
|
| 1921 |
|
|
|
| 1922 |
|
|
if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type))
|
| 1923 |
|
|
return;
|
| 1924 |
|
|
|
| 1925 |
|
|
val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, data);
|
| 1926 |
|
|
if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26)
|
| 1927 |
|
|
{
|
| 1928 |
|
|
if (jal_shuffle)
|
| 1929 |
|
|
{
|
| 1930 |
|
|
insn = val & 0xffff;
|
| 1931 |
|
|
extend = ((val >> 16) & 0xfc00) | ((val >> 11) & 0x3e0)
|
| 1932 |
|
|
| ((val >> 21) & 0x1f);
|
| 1933 |
|
|
}
|
| 1934 |
|
|
else
|
| 1935 |
|
|
{
|
| 1936 |
|
|
insn = val & 0xffff;
|
| 1937 |
|
|
extend = val >> 16;
|
| 1938 |
|
|
}
|
| 1939 |
|
|
}
|
| 1940 |
|
|
else
|
| 1941 |
|
|
{
|
| 1942 |
|
|
insn = ((val >> 11) & 0xffe0) | (val & 0x1f);
|
| 1943 |
|
|
extend = ((val >> 16) & 0xf800) | ((val >> 11) & 0x1f) | (val & 0x7e0);
|
| 1944 |
|
|
}
|
| 1945 |
|
|
bfd_put_16 (abfd, insn, data + 2);
|
| 1946 |
|
|
bfd_put_16 (abfd, extend, data);
|
| 1947 |
|
|
}
|
| 1948 |
|
|
|
| 1949 |
|
|
bfd_reloc_status_type
|
| 1950 |
|
|
_bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd *abfd, asymbol *symbol,
|
| 1951 |
|
|
arelent *reloc_entry, asection *input_section,
|
| 1952 |
|
|
bfd_boolean relocatable, void *data, bfd_vma gp)
|
| 1953 |
|
|
{
|
| 1954 |
|
|
bfd_vma relocation;
|
| 1955 |
|
|
bfd_signed_vma val;
|
| 1956 |
|
|
bfd_reloc_status_type status;
|
| 1957 |
|
|
|
| 1958 |
|
|
if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
|
| 1959 |
|
|
relocation = 0;
|
| 1960 |
|
|
else
|
| 1961 |
|
|
relocation = symbol->value;
|
| 1962 |
|
|
|
| 1963 |
|
|
relocation += symbol->section->output_section->vma;
|
| 1964 |
|
|
relocation += symbol->section->output_offset;
|
| 1965 |
|
|
|
| 1966 |
|
|
if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
|
| 1967 |
|
|
return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
|
| 1968 |
|
|
|
| 1969 |
|
|
/* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
|
| 1970 |
|
|
val = reloc_entry->addend;
|
| 1971 |
|
|
|
| 1972 |
|
|
_bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val, 16);
|
| 1973 |
|
|
|
| 1974 |
|
|
/* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
|
| 1975 |
|
|
are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
|
| 1976 |
|
|
an external symbol. */
|
| 1977 |
|
|
if (! relocatable
|
| 1978 |
|
|
|| (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0)
|
| 1979 |
|
|
val += relocation - gp;
|
| 1980 |
|
|
|
| 1981 |
|
|
if (reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace)
|
| 1982 |
|
|
{
|
| 1983 |
|
|
status = _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry->howto, abfd, val,
|
| 1984 |
|
|
(bfd_byte *) data
|
| 1985 |
|
|
+ reloc_entry->address);
|
| 1986 |
|
|
if (status != bfd_reloc_ok)
|
| 1987 |
|
|
return status;
|
| 1988 |
|
|
}
|
| 1989 |
|
|
else
|
| 1990 |
|
|
reloc_entry->addend = val;
|
| 1991 |
|
|
|
| 1992 |
|
|
if (relocatable)
|
| 1993 |
|
|
reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
|
| 1994 |
|
|
|
| 1995 |
|
|
return bfd_reloc_ok;
|
| 1996 |
|
|
}
|
| 1997 |
|
|
|
| 1998 |
|
|
/* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or
|
| 1999 |
|
|
R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section
|
| 2000 |
|
|
that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of
|
| 2001 |
|
|
INPUT_SECTION. */
|
| 2002 |
|
|
|
| 2003 |
|
|
struct mips_hi16
|
| 2004 |
|
|
{
|
| 2005 |
|
|
struct mips_hi16 *next;
|
| 2006 |
|
|
bfd_byte *data;
|
| 2007 |
|
|
asection *input_section;
|
| 2008 |
|
|
arelent rel;
|
| 2009 |
|
|
};
|
| 2010 |
|
|
|
| 2011 |
|
|
/* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */
|
| 2012 |
|
|
|
| 2013 |
|
|
static struct mips_hi16 *mips_hi16_list;
|
| 2014 |
|
|
|
| 2015 |
|
|
/* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only
|
| 2016 |
|
|
calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering
|
| 2017 |
|
|
*LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later.
|
| 2018 |
|
|
|
| 2019 |
|
|
The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16.
|
| 2020 |
|
|
However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of
|
| 2021 |
|
|
*HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly
|
| 2022 |
|
|
simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */
|
| 2023 |
|
|
|
| 2024 |
|
|
bfd_reloc_status_type
|
| 2025 |
|
|
_bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
|
| 2026 |
|
|
asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, void *data,
|
| 2027 |
|
|
asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
|
| 2028 |
|
|
char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 2029 |
|
|
{
|
| 2030 |
|
|
struct mips_hi16 *n;
|
| 2031 |
|
|
|
| 2032 |
|
|
if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
|
| 2033 |
|
|
return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
|
| 2034 |
|
|
|
| 2035 |
|
|
n = bfd_malloc (sizeof *n);
|
| 2036 |
|
|
if (n == NULL)
|
| 2037 |
|
|
return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
|
| 2038 |
|
|
|
| 2039 |
|
|
n->next = mips_hi16_list;
|
| 2040 |
|
|
n->data = data;
|
| 2041 |
|
|
n->input_section = input_section;
|
| 2042 |
|
|
n->rel = *reloc_entry;
|
| 2043 |
|
|
mips_hi16_list = n;
|
| 2044 |
|
|
|
| 2045 |
|
|
if (output_bfd != NULL)
|
| 2046 |
|
|
reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
|
| 2047 |
|
|
|
| 2048 |
|
|
return bfd_reloc_ok;
|
| 2049 |
|
|
}
|
| 2050 |
|
|
|
| 2051 |
|
|
/* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations. This is just
|
| 2052 |
|
|
like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
|
| 2053 |
|
|
treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
|
| 2054 |
|
|
|
| 2055 |
|
|
bfd_reloc_status_type
|
| 2056 |
|
|
_bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol,
|
| 2057 |
|
|
void *data, asection *input_section,
|
| 2058 |
|
|
bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message)
|
| 2059 |
|
|
{
|
| 2060 |
|
|
if ((symbol->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK)) != 0
|
| 2061 |
|
|
|| bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (symbol))
|
| 2062 |
|
|
|| bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (symbol)))
|
| 2063 |
|
|
/* The relocation is against a global symbol. */
|
| 2064 |
|
|
return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
|
| 2065 |
|
|
input_section, output_bfd,
|
| 2066 |
|
|
error_message);
|
| 2067 |
|
|
|
| 2068 |
|
|
return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
|
| 2069 |
|
|
input_section, output_bfd, error_message);
|
| 2070 |
|
|
}
|
| 2071 |
|
|
|
| 2072 |
|
|
/* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself
|
| 2073 |
|
|
is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with
|
| 2074 |
|
|
any partnering high-part relocations as well. */
|
| 2075 |
|
|
|
| 2076 |
|
|
bfd_reloc_status_type
|
| 2077 |
|
|
_bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol,
|
| 2078 |
|
|
void *data, asection *input_section,
|
| 2079 |
|
|
bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message)
|
| 2080 |
|
|
{
|
| 2081 |
|
|
bfd_vma vallo;
|
| 2082 |
|
|
bfd_byte *location = (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address;
|
| 2083 |
|
|
|
| 2084 |
|
|
if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
|
| 2085 |
|
|
return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
|
| 2086 |
|
|
|
| 2087 |
|
|
_bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
|
| 2088 |
|
|
location);
|
| 2089 |
|
|
vallo = bfd_get_32 (abfd, location);
|
| 2090 |
|
|
_bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
|
| 2091 |
|
|
location);
|
| 2092 |
|
|
|
| 2093 |
|
|
while (mips_hi16_list != NULL)
|
| 2094 |
|
|
{
|
| 2095 |
|
|
bfd_reloc_status_type ret;
|
| 2096 |
|
|
struct mips_hi16 *hi;
|
| 2097 |
|
|
|
| 2098 |
|
|
hi = mips_hi16_list;
|
| 2099 |
|
|
|
| 2100 |
|
|
/* R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
|
| 2101 |
|
|
want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS*_HI16
|
| 2102 |
|
|
relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
|
| 2103 |
|
|
relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
|
| 2104 |
|
|
has a rightshift of 0. */
|
| 2105 |
|
|
if (hi->rel.howto->type == R_MIPS_GOT16)
|
| 2106 |
|
|
hi->rel.howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, R_MIPS_HI16, FALSE);
|
| 2107 |
|
|
else if (hi->rel.howto->type == R_MIPS16_GOT16)
|
| 2108 |
|
|
hi->rel.howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, R_MIPS16_HI16, FALSE);
|
| 2109 |
|
|
|
| 2110 |
|
|
/* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
|
| 2111 |
|
|
carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
|
| 2112 |
|
|
hi->rel.addend += (vallo + 0x8000) & 0xffff;
|
| 2113 |
|
|
|
| 2114 |
|
|
ret = _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, &hi->rel, symbol, hi->data,
|
| 2115 |
|
|
hi->input_section, output_bfd,
|
| 2116 |
|
|
error_message);
|
| 2117 |
|
|
if (ret != bfd_reloc_ok)
|
| 2118 |
|
|
return ret;
|
| 2119 |
|
|
|
| 2120 |
|
|
mips_hi16_list = hi->next;
|
| 2121 |
|
|
free (hi);
|
| 2122 |
|
|
}
|
| 2123 |
|
|
|
| 2124 |
|
|
return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
|
| 2125 |
|
|
input_section, output_bfd,
|
| 2126 |
|
|
error_message);
|
| 2127 |
|
|
}
|
| 2128 |
|
|
|
| 2129 |
|
|
/* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the
|
| 2130 |
|
|
relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in
|
| 2131 |
|
|
bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */
|
| 2132 |
|
|
|
| 2133 |
|
|
bfd_reloc_status_type
|
| 2134 |
|
|
_bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
|
| 2135 |
|
|
asymbol *symbol, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
| 2136 |
|
|
asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
|
| 2137 |
|
|
char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 2138 |
|
|
{
|
| 2139 |
|
|
bfd_signed_vma val;
|
| 2140 |
|
|
bfd_reloc_status_type status;
|
| 2141 |
|
|
bfd_boolean relocatable;
|
| 2142 |
|
|
|
| 2143 |
|
|
relocatable = (output_bfd != NULL);
|
| 2144 |
|
|
|
| 2145 |
|
|
if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
|
| 2146 |
|
|
return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
|
| 2147 |
|
|
|
| 2148 |
|
|
/* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */
|
| 2149 |
|
|
val = 0;
|
| 2150 |
|
|
if (!relocatable || (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0)
|
| 2151 |
|
|
{
|
| 2152 |
|
|
/* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a
|
| 2153 |
|
|
relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's
|
| 2154 |
|
|
offset or address. */
|
| 2155 |
|
|
val += symbol->section->output_section->vma;
|
| 2156 |
|
|
val += symbol->section->output_offset;
|
| 2157 |
|
|
}
|
| 2158 |
|
|
|
| 2159 |
|
|
if (!relocatable)
|
| 2160 |
|
|
{
|
| 2161 |
|
|
/* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value
|
| 2162 |
|
|
and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */
|
| 2163 |
|
|
val += symbol->value;
|
| 2164 |
|
|
if (reloc_entry->howto->pc_relative)
|
| 2165 |
|
|
{
|
| 2166 |
|
|
val -= input_section->output_section->vma;
|
| 2167 |
|
|
val -= input_section->output_offset;
|
| 2168 |
|
|
val -= reloc_entry->address;
|
| 2169 |
|
|
}
|
| 2170 |
|
|
}
|
| 2171 |
|
|
|
| 2172 |
|
|
/* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation
|
| 2173 |
|
|
in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend,
|
| 2174 |
|
|
we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add
|
| 2175 |
|
|
VAL to the relocation field itself. */
|
| 2176 |
|
|
if (relocatable && !reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace)
|
| 2177 |
|
|
reloc_entry->addend += val;
|
| 2178 |
|
|
else
|
| 2179 |
|
|
{
|
| 2180 |
|
|
bfd_byte *location = (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address;
|
| 2181 |
|
|
|
| 2182 |
|
|
/* Add in the separate addend, if any. */
|
| 2183 |
|
|
val += reloc_entry->addend;
|
| 2184 |
|
|
|
| 2185 |
|
|
/* Add VAL to the relocation field. */
|
| 2186 |
|
|
_bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
|
| 2187 |
|
|
location);
|
| 2188 |
|
|
status = _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry->howto, abfd, val,
|
| 2189 |
|
|
location);
|
| 2190 |
|
|
_bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
|
| 2191 |
|
|
location);
|
| 2192 |
|
|
|
| 2193 |
|
|
if (status != bfd_reloc_ok)
|
| 2194 |
|
|
return status;
|
| 2195 |
|
|
}
|
| 2196 |
|
|
|
| 2197 |
|
|
if (relocatable)
|
| 2198 |
|
|
reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
|
| 2199 |
|
|
|
| 2200 |
|
|
return bfd_reloc_ok;
|
| 2201 |
|
|
}
|
| 2202 |
|
|
|
| 2203 |
|
|
/* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
|
| 2204 |
|
|
on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
|
| 2205 |
|
|
|
| 2206 |
|
|
static void
|
| 2207 |
|
|
bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_External_gptab *ex,
|
| 2208 |
|
|
Elf32_gptab *in)
|
| 2209 |
|
|
{
|
| 2210 |
|
|
in->gt_entry.gt_g_value = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->gt_entry.gt_g_value);
|
| 2211 |
|
|
in->gt_entry.gt_bytes = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->gt_entry.gt_bytes);
|
| 2212 |
|
|
}
|
| 2213 |
|
|
|
| 2214 |
|
|
static void
|
| 2215 |
|
|
bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_gptab *in,
|
| 2216 |
|
|
Elf32_External_gptab *ex)
|
| 2217 |
|
|
{
|
| 2218 |
|
|
H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->gt_entry.gt_g_value, ex->gt_entry.gt_g_value);
|
| 2219 |
|
|
H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->gt_entry.gt_bytes, ex->gt_entry.gt_bytes);
|
| 2220 |
|
|
}
|
| 2221 |
|
|
|
| 2222 |
|
|
static void
|
| 2223 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_compact_rel *in,
|
| 2224 |
|
|
Elf32_External_compact_rel *ex)
|
| 2225 |
|
|
{
|
| 2226 |
|
|
H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->id1, ex->id1);
|
| 2227 |
|
|
H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->num, ex->num);
|
| 2228 |
|
|
H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->id2, ex->id2);
|
| 2229 |
|
|
H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->offset, ex->offset);
|
| 2230 |
|
|
H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->reserved0, ex->reserved0);
|
| 2231 |
|
|
H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->reserved1, ex->reserved1);
|
| 2232 |
|
|
}
|
| 2233 |
|
|
|
| 2234 |
|
|
static void
|
| 2235 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_crinfo *in,
|
| 2236 |
|
|
Elf32_External_crinfo *ex)
|
| 2237 |
|
|
{
|
| 2238 |
|
|
unsigned long l;
|
| 2239 |
|
|
|
| 2240 |
|
|
l = (((in->ctype & CRINFO_CTYPE) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH)
|
| 2241 |
|
|
| ((in->rtype & CRINFO_RTYPE) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH)
|
| 2242 |
|
|
| ((in->dist2to & CRINFO_DIST2TO) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH)
|
| 2243 |
|
|
| ((in->relvaddr & CRINFO_RELVADDR) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH));
|
| 2244 |
|
|
H_PUT_32 (abfd, l, ex->info);
|
| 2245 |
|
|
H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->konst, ex->konst);
|
| 2246 |
|
|
H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->vaddr, ex->vaddr);
|
| 2247 |
|
|
}
|
| 2248 |
|
|
|
| 2249 |
|
|
/* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
|
| 2250 |
|
|
routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
|
| 2251 |
|
|
BFD, so they are globally visible. */
|
| 2252 |
|
|
|
| 2253 |
|
|
void
|
| 2254 |
|
|
bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_External_RegInfo *ex,
|
| 2255 |
|
|
Elf32_RegInfo *in)
|
| 2256 |
|
|
{
|
| 2257 |
|
|
in->ri_gprmask = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gprmask);
|
| 2258 |
|
|
in->ri_cprmask[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
|
| 2259 |
|
|
in->ri_cprmask[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
|
| 2260 |
|
|
in->ri_cprmask[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
|
| 2261 |
|
|
in->ri_cprmask[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
|
| 2262 |
|
|
in->ri_gp_value = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gp_value);
|
| 2263 |
|
|
}
|
| 2264 |
|
|
|
| 2265 |
|
|
void
|
| 2266 |
|
|
bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_RegInfo *in,
|
| 2267 |
|
|
Elf32_External_RegInfo *ex)
|
| 2268 |
|
|
{
|
| 2269 |
|
|
H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gprmask, ex->ri_gprmask);
|
| 2270 |
|
|
H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[0], ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
|
| 2271 |
|
|
H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[1], ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
|
| 2272 |
|
|
H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[2], ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
|
| 2273 |
|
|
H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[3], ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
|
| 2274 |
|
|
H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gp_value, ex->ri_gp_value);
|
| 2275 |
|
|
}
|
| 2276 |
|
|
|
| 2277 |
|
|
/* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
|
| 2278 |
|
|
information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
|
| 2279 |
|
|
them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
|
| 2280 |
|
|
outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
|
| 2281 |
|
|
without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
|
| 2282 |
|
|
|
| 2283 |
|
|
void
|
| 2284 |
|
|
bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf64_External_RegInfo *ex,
|
| 2285 |
|
|
Elf64_Internal_RegInfo *in)
|
| 2286 |
|
|
{
|
| 2287 |
|
|
in->ri_gprmask = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gprmask);
|
| 2288 |
|
|
in->ri_pad = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_pad);
|
| 2289 |
|
|
in->ri_cprmask[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
|
| 2290 |
|
|
in->ri_cprmask[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
|
| 2291 |
|
|
in->ri_cprmask[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
|
| 2292 |
|
|
in->ri_cprmask[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
|
| 2293 |
|
|
in->ri_gp_value = H_GET_64 (abfd, ex->ri_gp_value);
|
| 2294 |
|
|
}
|
| 2295 |
|
|
|
| 2296 |
|
|
void
|
| 2297 |
|
|
bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo *in,
|
| 2298 |
|
|
Elf64_External_RegInfo *ex)
|
| 2299 |
|
|
{
|
| 2300 |
|
|
H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gprmask, ex->ri_gprmask);
|
| 2301 |
|
|
H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_pad, ex->ri_pad);
|
| 2302 |
|
|
H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[0], ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
|
| 2303 |
|
|
H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[1], ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
|
| 2304 |
|
|
H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[2], ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
|
| 2305 |
|
|
H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[3], ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
|
| 2306 |
|
|
H_PUT_64 (abfd, in->ri_gp_value, ex->ri_gp_value);
|
| 2307 |
|
|
}
|
| 2308 |
|
|
|
| 2309 |
|
|
/* Swap in an options header. */
|
| 2310 |
|
|
|
| 2311 |
|
|
void
|
| 2312 |
|
|
bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf_External_Options *ex,
|
| 2313 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Options *in)
|
| 2314 |
|
|
{
|
| 2315 |
|
|
in->kind = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->kind);
|
| 2316 |
|
|
in->size = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->size);
|
| 2317 |
|
|
in->section = H_GET_16 (abfd, ex->section);
|
| 2318 |
|
|
in->info = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->info);
|
| 2319 |
|
|
}
|
| 2320 |
|
|
|
| 2321 |
|
|
/* Swap out an options header. */
|
| 2322 |
|
|
|
| 2323 |
|
|
void
|
| 2324 |
|
|
bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf_Internal_Options *in,
|
| 2325 |
|
|
Elf_External_Options *ex)
|
| 2326 |
|
|
{
|
| 2327 |
|
|
H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->kind, ex->kind);
|
| 2328 |
|
|
H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->size, ex->size);
|
| 2329 |
|
|
H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->section, ex->section);
|
| 2330 |
|
|
H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->info, ex->info);
|
| 2331 |
|
|
}
|
| 2332 |
|
|
|
| 2333 |
|
|
/* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
|
| 2334 |
|
|
entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
|
| 2335 |
|
|
|
| 2336 |
|
|
static int
|
| 2337 |
|
|
sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
|
| 2338 |
|
|
{
|
| 2339 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1;
|
| 2340 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2;
|
| 2341 |
|
|
int diff;
|
| 2342 |
|
|
|
| 2343 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg1, &int_reloc1);
|
| 2344 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg2, &int_reloc2);
|
| 2345 |
|
|
|
| 2346 |
|
|
diff = ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1.r_info) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2.r_info);
|
| 2347 |
|
|
if (diff != 0)
|
| 2348 |
|
|
return diff;
|
| 2349 |
|
|
|
| 2350 |
|
|
if (int_reloc1.r_offset < int_reloc2.r_offset)
|
| 2351 |
|
|
return -1;
|
| 2352 |
|
|
if (int_reloc1.r_offset > int_reloc2.r_offset)
|
| 2353 |
|
|
return 1;
|
| 2354 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 2355 |
|
|
}
|
| 2356 |
|
|
|
| 2357 |
|
|
/* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
|
| 2358 |
|
|
|
| 2359 |
|
|
static int
|
| 2360 |
|
|
sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
| 2361 |
|
|
const void *arg2 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 2362 |
|
|
{
|
| 2363 |
|
|
#ifdef BFD64
|
| 2364 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1[3];
|
| 2365 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2[3];
|
| 2366 |
|
|
|
| 2367 |
|
|
(*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_in)
|
| 2368 |
|
|
(reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg1, int_reloc1);
|
| 2369 |
|
|
(*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_in)
|
| 2370 |
|
|
(reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg2, int_reloc2);
|
| 2371 |
|
|
|
| 2372 |
|
|
if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1[0].r_info) < ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2[0].r_info))
|
| 2373 |
|
|
return -1;
|
| 2374 |
|
|
if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1[0].r_info) > ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2[0].r_info))
|
| 2375 |
|
|
return 1;
|
| 2376 |
|
|
|
| 2377 |
|
|
if (int_reloc1[0].r_offset < int_reloc2[0].r_offset)
|
| 2378 |
|
|
return -1;
|
| 2379 |
|
|
if (int_reloc1[0].r_offset > int_reloc2[0].r_offset)
|
| 2380 |
|
|
return 1;
|
| 2381 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 2382 |
|
|
#else
|
| 2383 |
|
|
abort ();
|
| 2384 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 2385 |
|
|
}
|
| 2386 |
|
|
|
| 2387 |
|
|
|
| 2388 |
|
|
/* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
|
| 2389 |
|
|
information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
|
| 2390 |
|
|
ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
|
| 2391 |
|
|
symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
|
| 2392 |
|
|
whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
|
| 2393 |
|
|
tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
|
| 2394 |
|
|
symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
|
| 2395 |
|
|
section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
|
| 2396 |
|
|
can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
|
| 2397 |
|
|
required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
|
| 2398 |
|
|
Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
|
| 2399 |
|
|
stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
|
| 2400 |
|
|
when generating a final executable. */
|
| 2401 |
|
|
|
| 2402 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
| 2403 |
|
|
mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
|
| 2404 |
|
|
{
|
| 2405 |
|
|
struct extsym_info *einfo = data;
|
| 2406 |
|
|
bfd_boolean strip;
|
| 2407 |
|
|
asection *sec, *output_section;
|
| 2408 |
|
|
|
| 2409 |
|
|
if (h->root.indx == -2)
|
| 2410 |
|
|
strip = FALSE;
|
| 2411 |
|
|
else if ((h->root.def_dynamic
|
| 2412 |
|
|
|| h->root.ref_dynamic
|
| 2413 |
|
|
|| h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
|
| 2414 |
|
|
&& !h->root.def_regular
|
| 2415 |
|
|
&& !h->root.ref_regular)
|
| 2416 |
|
|
strip = TRUE;
|
| 2417 |
|
|
else if (einfo->info->strip == strip_all
|
| 2418 |
|
|
|| (einfo->info->strip == strip_some
|
| 2419 |
|
|
&& bfd_hash_lookup (einfo->info->keep_hash,
|
| 2420 |
|
|
h->root.root.root.string,
|
| 2421 |
|
|
FALSE, FALSE) == NULL))
|
| 2422 |
|
|
strip = TRUE;
|
| 2423 |
|
|
else
|
| 2424 |
|
|
strip = FALSE;
|
| 2425 |
|
|
|
| 2426 |
|
|
if (strip)
|
| 2427 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 2428 |
|
|
|
| 2429 |
|
|
if (h->esym.ifd == -2)
|
| 2430 |
|
|
{
|
| 2431 |
|
|
h->esym.jmptbl = 0;
|
| 2432 |
|
|
h->esym.cobol_main = 0;
|
| 2433 |
|
|
h->esym.weakext = 0;
|
| 2434 |
|
|
h->esym.reserved = 0;
|
| 2435 |
|
|
h->esym.ifd = ifdNil;
|
| 2436 |
|
|
h->esym.asym.value = 0;
|
| 2437 |
|
|
h->esym.asym.st = stGlobal;
|
| 2438 |
|
|
|
| 2439 |
|
|
if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
|
| 2440 |
|
|
|| h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
|
| 2441 |
|
|
{
|
| 2442 |
|
|
const char *name;
|
| 2443 |
|
|
|
| 2444 |
|
|
/* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
|
| 2445 |
|
|
special symbols. */
|
| 2446 |
|
|
name = h->root.root.root.string;
|
| 2447 |
|
|
if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[0]) == 0
|
| 2448 |
|
|
|| strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[1]) == 0)
|
| 2449 |
|
|
{
|
| 2450 |
|
|
h->esym.asym.sc = scData;
|
| 2451 |
|
|
h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
|
| 2452 |
|
|
h->esym.asym.value = 0;
|
| 2453 |
|
|
}
|
| 2454 |
|
|
else if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[2]) == 0)
|
| 2455 |
|
|
{
|
| 2456 |
|
|
h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
|
| 2457 |
|
|
h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
|
| 2458 |
|
|
h->esym.asym.value =
|
| 2459 |
|
|
mips_elf_hash_table (einfo->info)->procedure_count;
|
| 2460 |
|
|
}
|
| 2461 |
|
|
else if (strcmp (name, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo->abfd))
|
| 2462 |
|
|
{
|
| 2463 |
|
|
h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
|
| 2464 |
|
|
h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
|
| 2465 |
|
|
h->esym.asym.value = elf_gp (einfo->abfd);
|
| 2466 |
|
|
}
|
| 2467 |
|
|
else
|
| 2468 |
|
|
h->esym.asym.sc = scUndefined;
|
| 2469 |
|
|
}
|
| 2470 |
|
|
else if (h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
|
| 2471 |
|
|
&& h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
|
| 2472 |
|
|
h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
|
| 2473 |
|
|
else
|
| 2474 |
|
|
{
|
| 2475 |
|
|
const char *name;
|
| 2476 |
|
|
|
| 2477 |
|
|
sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
|
| 2478 |
|
|
output_section = sec->output_section;
|
| 2479 |
|
|
|
| 2480 |
|
|
/* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
|
| 2481 |
|
|
the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
|
| 2482 |
|
|
if (output_section == NULL)
|
| 2483 |
|
|
h->esym.asym.sc = scUndefined;
|
| 2484 |
|
|
else
|
| 2485 |
|
|
{
|
| 2486 |
|
|
name = bfd_section_name (output_section->owner, output_section);
|
| 2487 |
|
|
|
| 2488 |
|
|
if (strcmp (name, ".text") == 0)
|
| 2489 |
|
|
h->esym.asym.sc = scText;
|
| 2490 |
|
|
else if (strcmp (name, ".data") == 0)
|
| 2491 |
|
|
h->esym.asym.sc = scData;
|
| 2492 |
|
|
else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0)
|
| 2493 |
|
|
h->esym.asym.sc = scSData;
|
| 2494 |
|
|
else if (strcmp (name, ".rodata") == 0
|
| 2495 |
|
|
|| strcmp (name, ".rdata") == 0)
|
| 2496 |
|
|
h->esym.asym.sc = scRData;
|
| 2497 |
|
|
else if (strcmp (name, ".bss") == 0)
|
| 2498 |
|
|
h->esym.asym.sc = scBss;
|
| 2499 |
|
|
else if (strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
|
| 2500 |
|
|
h->esym.asym.sc = scSBss;
|
| 2501 |
|
|
else if (strcmp (name, ".init") == 0)
|
| 2502 |
|
|
h->esym.asym.sc = scInit;
|
| 2503 |
|
|
else if (strcmp (name, ".fini") == 0)
|
| 2504 |
|
|
h->esym.asym.sc = scFini;
|
| 2505 |
|
|
else
|
| 2506 |
|
|
h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
|
| 2507 |
|
|
}
|
| 2508 |
|
|
}
|
| 2509 |
|
|
|
| 2510 |
|
|
h->esym.asym.reserved = 0;
|
| 2511 |
|
|
h->esym.asym.index = indexNil;
|
| 2512 |
|
|
}
|
| 2513 |
|
|
|
| 2514 |
|
|
if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_common)
|
| 2515 |
|
|
h->esym.asym.value = h->root.root.u.c.size;
|
| 2516 |
|
|
else if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
|
| 2517 |
|
|
|| h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
|
| 2518 |
|
|
{
|
| 2519 |
|
|
if (h->esym.asym.sc == scCommon)
|
| 2520 |
|
|
h->esym.asym.sc = scBss;
|
| 2521 |
|
|
else if (h->esym.asym.sc == scSCommon)
|
| 2522 |
|
|
h->esym.asym.sc = scSBss;
|
| 2523 |
|
|
|
| 2524 |
|
|
sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
|
| 2525 |
|
|
output_section = sec->output_section;
|
| 2526 |
|
|
if (output_section != NULL)
|
| 2527 |
|
|
h->esym.asym.value = (h->root.root.u.def.value
|
| 2528 |
|
|
+ sec->output_offset
|
| 2529 |
|
|
+ output_section->vma);
|
| 2530 |
|
|
else
|
| 2531 |
|
|
h->esym.asym.value = 0;
|
| 2532 |
|
|
}
|
| 2533 |
|
|
else
|
| 2534 |
|
|
{
|
| 2535 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hd = h;
|
| 2536 |
|
|
|
| 2537 |
|
|
while (hd->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
|
| 2538 |
|
|
hd = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h->root.root.u.i.link;
|
| 2539 |
|
|
|
| 2540 |
|
|
if (hd->needs_lazy_stub)
|
| 2541 |
|
|
{
|
| 2542 |
|
|
/* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
|
| 2543 |
|
|
h->esym.asym.st = stProc;
|
| 2544 |
|
|
sec = hd->root.root.u.def.section;
|
| 2545 |
|
|
if (sec == NULL)
|
| 2546 |
|
|
h->esym.asym.value = 0;
|
| 2547 |
|
|
else
|
| 2548 |
|
|
{
|
| 2549 |
|
|
output_section = sec->output_section;
|
| 2550 |
|
|
if (output_section != NULL)
|
| 2551 |
|
|
h->esym.asym.value = (hd->root.plt.offset
|
| 2552 |
|
|
+ sec->output_offset
|
| 2553 |
|
|
+ output_section->vma);
|
| 2554 |
|
|
else
|
| 2555 |
|
|
h->esym.asym.value = 0;
|
| 2556 |
|
|
}
|
| 2557 |
|
|
}
|
| 2558 |
|
|
}
|
| 2559 |
|
|
|
| 2560 |
|
|
if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo->abfd, einfo->debug, einfo->swap,
|
| 2561 |
|
|
h->root.root.root.string,
|
| 2562 |
|
|
&h->esym))
|
| 2563 |
|
|
{
|
| 2564 |
|
|
einfo->failed = TRUE;
|
| 2565 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 2566 |
|
|
}
|
| 2567 |
|
|
|
| 2568 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 2569 |
|
|
}
|
| 2570 |
|
|
|
| 2571 |
|
|
/* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
|
| 2572 |
|
|
|
| 2573 |
|
|
static int
|
| 2574 |
|
|
gptab_compare (const void *p1, const void *p2)
|
| 2575 |
|
|
{
|
| 2576 |
|
|
const Elf32_gptab *a1 = p1;
|
| 2577 |
|
|
const Elf32_gptab *a2 = p2;
|
| 2578 |
|
|
|
| 2579 |
|
|
return a1->gt_entry.gt_g_value - a2->gt_entry.gt_g_value;
|
| 2580 |
|
|
}
|
| 2581 |
|
|
|
| 2582 |
|
|
/* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
|
| 2583 |
|
|
|
| 2584 |
|
|
/* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
|
| 2585 |
|
|
hash number. */
|
| 2586 |
|
|
|
| 2587 |
|
|
static INLINE hashval_t
|
| 2588 |
|
|
mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr)
|
| 2589 |
|
|
{
|
| 2590 |
|
|
#ifdef BFD64
|
| 2591 |
|
|
return addr + (addr >> 32);
|
| 2592 |
|
|
#else
|
| 2593 |
|
|
return addr;
|
| 2594 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 2595 |
|
|
}
|
| 2596 |
|
|
|
| 2597 |
|
|
/* got_entries only match if they're identical, except for gotidx, so
|
| 2598 |
|
|
use all fields to compute the hash, and compare the appropriate
|
| 2599 |
|
|
union members. */
|
| 2600 |
|
|
|
| 2601 |
|
|
static hashval_t
|
| 2602 |
|
|
mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
|
| 2603 |
|
|
{
|
| 2604 |
|
|
const struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry_;
|
| 2605 |
|
|
|
| 2606 |
|
|
return entry->symndx
|
| 2607 |
|
|
+ ((entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM) << 17)
|
| 2608 |
|
|
+ (! entry->abfd ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.address)
|
| 2609 |
|
|
: entry->abfd->id
|
| 2610 |
|
|
+ (entry->symndx >= 0 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.addend)
|
| 2611 |
|
|
: entry->d.h->root.root.root.hash));
|
| 2612 |
|
|
}
|
| 2613 |
|
|
|
| 2614 |
|
|
static int
|
| 2615 |
|
|
mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
|
| 2616 |
|
|
{
|
| 2617 |
|
|
const struct mips_got_entry *e1 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry1;
|
| 2618 |
|
|
const struct mips_got_entry *e2 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry2;
|
| 2619 |
|
|
|
| 2620 |
|
|
/* An LDM entry can only match another LDM entry. */
|
| 2621 |
|
|
if ((e1->tls_type ^ e2->tls_type) & GOT_TLS_LDM)
|
| 2622 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 2623 |
|
|
|
| 2624 |
|
|
return e1->abfd == e2->abfd && e1->symndx == e2->symndx
|
| 2625 |
|
|
&& (! e1->abfd ? e1->d.address == e2->d.address
|
| 2626 |
|
|
: e1->symndx >= 0 ? e1->d.addend == e2->d.addend
|
| 2627 |
|
|
: e1->d.h == e2->d.h);
|
| 2628 |
|
|
}
|
| 2629 |
|
|
|
| 2630 |
|
|
/* multi_got_entries are still a match in the case of global objects,
|
| 2631 |
|
|
even if the input bfd in which they're referenced differs, so the
|
| 2632 |
|
|
hash computation and compare functions are adjusted
|
| 2633 |
|
|
accordingly. */
|
| 2634 |
|
|
|
| 2635 |
|
|
static hashval_t
|
| 2636 |
|
|
mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
|
| 2637 |
|
|
{
|
| 2638 |
|
|
const struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry_;
|
| 2639 |
|
|
|
| 2640 |
|
|
return entry->symndx
|
| 2641 |
|
|
+ (! entry->abfd
|
| 2642 |
|
|
? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.address)
|
| 2643 |
|
|
: entry->symndx >= 0
|
| 2644 |
|
|
? ((entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM)
|
| 2645 |
|
|
? (GOT_TLS_LDM << 17)
|
| 2646 |
|
|
: (entry->abfd->id
|
| 2647 |
|
|
+ mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.addend)))
|
| 2648 |
|
|
: entry->d.h->root.root.root.hash);
|
| 2649 |
|
|
}
|
| 2650 |
|
|
|
| 2651 |
|
|
static int
|
| 2652 |
|
|
mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
|
| 2653 |
|
|
{
|
| 2654 |
|
|
const struct mips_got_entry *e1 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry1;
|
| 2655 |
|
|
const struct mips_got_entry *e2 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry2;
|
| 2656 |
|
|
|
| 2657 |
|
|
/* Any two LDM entries match. */
|
| 2658 |
|
|
if (e1->tls_type & e2->tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM)
|
| 2659 |
|
|
return 1;
|
| 2660 |
|
|
|
| 2661 |
|
|
/* Nothing else matches an LDM entry. */
|
| 2662 |
|
|
if ((e1->tls_type ^ e2->tls_type) & GOT_TLS_LDM)
|
| 2663 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 2664 |
|
|
|
| 2665 |
|
|
return e1->symndx == e2->symndx
|
| 2666 |
|
|
&& (e1->symndx >= 0 ? e1->abfd == e2->abfd && e1->d.addend == e2->d.addend
|
| 2667 |
|
|
: e1->abfd == NULL || e2->abfd == NULL
|
| 2668 |
|
|
? e1->abfd == e2->abfd && e1->d.address == e2->d.address
|
| 2669 |
|
|
: e1->d.h == e2->d.h);
|
| 2670 |
|
|
}
|
| 2671 |
|
|
|
| 2672 |
|
|
static hashval_t
|
| 2673 |
|
|
mips_got_page_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
|
| 2674 |
|
|
{
|
| 2675 |
|
|
const struct mips_got_page_entry *entry;
|
| 2676 |
|
|
|
| 2677 |
|
|
entry = (const struct mips_got_page_entry *) entry_;
|
| 2678 |
|
|
return entry->abfd->id + entry->symndx;
|
| 2679 |
|
|
}
|
| 2680 |
|
|
|
| 2681 |
|
|
static int
|
| 2682 |
|
|
mips_got_page_entry_eq (const void *entry1_, const void *entry2_)
|
| 2683 |
|
|
{
|
| 2684 |
|
|
const struct mips_got_page_entry *entry1, *entry2;
|
| 2685 |
|
|
|
| 2686 |
|
|
entry1 = (const struct mips_got_page_entry *) entry1_;
|
| 2687 |
|
|
entry2 = (const struct mips_got_page_entry *) entry2_;
|
| 2688 |
|
|
return entry1->abfd == entry2->abfd && entry1->symndx == entry2->symndx;
|
| 2689 |
|
|
}
|
| 2690 |
|
|
|
| 2691 |
|
|
/* Return the dynamic relocation section. If it doesn't exist, try to
|
| 2692 |
|
|
create a new it if CREATE_P, otherwise return NULL. Also return NULL
|
| 2693 |
|
|
if creation fails. */
|
| 2694 |
|
|
|
| 2695 |
|
|
static asection *
|
| 2696 |
|
|
mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_boolean create_p)
|
| 2697 |
|
|
{
|
| 2698 |
|
|
const char *dname;
|
| 2699 |
|
|
asection *sreloc;
|
| 2700 |
|
|
bfd *dynobj;
|
| 2701 |
|
|
|
| 2702 |
|
|
dname = MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info);
|
| 2703 |
|
|
dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
|
| 2704 |
|
|
sreloc = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, dname);
|
| 2705 |
|
|
if (sreloc == NULL && create_p)
|
| 2706 |
|
|
{
|
| 2707 |
|
|
sreloc = bfd_make_section_with_flags (dynobj, dname,
|
| 2708 |
|
|
(SEC_ALLOC
|
| 2709 |
|
|
| SEC_LOAD
|
| 2710 |
|
|
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
|
| 2711 |
|
|
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
|
| 2712 |
|
|
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
|
| 2713 |
|
|
| SEC_READONLY));
|
| 2714 |
|
|
if (sreloc == NULL
|
| 2715 |
|
|
|| ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, sreloc,
|
| 2716 |
|
|
MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj)))
|
| 2717 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 2718 |
|
|
}
|
| 2719 |
|
|
return sreloc;
|
| 2720 |
|
|
}
|
| 2721 |
|
|
|
| 2722 |
|
|
/* Count the number of relocations needed for a TLS GOT entry, with
|
| 2723 |
|
|
access types from TLS_TYPE, and symbol H (or a local symbol if H
|
| 2724 |
|
|
is NULL). */
|
| 2725 |
|
|
|
| 2726 |
|
|
static int
|
| 2727 |
|
|
mips_tls_got_relocs (struct bfd_link_info *info, unsigned char tls_type,
|
| 2728 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
|
| 2729 |
|
|
{
|
| 2730 |
|
|
int indx = 0;
|
| 2731 |
|
|
int ret = 0;
|
| 2732 |
|
|
bfd_boolean need_relocs = FALSE;
|
| 2733 |
|
|
bfd_boolean dyn = elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created;
|
| 2734 |
|
|
|
| 2735 |
|
|
if (h && WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h)
|
| 2736 |
|
|
&& (!info->shared || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)))
|
| 2737 |
|
|
indx = h->dynindx;
|
| 2738 |
|
|
|
| 2739 |
|
|
if ((info->shared || indx != 0)
|
| 2740 |
|
|
&& (h == NULL
|
| 2741 |
|
|
|| ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
|
| 2742 |
|
|
|| h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
|
| 2743 |
|
|
need_relocs = TRUE;
|
| 2744 |
|
|
|
| 2745 |
|
|
if (!need_relocs)
|
| 2746 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 2747 |
|
|
|
| 2748 |
|
|
if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD)
|
| 2749 |
|
|
{
|
| 2750 |
|
|
ret++;
|
| 2751 |
|
|
if (indx != 0)
|
| 2752 |
|
|
ret++;
|
| 2753 |
|
|
}
|
| 2754 |
|
|
|
| 2755 |
|
|
if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)
|
| 2756 |
|
|
ret++;
|
| 2757 |
|
|
|
| 2758 |
|
|
if ((tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM) && info->shared)
|
| 2759 |
|
|
ret++;
|
| 2760 |
|
|
|
| 2761 |
|
|
return ret;
|
| 2762 |
|
|
}
|
| 2763 |
|
|
|
| 2764 |
|
|
/* Count the number of TLS relocations required for the GOT entry in
|
| 2765 |
|
|
ARG1, if it describes a local symbol. */
|
| 2766 |
|
|
|
| 2767 |
|
|
static int
|
| 2768 |
|
|
mips_elf_count_local_tls_relocs (void **arg1, void *arg2)
|
| 2769 |
|
|
{
|
| 2770 |
|
|
struct mips_got_entry *entry = * (struct mips_got_entry **) arg1;
|
| 2771 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg *arg = arg2;
|
| 2772 |
|
|
|
| 2773 |
|
|
if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx != -1)
|
| 2774 |
|
|
arg->needed += mips_tls_got_relocs (arg->info, entry->tls_type, NULL);
|
| 2775 |
|
|
|
| 2776 |
|
|
return 1;
|
| 2777 |
|
|
}
|
| 2778 |
|
|
|
| 2779 |
|
|
/* Count the number of TLS GOT entries required for the global (or
|
| 2780 |
|
|
forced-local) symbol in ARG1. */
|
| 2781 |
|
|
|
| 2782 |
|
|
static int
|
| 2783 |
|
|
mips_elf_count_global_tls_entries (void *arg1, void *arg2)
|
| 2784 |
|
|
{
|
| 2785 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hm
|
| 2786 |
|
|
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) arg1;
|
| 2787 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg *arg = arg2;
|
| 2788 |
|
|
|
| 2789 |
|
|
if (hm->tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD)
|
| 2790 |
|
|
arg->needed += 2;
|
| 2791 |
|
|
if (hm->tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)
|
| 2792 |
|
|
arg->needed += 1;
|
| 2793 |
|
|
|
| 2794 |
|
|
return 1;
|
| 2795 |
|
|
}
|
| 2796 |
|
|
|
| 2797 |
|
|
/* Count the number of TLS relocations required for the global (or
|
| 2798 |
|
|
forced-local) symbol in ARG1. */
|
| 2799 |
|
|
|
| 2800 |
|
|
static int
|
| 2801 |
|
|
mips_elf_count_global_tls_relocs (void *arg1, void *arg2)
|
| 2802 |
|
|
{
|
| 2803 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hm
|
| 2804 |
|
|
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) arg1;
|
| 2805 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg *arg = arg2;
|
| 2806 |
|
|
|
| 2807 |
|
|
arg->needed += mips_tls_got_relocs (arg->info, hm->tls_type, &hm->root);
|
| 2808 |
|
|
|
| 2809 |
|
|
return 1;
|
| 2810 |
|
|
}
|
| 2811 |
|
|
|
| 2812 |
|
|
/* Output a simple dynamic relocation into SRELOC. */
|
| 2813 |
|
|
|
| 2814 |
|
|
static void
|
| 2815 |
|
|
mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (bfd *output_bfd,
|
| 2816 |
|
|
asection *sreloc,
|
| 2817 |
|
|
unsigned long reloc_index,
|
| 2818 |
|
|
unsigned long indx,
|
| 2819 |
|
|
int r_type,
|
| 2820 |
|
|
bfd_vma offset)
|
| 2821 |
|
|
{
|
| 2822 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
|
| 2823 |
|
|
|
| 2824 |
|
|
memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel));
|
| 2825 |
|
|
|
| 2826 |
|
|
rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, indx, r_type);
|
| 2827 |
|
|
rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset = offset;
|
| 2828 |
|
|
|
| 2829 |
|
|
if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
|
| 2830 |
|
|
{
|
| 2831 |
|
|
(*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_out)
|
| 2832 |
|
|
(output_bfd, &rel[0],
|
| 2833 |
|
|
(sreloc->contents
|
| 2834 |
|
|
+ reloc_index * sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)));
|
| 2835 |
|
|
}
|
| 2836 |
|
|
else
|
| 2837 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
|
| 2838 |
|
|
(output_bfd, &rel[0],
|
| 2839 |
|
|
(sreloc->contents
|
| 2840 |
|
|
+ reloc_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
|
| 2841 |
|
|
}
|
| 2842 |
|
|
|
| 2843 |
|
|
/* Initialize a set of TLS GOT entries for one symbol. */
|
| 2844 |
|
|
|
| 2845 |
|
|
static void
|
| 2846 |
|
|
mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (bfd *abfd, bfd_vma got_offset,
|
| 2847 |
|
|
unsigned char *tls_type_p,
|
| 2848 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
| 2849 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
|
| 2850 |
|
|
bfd_vma value)
|
| 2851 |
|
|
{
|
| 2852 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
| 2853 |
|
|
int indx;
|
| 2854 |
|
|
asection *sreloc, *sgot;
|
| 2855 |
|
|
bfd_vma offset, offset2;
|
| 2856 |
|
|
bfd_boolean need_relocs = FALSE;
|
| 2857 |
|
|
|
| 2858 |
|
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
|
| 2859 |
|
|
if (htab == NULL)
|
| 2860 |
|
|
return;
|
| 2861 |
|
|
|
| 2862 |
|
|
sgot = htab->sgot;
|
| 2863 |
|
|
|
| 2864 |
|
|
indx = 0;
|
| 2865 |
|
|
if (h != NULL)
|
| 2866 |
|
|
{
|
| 2867 |
|
|
bfd_boolean dyn = elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created;
|
| 2868 |
|
|
|
| 2869 |
|
|
if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, &h->root)
|
| 2870 |
|
|
&& (!info->shared || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->root)))
|
| 2871 |
|
|
indx = h->root.dynindx;
|
| 2872 |
|
|
}
|
| 2873 |
|
|
|
| 2874 |
|
|
if (*tls_type_p & GOT_TLS_DONE)
|
| 2875 |
|
|
return;
|
| 2876 |
|
|
|
| 2877 |
|
|
if ((info->shared || indx != 0)
|
| 2878 |
|
|
&& (h == NULL
|
| 2879 |
|
|
|| ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT
|
| 2880 |
|
|
|| h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
|
| 2881 |
|
|
need_relocs = TRUE;
|
| 2882 |
|
|
|
| 2883 |
|
|
/* MINUS_ONE means the symbol is not defined in this object. It may not
|
| 2884 |
|
|
be defined at all; assume that the value doesn't matter in that
|
| 2885 |
|
|
case. Otherwise complain if we would use the value. */
|
| 2886 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (value != MINUS_ONE || (indx != 0 && need_relocs)
|
| 2887 |
|
|
|| h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak);
|
| 2888 |
|
|
|
| 2889 |
|
|
/* Emit necessary relocations. */
|
| 2890 |
|
|
sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
|
| 2891 |
|
|
|
| 2892 |
|
|
/* General Dynamic. */
|
| 2893 |
|
|
if (*tls_type_p & GOT_TLS_GD)
|
| 2894 |
|
|
{
|
| 2895 |
|
|
offset = got_offset;
|
| 2896 |
|
|
offset2 = offset + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
|
| 2897 |
|
|
|
| 2898 |
|
|
if (need_relocs)
|
| 2899 |
|
|
{
|
| 2900 |
|
|
mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
|
| 2901 |
|
|
(abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
|
| 2902 |
|
|
ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32,
|
| 2903 |
|
|
sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + offset);
|
| 2904 |
|
|
|
| 2905 |
|
|
if (indx)
|
| 2906 |
|
|
mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
|
| 2907 |
|
|
(abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
|
| 2908 |
|
|
ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32,
|
| 2909 |
|
|
sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + offset2);
|
| 2910 |
|
|
else
|
| 2911 |
|
|
MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - dtprel_base (info),
|
| 2912 |
|
|
sgot->contents + offset2);
|
| 2913 |
|
|
}
|
| 2914 |
|
|
else
|
| 2915 |
|
|
{
|
| 2916 |
|
|
MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 1,
|
| 2917 |
|
|
sgot->contents + offset);
|
| 2918 |
|
|
MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - dtprel_base (info),
|
| 2919 |
|
|
sgot->contents + offset2);
|
| 2920 |
|
|
}
|
| 2921 |
|
|
|
| 2922 |
|
|
got_offset += 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
|
| 2923 |
|
|
}
|
| 2924 |
|
|
|
| 2925 |
|
|
/* Initial Exec model. */
|
| 2926 |
|
|
if (*tls_type_p & GOT_TLS_IE)
|
| 2927 |
|
|
{
|
| 2928 |
|
|
offset = got_offset;
|
| 2929 |
|
|
|
| 2930 |
|
|
if (need_relocs)
|
| 2931 |
|
|
{
|
| 2932 |
|
|
if (indx == 0)
|
| 2933 |
|
|
MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma,
|
| 2934 |
|
|
sgot->contents + offset);
|
| 2935 |
|
|
else
|
| 2936 |
|
|
MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 0,
|
| 2937 |
|
|
sgot->contents + offset);
|
| 2938 |
|
|
|
| 2939 |
|
|
mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
|
| 2940 |
|
|
(abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
|
| 2941 |
|
|
ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 : R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32,
|
| 2942 |
|
|
sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + offset);
|
| 2943 |
|
|
}
|
| 2944 |
|
|
else
|
| 2945 |
|
|
MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - tprel_base (info),
|
| 2946 |
|
|
sgot->contents + offset);
|
| 2947 |
|
|
}
|
| 2948 |
|
|
|
| 2949 |
|
|
if (*tls_type_p & GOT_TLS_LDM)
|
| 2950 |
|
|
{
|
| 2951 |
|
|
/* The initial offset is zero, and the LD offsets will include the
|
| 2952 |
|
|
bias by DTP_OFFSET. */
|
| 2953 |
|
|
MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 0,
|
| 2954 |
|
|
sgot->contents + got_offset
|
| 2955 |
|
|
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd));
|
| 2956 |
|
|
|
| 2957 |
|
|
if (!info->shared)
|
| 2958 |
|
|
MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 1,
|
| 2959 |
|
|
sgot->contents + got_offset);
|
| 2960 |
|
|
else
|
| 2961 |
|
|
mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
|
| 2962 |
|
|
(abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
|
| 2963 |
|
|
ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32,
|
| 2964 |
|
|
sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + got_offset);
|
| 2965 |
|
|
}
|
| 2966 |
|
|
|
| 2967 |
|
|
*tls_type_p |= GOT_TLS_DONE;
|
| 2968 |
|
|
}
|
| 2969 |
|
|
|
| 2970 |
|
|
/* Return the GOT index to use for a relocation of type R_TYPE against
|
| 2971 |
|
|
a symbol accessed using TLS_TYPE models. The GOT entries for this
|
| 2972 |
|
|
symbol in this GOT start at GOT_INDEX. This function initializes the
|
| 2973 |
|
|
GOT entries and corresponding relocations. */
|
| 2974 |
|
|
|
| 2975 |
|
|
static bfd_vma
|
| 2976 |
|
|
mips_tls_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd_vma got_index, unsigned char *tls_type,
|
| 2977 |
|
|
int r_type, struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
| 2978 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, bfd_vma symbol)
|
| 2979 |
|
|
{
|
| 2980 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD
|
| 2981 |
|
|
|| r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM);
|
| 2982 |
|
|
|
| 2983 |
|
|
mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (abfd, got_index, tls_type, info, h, symbol);
|
| 2984 |
|
|
|
| 2985 |
|
|
if (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL)
|
| 2986 |
|
|
{
|
| 2987 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE);
|
| 2988 |
|
|
if (*tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD)
|
| 2989 |
|
|
return got_index + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
|
| 2990 |
|
|
else
|
| 2991 |
|
|
return got_index;
|
| 2992 |
|
|
}
|
| 2993 |
|
|
|
| 2994 |
|
|
if (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD)
|
| 2995 |
|
|
{
|
| 2996 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD);
|
| 2997 |
|
|
return got_index;
|
| 2998 |
|
|
}
|
| 2999 |
|
|
|
| 3000 |
|
|
if (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM)
|
| 3001 |
|
|
{
|
| 3002 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM);
|
| 3003 |
|
|
return got_index;
|
| 3004 |
|
|
}
|
| 3005 |
|
|
|
| 3006 |
|
|
return got_index;
|
| 3007 |
|
|
}
|
| 3008 |
|
|
|
| 3009 |
|
|
/* Return the offset from _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ of the .got.plt entry
|
| 3010 |
|
|
for global symbol H. .got.plt comes before the GOT, so the offset
|
| 3011 |
|
|
will be negative. */
|
| 3012 |
|
|
|
| 3013 |
|
|
static bfd_vma
|
| 3014 |
|
|
mips_elf_gotplt_index (struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
| 3015 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
|
| 3016 |
|
|
{
|
| 3017 |
|
|
bfd_vma plt_index, got_address, got_value;
|
| 3018 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
| 3019 |
|
|
|
| 3020 |
|
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
|
| 3021 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
|
| 3022 |
|
|
|
| 3023 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1);
|
| 3024 |
|
|
|
| 3025 |
|
|
/* This function only works for VxWorks, because a non-VxWorks .got.plt
|
| 3026 |
|
|
section starts with reserved entries. */
|
| 3027 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks);
|
| 3028 |
|
|
|
| 3029 |
|
|
/* Calculate the index of the symbol's PLT entry. */
|
| 3030 |
|
|
plt_index = (h->plt.offset - htab->plt_header_size) / htab->plt_entry_size;
|
| 3031 |
|
|
|
| 3032 |
|
|
/* Calculate the address of the associated .got.plt entry. */
|
| 3033 |
|
|
got_address = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
|
| 3034 |
|
|
+ htab->sgotplt->output_offset
|
| 3035 |
|
|
+ plt_index * 4);
|
| 3036 |
|
|
|
| 3037 |
|
|
/* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
|
| 3038 |
|
|
got_value = (htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
|
| 3039 |
|
|
+ htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset
|
| 3040 |
|
|
+ htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value);
|
| 3041 |
|
|
|
| 3042 |
|
|
return got_address - got_value;
|
| 3043 |
|
|
}
|
| 3044 |
|
|
|
| 3045 |
|
|
/* Return the GOT offset for address VALUE. If there is not yet a GOT
|
| 3046 |
|
|
entry for this value, create one. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol,
|
| 3047 |
|
|
create a TLS GOT entry instead. Return -1 if no satisfactory GOT
|
| 3048 |
|
|
offset can be found. */
|
| 3049 |
|
|
|
| 3050 |
|
|
static bfd_vma
|
| 3051 |
|
|
mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
| 3052 |
|
|
bfd_vma value, unsigned long r_symndx,
|
| 3053 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, int r_type)
|
| 3054 |
|
|
{
|
| 3055 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
| 3056 |
|
|
struct mips_got_entry *entry;
|
| 3057 |
|
|
|
| 3058 |
|
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
|
| 3059 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
|
| 3060 |
|
|
|
| 3061 |
|
|
entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, value,
|
| 3062 |
|
|
r_symndx, h, r_type);
|
| 3063 |
|
|
if (!entry)
|
| 3064 |
|
|
return MINUS_ONE;
|
| 3065 |
|
|
|
| 3066 |
|
|
if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type))
|
| 3067 |
|
|
{
|
| 3068 |
|
|
if (entry->symndx == -1 && htab->got_info->next == NULL)
|
| 3069 |
|
|
/* A type (3) entry in the single-GOT case. We use the symbol's
|
| 3070 |
|
|
hash table entry to track the index. */
|
| 3071 |
|
|
return mips_tls_got_index (abfd, h->tls_got_offset, &h->tls_type,
|
| 3072 |
|
|
r_type, info, h, value);
|
| 3073 |
|
|
else
|
| 3074 |
|
|
return mips_tls_got_index (abfd, entry->gotidx, &entry->tls_type,
|
| 3075 |
|
|
r_type, info, h, value);
|
| 3076 |
|
|
}
|
| 3077 |
|
|
else
|
| 3078 |
|
|
return entry->gotidx;
|
| 3079 |
|
|
}
|
| 3080 |
|
|
|
| 3081 |
|
|
/* Returns the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H. */
|
| 3082 |
|
|
|
| 3083 |
|
|
static bfd_vma
|
| 3084 |
|
|
mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
|
| 3085 |
|
|
int r_type, struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
| 3086 |
|
|
{
|
| 3087 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
| 3088 |
|
|
bfd_vma got_index;
|
| 3089 |
|
|
struct mips_got_info *g, *gg;
|
| 3090 |
|
|
long global_got_dynindx = 0;
|
| 3091 |
|
|
|
| 3092 |
|
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
|
| 3093 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
|
| 3094 |
|
|
|
| 3095 |
|
|
gg = g = htab->got_info;
|
| 3096 |
|
|
if (g->bfd2got && ibfd)
|
| 3097 |
|
|
{
|
| 3098 |
|
|
struct mips_got_entry e, *p;
|
| 3099 |
|
|
|
| 3100 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx >= 0);
|
| 3101 |
|
|
|
| 3102 |
|
|
g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g, ibfd);
|
| 3103 |
|
|
if (g->next != gg || TLS_RELOC_P (r_type))
|
| 3104 |
|
|
{
|
| 3105 |
|
|
e.abfd = ibfd;
|
| 3106 |
|
|
e.symndx = -1;
|
| 3107 |
|
|
e.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h;
|
| 3108 |
|
|
e.tls_type = 0;
|
| 3109 |
|
|
|
| 3110 |
|
|
p = htab_find (g->got_entries, &e);
|
| 3111 |
|
|
|
| 3112 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (p->gotidx > 0);
|
| 3113 |
|
|
|
| 3114 |
|
|
if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type))
|
| 3115 |
|
|
{
|
| 3116 |
|
|
bfd_vma value = MINUS_ONE;
|
| 3117 |
|
|
if ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
|
| 3118 |
|
|
|| h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
|
| 3119 |
|
|
&& h->root.u.def.section->output_section)
|
| 3120 |
|
|
value = (h->root.u.def.value
|
| 3121 |
|
|
+ h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
|
| 3122 |
|
|
+ h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma);
|
| 3123 |
|
|
|
| 3124 |
|
|
return mips_tls_got_index (abfd, p->gotidx, &p->tls_type, r_type,
|
| 3125 |
|
|
info, e.d.h, value);
|
| 3126 |
|
|
}
|
| 3127 |
|
|
else
|
| 3128 |
|
|
return p->gotidx;
|
| 3129 |
|
|
}
|
| 3130 |
|
|
}
|
| 3131 |
|
|
|
| 3132 |
|
|
if (gg->global_gotsym != NULL)
|
| 3133 |
|
|
global_got_dynindx = gg->global_gotsym->dynindx;
|
| 3134 |
|
|
|
| 3135 |
|
|
if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type))
|
| 3136 |
|
|
{
|
| 3137 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hm
|
| 3138 |
|
|
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
|
| 3139 |
|
|
bfd_vma value = MINUS_ONE;
|
| 3140 |
|
|
|
| 3141 |
|
|
if ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
|
| 3142 |
|
|
|| h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
|
| 3143 |
|
|
&& h->root.u.def.section->output_section)
|
| 3144 |
|
|
value = (h->root.u.def.value
|
| 3145 |
|
|
+ h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
|
| 3146 |
|
|
+ h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma);
|
| 3147 |
|
|
|
| 3148 |
|
|
got_index = mips_tls_got_index (abfd, hm->tls_got_offset, &hm->tls_type,
|
| 3149 |
|
|
r_type, info, hm, value);
|
| 3150 |
|
|
}
|
| 3151 |
|
|
else
|
| 3152 |
|
|
{
|
| 3153 |
|
|
/* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
|
| 3154 |
|
|
symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
|
| 3155 |
|
|
indices into the GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the GOT
|
| 3156 |
|
|
offset. */
|
| 3157 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx >= global_got_dynindx);
|
| 3158 |
|
|
got_index = ((h->dynindx - global_got_dynindx + g->local_gotno)
|
| 3159 |
|
|
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd));
|
| 3160 |
|
|
}
|
| 3161 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (got_index < htab->sgot->size);
|
| 3162 |
|
|
|
| 3163 |
|
|
return got_index;
|
| 3164 |
|
|
}
|
| 3165 |
|
|
|
| 3166 |
|
|
/* Find a GOT page entry that points to within 32KB of VALUE. These
|
| 3167 |
|
|
entries are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
|
| 3168 |
|
|
within 32KB of GP. Return the index of the GOT entry, or -1 if no
|
| 3169 |
|
|
entry could be created. If OFFSETP is nonnull, use it to return the
|
| 3170 |
|
|
offset of the GOT entry from VALUE. */
|
| 3171 |
|
|
|
| 3172 |
|
|
static bfd_vma
|
| 3173 |
|
|
mips_elf_got_page (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
| 3174 |
|
|
bfd_vma value, bfd_vma *offsetp)
|
| 3175 |
|
|
{
|
| 3176 |
|
|
bfd_vma page, got_index;
|
| 3177 |
|
|
struct mips_got_entry *entry;
|
| 3178 |
|
|
|
| 3179 |
|
|
page = (value + 0x8000) & ~(bfd_vma) 0xffff;
|
| 3180 |
|
|
entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, page, 0,
|
| 3181 |
|
|
NULL, R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE);
|
| 3182 |
|
|
|
| 3183 |
|
|
if (!entry)
|
| 3184 |
|
|
return MINUS_ONE;
|
| 3185 |
|
|
|
| 3186 |
|
|
got_index = entry->gotidx;
|
| 3187 |
|
|
|
| 3188 |
|
|
if (offsetp)
|
| 3189 |
|
|
*offsetp = value - entry->d.address;
|
| 3190 |
|
|
|
| 3191 |
|
|
return got_index;
|
| 3192 |
|
|
}
|
| 3193 |
|
|
|
| 3194 |
|
|
/* Find a local GOT entry for an R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocation against VALUE.
|
| 3195 |
|
|
EXTERNAL is true if the relocation was originally against a global
|
| 3196 |
|
|
symbol that binds locally. */
|
| 3197 |
|
|
|
| 3198 |
|
|
static bfd_vma
|
| 3199 |
|
|
mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
| 3200 |
|
|
bfd_vma value, bfd_boolean external)
|
| 3201 |
|
|
{
|
| 3202 |
|
|
struct mips_got_entry *entry;
|
| 3203 |
|
|
|
| 3204 |
|
|
/* GOT16 relocations against local symbols are followed by a LO16
|
| 3205 |
|
|
relocation; those against global symbols are not. Thus if the
|
| 3206 |
|
|
symbol was originally local, the GOT16 relocation should load the
|
| 3207 |
|
|
equivalent of %hi(VALUE), otherwise it should load VALUE itself. */
|
| 3208 |
|
|
if (! external)
|
| 3209 |
|
|
value = mips_elf_high (value) << 16;
|
| 3210 |
|
|
|
| 3211 |
|
|
/* It doesn't matter whether the original relocation was R_MIPS_GOT16,
|
| 3212 |
|
|
R_MIPS16_GOT16, R_MIPS_CALL16, etc. The format of the entry is the
|
| 3213 |
|
|
same in all cases. */
|
| 3214 |
|
|
entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, value, 0,
|
| 3215 |
|
|
NULL, R_MIPS_GOT16);
|
| 3216 |
|
|
if (entry)
|
| 3217 |
|
|
return entry->gotidx;
|
| 3218 |
|
|
else
|
| 3219 |
|
|
return MINUS_ONE;
|
| 3220 |
|
|
}
|
| 3221 |
|
|
|
| 3222 |
|
|
/* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
|
| 3223 |
|
|
in the GOT. */
|
| 3224 |
|
|
|
| 3225 |
|
|
static bfd_vma
|
| 3226 |
|
|
mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *output_bfd,
|
| 3227 |
|
|
bfd *input_bfd, bfd_vma got_index)
|
| 3228 |
|
|
{
|
| 3229 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
| 3230 |
|
|
asection *sgot;
|
| 3231 |
|
|
bfd_vma gp;
|
| 3232 |
|
|
|
| 3233 |
|
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
|
| 3234 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
|
| 3235 |
|
|
|
| 3236 |
|
|
sgot = htab->sgot;
|
| 3237 |
|
|
gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd)
|
| 3238 |
|
|
+ mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd, htab->got_info, input_bfd);
|
| 3239 |
|
|
|
| 3240 |
|
|
return sgot->output_section->vma + sgot->output_offset + got_index - gp;
|
| 3241 |
|
|
}
|
| 3242 |
|
|
|
| 3243 |
|
|
/* Create and return a local GOT entry for VALUE, which was calculated
|
| 3244 |
|
|
from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTON. Return NULL if it could not
|
| 3245 |
|
|
be created. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol, create a TLS entry
|
| 3246 |
|
|
instead. */
|
| 3247 |
|
|
|
| 3248 |
|
|
static struct mips_got_entry *
|
| 3249 |
|
|
mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
| 3250 |
|
|
bfd *ibfd, bfd_vma value,
|
| 3251 |
|
|
unsigned long r_symndx,
|
| 3252 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
|
| 3253 |
|
|
int r_type)
|
| 3254 |
|
|
{
|
| 3255 |
|
|
struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc;
|
| 3256 |
|
|
struct mips_got_info *g;
|
| 3257 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
| 3258 |
|
|
|
| 3259 |
|
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
|
| 3260 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
|
| 3261 |
|
|
|
| 3262 |
|
|
entry.abfd = NULL;
|
| 3263 |
|
|
entry.symndx = -1;
|
| 3264 |
|
|
entry.d.address = value;
|
| 3265 |
|
|
entry.tls_type = 0;
|
| 3266 |
|
|
|
| 3267 |
|
|
g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (htab->got_info, ibfd);
|
| 3268 |
|
|
if (g == NULL)
|
| 3269 |
|
|
{
|
| 3270 |
|
|
g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (htab->got_info, abfd);
|
| 3271 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
|
| 3272 |
|
|
}
|
| 3273 |
|
|
|
| 3274 |
|
|
/* This function shouldn't be called for symbols that live in the global
|
| 3275 |
|
|
area of the GOT. */
|
| 3276 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (h == NULL || h->global_got_area == GGA_NONE);
|
| 3277 |
|
|
if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type))
|
| 3278 |
|
|
{
|
| 3279 |
|
|
struct mips_got_entry *p;
|
| 3280 |
|
|
|
| 3281 |
|
|
entry.abfd = ibfd;
|
| 3282 |
|
|
if (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM)
|
| 3283 |
|
|
{
|
| 3284 |
|
|
entry.tls_type = GOT_TLS_LDM;
|
| 3285 |
|
|
entry.symndx = 0;
|
| 3286 |
|
|
entry.d.addend = 0;
|
| 3287 |
|
|
}
|
| 3288 |
|
|
else if (h == NULL)
|
| 3289 |
|
|
{
|
| 3290 |
|
|
entry.symndx = r_symndx;
|
| 3291 |
|
|
entry.d.addend = 0;
|
| 3292 |
|
|
}
|
| 3293 |
|
|
else
|
| 3294 |
|
|
entry.d.h = h;
|
| 3295 |
|
|
|
| 3296 |
|
|
p = (struct mips_got_entry *)
|
| 3297 |
|
|
htab_find (g->got_entries, &entry);
|
| 3298 |
|
|
|
| 3299 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (p);
|
| 3300 |
|
|
return p;
|
| 3301 |
|
|
}
|
| 3302 |
|
|
|
| 3303 |
|
|
loc = (struct mips_got_entry **) htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &entry,
|
| 3304 |
|
|
INSERT);
|
| 3305 |
|
|
if (*loc)
|
| 3306 |
|
|
return *loc;
|
| 3307 |
|
|
|
| 3308 |
|
|
entry.gotidx = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd) * g->assigned_gotno++;
|
| 3309 |
|
|
entry.tls_type = 0;
|
| 3310 |
|
|
|
| 3311 |
|
|
*loc = (struct mips_got_entry *)bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof entry);
|
| 3312 |
|
|
|
| 3313 |
|
|
if (! *loc)
|
| 3314 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 3315 |
|
|
|
| 3316 |
|
|
memcpy (*loc, &entry, sizeof entry);
|
| 3317 |
|
|
|
| 3318 |
|
|
if (g->assigned_gotno > g->local_gotno)
|
| 3319 |
|
|
{
|
| 3320 |
|
|
(*loc)->gotidx = -1;
|
| 3321 |
|
|
/* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
|
| 3322 |
|
|
(*_bfd_error_handler)
|
| 3323 |
|
|
(_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
|
| 3324 |
|
|
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
| 3325 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 3326 |
|
|
}
|
| 3327 |
|
|
|
| 3328 |
|
|
MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value,
|
| 3329 |
|
|
(htab->sgot->contents + entry.gotidx));
|
| 3330 |
|
|
|
| 3331 |
|
|
/* These GOT entries need a dynamic relocation on VxWorks. */
|
| 3332 |
|
|
if (htab->is_vxworks)
|
| 3333 |
|
|
{
|
| 3334 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
|
| 3335 |
|
|
asection *s;
|
| 3336 |
|
|
bfd_byte *rloc;
|
| 3337 |
|
|
bfd_vma got_address;
|
| 3338 |
|
|
|
| 3339 |
|
|
s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
|
| 3340 |
|
|
got_address = (htab->sgot->output_section->vma
|
| 3341 |
|
|
+ htab->sgot->output_offset
|
| 3342 |
|
|
+ entry.gotidx);
|
| 3343 |
|
|
|
| 3344 |
|
|
rloc = s->contents + (s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
|
| 3345 |
|
|
outrel.r_offset = got_address;
|
| 3346 |
|
|
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_MIPS_32);
|
| 3347 |
|
|
outrel.r_addend = value;
|
| 3348 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd, &outrel, rloc);
|
| 3349 |
|
|
}
|
| 3350 |
|
|
|
| 3351 |
|
|
return *loc;
|
| 3352 |
|
|
}
|
| 3353 |
|
|
|
| 3354 |
|
|
/* Return the number of dynamic section symbols required by OUTPUT_BFD.
|
| 3355 |
|
|
The number might be exact or a worst-case estimate, depending on how
|
| 3356 |
|
|
much information is available to elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym at
|
| 3357 |
|
|
the current linking stage. */
|
| 3358 |
|
|
|
| 3359 |
|
|
static bfd_size_type
|
| 3360 |
|
|
count_section_dynsyms (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
| 3361 |
|
|
{
|
| 3362 |
|
|
bfd_size_type count;
|
| 3363 |
|
|
|
| 3364 |
|
|
count = 0;
|
| 3365 |
|
|
if (info->shared || elf_hash_table (info)->is_relocatable_executable)
|
| 3366 |
|
|
{
|
| 3367 |
|
|
asection *p;
|
| 3368 |
|
|
const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
|
| 3369 |
|
|
|
| 3370 |
|
|
bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
|
| 3371 |
|
|
for (p = output_bfd->sections; p ; p = p->next)
|
| 3372 |
|
|
if ((p->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
|
| 3373 |
|
|
&& (p->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
|
| 3374 |
|
|
&& !(*bed->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym) (output_bfd, info, p))
|
| 3375 |
|
|
++count;
|
| 3376 |
|
|
}
|
| 3377 |
|
|
return count;
|
| 3378 |
|
|
}
|
| 3379 |
|
|
|
| 3380 |
|
|
/* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
|
| 3381 |
|
|
appear towards the end. */
|
| 3382 |
|
|
|
| 3383 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
| 3384 |
|
|
mips_elf_sort_hash_table (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
| 3385 |
|
|
{
|
| 3386 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
| 3387 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd;
|
| 3388 |
|
|
struct mips_got_info *g;
|
| 3389 |
|
|
|
| 3390 |
|
|
if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount == 0)
|
| 3391 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 3392 |
|
|
|
| 3393 |
|
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
|
| 3394 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
|
| 3395 |
|
|
|
| 3396 |
|
|
g = htab->got_info;
|
| 3397 |
|
|
if (g == NULL)
|
| 3398 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 3399 |
|
|
|
| 3400 |
|
|
hsd.low = NULL;
|
| 3401 |
|
|
hsd.max_unref_got_dynindx
|
| 3402 |
|
|
= hsd.min_got_dynindx
|
| 3403 |
|
|
= (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount - g->reloc_only_gotno);
|
| 3404 |
|
|
hsd.max_non_got_dynindx = count_section_dynsyms (abfd, info) + 1;
|
| 3405 |
|
|
mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *)
|
| 3406 |
|
|
elf_hash_table (info)),
|
| 3407 |
|
|
mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f,
|
| 3408 |
|
|
&hsd);
|
| 3409 |
|
|
|
| 3410 |
|
|
/* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
|
| 3411 |
|
|
accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
|
| 3412 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (hsd.max_non_got_dynindx <= hsd.min_got_dynindx);
|
| 3413 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long) hsd.max_unref_got_dynindx
|
| 3414 |
|
|
== elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount);
|
| 3415 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount - hsd.min_got_dynindx
|
| 3416 |
|
|
== g->global_gotno);
|
| 3417 |
|
|
|
| 3418 |
|
|
/* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
|
| 3419 |
|
|
table index in the GOT. */
|
| 3420 |
|
|
g->global_gotsym = hsd.low;
|
| 3421 |
|
|
|
| 3422 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 3423 |
|
|
}
|
| 3424 |
|
|
|
| 3425 |
|
|
/* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
|
| 3426 |
|
|
index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
|
| 3427 |
|
|
index. */
|
| 3428 |
|
|
|
| 3429 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
| 3430 |
|
|
mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
|
| 3431 |
|
|
{
|
| 3432 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data *hsd = data;
|
| 3433 |
|
|
|
| 3434 |
|
|
/* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
|
| 3435 |
|
|
at all. */
|
| 3436 |
|
|
if (h->root.dynindx == -1)
|
| 3437 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 3438 |
|
|
|
| 3439 |
|
|
switch (h->global_got_area)
|
| 3440 |
|
|
{
|
| 3441 |
|
|
case GGA_NONE:
|
| 3442 |
|
|
h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_non_got_dynindx++;
|
| 3443 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3444 |
|
|
|
| 3445 |
|
|
case GGA_NORMAL:
|
| 3446 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (h->tls_type == GOT_NORMAL);
|
| 3447 |
|
|
|
| 3448 |
|
|
h->root.dynindx = --hsd->min_got_dynindx;
|
| 3449 |
|
|
hsd->low = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
|
| 3450 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3451 |
|
|
|
| 3452 |
|
|
case GGA_RELOC_ONLY:
|
| 3453 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (h->tls_type == GOT_NORMAL);
|
| 3454 |
|
|
|
| 3455 |
|
|
if (hsd->max_unref_got_dynindx == hsd->min_got_dynindx)
|
| 3456 |
|
|
hsd->low = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
|
| 3457 |
|
|
h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_unref_got_dynindx++;
|
| 3458 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3459 |
|
|
}
|
| 3460 |
|
|
|
| 3461 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 3462 |
|
|
}
|
| 3463 |
|
|
|
| 3464 |
|
|
/* If H is a symbol that needs a global GOT entry, but has a dynamic
|
| 3465 |
|
|
symbol table index lower than any we've seen to date, record it for
|
| 3466 |
|
|
posterity. FOR_CALL is true if the caller is only interested in
|
| 3467 |
|
|
using the GOT entry for calls. */
|
| 3468 |
|
|
|
| 3469 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
| 3470 |
|
|
mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
|
| 3471 |
|
|
bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
| 3472 |
|
|
bfd_boolean for_call,
|
| 3473 |
|
|
unsigned char tls_flag)
|
| 3474 |
|
|
{
|
| 3475 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
| 3476 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
|
| 3477 |
|
|
struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc;
|
| 3478 |
|
|
struct mips_got_info *g;
|
| 3479 |
|
|
|
| 3480 |
|
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
|
| 3481 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
|
| 3482 |
|
|
|
| 3483 |
|
|
hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
|
| 3484 |
|
|
if (!for_call)
|
| 3485 |
|
|
hmips->got_only_for_calls = FALSE;
|
| 3486 |
|
|
|
| 3487 |
|
|
/* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
|
| 3488 |
|
|
table. */
|
| 3489 |
|
|
if (h->dynindx == -1)
|
| 3490 |
|
|
{
|
| 3491 |
|
|
switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))
|
| 3492 |
|
|
{
|
| 3493 |
|
|
case STV_INTERNAL:
|
| 3494 |
|
|
case STV_HIDDEN:
|
| 3495 |
|
|
_bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info, h, TRUE);
|
| 3496 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3497 |
|
|
}
|
| 3498 |
|
|
if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
|
| 3499 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 3500 |
|
|
}
|
| 3501 |
|
|
|
| 3502 |
|
|
/* Make sure we have a GOT to put this entry into. */
|
| 3503 |
|
|
g = htab->got_info;
|
| 3504 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
|
| 3505 |
|
|
|
| 3506 |
|
|
entry.abfd = abfd;
|
| 3507 |
|
|
entry.symndx = -1;
|
| 3508 |
|
|
entry.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
|
| 3509 |
|
|
entry.tls_type = 0;
|
| 3510 |
|
|
|
| 3511 |
|
|
loc = (struct mips_got_entry **) htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &entry,
|
| 3512 |
|
|
INSERT);
|
| 3513 |
|
|
|
| 3514 |
|
|
/* If we've already marked this entry as needing GOT space, we don't
|
| 3515 |
|
|
need to do it again. */
|
| 3516 |
|
|
if (*loc)
|
| 3517 |
|
|
{
|
| 3518 |
|
|
(*loc)->tls_type |= tls_flag;
|
| 3519 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 3520 |
|
|
}
|
| 3521 |
|
|
|
| 3522 |
|
|
*loc = (struct mips_got_entry *)bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof entry);
|
| 3523 |
|
|
|
| 3524 |
|
|
if (! *loc)
|
| 3525 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 3526 |
|
|
|
| 3527 |
|
|
entry.gotidx = -1;
|
| 3528 |
|
|
entry.tls_type = tls_flag;
|
| 3529 |
|
|
|
| 3530 |
|
|
memcpy (*loc, &entry, sizeof entry);
|
| 3531 |
|
|
|
| 3532 |
|
|
if (tls_flag == 0)
|
| 3533 |
|
|
hmips->global_got_area = GGA_NORMAL;
|
| 3534 |
|
|
|
| 3535 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 3536 |
|
|
}
|
| 3537 |
|
|
|
| 3538 |
|
|
/* Reserve space in G for a GOT entry containing the value of symbol
|
| 3539 |
|
|
SYMNDX in input bfd ABDF, plus ADDEND. */
|
| 3540 |
|
|
|
| 3541 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
| 3542 |
|
|
mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd *abfd, long symndx, bfd_vma addend,
|
| 3543 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
| 3544 |
|
|
unsigned char tls_flag)
|
| 3545 |
|
|
{
|
| 3546 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
| 3547 |
|
|
struct mips_got_info *g;
|
| 3548 |
|
|
struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc;
|
| 3549 |
|
|
|
| 3550 |
|
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
|
| 3551 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
|
| 3552 |
|
|
|
| 3553 |
|
|
g = htab->got_info;
|
| 3554 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
|
| 3555 |
|
|
|
| 3556 |
|
|
entry.abfd = abfd;
|
| 3557 |
|
|
entry.symndx = symndx;
|
| 3558 |
|
|
entry.d.addend = addend;
|
| 3559 |
|
|
entry.tls_type = tls_flag;
|
| 3560 |
|
|
loc = (struct mips_got_entry **)
|
| 3561 |
|
|
htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &entry, INSERT);
|
| 3562 |
|
|
|
| 3563 |
|
|
if (*loc)
|
| 3564 |
|
|
{
|
| 3565 |
|
|
if (tls_flag == GOT_TLS_GD && !((*loc)->tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD))
|
| 3566 |
|
|
{
|
| 3567 |
|
|
g->tls_gotno += 2;
|
| 3568 |
|
|
(*loc)->tls_type |= tls_flag;
|
| 3569 |
|
|
}
|
| 3570 |
|
|
else if (tls_flag == GOT_TLS_IE && !((*loc)->tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE))
|
| 3571 |
|
|
{
|
| 3572 |
|
|
g->tls_gotno += 1;
|
| 3573 |
|
|
(*loc)->tls_type |= tls_flag;
|
| 3574 |
|
|
}
|
| 3575 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 3576 |
|
|
}
|
| 3577 |
|
|
|
| 3578 |
|
|
if (tls_flag != 0)
|
| 3579 |
|
|
{
|
| 3580 |
|
|
entry.gotidx = -1;
|
| 3581 |
|
|
entry.tls_type = tls_flag;
|
| 3582 |
|
|
if (tls_flag == GOT_TLS_IE)
|
| 3583 |
|
|
g->tls_gotno += 1;
|
| 3584 |
|
|
else if (tls_flag == GOT_TLS_GD)
|
| 3585 |
|
|
g->tls_gotno += 2;
|
| 3586 |
|
|
else if (g->tls_ldm_offset == MINUS_ONE)
|
| 3587 |
|
|
{
|
| 3588 |
|
|
g->tls_ldm_offset = MINUS_TWO;
|
| 3589 |
|
|
g->tls_gotno += 2;
|
| 3590 |
|
|
}
|
| 3591 |
|
|
}
|
| 3592 |
|
|
else
|
| 3593 |
|
|
{
|
| 3594 |
|
|
entry.gotidx = g->local_gotno++;
|
| 3595 |
|
|
entry.tls_type = 0;
|
| 3596 |
|
|
}
|
| 3597 |
|
|
|
| 3598 |
|
|
*loc = (struct mips_got_entry *)bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof entry);
|
| 3599 |
|
|
|
| 3600 |
|
|
if (! *loc)
|
| 3601 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 3602 |
|
|
|
| 3603 |
|
|
memcpy (*loc, &entry, sizeof entry);
|
| 3604 |
|
|
|
| 3605 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 3606 |
|
|
}
|
| 3607 |
|
|
|
| 3608 |
|
|
/* Return the maximum number of GOT page entries required for RANGE. */
|
| 3609 |
|
|
|
| 3610 |
|
|
static bfd_vma
|
| 3611 |
|
|
mips_elf_pages_for_range (const struct mips_got_page_range *range)
|
| 3612 |
|
|
{
|
| 3613 |
|
|
return (range->max_addend - range->min_addend + 0x1ffff) >> 16;
|
| 3614 |
|
|
}
|
| 3615 |
|
|
|
| 3616 |
|
|
/* Record that ABFD has a page relocation against symbol SYMNDX and
|
| 3617 |
|
|
that ADDEND is the addend for that relocation.
|
| 3618 |
|
|
|
| 3619 |
|
|
This function creates an upper bound on the number of GOT slots
|
| 3620 |
|
|
required; no attempt is made to combine references to non-overridable
|
| 3621 |
|
|
global symbols across multiple input files. */
|
| 3622 |
|
|
|
| 3623 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
| 3624 |
|
|
mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *abfd,
|
| 3625 |
|
|
long symndx, bfd_signed_vma addend)
|
| 3626 |
|
|
{
|
| 3627 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
| 3628 |
|
|
struct mips_got_info *g;
|
| 3629 |
|
|
struct mips_got_page_entry lookup, *entry;
|
| 3630 |
|
|
struct mips_got_page_range **range_ptr, *range;
|
| 3631 |
|
|
bfd_vma old_pages, new_pages;
|
| 3632 |
|
|
void **loc;
|
| 3633 |
|
|
|
| 3634 |
|
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
|
| 3635 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
|
| 3636 |
|
|
|
| 3637 |
|
|
g = htab->got_info;
|
| 3638 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
|
| 3639 |
|
|
|
| 3640 |
|
|
/* Find the mips_got_page_entry hash table entry for this symbol. */
|
| 3641 |
|
|
lookup.abfd = abfd;
|
| 3642 |
|
|
lookup.symndx = symndx;
|
| 3643 |
|
|
loc = htab_find_slot (g->got_page_entries, &lookup, INSERT);
|
| 3644 |
|
|
if (loc == NULL)
|
| 3645 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 3646 |
|
|
|
| 3647 |
|
|
/* Create a mips_got_page_entry if this is the first time we've
|
| 3648 |
|
|
seen the symbol. */
|
| 3649 |
|
|
entry = (struct mips_got_page_entry *) *loc;
|
| 3650 |
|
|
if (!entry)
|
| 3651 |
|
|
{
|
| 3652 |
|
|
entry = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*entry));
|
| 3653 |
|
|
if (!entry)
|
| 3654 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 3655 |
|
|
|
| 3656 |
|
|
entry->abfd = abfd;
|
| 3657 |
|
|
entry->symndx = symndx;
|
| 3658 |
|
|
entry->ranges = NULL;
|
| 3659 |
|
|
entry->num_pages = 0;
|
| 3660 |
|
|
*loc = entry;
|
| 3661 |
|
|
}
|
| 3662 |
|
|
|
| 3663 |
|
|
/* Skip over ranges whose maximum extent cannot share a page entry
|
| 3664 |
|
|
with ADDEND. */
|
| 3665 |
|
|
range_ptr = &entry->ranges;
|
| 3666 |
|
|
while (*range_ptr && addend > (*range_ptr)->max_addend + 0xffff)
|
| 3667 |
|
|
range_ptr = &(*range_ptr)->next;
|
| 3668 |
|
|
|
| 3669 |
|
|
/* If we scanned to the end of the list, or found a range whose
|
| 3670 |
|
|
minimum extent cannot share a page entry with ADDEND, create
|
| 3671 |
|
|
a new singleton range. */
|
| 3672 |
|
|
range = *range_ptr;
|
| 3673 |
|
|
if (!range || addend < range->min_addend - 0xffff)
|
| 3674 |
|
|
{
|
| 3675 |
|
|
range = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*range));
|
| 3676 |
|
|
if (!range)
|
| 3677 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 3678 |
|
|
|
| 3679 |
|
|
range->next = *range_ptr;
|
| 3680 |
|
|
range->min_addend = addend;
|
| 3681 |
|
|
range->max_addend = addend;
|
| 3682 |
|
|
|
| 3683 |
|
|
*range_ptr = range;
|
| 3684 |
|
|
entry->num_pages++;
|
| 3685 |
|
|
g->page_gotno++;
|
| 3686 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 3687 |
|
|
}
|
| 3688 |
|
|
|
| 3689 |
|
|
/* Remember how many pages the old range contributed. */
|
| 3690 |
|
|
old_pages = mips_elf_pages_for_range (range);
|
| 3691 |
|
|
|
| 3692 |
|
|
/* Update the ranges. */
|
| 3693 |
|
|
if (addend < range->min_addend)
|
| 3694 |
|
|
range->min_addend = addend;
|
| 3695 |
|
|
else if (addend > range->max_addend)
|
| 3696 |
|
|
{
|
| 3697 |
|
|
if (range->next && addend >= range->next->min_addend - 0xffff)
|
| 3698 |
|
|
{
|
| 3699 |
|
|
old_pages += mips_elf_pages_for_range (range->next);
|
| 3700 |
|
|
range->max_addend = range->next->max_addend;
|
| 3701 |
|
|
range->next = range->next->next;
|
| 3702 |
|
|
}
|
| 3703 |
|
|
else
|
| 3704 |
|
|
range->max_addend = addend;
|
| 3705 |
|
|
}
|
| 3706 |
|
|
|
| 3707 |
|
|
/* Record any change in the total estimate. */
|
| 3708 |
|
|
new_pages = mips_elf_pages_for_range (range);
|
| 3709 |
|
|
if (old_pages != new_pages)
|
| 3710 |
|
|
{
|
| 3711 |
|
|
entry->num_pages += new_pages - old_pages;
|
| 3712 |
|
|
g->page_gotno += new_pages - old_pages;
|
| 3713 |
|
|
}
|
| 3714 |
|
|
|
| 3715 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 3716 |
|
|
}
|
| 3717 |
|
|
|
| 3718 |
|
|
/* Add room for N relocations to the .rel(a).dyn section in ABFD. */
|
| 3719 |
|
|
|
| 3720 |
|
|
static void
|
| 3721 |
|
|
mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
| 3722 |
|
|
unsigned int n)
|
| 3723 |
|
|
{
|
| 3724 |
|
|
asection *s;
|
| 3725 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
| 3726 |
|
|
|
| 3727 |
|
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
|
| 3728 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
|
| 3729 |
|
|
|
| 3730 |
|
|
s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
|
| 3731 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
|
| 3732 |
|
|
|
| 3733 |
|
|
if (htab->is_vxworks)
|
| 3734 |
|
|
s->size += n * MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (abfd);
|
| 3735 |
|
|
else
|
| 3736 |
|
|
{
|
| 3737 |
|
|
if (s->size == 0)
|
| 3738 |
|
|
{
|
| 3739 |
|
|
/* Make room for a null element. */
|
| 3740 |
|
|
s->size += MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd);
|
| 3741 |
|
|
++s->reloc_count;
|
| 3742 |
|
|
}
|
| 3743 |
|
|
s->size += n * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd);
|
| 3744 |
|
|
}
|
| 3745 |
|
|
}
|
| 3746 |
|
|
|
| 3747 |
|
|
/* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries. Set boolean *DATA to true
|
| 3748 |
|
|
if the GOT entry is for an indirect or warning symbol. */
|
| 3749 |
|
|
|
| 3750 |
|
|
static int
|
| 3751 |
|
|
mips_elf_check_recreate_got (void **entryp, void *data)
|
| 3752 |
|
|
{
|
| 3753 |
|
|
struct mips_got_entry *entry;
|
| 3754 |
|
|
bfd_boolean *must_recreate;
|
| 3755 |
|
|
|
| 3756 |
|
|
entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
|
| 3757 |
|
|
must_recreate = (bfd_boolean *) data;
|
| 3758 |
|
|
if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx == -1)
|
| 3759 |
|
|
{
|
| 3760 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
|
| 3761 |
|
|
|
| 3762 |
|
|
h = entry->d.h;
|
| 3763 |
|
|
if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
|
| 3764 |
|
|
|| h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
|
| 3765 |
|
|
{
|
| 3766 |
|
|
*must_recreate = TRUE;
|
| 3767 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 3768 |
|
|
}
|
| 3769 |
|
|
}
|
| 3770 |
|
|
return 1;
|
| 3771 |
|
|
}
|
| 3772 |
|
|
|
| 3773 |
|
|
/* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries. Add all entries to
|
| 3774 |
|
|
hash table *DATA, converting entries for indirect and warning
|
| 3775 |
|
|
symbols into entries for the target symbol. Set *DATA to null
|
| 3776 |
|
|
on error. */
|
| 3777 |
|
|
|
| 3778 |
|
|
static int
|
| 3779 |
|
|
mips_elf_recreate_got (void **entryp, void *data)
|
| 3780 |
|
|
{
|
| 3781 |
|
|
htab_t *new_got;
|
| 3782 |
|
|
struct mips_got_entry *entry;
|
| 3783 |
|
|
void **slot;
|
| 3784 |
|
|
|
| 3785 |
|
|
new_got = (htab_t *) data;
|
| 3786 |
|
|
entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
|
| 3787 |
|
|
if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx == -1)
|
| 3788 |
|
|
{
|
| 3789 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
|
| 3790 |
|
|
|
| 3791 |
|
|
h = entry->d.h;
|
| 3792 |
|
|
while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
|
| 3793 |
|
|
|| h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
|
| 3794 |
|
|
{
|
| 3795 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (h->global_got_area == GGA_NONE);
|
| 3796 |
|
|
h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
|
| 3797 |
|
|
}
|
| 3798 |
|
|
entry->d.h = h;
|
| 3799 |
|
|
}
|
| 3800 |
|
|
slot = htab_find_slot (*new_got, entry, INSERT);
|
| 3801 |
|
|
if (slot == NULL)
|
| 3802 |
|
|
{
|
| 3803 |
|
|
*new_got = NULL;
|
| 3804 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 3805 |
|
|
}
|
| 3806 |
|
|
if (*slot == NULL)
|
| 3807 |
|
|
*slot = entry;
|
| 3808 |
|
|
else
|
| 3809 |
|
|
free (entry);
|
| 3810 |
|
|
return 1;
|
| 3811 |
|
|
}
|
| 3812 |
|
|
|
| 3813 |
|
|
/* If any entries in G->got_entries are for indirect or warning symbols,
|
| 3814 |
|
|
replace them with entries for the target symbol. */
|
| 3815 |
|
|
|
| 3816 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
| 3817 |
|
|
mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct mips_got_info *g)
|
| 3818 |
|
|
{
|
| 3819 |
|
|
bfd_boolean must_recreate;
|
| 3820 |
|
|
htab_t new_got;
|
| 3821 |
|
|
|
| 3822 |
|
|
must_recreate = FALSE;
|
| 3823 |
|
|
htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_check_recreate_got, &must_recreate);
|
| 3824 |
|
|
if (must_recreate)
|
| 3825 |
|
|
{
|
| 3826 |
|
|
new_got = htab_create (htab_size (g->got_entries),
|
| 3827 |
|
|
mips_elf_got_entry_hash,
|
| 3828 |
|
|
mips_elf_got_entry_eq, NULL);
|
| 3829 |
|
|
htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_recreate_got, &new_got);
|
| 3830 |
|
|
if (new_got == NULL)
|
| 3831 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 3832 |
|
|
|
| 3833 |
|
|
/* Each entry in g->got_entries has either been copied to new_got
|
| 3834 |
|
|
or freed. Now delete the hash table itself. */
|
| 3835 |
|
|
htab_delete (g->got_entries);
|
| 3836 |
|
|
g->got_entries = new_got;
|
| 3837 |
|
|
}
|
| 3838 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 3839 |
|
|
}
|
| 3840 |
|
|
|
| 3841 |
|
|
/* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points
|
| 3842 |
|
|
to the link_info structure. Count the number of type (3) entries
|
| 3843 |
|
|
in the master GOT. */
|
| 3844 |
|
|
|
| 3845 |
|
|
static int
|
| 3846 |
|
|
mips_elf_count_got_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
|
| 3847 |
|
|
{
|
| 3848 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info;
|
| 3849 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
| 3850 |
|
|
struct mips_got_info *g;
|
| 3851 |
|
|
|
| 3852 |
|
|
info = (struct bfd_link_info *) data;
|
| 3853 |
|
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
|
| 3854 |
|
|
g = htab->got_info;
|
| 3855 |
|
|
if (h->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
|
| 3856 |
|
|
{
|
| 3857 |
|
|
/* Make a final decision about whether the symbol belongs in the
|
| 3858 |
|
|
local or global GOT. Symbols that bind locally can (and in the
|
| 3859 |
|
|
case of forced-local symbols, must) live in the local GOT.
|
| 3860 |
|
|
Those that are aren't in the dynamic symbol table must also
|
| 3861 |
|
|
live in the local GOT.
|
| 3862 |
|
|
|
| 3863 |
|
|
Note that the former condition does not always imply the
|
| 3864 |
|
|
latter: symbols do not bind locally if they are completely
|
| 3865 |
|
|
undefined. We'll report undefined symbols later if appropriate. */
|
| 3866 |
|
|
if (h->root.dynindx == -1
|
| 3867 |
|
|
|| (h->got_only_for_calls
|
| 3868 |
|
|
? SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, &h->root)
|
| 3869 |
|
|
: SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->root)))
|
| 3870 |
|
|
{
|
| 3871 |
|
|
/* The symbol belongs in the local GOT. We no longer need this
|
| 3872 |
|
|
entry if it was only used for relocations; those relocations
|
| 3873 |
|
|
will be against the null or section symbol instead of H. */
|
| 3874 |
|
|
if (h->global_got_area != GGA_RELOC_ONLY)
|
| 3875 |
|
|
g->local_gotno++;
|
| 3876 |
|
|
h->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
|
| 3877 |
|
|
}
|
| 3878 |
|
|
else if (htab->is_vxworks
|
| 3879 |
|
|
&& h->got_only_for_calls
|
| 3880 |
|
|
&& h->root.plt.offset != MINUS_ONE)
|
| 3881 |
|
|
/* On VxWorks, calls can refer directly to the .got.plt entry;
|
| 3882 |
|
|
they don't need entries in the regular GOT. .got.plt entries
|
| 3883 |
|
|
will be allocated by _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
|
| 3884 |
|
|
h->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
|
| 3885 |
|
|
else
|
| 3886 |
|
|
{
|
| 3887 |
|
|
g->global_gotno++;
|
| 3888 |
|
|
if (h->global_got_area == GGA_RELOC_ONLY)
|
| 3889 |
|
|
g->reloc_only_gotno++;
|
| 3890 |
|
|
}
|
| 3891 |
|
|
}
|
| 3892 |
|
|
return 1;
|
| 3893 |
|
|
}
|
| 3894 |
|
|
|
| 3895 |
|
|
/* Compute the hash value of the bfd in a bfd2got hash entry. */
|
| 3896 |
|
|
|
| 3897 |
|
|
static hashval_t
|
| 3898 |
|
|
mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
|
| 3899 |
|
|
{
|
| 3900 |
|
|
const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *entry
|
| 3901 |
|
|
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry_;
|
| 3902 |
|
|
|
| 3903 |
|
|
return entry->bfd->id;
|
| 3904 |
|
|
}
|
| 3905 |
|
|
|
| 3906 |
|
|
/* Check whether two hash entries have the same bfd. */
|
| 3907 |
|
|
|
| 3908 |
|
|
static int
|
| 3909 |
|
|
mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
|
| 3910 |
|
|
{
|
| 3911 |
|
|
const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *e1
|
| 3912 |
|
|
= (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry1;
|
| 3913 |
|
|
const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *e2
|
| 3914 |
|
|
= (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry2;
|
| 3915 |
|
|
|
| 3916 |
|
|
return e1->bfd == e2->bfd;
|
| 3917 |
|
|
}
|
| 3918 |
|
|
|
| 3919 |
|
|
/* In a multi-got link, determine the GOT to be used for IBFD. G must
|
| 3920 |
|
|
be the master GOT data. */
|
| 3921 |
|
|
|
| 3922 |
|
|
static struct mips_got_info *
|
| 3923 |
|
|
mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (struct mips_got_info *g, bfd *ibfd)
|
| 3924 |
|
|
{
|
| 3925 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash e, *p;
|
| 3926 |
|
|
|
| 3927 |
|
|
if (! g->bfd2got)
|
| 3928 |
|
|
return g;
|
| 3929 |
|
|
|
| 3930 |
|
|
e.bfd = ibfd;
|
| 3931 |
|
|
p = htab_find (g->bfd2got, &e);
|
| 3932 |
|
|
return p ? p->g : NULL;
|
| 3933 |
|
|
}
|
| 3934 |
|
|
|
| 3935 |
|
|
/* Use BFD2GOT to find ABFD's got entry, creating one if none exists.
|
| 3936 |
|
|
Return NULL if an error occured. */
|
| 3937 |
|
|
|
| 3938 |
|
|
static struct mips_got_info *
|
| 3939 |
|
|
mips_elf_get_got_for_bfd (struct htab *bfd2got, bfd *output_bfd,
|
| 3940 |
|
|
bfd *input_bfd)
|
| 3941 |
|
|
{
|
| 3942 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash bfdgot_entry, *bfdgot;
|
| 3943 |
|
|
struct mips_got_info *g;
|
| 3944 |
|
|
void **bfdgotp;
|
| 3945 |
|
|
|
| 3946 |
|
|
bfdgot_entry.bfd = input_bfd;
|
| 3947 |
|
|
bfdgotp = htab_find_slot (bfd2got, &bfdgot_entry, INSERT);
|
| 3948 |
|
|
bfdgot = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *) *bfdgotp;
|
| 3949 |
|
|
|
| 3950 |
|
|
if (bfdgot == NULL)
|
| 3951 |
|
|
{
|
| 3952 |
|
|
bfdgot = ((struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)
|
| 3953 |
|
|
bfd_alloc (output_bfd, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash)));
|
| 3954 |
|
|
if (bfdgot == NULL)
|
| 3955 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 3956 |
|
|
|
| 3957 |
|
|
*bfdgotp = bfdgot;
|
| 3958 |
|
|
|
| 3959 |
|
|
g = ((struct mips_got_info *)
|
| 3960 |
|
|
bfd_alloc (output_bfd, sizeof (struct mips_got_info)));
|
| 3961 |
|
|
if (g == NULL)
|
| 3962 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 3963 |
|
|
|
| 3964 |
|
|
bfdgot->bfd = input_bfd;
|
| 3965 |
|
|
bfdgot->g = g;
|
| 3966 |
|
|
|
| 3967 |
|
|
g->global_gotsym = NULL;
|
| 3968 |
|
|
g->global_gotno = 0;
|
| 3969 |
|
|
g->reloc_only_gotno = 0;
|
| 3970 |
|
|
g->local_gotno = 0;
|
| 3971 |
|
|
g->page_gotno = 0;
|
| 3972 |
|
|
g->assigned_gotno = -1;
|
| 3973 |
|
|
g->tls_gotno = 0;
|
| 3974 |
|
|
g->tls_assigned_gotno = 0;
|
| 3975 |
|
|
g->tls_ldm_offset = MINUS_ONE;
|
| 3976 |
|
|
g->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash,
|
| 3977 |
|
|
mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq, NULL);
|
| 3978 |
|
|
if (g->got_entries == NULL)
|
| 3979 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 3980 |
|
|
|
| 3981 |
|
|
g->got_page_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash,
|
| 3982 |
|
|
mips_got_page_entry_eq, NULL);
|
| 3983 |
|
|
if (g->got_page_entries == NULL)
|
| 3984 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 3985 |
|
|
|
| 3986 |
|
|
g->bfd2got = NULL;
|
| 3987 |
|
|
g->next = NULL;
|
| 3988 |
|
|
}
|
| 3989 |
|
|
|
| 3990 |
|
|
return bfdgot->g;
|
| 3991 |
|
|
}
|
| 3992 |
|
|
|
| 3993 |
|
|
/* A htab_traverse callback for the entries in the master got.
|
| 3994 |
|
|
Create one separate got for each bfd that has entries in the global
|
| 3995 |
|
|
got, such that we can tell how many local and global entries each
|
| 3996 |
|
|
bfd requires. */
|
| 3997 |
|
|
|
| 3998 |
|
|
static int
|
| 3999 |
|
|
mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd (void **entryp, void *p)
|
| 4000 |
|
|
{
|
| 4001 |
|
|
struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
|
| 4002 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg = (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *)p;
|
| 4003 |
|
|
struct mips_got_info *g;
|
| 4004 |
|
|
|
| 4005 |
|
|
g = mips_elf_get_got_for_bfd (arg->bfd2got, arg->obfd, entry->abfd);
|
| 4006 |
|
|
if (g == NULL)
|
| 4007 |
|
|
{
|
| 4008 |
|
|
arg->obfd = NULL;
|
| 4009 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 4010 |
|
|
}
|
| 4011 |
|
|
|
| 4012 |
|
|
/* Insert the GOT entry in the bfd's got entry hash table. */
|
| 4013 |
|
|
entryp = htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, entry, INSERT);
|
| 4014 |
|
|
if (*entryp != NULL)
|
| 4015 |
|
|
return 1;
|
| 4016 |
|
|
|
| 4017 |
|
|
*entryp = entry;
|
| 4018 |
|
|
|
| 4019 |
|
|
if (entry->tls_type)
|
| 4020 |
|
|
{
|
| 4021 |
|
|
if (entry->tls_type & (GOT_TLS_GD | GOT_TLS_LDM))
|
| 4022 |
|
|
g->tls_gotno += 2;
|
| 4023 |
|
|
if (entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)
|
| 4024 |
|
|
g->tls_gotno += 1;
|
| 4025 |
|
|
}
|
| 4026 |
|
|
else if (entry->symndx >= 0 || entry->d.h->global_got_area == GGA_NONE)
|
| 4027 |
|
|
++g->local_gotno;
|
| 4028 |
|
|
else
|
| 4029 |
|
|
++g->global_gotno;
|
| 4030 |
|
|
|
| 4031 |
|
|
return 1;
|
| 4032 |
|
|
}
|
| 4033 |
|
|
|
| 4034 |
|
|
/* A htab_traverse callback for the page entries in the master got.
|
| 4035 |
|
|
Associate each page entry with the bfd's got. */
|
| 4036 |
|
|
|
| 4037 |
|
|
static int
|
| 4038 |
|
|
mips_elf_make_got_pages_per_bfd (void **entryp, void *p)
|
| 4039 |
|
|
{
|
| 4040 |
|
|
struct mips_got_page_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_page_entry *) *entryp;
|
| 4041 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg = (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *) p;
|
| 4042 |
|
|
struct mips_got_info *g;
|
| 4043 |
|
|
|
| 4044 |
|
|
g = mips_elf_get_got_for_bfd (arg->bfd2got, arg->obfd, entry->abfd);
|
| 4045 |
|
|
if (g == NULL)
|
| 4046 |
|
|
{
|
| 4047 |
|
|
arg->obfd = NULL;
|
| 4048 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 4049 |
|
|
}
|
| 4050 |
|
|
|
| 4051 |
|
|
/* Insert the GOT entry in the bfd's got entry hash table. */
|
| 4052 |
|
|
entryp = htab_find_slot (g->got_page_entries, entry, INSERT);
|
| 4053 |
|
|
if (*entryp != NULL)
|
| 4054 |
|
|
return 1;
|
| 4055 |
|
|
|
| 4056 |
|
|
*entryp = entry;
|
| 4057 |
|
|
g->page_gotno += entry->num_pages;
|
| 4058 |
|
|
return 1;
|
| 4059 |
|
|
}
|
| 4060 |
|
|
|
| 4061 |
|
|
/* Consider merging the got described by BFD2GOT with TO, using the
|
| 4062 |
|
|
information given by ARG. Return -1 if this would lead to overflow,
|
| 4063 |
|
|
1 if they were merged successfully, and 0 if a merge failed due to
|
| 4064 |
|
|
lack of memory. (These values are chosen so that nonnegative return
|
| 4065 |
|
|
values can be returned by a htab_traverse callback.) */
|
| 4066 |
|
|
|
| 4067 |
|
|
static int
|
| 4068 |
|
|
mips_elf_merge_got_with (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *bfd2got,
|
| 4069 |
|
|
struct mips_got_info *to,
|
| 4070 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg)
|
| 4071 |
|
|
{
|
| 4072 |
|
|
struct mips_got_info *from = bfd2got->g;
|
| 4073 |
|
|
unsigned int estimate;
|
| 4074 |
|
|
|
| 4075 |
|
|
/* Work out how many page entries we would need for the combined GOT. */
|
| 4076 |
|
|
estimate = arg->max_pages;
|
| 4077 |
|
|
if (estimate >= from->page_gotno + to->page_gotno)
|
| 4078 |
|
|
estimate = from->page_gotno + to->page_gotno;
|
| 4079 |
|
|
|
| 4080 |
|
|
/* And conservatively estimate how many local and TLS entries
|
| 4081 |
|
|
would be needed. */
|
| 4082 |
|
|
estimate += from->local_gotno + to->local_gotno;
|
| 4083 |
|
|
estimate += from->tls_gotno + to->tls_gotno;
|
| 4084 |
|
|
|
| 4085 |
|
|
/* If we're merging with the primary got, we will always have
|
| 4086 |
|
|
the full set of global entries. Otherwise estimate those
|
| 4087 |
|
|
conservatively as well. */
|
| 4088 |
|
|
if (to == arg->primary)
|
| 4089 |
|
|
estimate += arg->global_count;
|
| 4090 |
|
|
else
|
| 4091 |
|
|
estimate += from->global_gotno + to->global_gotno;
|
| 4092 |
|
|
|
| 4093 |
|
|
/* Bail out if the combined GOT might be too big. */
|
| 4094 |
|
|
if (estimate > arg->max_count)
|
| 4095 |
|
|
return -1;
|
| 4096 |
|
|
|
| 4097 |
|
|
/* Commit to the merge. Record that TO is now the bfd for this got. */
|
| 4098 |
|
|
bfd2got->g = to;
|
| 4099 |
|
|
|
| 4100 |
|
|
/* Transfer the bfd's got information from FROM to TO. */
|
| 4101 |
|
|
htab_traverse (from->got_entries, mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd, arg);
|
| 4102 |
|
|
if (arg->obfd == NULL)
|
| 4103 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 4104 |
|
|
|
| 4105 |
|
|
htab_traverse (from->got_page_entries, mips_elf_make_got_pages_per_bfd, arg);
|
| 4106 |
|
|
if (arg->obfd == NULL)
|
| 4107 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 4108 |
|
|
|
| 4109 |
|
|
/* We don't have to worry about releasing memory of the actual
|
| 4110 |
|
|
got entries, since they're all in the master got_entries hash
|
| 4111 |
|
|
table anyway. */
|
| 4112 |
|
|
htab_delete (from->got_entries);
|
| 4113 |
|
|
htab_delete (from->got_page_entries);
|
| 4114 |
|
|
return 1;
|
| 4115 |
|
|
}
|
| 4116 |
|
|
|
| 4117 |
|
|
/* Attempt to merge gots of different input bfds. Try to use as much
|
| 4118 |
|
|
as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
|
| 4119 |
|
|
dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
|
| 4120 |
|
|
symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
|
| 4121 |
|
|
attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
|
| 4122 |
|
|
and then make make the new got current. */
|
| 4123 |
|
|
|
| 4124 |
|
|
static int
|
| 4125 |
|
|
mips_elf_merge_gots (void **bfd2got_, void *p)
|
| 4126 |
|
|
{
|
| 4127 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *bfd2got
|
| 4128 |
|
|
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)*bfd2got_;
|
| 4129 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg = (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *)p;
|
| 4130 |
|
|
struct mips_got_info *g;
|
| 4131 |
|
|
unsigned int estimate;
|
| 4132 |
|
|
int result;
|
| 4133 |
|
|
|
| 4134 |
|
|
g = bfd2got->g;
|
| 4135 |
|
|
|
| 4136 |
|
|
/* Work out the number of page, local and TLS entries. */
|
| 4137 |
|
|
estimate = arg->max_pages;
|
| 4138 |
|
|
if (estimate > g->page_gotno)
|
| 4139 |
|
|
estimate = g->page_gotno;
|
| 4140 |
|
|
estimate += g->local_gotno + g->tls_gotno;
|
| 4141 |
|
|
|
| 4142 |
|
|
/* We place TLS GOT entries after both locals and globals. The globals
|
| 4143 |
|
|
for the primary GOT may overflow the normal GOT size limit, so be
|
| 4144 |
|
|
sure not to merge a GOT which requires TLS with the primary GOT in that
|
| 4145 |
|
|
case. This doesn't affect non-primary GOTs. */
|
| 4146 |
|
|
estimate += (g->tls_gotno > 0 ? arg->global_count : g->global_gotno);
|
| 4147 |
|
|
|
| 4148 |
|
|
if (estimate <= arg->max_count)
|
| 4149 |
|
|
{
|
| 4150 |
|
|
/* If we don't have a primary GOT, use it as
|
| 4151 |
|
|
a starting point for the primary GOT. */
|
| 4152 |
|
|
if (!arg->primary)
|
| 4153 |
|
|
{
|
| 4154 |
|
|
arg->primary = bfd2got->g;
|
| 4155 |
|
|
return 1;
|
| 4156 |
|
|
}
|
| 4157 |
|
|
|
| 4158 |
|
|
/* Try merging with the primary GOT. */
|
| 4159 |
|
|
result = mips_elf_merge_got_with (bfd2got, arg->primary, arg);
|
| 4160 |
|
|
if (result >= 0)
|
| 4161 |
|
|
return result;
|
| 4162 |
|
|
}
|
| 4163 |
|
|
|
| 4164 |
|
|
/* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
|
| 4165 |
|
|
if (arg->current)
|
| 4166 |
|
|
{
|
| 4167 |
|
|
result = mips_elf_merge_got_with (bfd2got, arg->current, arg);
|
| 4168 |
|
|
if (result >= 0)
|
| 4169 |
|
|
return result;
|
| 4170 |
|
|
}
|
| 4171 |
|
|
|
| 4172 |
|
|
/* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
|
| 4173 |
|
|
fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
|
| 4174 |
|
|
overflows anyway. */
|
| 4175 |
|
|
g->next = arg->current;
|
| 4176 |
|
|
arg->current = g;
|
| 4177 |
|
|
|
| 4178 |
|
|
return 1;
|
| 4179 |
|
|
}
|
| 4180 |
|
|
|
| 4181 |
|
|
/* Set the TLS GOT index for the GOT entry in ENTRYP. ENTRYP's NEXT field
|
| 4182 |
|
|
is null iff there is just a single GOT. */
|
| 4183 |
|
|
|
| 4184 |
|
|
static int
|
| 4185 |
|
|
mips_elf_initialize_tls_index (void **entryp, void *p)
|
| 4186 |
|
|
{
|
| 4187 |
|
|
struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
|
| 4188 |
|
|
struct mips_got_info *g = p;
|
| 4189 |
|
|
bfd_vma next_index;
|
| 4190 |
|
|
unsigned char tls_type;
|
| 4191 |
|
|
|
| 4192 |
|
|
/* We're only interested in TLS symbols. */
|
| 4193 |
|
|
if (entry->tls_type == 0)
|
| 4194 |
|
|
return 1;
|
| 4195 |
|
|
|
| 4196 |
|
|
next_index = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (entry->abfd) * (long) g->tls_assigned_gotno;
|
| 4197 |
|
|
|
| 4198 |
|
|
if (entry->symndx == -1 && g->next == NULL)
|
| 4199 |
|
|
{
|
| 4200 |
|
|
/* A type (3) got entry in the single-GOT case. We use the symbol's
|
| 4201 |
|
|
hash table entry to track its index. */
|
| 4202 |
|
|
if (entry->d.h->tls_type & GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE)
|
| 4203 |
|
|
return 1;
|
| 4204 |
|
|
entry->d.h->tls_type |= GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE;
|
| 4205 |
|
|
entry->d.h->tls_got_offset = next_index;
|
| 4206 |
|
|
tls_type = entry->d.h->tls_type;
|
| 4207 |
|
|
}
|
| 4208 |
|
|
else
|
| 4209 |
|
|
{
|
| 4210 |
|
|
if (entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM)
|
| 4211 |
|
|
{
|
| 4212 |
|
|
/* There are separate mips_got_entry objects for each input bfd
|
| 4213 |
|
|
that requires an LDM entry. Make sure that all LDM entries in
|
| 4214 |
|
|
a GOT resolve to the same index. */
|
| 4215 |
|
|
if (g->tls_ldm_offset != MINUS_TWO && g->tls_ldm_offset != MINUS_ONE)
|
| 4216 |
|
|
{
|
| 4217 |
|
|
entry->gotidx = g->tls_ldm_offset;
|
| 4218 |
|
|
return 1;
|
| 4219 |
|
|
}
|
| 4220 |
|
|
g->tls_ldm_offset = next_index;
|
| 4221 |
|
|
}
|
| 4222 |
|
|
entry->gotidx = next_index;
|
| 4223 |
|
|
tls_type = entry->tls_type;
|
| 4224 |
|
|
}
|
| 4225 |
|
|
|
| 4226 |
|
|
/* Account for the entries we've just allocated. */
|
| 4227 |
|
|
if (tls_type & (GOT_TLS_GD | GOT_TLS_LDM))
|
| 4228 |
|
|
g->tls_assigned_gotno += 2;
|
| 4229 |
|
|
if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)
|
| 4230 |
|
|
g->tls_assigned_gotno += 1;
|
| 4231 |
|
|
|
| 4232 |
|
|
return 1;
|
| 4233 |
|
|
}
|
| 4234 |
|
|
|
| 4235 |
|
|
/* If passed a NULL mips_got_info in the argument, set the marker used
|
| 4236 |
|
|
to tell whether a global symbol needs a got entry (in the primary
|
| 4237 |
|
|
got) to the given VALUE.
|
| 4238 |
|
|
|
| 4239 |
|
|
If passed a pointer G to a mips_got_info in the argument (it must
|
| 4240 |
|
|
not be the primary GOT), compute the offset from the beginning of
|
| 4241 |
|
|
the (primary) GOT section to the entry in G corresponding to the
|
| 4242 |
|
|
global symbol. G's assigned_gotno must contain the index of the
|
| 4243 |
|
|
first available global GOT entry in G. VALUE must contain the size
|
| 4244 |
|
|
of a GOT entry in bytes. For each global GOT entry that requires a
|
| 4245 |
|
|
dynamic relocation, NEEDED_RELOCS is incremented, and the symbol is
|
| 4246 |
|
|
marked as not eligible for lazy resolution through a function
|
| 4247 |
|
|
stub. */
|
| 4248 |
|
|
static int
|
| 4249 |
|
|
mips_elf_set_global_got_offset (void **entryp, void *p)
|
| 4250 |
|
|
{
|
| 4251 |
|
|
struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
|
| 4252 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg *arg
|
| 4253 |
|
|
= (struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg *)p;
|
| 4254 |
|
|
struct mips_got_info *g = arg->g;
|
| 4255 |
|
|
|
| 4256 |
|
|
if (g && entry->tls_type != GOT_NORMAL)
|
| 4257 |
|
|
arg->needed_relocs +=
|
| 4258 |
|
|
mips_tls_got_relocs (arg->info, entry->tls_type,
|
| 4259 |
|
|
entry->symndx == -1 ? &entry->d.h->root : NULL);
|
| 4260 |
|
|
|
| 4261 |
|
|
if (entry->abfd != NULL
|
| 4262 |
|
|
&& entry->symndx == -1
|
| 4263 |
|
|
&& entry->d.h->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
|
| 4264 |
|
|
{
|
| 4265 |
|
|
if (g)
|
| 4266 |
|
|
{
|
| 4267 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (g->global_gotsym == NULL);
|
| 4268 |
|
|
|
| 4269 |
|
|
entry->gotidx = arg->value * (long) g->assigned_gotno++;
|
| 4270 |
|
|
if (arg->info->shared
|
| 4271 |
|
|
|| (elf_hash_table (arg->info)->dynamic_sections_created
|
| 4272 |
|
|
&& entry->d.h->root.def_dynamic
|
| 4273 |
|
|
&& !entry->d.h->root.def_regular))
|
| 4274 |
|
|
++arg->needed_relocs;
|
| 4275 |
|
|
}
|
| 4276 |
|
|
else
|
| 4277 |
|
|
entry->d.h->global_got_area = arg->value;
|
| 4278 |
|
|
}
|
| 4279 |
|
|
|
| 4280 |
|
|
return 1;
|
| 4281 |
|
|
}
|
| 4282 |
|
|
|
| 4283 |
|
|
/* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries for which DATA is the
|
| 4284 |
|
|
bfd_link_info. Forbid any global symbols from having traditional
|
| 4285 |
|
|
lazy-binding stubs. */
|
| 4286 |
|
|
|
| 4287 |
|
|
static int
|
| 4288 |
|
|
mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs (void **entryp, void *data)
|
| 4289 |
|
|
{
|
| 4290 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info;
|
| 4291 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
| 4292 |
|
|
struct mips_got_entry *entry;
|
| 4293 |
|
|
|
| 4294 |
|
|
entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
|
| 4295 |
|
|
info = (struct bfd_link_info *) data;
|
| 4296 |
|
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
|
| 4297 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
|
| 4298 |
|
|
|
| 4299 |
|
|
if (entry->abfd != NULL
|
| 4300 |
|
|
&& entry->symndx == -1
|
| 4301 |
|
|
&& entry->d.h->needs_lazy_stub)
|
| 4302 |
|
|
{
|
| 4303 |
|
|
entry->d.h->needs_lazy_stub = FALSE;
|
| 4304 |
|
|
htab->lazy_stub_count--;
|
| 4305 |
|
|
}
|
| 4306 |
|
|
|
| 4307 |
|
|
return 1;
|
| 4308 |
|
|
}
|
| 4309 |
|
|
|
| 4310 |
|
|
/* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
|
| 4311 |
|
|
the primary GOT. */
|
| 4312 |
|
|
static bfd_vma
|
| 4313 |
|
|
mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd *abfd, struct mips_got_info *g, bfd *ibfd)
|
| 4314 |
|
|
{
|
| 4315 |
|
|
if (g->bfd2got == NULL)
|
| 4316 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 4317 |
|
|
|
| 4318 |
|
|
g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g, ibfd);
|
| 4319 |
|
|
if (! g)
|
| 4320 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 4321 |
|
|
|
| 4322 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (g->next);
|
| 4323 |
|
|
|
| 4324 |
|
|
g = g->next;
|
| 4325 |
|
|
|
| 4326 |
|
|
return (g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno + g->tls_gotno)
|
| 4327 |
|
|
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
|
| 4328 |
|
|
}
|
| 4329 |
|
|
|
| 4330 |
|
|
/* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
|
| 4331 |
|
|
a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
|
| 4332 |
|
|
|
| 4333 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
| 4334 |
|
|
mips_elf_multi_got (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
| 4335 |
|
|
asection *got, bfd_size_type pages)
|
| 4336 |
|
|
{
|
| 4337 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
| 4338 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg;
|
| 4339 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg;
|
| 4340 |
|
|
struct mips_got_info *g, *gg;
|
| 4341 |
|
|
unsigned int assign, needed_relocs;
|
| 4342 |
|
|
bfd *dynobj;
|
| 4343 |
|
|
|
| 4344 |
|
|
dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
|
| 4345 |
|
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
|
| 4346 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
|
| 4347 |
|
|
|
| 4348 |
|
|
g = htab->got_info;
|
| 4349 |
|
|
g->bfd2got = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash,
|
| 4350 |
|
|
mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq, NULL);
|
| 4351 |
|
|
if (g->bfd2got == NULL)
|
| 4352 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 4353 |
|
|
|
| 4354 |
|
|
got_per_bfd_arg.bfd2got = g->bfd2got;
|
| 4355 |
|
|
got_per_bfd_arg.obfd = abfd;
|
| 4356 |
|
|
got_per_bfd_arg.info = info;
|
| 4357 |
|
|
|
| 4358 |
|
|
/* Count how many GOT entries each input bfd requires, creating a
|
| 4359 |
|
|
map from bfd to got info while at that. */
|
| 4360 |
|
|
htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd, &got_per_bfd_arg);
|
| 4361 |
|
|
if (got_per_bfd_arg.obfd == NULL)
|
| 4362 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 4363 |
|
|
|
| 4364 |
|
|
/* Also count how many page entries each input bfd requires. */
|
| 4365 |
|
|
htab_traverse (g->got_page_entries, mips_elf_make_got_pages_per_bfd,
|
| 4366 |
|
|
&got_per_bfd_arg);
|
| 4367 |
|
|
if (got_per_bfd_arg.obfd == NULL)
|
| 4368 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 4369 |
|
|
|
| 4370 |
|
|
got_per_bfd_arg.current = NULL;
|
| 4371 |
|
|
got_per_bfd_arg.primary = NULL;
|
| 4372 |
|
|
got_per_bfd_arg.max_count = ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info)
|
| 4373 |
|
|
/ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd))
|
| 4374 |
|
|
- htab->reserved_gotno);
|
| 4375 |
|
|
got_per_bfd_arg.max_pages = pages;
|
| 4376 |
|
|
/* The number of globals that will be included in the primary GOT.
|
| 4377 |
|
|
See the calls to mips_elf_set_global_got_offset below for more
|
| 4378 |
|
|
information. */
|
| 4379 |
|
|
got_per_bfd_arg.global_count = g->global_gotno;
|
| 4380 |
|
|
|
| 4381 |
|
|
/* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
|
| 4382 |
|
|
don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
|
| 4383 |
|
|
to be the primary GOT. */
|
| 4384 |
|
|
htab_traverse (g->bfd2got, mips_elf_merge_gots, &got_per_bfd_arg);
|
| 4385 |
|
|
if (got_per_bfd_arg.obfd == NULL)
|
| 4386 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 4387 |
|
|
|
| 4388 |
|
|
/* If we do not find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
|
| 4389 |
|
|
if (got_per_bfd_arg.primary == NULL)
|
| 4390 |
|
|
{
|
| 4391 |
|
|
g->next = (struct mips_got_info *)
|
| 4392 |
|
|
bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (struct mips_got_info));
|
| 4393 |
|
|
if (g->next == NULL)
|
| 4394 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 4395 |
|
|
|
| 4396 |
|
|
g->next->global_gotsym = NULL;
|
| 4397 |
|
|
g->next->global_gotno = 0;
|
| 4398 |
|
|
g->next->reloc_only_gotno = 0;
|
| 4399 |
|
|
g->next->local_gotno = 0;
|
| 4400 |
|
|
g->next->page_gotno = 0;
|
| 4401 |
|
|
g->next->tls_gotno = 0;
|
| 4402 |
|
|
g->next->assigned_gotno = 0;
|
| 4403 |
|
|
g->next->tls_assigned_gotno = 0;
|
| 4404 |
|
|
g->next->tls_ldm_offset = MINUS_ONE;
|
| 4405 |
|
|
g->next->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash,
|
| 4406 |
|
|
mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq,
|
| 4407 |
|
|
NULL);
|
| 4408 |
|
|
if (g->next->got_entries == NULL)
|
| 4409 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 4410 |
|
|
g->next->got_page_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash,
|
| 4411 |
|
|
mips_got_page_entry_eq,
|
| 4412 |
|
|
NULL);
|
| 4413 |
|
|
if (g->next->got_page_entries == NULL)
|
| 4414 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 4415 |
|
|
g->next->bfd2got = NULL;
|
| 4416 |
|
|
}
|
| 4417 |
|
|
else
|
| 4418 |
|
|
g->next = got_per_bfd_arg.primary;
|
| 4419 |
|
|
g->next->next = got_per_bfd_arg.current;
|
| 4420 |
|
|
|
| 4421 |
|
|
/* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
|
| 4422 |
|
|
gg = g;
|
| 4423 |
|
|
g = g->next;
|
| 4424 |
|
|
|
| 4425 |
|
|
/* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
|
| 4426 |
|
|
to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
|
| 4427 |
|
|
didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
|
| 4428 |
|
|
We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
|
| 4429 |
|
|
list. */
|
| 4430 |
|
|
{
|
| 4431 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *bfdgot;
|
| 4432 |
|
|
void **bfdgotp;
|
| 4433 |
|
|
|
| 4434 |
|
|
bfdgot = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)bfd_alloc
|
| 4435 |
|
|
(abfd, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash));
|
| 4436 |
|
|
|
| 4437 |
|
|
if (bfdgot == NULL)
|
| 4438 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 4439 |
|
|
|
| 4440 |
|
|
bfdgot->bfd = abfd;
|
| 4441 |
|
|
bfdgot->g = g;
|
| 4442 |
|
|
bfdgotp = htab_find_slot (gg->bfd2got, bfdgot, INSERT);
|
| 4443 |
|
|
|
| 4444 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (*bfdgotp == NULL);
|
| 4445 |
|
|
*bfdgotp = bfdgot;
|
| 4446 |
|
|
}
|
| 4447 |
|
|
|
| 4448 |
|
|
/* Every symbol that is referenced in a dynamic relocation must be
|
| 4449 |
|
|
present in the primary GOT, so arrange for them to appear after
|
| 4450 |
|
|
those that are actually referenced. */
|
| 4451 |
|
|
gg->reloc_only_gotno = gg->global_gotno - g->global_gotno;
|
| 4452 |
|
|
g->global_gotno = gg->global_gotno;
|
| 4453 |
|
|
|
| 4454 |
|
|
set_got_offset_arg.g = NULL;
|
| 4455 |
|
|
set_got_offset_arg.value = GGA_RELOC_ONLY;
|
| 4456 |
|
|
htab_traverse (gg->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset,
|
| 4457 |
|
|
&set_got_offset_arg);
|
| 4458 |
|
|
set_got_offset_arg.value = GGA_NORMAL;
|
| 4459 |
|
|
htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset,
|
| 4460 |
|
|
&set_got_offset_arg);
|
| 4461 |
|
|
|
| 4462 |
|
|
/* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
|
| 4463 |
|
|
[assigned_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
|
| 4464 |
|
|
entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
|
| 4465 |
|
|
adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
|
| 4466 |
|
|
it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
|
| 4467 |
|
|
beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
|
| 4468 |
|
|
avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
|
| 4469 |
|
|
assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
|
| 4470 |
|
|
we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
|
| 4471 |
|
|
global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
|
| 4472 |
|
|
offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
|
| 4473 |
|
|
will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
|
| 4474 |
|
|
points back to the master GOT. */
|
| 4475 |
|
|
gg->local_gotno = -g->global_gotno;
|
| 4476 |
|
|
gg->global_gotno = g->global_gotno;
|
| 4477 |
|
|
gg->tls_gotno = 0;
|
| 4478 |
|
|
assign = 0;
|
| 4479 |
|
|
gg->next = gg;
|
| 4480 |
|
|
|
| 4481 |
|
|
do
|
| 4482 |
|
|
{
|
| 4483 |
|
|
struct mips_got_info *gn;
|
| 4484 |
|
|
|
| 4485 |
|
|
assign += htab->reserved_gotno;
|
| 4486 |
|
|
g->assigned_gotno = assign;
|
| 4487 |
|
|
g->local_gotno += assign;
|
| 4488 |
|
|
g->local_gotno += (pages < g->page_gotno ? pages : g->page_gotno);
|
| 4489 |
|
|
assign = g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno + g->tls_gotno;
|
| 4490 |
|
|
|
| 4491 |
|
|
/* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
|
| 4492 |
|
|
list that gg points to. g->next is guaranteed to be nonnull after
|
| 4493 |
|
|
this operation, as required by mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
|
| 4494 |
|
|
gn = g->next;
|
| 4495 |
|
|
g->next = gg->next;
|
| 4496 |
|
|
gg->next = g;
|
| 4497 |
|
|
|
| 4498 |
|
|
/* Set up any TLS entries. We always place the TLS entries after
|
| 4499 |
|
|
all non-TLS entries. */
|
| 4500 |
|
|
g->tls_assigned_gotno = g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno;
|
| 4501 |
|
|
htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index, g);
|
| 4502 |
|
|
|
| 4503 |
|
|
/* Move onto the next GOT. It will be a secondary GOT if nonull. */
|
| 4504 |
|
|
g = gn;
|
| 4505 |
|
|
|
| 4506 |
|
|
/* Forbid global symbols in every non-primary GOT from having
|
| 4507 |
|
|
lazy-binding stubs. */
|
| 4508 |
|
|
if (g)
|
| 4509 |
|
|
htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs, info);
|
| 4510 |
|
|
}
|
| 4511 |
|
|
while (g);
|
| 4512 |
|
|
|
| 4513 |
|
|
got->size = (gg->next->local_gotno
|
| 4514 |
|
|
+ gg->next->global_gotno
|
| 4515 |
|
|
+ gg->next->tls_gotno) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
|
| 4516 |
|
|
|
| 4517 |
|
|
needed_relocs = 0;
|
| 4518 |
|
|
set_got_offset_arg.value = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
|
| 4519 |
|
|
set_got_offset_arg.info = info;
|
| 4520 |
|
|
for (g = gg->next; g && g->next != gg; g = g->next)
|
| 4521 |
|
|
{
|
| 4522 |
|
|
unsigned int save_assign;
|
| 4523 |
|
|
|
| 4524 |
|
|
/* Assign offsets to global GOT entries. */
|
| 4525 |
|
|
save_assign = g->assigned_gotno;
|
| 4526 |
|
|
g->assigned_gotno = g->local_gotno;
|
| 4527 |
|
|
set_got_offset_arg.g = g;
|
| 4528 |
|
|
set_got_offset_arg.needed_relocs = 0;
|
| 4529 |
|
|
htab_traverse (g->got_entries,
|
| 4530 |
|
|
mips_elf_set_global_got_offset,
|
| 4531 |
|
|
&set_got_offset_arg);
|
| 4532 |
|
|
needed_relocs += set_got_offset_arg.needed_relocs;
|
| 4533 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_gotno - g->local_gotno <= g->global_gotno);
|
| 4534 |
|
|
|
| 4535 |
|
|
g->assigned_gotno = save_assign;
|
| 4536 |
|
|
if (info->shared)
|
| 4537 |
|
|
{
|
| 4538 |
|
|
needed_relocs += g->local_gotno - g->assigned_gotno;
|
| 4539 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_gotno == g->next->local_gotno
|
| 4540 |
|
|
+ g->next->global_gotno
|
| 4541 |
|
|
+ g->next->tls_gotno
|
| 4542 |
|
|
+ htab->reserved_gotno);
|
| 4543 |
|
|
}
|
| 4544 |
|
|
}
|
| 4545 |
|
|
|
| 4546 |
|
|
if (needed_relocs)
|
| 4547 |
|
|
mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info,
|
| 4548 |
|
|
needed_relocs);
|
| 4549 |
|
|
|
| 4550 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 4551 |
|
|
}
|
| 4552 |
|
|
|
| 4553 |
|
|
|
| 4554 |
|
|
/* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
|
| 4555 |
|
|
RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
|
| 4556 |
|
|
|
| 4557 |
|
|
static const Elf_Internal_Rela *
|
| 4558 |
|
|
mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int r_type,
|
| 4559 |
|
|
const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
|
| 4560 |
|
|
const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend)
|
| 4561 |
|
|
{
|
| 4562 |
|
|
unsigned long r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocation->r_info);
|
| 4563 |
|
|
|
| 4564 |
|
|
while (relocation < relend)
|
| 4565 |
|
|
{
|
| 4566 |
|
|
if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, relocation->r_info) == r_type
|
| 4567 |
|
|
&& ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocation->r_info) == r_symndx)
|
| 4568 |
|
|
return relocation;
|
| 4569 |
|
|
|
| 4570 |
|
|
++relocation;
|
| 4571 |
|
|
}
|
| 4572 |
|
|
|
| 4573 |
|
|
/* We didn't find it. */
|
| 4574 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 4575 |
|
|
}
|
| 4576 |
|
|
|
| 4577 |
|
|
/* Return whether an input relocation is against a local symbol. */
|
| 4578 |
|
|
|
| 4579 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
| 4580 |
|
|
mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd *input_bfd,
|
| 4581 |
|
|
const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
|
| 4582 |
|
|
asection **local_sections)
|
| 4583 |
|
|
{
|
| 4584 |
|
|
unsigned long r_symndx;
|
| 4585 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
|
| 4586 |
|
|
size_t extsymoff;
|
| 4587 |
|
|
|
| 4588 |
|
|
r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
|
| 4589 |
|
|
symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
|
| 4590 |
|
|
extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
|
| 4591 |
|
|
|
| 4592 |
|
|
if (r_symndx < extsymoff)
|
| 4593 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 4594 |
|
|
if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd) && local_sections[r_symndx] != NULL)
|
| 4595 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 4596 |
|
|
|
| 4597 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 4598 |
|
|
}
|
| 4599 |
|
|
|
| 4600 |
|
|
/* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
|
| 4601 |
|
|
|
| 4602 |
|
|
bfd_vma
|
| 4603 |
|
|
_bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value, int bits)
|
| 4604 |
|
|
{
|
| 4605 |
|
|
if (value & ((bfd_vma) 1 << (bits - 1)))
|
| 4606 |
|
|
/* VALUE is negative. */
|
| 4607 |
|
|
value |= ((bfd_vma) - 1) << bits;
|
| 4608 |
|
|
|
| 4609 |
|
|
return value;
|
| 4610 |
|
|
}
|
| 4611 |
|
|
|
| 4612 |
|
|
/* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
|
| 4613 |
|
|
range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of
|
| 4614 |
|
|
BITS. */
|
| 4615 |
|
|
|
| 4616 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
| 4617 |
|
|
mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value, int bits)
|
| 4618 |
|
|
{
|
| 4619 |
|
|
bfd_signed_vma svalue = (bfd_signed_vma) value;
|
| 4620 |
|
|
|
| 4621 |
|
|
if (svalue > (1 << (bits - 1)) - 1)
|
| 4622 |
|
|
/* The value is too big. */
|
| 4623 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 4624 |
|
|
else if (svalue < -(1 << (bits - 1)))
|
| 4625 |
|
|
/* The value is too small. */
|
| 4626 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 4627 |
|
|
|
| 4628 |
|
|
/* All is well. */
|
| 4629 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 4630 |
|
|
}
|
| 4631 |
|
|
|
| 4632 |
|
|
/* Calculate the %high function. */
|
| 4633 |
|
|
|
| 4634 |
|
|
static bfd_vma
|
| 4635 |
|
|
mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value)
|
| 4636 |
|
|
{
|
| 4637 |
|
|
return ((value + (bfd_vma) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
|
| 4638 |
|
|
}
|
| 4639 |
|
|
|
| 4640 |
|
|
/* Calculate the %higher function. */
|
| 4641 |
|
|
|
| 4642 |
|
|
static bfd_vma
|
| 4643 |
|
|
mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 4644 |
|
|
{
|
| 4645 |
|
|
#ifdef BFD64
|
| 4646 |
|
|
return ((value + (bfd_vma) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
|
| 4647 |
|
|
#else
|
| 4648 |
|
|
abort ();
|
| 4649 |
|
|
return MINUS_ONE;
|
| 4650 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 4651 |
|
|
}
|
| 4652 |
|
|
|
| 4653 |
|
|
/* Calculate the %highest function. */
|
| 4654 |
|
|
|
| 4655 |
|
|
static bfd_vma
|
| 4656 |
|
|
mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 4657 |
|
|
{
|
| 4658 |
|
|
#ifdef BFD64
|
| 4659 |
|
|
return ((value + (((bfd_vma) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
|
| 4660 |
|
|
#else
|
| 4661 |
|
|
abort ();
|
| 4662 |
|
|
return MINUS_ONE;
|
| 4663 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 4664 |
|
|
}
|
| 4665 |
|
|
|
| 4666 |
|
|
/* Create the .compact_rel section. */
|
| 4667 |
|
|
|
| 4668 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
| 4669 |
|
|
mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
|
| 4670 |
|
|
(bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 4671 |
|
|
{
|
| 4672 |
|
|
flagword flags;
|
| 4673 |
|
|
register asection *s;
|
| 4674 |
|
|
|
| 4675 |
|
|
if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".compact_rel") == NULL)
|
| 4676 |
|
|
{
|
| 4677 |
|
|
flags = (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
|
| 4678 |
|
|
| SEC_READONLY);
|
| 4679 |
|
|
|
| 4680 |
|
|
s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".compact_rel", flags);
|
| 4681 |
|
|
if (s == NULL
|
| 4682 |
|
|
|| ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
|
| 4683 |
|
|
MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
|
| 4684 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 4685 |
|
|
|
| 4686 |
|
|
s->size = sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel);
|
| 4687 |
|
|
}
|
| 4688 |
|
|
|
| 4689 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 4690 |
|
|
}
|
| 4691 |
|
|
|
| 4692 |
|
|
/* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
|
| 4693 |
|
|
|
| 4694 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
| 4695 |
|
|
mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
| 4696 |
|
|
{
|
| 4697 |
|
|
flagword flags;
|
| 4698 |
|
|
register asection *s;
|
| 4699 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
|
| 4700 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
|
| 4701 |
|
|
struct mips_got_info *g;
|
| 4702 |
|
|
bfd_size_type amt;
|
| 4703 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
| 4704 |
|
|
|
| 4705 |
|
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
|
| 4706 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
|
| 4707 |
|
|
|
| 4708 |
|
|
/* This function may be called more than once. */
|
| 4709 |
|
|
if (htab->sgot)
|
| 4710 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 4711 |
|
|
|
| 4712 |
|
|
flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
|
| 4713 |
|
|
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
|
| 4714 |
|
|
|
| 4715 |
|
|
/* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
|
| 4716 |
|
|
in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
|
| 4717 |
|
|
s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".got", flags);
|
| 4718 |
|
|
if (s == NULL
|
| 4719 |
|
|
|| ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4))
|
| 4720 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 4721 |
|
|
htab->sgot = s;
|
| 4722 |
|
|
|
| 4723 |
|
|
/* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
|
| 4724 |
|
|
linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
|
| 4725 |
|
|
are not creating a global offset table. */
|
| 4726 |
|
|
bh = NULL;
|
| 4727 |
|
|
if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
|
| 4728 |
|
|
(info, abfd, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL, s,
|
| 4729 |
|
|
0, NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
|
| 4730 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 4731 |
|
|
|
| 4732 |
|
|
h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
|
| 4733 |
|
|
h->non_elf = 0;
|
| 4734 |
|
|
h->def_regular = 1;
|
| 4735 |
|
|
h->type = STT_OBJECT;
|
| 4736 |
|
|
elf_hash_table (info)->hgot = h;
|
| 4737 |
|
|
|
| 4738 |
|
|
if (info->shared
|
| 4739 |
|
|
&& ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
|
| 4740 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 4741 |
|
|
|
| 4742 |
|
|
amt = sizeof (struct mips_got_info);
|
| 4743 |
|
|
g = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
|
| 4744 |
|
|
if (g == NULL)
|
| 4745 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 4746 |
|
|
g->global_gotsym = NULL;
|
| 4747 |
|
|
g->global_gotno = 0;
|
| 4748 |
|
|
g->reloc_only_gotno = 0;
|
| 4749 |
|
|
g->tls_gotno = 0;
|
| 4750 |
|
|
g->local_gotno = 0;
|
| 4751 |
|
|
g->page_gotno = 0;
|
| 4752 |
|
|
g->assigned_gotno = 0;
|
| 4753 |
|
|
g->bfd2got = NULL;
|
| 4754 |
|
|
g->next = NULL;
|
| 4755 |
|
|
g->tls_ldm_offset = MINUS_ONE;
|
| 4756 |
|
|
g->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash,
|
| 4757 |
|
|
mips_elf_got_entry_eq, NULL);
|
| 4758 |
|
|
if (g->got_entries == NULL)
|
| 4759 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 4760 |
|
|
g->got_page_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash,
|
| 4761 |
|
|
mips_got_page_entry_eq, NULL);
|
| 4762 |
|
|
if (g->got_page_entries == NULL)
|
| 4763 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 4764 |
|
|
htab->got_info = g;
|
| 4765 |
|
|
mips_elf_section_data (s)->elf.this_hdr.sh_flags
|
| 4766 |
|
|
|= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
|
| 4767 |
|
|
|
| 4768 |
|
|
/* We also need a .got.plt section when generating PLTs. */
|
| 4769 |
|
|
s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".got.plt",
|
| 4770 |
|
|
SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
|
| 4771 |
|
|
| SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
|
| 4772 |
|
|
if (s == NULL)
|
| 4773 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 4774 |
|
|
htab->sgotplt = s;
|
| 4775 |
|
|
|
| 4776 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 4777 |
|
|
}
|
| 4778 |
|
|
|
| 4779 |
|
|
/* Return true if H refers to the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ or
|
| 4780 |
|
|
__GOTT_INDEX__ symbols. These symbols are only special for
|
| 4781 |
|
|
shared objects; they are not used in executables. */
|
| 4782 |
|
|
|
| 4783 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
| 4784 |
|
|
is_gott_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
|
| 4785 |
|
|
{
|
| 4786 |
|
|
return (mips_elf_hash_table (info)->is_vxworks
|
| 4787 |
|
|
&& info->shared
|
| 4788 |
|
|
&& (strcmp (h->root.root.string, "__GOTT_BASE__") == 0
|
| 4789 |
|
|
|| strcmp (h->root.root.string, "__GOTT_INDEX__") == 0));
|
| 4790 |
|
|
}
|
| 4791 |
|
|
|
| 4792 |
|
|
/* Return TRUE if a relocation of type R_TYPE from INPUT_BFD might
|
| 4793 |
|
|
require an la25 stub. See also mips_elf_local_pic_function_p,
|
| 4794 |
|
|
which determines whether the destination function ever requires a
|
| 4795 |
|
|
stub. */
|
| 4796 |
|
|
|
| 4797 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
| 4798 |
|
|
mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (bfd *input_bfd, int r_type)
|
| 4799 |
|
|
{
|
| 4800 |
|
|
/* We specifically ignore branches and jumps from EF_PIC objects,
|
| 4801 |
|
|
where the onus is on the compiler or programmer to perform any
|
| 4802 |
|
|
necessary initialization of $25. Sometimes such initialization
|
| 4803 |
|
|
is unnecessary; for example, -mno-shared functions do not use
|
| 4804 |
|
|
the incoming value of $25, and may therefore be called directly. */
|
| 4805 |
|
|
if (PIC_OBJECT_P (input_bfd))
|
| 4806 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 4807 |
|
|
|
| 4808 |
|
|
switch (r_type)
|
| 4809 |
|
|
{
|
| 4810 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_26:
|
| 4811 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_PC16:
|
| 4812 |
|
|
case R_MIPS16_26:
|
| 4813 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 4814 |
|
|
|
| 4815 |
|
|
default:
|
| 4816 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 4817 |
|
|
}
|
| 4818 |
|
|
}
|
| 4819 |
|
|
|
| 4820 |
|
|
/* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
|
| 4821 |
|
|
the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
|
| 4822 |
|
|
RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
|
| 4823 |
|
|
|
| 4824 |
|
|
The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
|
| 4825 |
|
|
On exit, set *CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P to true if the relocation field
|
| 4826 |
|
|
is a MIPS16 jump to non-MIPS16 code, or vice versa.
|
| 4827 |
|
|
|
| 4828 |
|
|
This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
|
| 4829 |
|
|
further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
|
| 4830 |
|
|
something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
|
| 4831 |
|
|
overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
|
| 4832 |
|
|
|
| 4833 |
|
|
static bfd_reloc_status_type
|
| 4834 |
|
|
mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd *abfd, bfd *input_bfd,
|
| 4835 |
|
|
asection *input_section,
|
| 4836 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
| 4837 |
|
|
const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
|
| 4838 |
|
|
bfd_vma addend, reloc_howto_type *howto,
|
| 4839 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
|
| 4840 |
|
|
asection **local_sections, bfd_vma *valuep,
|
| 4841 |
|
|
const char **namep,
|
| 4842 |
|
|
bfd_boolean *cross_mode_jump_p,
|
| 4843 |
|
|
bfd_boolean save_addend)
|
| 4844 |
|
|
{
|
| 4845 |
|
|
/* The eventual value we will return. */
|
| 4846 |
|
|
bfd_vma value;
|
| 4847 |
|
|
/* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
|
| 4848 |
|
|
occurring. */
|
| 4849 |
|
|
bfd_vma symbol = 0;
|
| 4850 |
|
|
/* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
|
| 4851 |
|
|
shared object file being produced. */
|
| 4852 |
|
|
bfd_vma gp;
|
| 4853 |
|
|
/* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
|
| 4854 |
|
|
relocated. */
|
| 4855 |
|
|
bfd_vma p;
|
| 4856 |
|
|
/* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
|
| 4857 |
|
|
bfd_vma gp0;
|
| 4858 |
|
|
/* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
|
| 4859 |
|
|
the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
|
| 4860 |
|
|
during execution. */
|
| 4861 |
|
|
bfd_vma g = MINUS_ONE;
|
| 4862 |
|
|
/* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
|
| 4863 |
|
|
located. */
|
| 4864 |
|
|
asection *sec = NULL;
|
| 4865 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
|
| 4866 |
|
|
/* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
|
| 4867 |
|
|
symbol. */
|
| 4868 |
|
|
bfd_boolean local_p, was_local_p;
|
| 4869 |
|
|
/* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
|
| 4870 |
|
|
bfd_boolean gp_disp_p = FALSE;
|
| 4871 |
|
|
/* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is
|
| 4872 |
|
|
"__gnu_local_gp". */
|
| 4873 |
|
|
bfd_boolean gnu_local_gp_p = FALSE;
|
| 4874 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
|
| 4875 |
|
|
size_t extsymoff;
|
| 4876 |
|
|
unsigned long r_symndx;
|
| 4877 |
|
|
int r_type;
|
| 4878 |
|
|
/* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
|
| 4879 |
|
|
relocation value. */
|
| 4880 |
|
|
bfd_boolean overflowed_p;
|
| 4881 |
|
|
/* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
|
| 4882 |
|
|
bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p = FALSE;
|
| 4883 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
| 4884 |
|
|
bfd *dynobj;
|
| 4885 |
|
|
|
| 4886 |
|
|
dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
|
| 4887 |
|
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
|
| 4888 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
|
| 4889 |
|
|
|
| 4890 |
|
|
/* Parse the relocation. */
|
| 4891 |
|
|
r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
|
| 4892 |
|
|
r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
|
| 4893 |
|
|
p = (input_section->output_section->vma
|
| 4894 |
|
|
+ input_section->output_offset
|
| 4895 |
|
|
+ relocation->r_offset);
|
| 4896 |
|
|
|
| 4897 |
|
|
/* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
|
| 4898 |
|
|
overflowed_p = FALSE;
|
| 4899 |
|
|
|
| 4900 |
|
|
/* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
|
| 4901 |
|
|
used in the array of hash table entries. */
|
| 4902 |
|
|
symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
|
| 4903 |
|
|
local_p = mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation,
|
| 4904 |
|
|
local_sections);
|
| 4905 |
|
|
was_local_p = local_p;
|
| 4906 |
|
|
if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd))
|
| 4907 |
|
|
extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
|
| 4908 |
|
|
else
|
| 4909 |
|
|
{
|
| 4910 |
|
|
/* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
|
| 4911 |
|
|
must come before globals. */
|
| 4912 |
|
|
extsymoff = 0;
|
| 4913 |
|
|
}
|
| 4914 |
|
|
|
| 4915 |
|
|
/* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
|
| 4916 |
|
|
if (local_p)
|
| 4917 |
|
|
{
|
| 4918 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
|
| 4919 |
|
|
|
| 4920 |
|
|
sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
|
| 4921 |
|
|
sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
|
| 4922 |
|
|
|
| 4923 |
|
|
symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
|
| 4924 |
|
|
if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) != STT_SECTION
|
| 4925 |
|
|
|| (sec->flags & SEC_MERGE))
|
| 4926 |
|
|
symbol += sym->st_value;
|
| 4927 |
|
|
if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
|
| 4928 |
|
|
&& ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
|
| 4929 |
|
|
{
|
| 4930 |
|
|
addend = _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd, sym, &sec, addend);
|
| 4931 |
|
|
addend -= symbol;
|
| 4932 |
|
|
addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
|
| 4933 |
|
|
}
|
| 4934 |
|
|
|
| 4935 |
|
|
/* MIPS16 text labels should be treated as odd. */
|
| 4936 |
|
|
if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym->st_other))
|
| 4937 |
|
|
++symbol;
|
| 4938 |
|
|
|
| 4939 |
|
|
/* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
|
| 4940 |
|
|
*namep = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd,
|
| 4941 |
|
|
symtab_hdr->sh_link,
|
| 4942 |
|
|
sym->st_name);
|
| 4943 |
|
|
if (*namep == '\0')
|
| 4944 |
|
|
*namep = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
|
| 4945 |
|
|
|
| 4946 |
|
|
target_is_16_bit_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym->st_other);
|
| 4947 |
|
|
}
|
| 4948 |
|
|
else
|
| 4949 |
|
|
{
|
| 4950 |
|
|
/* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */
|
| 4951 |
|
|
|
| 4952 |
|
|
/* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
|
| 4953 |
|
|
h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
|
| 4954 |
|
|
elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff]);
|
| 4955 |
|
|
/* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
|
| 4956 |
|
|
while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
|
| 4957 |
|
|
|| h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
|
| 4958 |
|
|
h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
|
| 4959 |
|
|
|
| 4960 |
|
|
/* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
|
| 4961 |
|
|
*namep = h->root.root.root.string;
|
| 4962 |
|
|
|
| 4963 |
|
|
/* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
|
| 4964 |
|
|
symbol must always be a global symbol. */
|
| 4965 |
|
|
if (strcmp (*namep, "_gp_disp") == 0
|
| 4966 |
|
|
&& ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd))
|
| 4967 |
|
|
{
|
| 4968 |
|
|
/* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
|
| 4969 |
|
|
R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
|
| 4970 |
|
|
if (!hi16_reloc_p (r_type) && !lo16_reloc_p (r_type))
|
| 4971 |
|
|
return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
|
| 4972 |
|
|
|
| 4973 |
|
|
gp_disp_p = TRUE;
|
| 4974 |
|
|
}
|
| 4975 |
|
|
/* See if this is the special _gp symbol. Note that such a
|
| 4976 |
|
|
symbol must always be a global symbol. */
|
| 4977 |
|
|
else if (strcmp (*namep, "__gnu_local_gp") == 0)
|
| 4978 |
|
|
gnu_local_gp_p = TRUE;
|
| 4979 |
|
|
|
| 4980 |
|
|
|
| 4981 |
|
|
/* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
|
| 4982 |
|
|
_gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
|
| 4983 |
|
|
linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
|
| 4984 |
|
|
its defined. */
|
| 4985 |
|
|
else if ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
|
| 4986 |
|
|
|| h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
|
| 4987 |
|
|
&& h->root.root.u.def.section)
|
| 4988 |
|
|
{
|
| 4989 |
|
|
sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
|
| 4990 |
|
|
if (sec->output_section)
|
| 4991 |
|
|
symbol = (h->root.root.u.def.value
|
| 4992 |
|
|
+ sec->output_section->vma
|
| 4993 |
|
|
+ sec->output_offset);
|
| 4994 |
|
|
else
|
| 4995 |
|
|
symbol = h->root.root.u.def.value;
|
| 4996 |
|
|
}
|
| 4997 |
|
|
else if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
|
| 4998 |
|
|
/* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
|
| 4999 |
|
|
it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
|
| 5000 |
|
|
and check to see if they exist by looking at their
|
| 5001 |
|
|
addresses. */
|
| 5002 |
|
|
symbol = 0;
|
| 5003 |
|
|
else if (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_IGNORE
|
| 5004 |
|
|
&& ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT)
|
| 5005 |
|
|
symbol = 0;
|
| 5006 |
|
|
else if (strcmp (*namep, SGI_COMPAT (input_bfd)
|
| 5007 |
|
|
? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
|
| 5008 |
|
|
{
|
| 5009 |
|
|
/* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
|
| 5010 |
|
|
_DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
|
| 5011 |
|
|
in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
|
| 5012 |
|
|
Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
|
| 5013 |
|
|
FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
|
| 5014 |
|
|
somehow as well. */
|
| 5015 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (! info->shared);
|
| 5016 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") == NULL);
|
| 5017 |
|
|
symbol = 0;
|
| 5018 |
|
|
}
|
| 5019 |
|
|
else if (ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h->root.other))
|
| 5020 |
|
|
{
|
| 5021 |
|
|
/* This is an optional symbol - an Irix specific extension to the
|
| 5022 |
|
|
ELF spec. Ignore it for now.
|
| 5023 |
|
|
XXX - FIXME - there is more to the spec for OPTIONAL symbols
|
| 5024 |
|
|
than simply ignoring them, but we do not handle this for now.
|
| 5025 |
|
|
For information see the "64-bit ELF Object File Specification"
|
| 5026 |
|
|
which is available from here:
|
| 5027 |
|
|
http://techpubs.sgi.com/library/manuals/4000/007-4658-001/pdf/007-4658-001.pdf */
|
| 5028 |
|
|
symbol = 0;
|
| 5029 |
|
|
}
|
| 5030 |
|
|
else if ((*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
|
| 5031 |
|
|
(info, h->root.root.root.string, input_bfd,
|
| 5032 |
|
|
input_section, relocation->r_offset,
|
| 5033 |
|
|
(info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_GENERATE_ERROR)
|
| 5034 |
|
|
|| ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other)))
|
| 5035 |
|
|
{
|
| 5036 |
|
|
return bfd_reloc_undefined;
|
| 5037 |
|
|
}
|
| 5038 |
|
|
else
|
| 5039 |
|
|
{
|
| 5040 |
|
|
return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
|
| 5041 |
|
|
}
|
| 5042 |
|
|
|
| 5043 |
|
|
target_is_16_bit_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other);
|
| 5044 |
|
|
}
|
| 5045 |
|
|
|
| 5046 |
|
|
/* If this is a reference to a 16-bit function with a stub, we need
|
| 5047 |
|
|
to redirect the relocation to the stub unless:
|
| 5048 |
|
|
|
| 5049 |
|
|
(a) the relocation is for a MIPS16 JAL;
|
| 5050 |
|
|
|
| 5051 |
|
|
(b) the relocation is for a MIPS16 PIC call, and there are no
|
| 5052 |
|
|
non-MIPS16 uses of the GOT slot; or
|
| 5053 |
|
|
|
| 5054 |
|
|
(c) the section allows direct references to MIPS16 functions. */
|
| 5055 |
|
|
if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26
|
| 5056 |
|
|
&& !info->relocatable
|
| 5057 |
|
|
&& ((h != NULL
|
| 5058 |
|
|
&& h->fn_stub != NULL
|
| 5059 |
|
|
&& (r_type != R_MIPS16_CALL16 || h->need_fn_stub))
|
| 5060 |
|
|
|| (local_p
|
| 5061 |
|
|
&& elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs != NULL
|
| 5062 |
|
|
&& elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx] != NULL))
|
| 5063 |
|
|
&& !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (input_section))
|
| 5064 |
|
|
{
|
| 5065 |
|
|
/* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
|
| 5066 |
|
|
have already noticed that we were going to need the
|
| 5067 |
|
|
stub. */
|
| 5068 |
|
|
if (local_p)
|
| 5069 |
|
|
sec = elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx];
|
| 5070 |
|
|
else
|
| 5071 |
|
|
{
|
| 5072 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (h->need_fn_stub);
|
| 5073 |
|
|
sec = h->fn_stub;
|
| 5074 |
|
|
}
|
| 5075 |
|
|
|
| 5076 |
|
|
symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
|
| 5077 |
|
|
/* The target is 16-bit, but the stub isn't. */
|
| 5078 |
|
|
target_is_16_bit_code_p = FALSE;
|
| 5079 |
|
|
}
|
| 5080 |
|
|
/* If this is a 16-bit call to a 32- or 64-bit function with a stub, we
|
| 5081 |
|
|
need to redirect the call to the stub. Note that we specifically
|
| 5082 |
|
|
exclude R_MIPS16_CALL16 from this behavior; indirect calls should
|
| 5083 |
|
|
use an indirect stub instead. */
|
| 5084 |
|
|
else if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !info->relocatable
|
| 5085 |
|
|
&& ((h != NULL && (h->call_stub != NULL || h->call_fp_stub != NULL))
|
| 5086 |
|
|
|| (local_p
|
| 5087 |
|
|
&& elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_call_stubs != NULL
|
| 5088 |
|
|
&& elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_call_stubs[r_symndx] != NULL))
|
| 5089 |
|
|
&& !target_is_16_bit_code_p)
|
| 5090 |
|
|
{
|
| 5091 |
|
|
if (local_p)
|
| 5092 |
|
|
sec = elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_call_stubs[r_symndx];
|
| 5093 |
|
|
else
|
| 5094 |
|
|
{
|
| 5095 |
|
|
/* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
|
| 5096 |
|
|
out which one to use by checking which one appears in the input
|
| 5097 |
|
|
file. */
|
| 5098 |
|
|
if (h->call_stub != NULL && h->call_fp_stub != NULL)
|
| 5099 |
|
|
{
|
| 5100 |
|
|
asection *o;
|
| 5101 |
|
|
|
| 5102 |
|
|
sec = NULL;
|
| 5103 |
|
|
for (o = input_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
|
| 5104 |
|
|
{
|
| 5105 |
|
|
if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd, o)))
|
| 5106 |
|
|
{
|
| 5107 |
|
|
sec = h->call_fp_stub;
|
| 5108 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5109 |
|
|
}
|
| 5110 |
|
|
}
|
| 5111 |
|
|
if (sec == NULL)
|
| 5112 |
|
|
sec = h->call_stub;
|
| 5113 |
|
|
}
|
| 5114 |
|
|
else if (h->call_stub != NULL)
|
| 5115 |
|
|
sec = h->call_stub;
|
| 5116 |
|
|
else
|
| 5117 |
|
|
sec = h->call_fp_stub;
|
| 5118 |
|
|
}
|
| 5119 |
|
|
|
| 5120 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (sec->size > 0);
|
| 5121 |
|
|
symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
|
| 5122 |
|
|
}
|
| 5123 |
|
|
/* If this is a direct call to a PIC function, redirect to the
|
| 5124 |
|
|
non-PIC stub. */
|
| 5125 |
|
|
else if (h != NULL && h->la25_stub
|
| 5126 |
|
|
&& mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (input_bfd, r_type))
|
| 5127 |
|
|
symbol = (h->la25_stub->stub_section->output_section->vma
|
| 5128 |
|
|
+ h->la25_stub->stub_section->output_offset
|
| 5129 |
|
|
+ h->la25_stub->offset);
|
| 5130 |
|
|
|
| 5131 |
|
|
/* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
|
| 5132 |
|
|
mode change. */
|
| 5133 |
|
|
*cross_mode_jump_p = !info->relocatable
|
| 5134 |
|
|
&& ((r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p)
|
| 5135 |
|
|
|| ((r_type == R_MIPS_26 || r_type == R_MIPS_JALR)
|
| 5136 |
|
|
&& target_is_16_bit_code_p));
|
| 5137 |
|
|
|
| 5138 |
|
|
local_p = h == NULL || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->root);
|
| 5139 |
|
|
|
| 5140 |
|
|
gp0 = _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd);
|
| 5141 |
|
|
gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd);
|
| 5142 |
|
|
if (htab->got_info)
|
| 5143 |
|
|
gp += mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd, htab->got_info, input_bfd);
|
| 5144 |
|
|
|
| 5145 |
|
|
if (gnu_local_gp_p)
|
| 5146 |
|
|
symbol = gp;
|
| 5147 |
|
|
|
| 5148 |
|
|
/* Global R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE relocations are equivalent to R_MIPS_GOT_DISP.
|
| 5149 |
|
|
The addend is applied by the corresponding R_MIPS_GOT_OFST. */
|
| 5150 |
|
|
if (r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE && !local_p)
|
| 5151 |
|
|
{
|
| 5152 |
|
|
r_type = R_MIPS_GOT_DISP;
|
| 5153 |
|
|
addend = 0;
|
| 5154 |
|
|
}
|
| 5155 |
|
|
|
| 5156 |
|
|
/* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, and we're going
|
| 5157 |
|
|
to need it, get it now. */
|
| 5158 |
|
|
switch (r_type)
|
| 5159 |
|
|
{
|
| 5160 |
|
|
case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
|
| 5161 |
|
|
case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
|
| 5162 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_CALL16:
|
| 5163 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_GOT16:
|
| 5164 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
|
| 5165 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
|
| 5166 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
|
| 5167 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
|
| 5168 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
|
| 5169 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_TLS_GD:
|
| 5170 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
|
| 5171 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
|
| 5172 |
|
|
/* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
|
| 5173 |
|
|
if (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM)
|
| 5174 |
|
|
{
|
| 5175 |
|
|
g = mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd, input_bfd, info,
|
| 5176 |
|
|
0, 0, NULL, r_type);
|
| 5177 |
|
|
if (g == MINUS_ONE)
|
| 5178 |
|
|
return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
|
| 5179 |
|
|
}
|
| 5180 |
|
|
else if (!local_p)
|
| 5181 |
|
|
{
|
| 5182 |
|
|
/* On VxWorks, CALL relocations should refer to the .got.plt
|
| 5183 |
|
|
entry, which is initialized to point at the PLT stub. */
|
| 5184 |
|
|
if (htab->is_vxworks
|
| 5185 |
|
|
&& (r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
|
| 5186 |
|
|
|| r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
|
| 5187 |
|
|
|| call16_reloc_p (r_type)))
|
| 5188 |
|
|
{
|
| 5189 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0);
|
| 5190 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (h->root.needs_plt);
|
| 5191 |
|
|
g = mips_elf_gotplt_index (info, &h->root);
|
| 5192 |
|
|
}
|
| 5193 |
|
|
else
|
| 5194 |
|
|
{
|
| 5195 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0);
|
| 5196 |
|
|
g = mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj, input_bfd,
|
| 5197 |
|
|
&h->root, r_type, info);
|
| 5198 |
|
|
if (h->tls_type == GOT_NORMAL
|
| 5199 |
|
|
&& !elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
|
| 5200 |
|
|
/* This is a static link. We must initialize the GOT entry. */
|
| 5201 |
|
|
MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (dynobj, symbol, htab->sgot->contents + g);
|
| 5202 |
|
|
}
|
| 5203 |
|
|
}
|
| 5204 |
|
|
else if (!htab->is_vxworks
|
| 5205 |
|
|
&& (call16_reloc_p (r_type) || got16_reloc_p (r_type)))
|
| 5206 |
|
|
/* The calculation below does not involve "g". */
|
| 5207 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5208 |
|
|
else
|
| 5209 |
|
|
{
|
| 5210 |
|
|
g = mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd, input_bfd, info,
|
| 5211 |
|
|
symbol + addend, r_symndx, h, r_type);
|
| 5212 |
|
|
if (g == MINUS_ONE)
|
| 5213 |
|
|
return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
|
| 5214 |
|
|
}
|
| 5215 |
|
|
|
| 5216 |
|
|
/* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
|
| 5217 |
|
|
g = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info, abfd, input_bfd, g);
|
| 5218 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5219 |
|
|
}
|
| 5220 |
|
|
|
| 5221 |
|
|
/* Relocations against the VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__
|
| 5222 |
|
|
symbols are resolved by the loader. Add them to .rela.dyn. */
|
| 5223 |
|
|
if (h != NULL && is_gott_symbol (info, &h->root))
|
| 5224 |
|
|
{
|
| 5225 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
|
| 5226 |
|
|
bfd_byte *loc;
|
| 5227 |
|
|
asection *s;
|
| 5228 |
|
|
|
| 5229 |
|
|
s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
|
| 5230 |
|
|
loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
| 5231 |
|
|
|
| 5232 |
|
|
outrel.r_offset = (input_section->output_section->vma
|
| 5233 |
|
|
+ input_section->output_offset
|
| 5234 |
|
|
+ relocation->r_offset);
|
| 5235 |
|
|
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->root.dynindx, r_type);
|
| 5236 |
|
|
outrel.r_addend = addend;
|
| 5237 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd, &outrel, loc);
|
| 5238 |
|
|
|
| 5239 |
|
|
/* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
|
| 5240 |
|
|
we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
|
| 5241 |
|
|
DT_TEXTREL tag. */
|
| 5242 |
|
|
if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section))
|
| 5243 |
|
|
info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
|
| 5244 |
|
|
|
| 5245 |
|
|
*valuep = 0;
|
| 5246 |
|
|
return bfd_reloc_ok;
|
| 5247 |
|
|
}
|
| 5248 |
|
|
|
| 5249 |
|
|
/* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
|
| 5250 |
|
|
switch (r_type)
|
| 5251 |
|
|
{
|
| 5252 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_NONE:
|
| 5253 |
|
|
return bfd_reloc_continue;
|
| 5254 |
|
|
|
| 5255 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_16:
|
| 5256 |
|
|
value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16);
|
| 5257 |
|
|
overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
|
| 5258 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5259 |
|
|
|
| 5260 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_32:
|
| 5261 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_REL32:
|
| 5262 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_64:
|
| 5263 |
|
|
if ((info->shared
|
| 5264 |
|
|
|| (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
|
| 5265 |
|
|
&& h != NULL
|
| 5266 |
|
|
&& h->root.def_dynamic
|
| 5267 |
|
|
&& !h->root.def_regular
|
| 5268 |
|
|
&& !h->has_static_relocs))
|
| 5269 |
|
|
&& r_symndx != STN_UNDEF
|
| 5270 |
|
|
&& (h == NULL
|
| 5271 |
|
|
|| h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
|
| 5272 |
|
|
|| ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT)
|
| 5273 |
|
|
&& (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
|
| 5274 |
|
|
{
|
| 5275 |
|
|
/* If we're creating a shared library, then we can't know
|
| 5276 |
|
|
where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
|
| 5277 |
|
|
record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
|
| 5278 |
|
|
linker. We must do the same for executable references to
|
| 5279 |
|
|
shared library symbols, unless we've decided to use copy
|
| 5280 |
|
|
relocs or PLTs instead. */
|
| 5281 |
|
|
value = addend;
|
| 5282 |
|
|
if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd,
|
| 5283 |
|
|
info,
|
| 5284 |
|
|
relocation,
|
| 5285 |
|
|
h,
|
| 5286 |
|
|
sec,
|
| 5287 |
|
|
symbol,
|
| 5288 |
|
|
&value,
|
| 5289 |
|
|
input_section))
|
| 5290 |
|
|
return bfd_reloc_undefined;
|
| 5291 |
|
|
}
|
| 5292 |
|
|
else
|
| 5293 |
|
|
{
|
| 5294 |
|
|
if (r_type != R_MIPS_REL32)
|
| 5295 |
|
|
value = symbol + addend;
|
| 5296 |
|
|
else
|
| 5297 |
|
|
value = addend;
|
| 5298 |
|
|
}
|
| 5299 |
|
|
value &= howto->dst_mask;
|
| 5300 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5301 |
|
|
|
| 5302 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_PC32:
|
| 5303 |
|
|
value = symbol + addend - p;
|
| 5304 |
|
|
value &= howto->dst_mask;
|
| 5305 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5306 |
|
|
|
| 5307 |
|
|
case R_MIPS16_26:
|
| 5308 |
|
|
/* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
|
| 5309 |
|
|
R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
|
| 5310 |
|
|
the output file that's different. That's handled in
|
| 5311 |
|
|
mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
|
| 5312 |
|
|
R_MIPS_26 case here. */
|
| 5313 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_26:
|
| 5314 |
|
|
if (was_local_p)
|
| 5315 |
|
|
value = ((addend | ((p + 4) & 0xf0000000)) + symbol) >> 2;
|
| 5316 |
|
|
else
|
| 5317 |
|
|
{
|
| 5318 |
|
|
value = (_bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 28) + symbol) >> 2;
|
| 5319 |
|
|
if (h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
|
| 5320 |
|
|
overflowed_p = (value >> 26) != ((p + 4) >> 28);
|
| 5321 |
|
|
}
|
| 5322 |
|
|
value &= howto->dst_mask;
|
| 5323 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5324 |
|
|
|
| 5325 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16:
|
| 5326 |
|
|
value = (mips_elf_high (addend + symbol - dtprel_base (info))
|
| 5327 |
|
|
& howto->dst_mask);
|
| 5328 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5329 |
|
|
|
| 5330 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16:
|
| 5331 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32:
|
| 5332 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64:
|
| 5333 |
|
|
value = (symbol + addend - dtprel_base (info)) & howto->dst_mask;
|
| 5334 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5335 |
|
|
|
| 5336 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16:
|
| 5337 |
|
|
value = (mips_elf_high (addend + symbol - tprel_base (info))
|
| 5338 |
|
|
& howto->dst_mask);
|
| 5339 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5340 |
|
|
|
| 5341 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16:
|
| 5342 |
|
|
value = (symbol + addend - tprel_base (info)) & howto->dst_mask;
|
| 5343 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5344 |
|
|
|
| 5345 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_HI16:
|
| 5346 |
|
|
case R_MIPS16_HI16:
|
| 5347 |
|
|
if (!gp_disp_p)
|
| 5348 |
|
|
{
|
| 5349 |
|
|
value = mips_elf_high (addend + symbol);
|
| 5350 |
|
|
value &= howto->dst_mask;
|
| 5351 |
|
|
}
|
| 5352 |
|
|
else
|
| 5353 |
|
|
{
|
| 5354 |
|
|
/* For MIPS16 ABI code we generate this sequence
|
| 5355 |
|
|
0: li $v0,%hi(_gp_disp)
|
| 5356 |
|
|
4: addiupc $v1,%lo(_gp_disp)
|
| 5357 |
|
|
8: sll $v0,16
|
| 5358 |
|
|
12: addu $v0,$v1
|
| 5359 |
|
|
14: move $gp,$v0
|
| 5360 |
|
|
So the offsets of hi and lo relocs are the same, but the
|
| 5361 |
|
|
$pc is four higher than $t9 would be, so reduce
|
| 5362 |
|
|
both reloc addends by 4. */
|
| 5363 |
|
|
if (r_type == R_MIPS16_HI16)
|
| 5364 |
|
|
value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - p - 4);
|
| 5365 |
|
|
else
|
| 5366 |
|
|
value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - p);
|
| 5367 |
|
|
overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
|
| 5368 |
|
|
}
|
| 5369 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5370 |
|
|
|
| 5371 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_LO16:
|
| 5372 |
|
|
case R_MIPS16_LO16:
|
| 5373 |
|
|
if (!gp_disp_p)
|
| 5374 |
|
|
value = (symbol + addend) & howto->dst_mask;
|
| 5375 |
|
|
else
|
| 5376 |
|
|
{
|
| 5377 |
|
|
/* See the comment for R_MIPS16_HI16 above for the reason
|
| 5378 |
|
|
for this conditional. */
|
| 5379 |
|
|
if (r_type == R_MIPS16_LO16)
|
| 5380 |
|
|
value = addend + gp - p;
|
| 5381 |
|
|
else
|
| 5382 |
|
|
value = addend + gp - p + 4;
|
| 5383 |
|
|
/* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
|
| 5384 |
|
|
for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
|
| 5385 |
|
|
_gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
|
| 5386 |
|
|
pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
|
| 5387 |
|
|
this:
|
| 5388 |
|
|
|
| 5389 |
|
|
lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
|
| 5390 |
|
|
addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
|
| 5391 |
|
|
addu $gp,$gp,$t9
|
| 5392 |
|
|
|
| 5393 |
|
|
Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
|
| 5394 |
|
|
as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
|
| 5395 |
|
|
relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
|
| 5396 |
|
|
R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
|
| 5397 |
|
|
Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
|
| 5398 |
|
|
not check for overflow here. */
|
| 5399 |
|
|
}
|
| 5400 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5401 |
|
|
|
| 5402 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
|
| 5403 |
|
|
/* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
|
| 5404 |
|
|
just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
|
| 5405 |
|
|
shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
|
| 5406 |
|
|
here. */
|
| 5407 |
|
|
|
| 5408 |
|
|
/* Fall through. */
|
| 5409 |
|
|
|
| 5410 |
|
|
case R_MIPS16_GPREL:
|
| 5411 |
|
|
/* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
|
| 5412 |
|
|
R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
|
| 5413 |
|
|
order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
|
| 5414 |
|
|
differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
|
| 5415 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
|
| 5416 |
|
|
/* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
|
| 5417 |
|
|
instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
|
| 5418 |
|
|
otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
|
| 5419 |
|
|
if (howto->partial_inplace)
|
| 5420 |
|
|
addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16);
|
| 5421 |
|
|
value = symbol + addend - gp;
|
| 5422 |
|
|
/* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
|
| 5423 |
|
|
have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
|
| 5424 |
|
|
for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
|
| 5425 |
|
|
link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
|
| 5426 |
|
|
to them before. */
|
| 5427 |
|
|
if (was_local_p)
|
| 5428 |
|
|
value += gp0;
|
| 5429 |
|
|
overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
|
| 5430 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5431 |
|
|
|
| 5432 |
|
|
case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
|
| 5433 |
|
|
case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
|
| 5434 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_GOT16:
|
| 5435 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_CALL16:
|
| 5436 |
|
|
/* VxWorks does not have separate local and global semantics for
|
| 5437 |
|
|
R_MIPS*_GOT16; every relocation evaluates to "G". */
|
| 5438 |
|
|
if (!htab->is_vxworks && local_p)
|
| 5439 |
|
|
{
|
| 5440 |
|
|
value = mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd, input_bfd, info,
|
| 5441 |
|
|
symbol + addend, !was_local_p);
|
| 5442 |
|
|
if (value == MINUS_ONE)
|
| 5443 |
|
|
return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
|
| 5444 |
|
|
value
|
| 5445 |
|
|
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info, abfd, input_bfd, value);
|
| 5446 |
|
|
overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
|
| 5447 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5448 |
|
|
}
|
| 5449 |
|
|
|
| 5450 |
|
|
/* Fall through. */
|
| 5451 |
|
|
|
| 5452 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_TLS_GD:
|
| 5453 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
|
| 5454 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
|
| 5455 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
|
| 5456 |
|
|
value = g;
|
| 5457 |
|
|
overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
|
| 5458 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5459 |
|
|
|
| 5460 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
|
| 5461 |
|
|
value = (addend + symbol + gp0 - gp);
|
| 5462 |
|
|
if (!save_addend)
|
| 5463 |
|
|
value &= howto->dst_mask;
|
| 5464 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5465 |
|
|
|
| 5466 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_PC16:
|
| 5467 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2:
|
| 5468 |
|
|
value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 18) - p;
|
| 5469 |
|
|
overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 18);
|
| 5470 |
|
|
value >>= howto->rightshift;
|
| 5471 |
|
|
value &= howto->dst_mask;
|
| 5472 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5473 |
|
|
|
| 5474 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
|
| 5475 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
|
| 5476 |
|
|
/* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
|
| 5477 |
|
|
The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
|
| 5478 |
|
|
differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
|
| 5479 |
|
|
value = g;
|
| 5480 |
|
|
value = mips_elf_high (value);
|
| 5481 |
|
|
value &= howto->dst_mask;
|
| 5482 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5483 |
|
|
|
| 5484 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
|
| 5485 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
|
| 5486 |
|
|
value = g & howto->dst_mask;
|
| 5487 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5488 |
|
|
|
| 5489 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
|
| 5490 |
|
|
value = mips_elf_got_page (abfd, input_bfd, info, symbol + addend, NULL);
|
| 5491 |
|
|
if (value == MINUS_ONE)
|
| 5492 |
|
|
return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
|
| 5493 |
|
|
value = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info, abfd, input_bfd, value);
|
| 5494 |
|
|
overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
|
| 5495 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5496 |
|
|
|
| 5497 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
|
| 5498 |
|
|
if (local_p)
|
| 5499 |
|
|
mips_elf_got_page (abfd, input_bfd, info, symbol + addend, &value);
|
| 5500 |
|
|
else
|
| 5501 |
|
|
value = addend;
|
| 5502 |
|
|
overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
|
| 5503 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5504 |
|
|
|
| 5505 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_SUB:
|
| 5506 |
|
|
value = symbol - addend;
|
| 5507 |
|
|
value &= howto->dst_mask;
|
| 5508 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5509 |
|
|
|
| 5510 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_HIGHER:
|
| 5511 |
|
|
value = mips_elf_higher (addend + symbol);
|
| 5512 |
|
|
value &= howto->dst_mask;
|
| 5513 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5514 |
|
|
|
| 5515 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_HIGHEST:
|
| 5516 |
|
|
value = mips_elf_highest (addend + symbol);
|
| 5517 |
|
|
value &= howto->dst_mask;
|
| 5518 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5519 |
|
|
|
| 5520 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP:
|
| 5521 |
|
|
value = symbol + addend - sec->output_offset;
|
| 5522 |
|
|
value &= howto->dst_mask;
|
| 5523 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5524 |
|
|
|
| 5525 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_JALR:
|
| 5526 |
|
|
/* This relocation is only a hint. In some cases, we optimize
|
| 5527 |
|
|
it into a bal instruction. But we don't try to optimize
|
| 5528 |
|
|
when the symbol does not resolve locally. */
|
| 5529 |
|
|
if (h != NULL && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, &h->root))
|
| 5530 |
|
|
return bfd_reloc_continue;
|
| 5531 |
|
|
value = symbol + addend;
|
| 5532 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5533 |
|
|
|
| 5534 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_PJUMP:
|
| 5535 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
|
| 5536 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
|
| 5537 |
|
|
/* We don't do anything with these at present. */
|
| 5538 |
|
|
return bfd_reloc_continue;
|
| 5539 |
|
|
|
| 5540 |
|
|
default:
|
| 5541 |
|
|
/* An unrecognized relocation type. */
|
| 5542 |
|
|
return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
|
| 5543 |
|
|
}
|
| 5544 |
|
|
|
| 5545 |
|
|
/* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
|
| 5546 |
|
|
*valuep = value;
|
| 5547 |
|
|
return overflowed_p ? bfd_reloc_overflow : bfd_reloc_ok;
|
| 5548 |
|
|
}
|
| 5549 |
|
|
|
| 5550 |
|
|
/* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
|
| 5551 |
|
|
|
| 5552 |
|
|
static bfd_vma
|
| 5553 |
|
|
mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type *howto,
|
| 5554 |
|
|
const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
|
| 5555 |
|
|
bfd *input_bfd, bfd_byte *contents)
|
| 5556 |
|
|
{
|
| 5557 |
|
|
bfd_vma x;
|
| 5558 |
|
|
bfd_byte *location = contents + relocation->r_offset;
|
| 5559 |
|
|
|
| 5560 |
|
|
/* Obtain the bytes. */
|
| 5561 |
|
|
x = bfd_get ((8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto)), input_bfd, location);
|
| 5562 |
|
|
|
| 5563 |
|
|
return x;
|
| 5564 |
|
|
}
|
| 5565 |
|
|
|
| 5566 |
|
|
/* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
|
| 5567 |
|
|
VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
|
| 5568 |
|
|
appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
|
| 5569 |
|
|
relocation applies.
|
| 5570 |
|
|
CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P is true if the relocation field
|
| 5571 |
|
|
is a MIPS16 jump to non-MIPS16 code, or vice versa.
|
| 5572 |
|
|
|
| 5573 |
|
|
Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
|
| 5574 |
|
|
|
| 5575 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
| 5576 |
|
|
mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
| 5577 |
|
|
reloc_howto_type *howto,
|
| 5578 |
|
|
const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
|
| 5579 |
|
|
bfd_vma value, bfd *input_bfd,
|
| 5580 |
|
|
asection *input_section, bfd_byte *contents,
|
| 5581 |
|
|
bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p)
|
| 5582 |
|
|
{
|
| 5583 |
|
|
bfd_vma x;
|
| 5584 |
|
|
bfd_byte *location;
|
| 5585 |
|
|
int r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
|
| 5586 |
|
|
|
| 5587 |
|
|
/* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
|
| 5588 |
|
|
location = contents + relocation->r_offset;
|
| 5589 |
|
|
|
| 5590 |
|
|
_bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd, r_type, FALSE, location);
|
| 5591 |
|
|
|
| 5592 |
|
|
/* Obtain the current value. */
|
| 5593 |
|
|
x = mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, relocation, input_bfd, contents);
|
| 5594 |
|
|
|
| 5595 |
|
|
/* Clear the field we are setting. */
|
| 5596 |
|
|
x &= ~howto->dst_mask;
|
| 5597 |
|
|
|
| 5598 |
|
|
/* Set the field. */
|
| 5599 |
|
|
x |= (value & howto->dst_mask);
|
| 5600 |
|
|
|
| 5601 |
|
|
/* If required, turn JAL into JALX. */
|
| 5602 |
|
|
if (cross_mode_jump_p && jal_reloc_p (r_type))
|
| 5603 |
|
|
{
|
| 5604 |
|
|
bfd_boolean ok;
|
| 5605 |
|
|
bfd_vma opcode = x >> 26;
|
| 5606 |
|
|
bfd_vma jalx_opcode;
|
| 5607 |
|
|
|
| 5608 |
|
|
/* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
|
| 5609 |
|
|
if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26)
|
| 5610 |
|
|
{
|
| 5611 |
|
|
ok = ((opcode == 0x6) || (opcode == 0x7));
|
| 5612 |
|
|
jalx_opcode = 0x7;
|
| 5613 |
|
|
}
|
| 5614 |
|
|
else
|
| 5615 |
|
|
{
|
| 5616 |
|
|
ok = ((opcode == 0x3) || (opcode == 0x1d));
|
| 5617 |
|
|
jalx_opcode = 0x1d;
|
| 5618 |
|
|
}
|
| 5619 |
|
|
|
| 5620 |
|
|
/* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. */
|
| 5621 |
|
|
if (!ok)
|
| 5622 |
|
|
{
|
| 5623 |
|
|
(*_bfd_error_handler)
|
| 5624 |
|
|
(_("%B: %A+0x%lx: Direct jumps between ISA modes are not allowed; consider recompiling with interlinking enabled."),
|
| 5625 |
|
|
input_bfd,
|
| 5626 |
|
|
input_section,
|
| 5627 |
|
|
(unsigned long) relocation->r_offset);
|
| 5628 |
|
|
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
| 5629 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 5630 |
|
|
}
|
| 5631 |
|
|
|
| 5632 |
|
|
/* Make this the JALX opcode. */
|
| 5633 |
|
|
x = (x & ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode << 26);
|
| 5634 |
|
|
}
|
| 5635 |
|
|
|
| 5636 |
|
|
/* Try converting JAL to BAL and J(AL)R to B(AL), if the target is in
|
| 5637 |
|
|
range. */
|
| 5638 |
|
|
if (!info->relocatable
|
| 5639 |
|
|
&& !cross_mode_jump_p
|
| 5640 |
|
|
&& ((JAL_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd)
|
| 5641 |
|
|
&& r_type == R_MIPS_26
|
| 5642 |
|
|
&& (x >> 26) == 0x3) /* jal addr */
|
| 5643 |
|
|
|| (JALR_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd)
|
| 5644 |
|
|
&& r_type == R_MIPS_JALR
|
| 5645 |
|
|
&& x == 0x0320f809) /* jalr t9 */
|
| 5646 |
|
|
|| (JR_TO_B_P (input_bfd)
|
| 5647 |
|
|
&& r_type == R_MIPS_JALR
|
| 5648 |
|
|
&& x == 0x03200008))) /* jr t9 */
|
| 5649 |
|
|
{
|
| 5650 |
|
|
bfd_vma addr;
|
| 5651 |
|
|
bfd_vma dest;
|
| 5652 |
|
|
bfd_signed_vma off;
|
| 5653 |
|
|
|
| 5654 |
|
|
addr = (input_section->output_section->vma
|
| 5655 |
|
|
+ input_section->output_offset
|
| 5656 |
|
|
+ relocation->r_offset
|
| 5657 |
|
|
+ 4);
|
| 5658 |
|
|
if (r_type == R_MIPS_26)
|
| 5659 |
|
|
dest = (value << 2) | ((addr >> 28) << 28);
|
| 5660 |
|
|
else
|
| 5661 |
|
|
dest = value;
|
| 5662 |
|
|
off = dest - addr;
|
| 5663 |
|
|
if (off <= 0x1ffff && off >= -0x20000)
|
| 5664 |
|
|
{
|
| 5665 |
|
|
if (x == 0x03200008) /* jr t9 */
|
| 5666 |
|
|
x = 0x10000000 | (((bfd_vma) off >> 2) & 0xffff); /* b addr */
|
| 5667 |
|
|
else
|
| 5668 |
|
|
x = 0x04110000 | (((bfd_vma) off >> 2) & 0xffff); /* bal addr */
|
| 5669 |
|
|
}
|
| 5670 |
|
|
}
|
| 5671 |
|
|
|
| 5672 |
|
|
/* Put the value into the output. */
|
| 5673 |
|
|
bfd_put (8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto), input_bfd, x, location);
|
| 5674 |
|
|
|
| 5675 |
|
|
_bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle(input_bfd, r_type, !info->relocatable,
|
| 5676 |
|
|
location);
|
| 5677 |
|
|
|
| 5678 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 5679 |
|
|
}
|
| 5680 |
|
|
|
| 5681 |
|
|
/* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
|
| 5682 |
|
|
is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
|
| 5683 |
|
|
dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
|
| 5684 |
|
|
caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
|
| 5685 |
|
|
|
| 5686 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
| 5687 |
|
|
mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd *output_bfd,
|
| 5688 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
| 5689 |
|
|
const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
|
| 5690 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
|
| 5691 |
|
|
asection *sec, bfd_vma symbol,
|
| 5692 |
|
|
bfd_vma *addendp, asection *input_section)
|
| 5693 |
|
|
{
|
| 5694 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela outrel[3];
|
| 5695 |
|
|
asection *sreloc;
|
| 5696 |
|
|
bfd *dynobj;
|
| 5697 |
|
|
int r_type;
|
| 5698 |
|
|
long indx;
|
| 5699 |
|
|
bfd_boolean defined_p;
|
| 5700 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
| 5701 |
|
|
|
| 5702 |
|
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
|
| 5703 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
|
| 5704 |
|
|
|
| 5705 |
|
|
r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
|
| 5706 |
|
|
dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
|
| 5707 |
|
|
sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
|
| 5708 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (sreloc != NULL);
|
| 5709 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (sreloc->contents != NULL);
|
| 5710 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (sreloc->reloc_count * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd)
|
| 5711 |
|
|
< sreloc->size);
|
| 5712 |
|
|
|
| 5713 |
|
|
outrel[0].r_offset =
|
| 5714 |
|
|
_bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[0].r_offset);
|
| 5715 |
|
|
if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
|
| 5716 |
|
|
{
|
| 5717 |
|
|
outrel[1].r_offset =
|
| 5718 |
|
|
_bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[1].r_offset);
|
| 5719 |
|
|
outrel[2].r_offset =
|
| 5720 |
|
|
_bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[2].r_offset);
|
| 5721 |
|
|
}
|
| 5722 |
|
|
|
| 5723 |
|
|
if (outrel[0].r_offset == MINUS_ONE)
|
| 5724 |
|
|
/* The relocation field has been deleted. */
|
| 5725 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 5726 |
|
|
|
| 5727 |
|
|
if (outrel[0].r_offset == MINUS_TWO)
|
| 5728 |
|
|
{
|
| 5729 |
|
|
/* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
|
| 5730 |
|
|
some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
|
| 5731 |
|
|
the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */
|
| 5732 |
|
|
*addendp += symbol;
|
| 5733 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 5734 |
|
|
}
|
| 5735 |
|
|
|
| 5736 |
|
|
/* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
|
| 5737 |
|
|
in the relocation. */
|
| 5738 |
|
|
if (h != NULL && ! SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->root))
|
| 5739 |
|
|
{
|
| 5740 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks || h->global_got_area != GGA_NONE);
|
| 5741 |
|
|
indx = h->root.dynindx;
|
| 5742 |
|
|
if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
|
| 5743 |
|
|
defined_p = h->root.def_regular;
|
| 5744 |
|
|
else
|
| 5745 |
|
|
/* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
|
| 5746 |
|
|
relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against
|
| 5747 |
|
|
defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
|
| 5748 |
|
|
undefined symbols. */
|
| 5749 |
|
|
defined_p = FALSE;
|
| 5750 |
|
|
}
|
| 5751 |
|
|
else
|
| 5752 |
|
|
{
|
| 5753 |
|
|
if (sec != NULL && bfd_is_abs_section (sec))
|
| 5754 |
|
|
indx = 0;
|
| 5755 |
|
|
else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL)
|
| 5756 |
|
|
{
|
| 5757 |
|
|
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
| 5758 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 5759 |
|
|
}
|
| 5760 |
|
|
else
|
| 5761 |
|
|
{
|
| 5762 |
|
|
indx = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
|
| 5763 |
|
|
if (indx == 0)
|
| 5764 |
|
|
{
|
| 5765 |
|
|
asection *osec = htab->root.text_index_section;
|
| 5766 |
|
|
indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
|
| 5767 |
|
|
}
|
| 5768 |
|
|
if (indx == 0)
|
| 5769 |
|
|
abort ();
|
| 5770 |
|
|
}
|
| 5771 |
|
|
|
| 5772 |
|
|
/* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
|
| 5773 |
|
|
symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
|
| 5774 |
|
|
relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
|
| 5775 |
|
|
local symbols because we used to generate them
|
| 5776 |
|
|
incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
|
| 5777 |
|
|
which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
|
| 5778 |
|
|
order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
|
| 5779 |
|
|
phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
|
| 5780 |
|
|
section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
|
| 5781 |
|
|
useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
|
| 5782 |
|
|
as well. */
|
| 5783 |
|
|
/* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
|
| 5784 |
|
|
the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
|
| 5785 |
|
|
a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations
|
| 5786 |
|
|
against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */
|
| 5787 |
|
|
if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
|
| 5788 |
|
|
indx = 0;
|
| 5789 |
|
|
defined_p = TRUE;
|
| 5790 |
|
|
}
|
| 5791 |
|
|
|
| 5792 |
|
|
/* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
|
| 5793 |
|
|
this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
|
| 5794 |
|
|
adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
|
| 5795 |
|
|
Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
|
| 5796 |
|
|
if (defined_p && r_type != R_MIPS_REL32)
|
| 5797 |
|
|
*addendp += symbol;
|
| 5798 |
|
|
|
| 5799 |
|
|
if (htab->is_vxworks)
|
| 5800 |
|
|
/* VxWorks uses non-relative relocations for this. */
|
| 5801 |
|
|
outrel[0].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_MIPS_32);
|
| 5802 |
|
|
else
|
| 5803 |
|
|
/* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
|
| 5804 |
|
|
know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
|
| 5805 |
|
|
outrel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, (unsigned long) indx,
|
| 5806 |
|
|
R_MIPS_REL32);
|
| 5807 |
|
|
|
| 5808 |
|
|
/* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
|
| 5809 |
|
|
generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
|
| 5810 |
|
|
_REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
|
| 5811 |
|
|
a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
|
| 5812 |
|
|
However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
|
| 5813 |
|
|
loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
|
| 5814 |
|
|
artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
|
| 5815 |
|
|
mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
|
| 5816 |
|
|
as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
|
| 5817 |
|
|
invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
|
| 5818 |
|
|
additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
|
| 5819 |
|
|
NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
|
| 5820 |
|
|
outrel[1].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0,
|
| 5821 |
|
|
ABI_64_P (output_bfd)
|
| 5822 |
|
|
? R_MIPS_64
|
| 5823 |
|
|
: R_MIPS_NONE);
|
| 5824 |
|
|
outrel[2].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_NONE);
|
| 5825 |
|
|
|
| 5826 |
|
|
/* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
|
| 5827 |
|
|
correct location in the output file. */
|
| 5828 |
|
|
outrel[0].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
|
| 5829 |
|
|
+ input_section->output_offset);
|
| 5830 |
|
|
outrel[1].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
|
| 5831 |
|
|
+ input_section->output_offset);
|
| 5832 |
|
|
outrel[2].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
|
| 5833 |
|
|
+ input_section->output_offset);
|
| 5834 |
|
|
|
| 5835 |
|
|
/* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
|
| 5836 |
|
|
relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
|
| 5837 |
|
|
relocation format is non-standard. */
|
| 5838 |
|
|
if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
|
| 5839 |
|
|
{
|
| 5840 |
|
|
(*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_out)
|
| 5841 |
|
|
(output_bfd, &outrel[0],
|
| 5842 |
|
|
(sreloc->contents
|
| 5843 |
|
|
+ sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)));
|
| 5844 |
|
|
}
|
| 5845 |
|
|
else if (htab->is_vxworks)
|
| 5846 |
|
|
{
|
| 5847 |
|
|
/* VxWorks uses RELA rather than REL dynamic relocations. */
|
| 5848 |
|
|
outrel[0].r_addend = *addendp;
|
| 5849 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out
|
| 5850 |
|
|
(output_bfd, &outrel[0],
|
| 5851 |
|
|
(sreloc->contents
|
| 5852 |
|
|
+ sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)));
|
| 5853 |
|
|
}
|
| 5854 |
|
|
else
|
| 5855 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
|
| 5856 |
|
|
(output_bfd, &outrel[0],
|
| 5857 |
|
|
(sreloc->contents + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
|
| 5858 |
|
|
|
| 5859 |
|
|
/* We've now added another relocation. */
|
| 5860 |
|
|
++sreloc->reloc_count;
|
| 5861 |
|
|
|
| 5862 |
|
|
/* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
|
| 5863 |
|
|
will be writing to it. */
|
| 5864 |
|
|
elf_section_data (input_section->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_flags
|
| 5865 |
|
|
|= SHF_WRITE;
|
| 5866 |
|
|
|
| 5867 |
|
|
/* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
|
| 5868 |
|
|
if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix5)
|
| 5869 |
|
|
{
|
| 5870 |
|
|
asection *scpt = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".compact_rel");
|
| 5871 |
|
|
bfd_byte *cr;
|
| 5872 |
|
|
|
| 5873 |
|
|
if (scpt)
|
| 5874 |
|
|
{
|
| 5875 |
|
|
Elf32_crinfo cptrel;
|
| 5876 |
|
|
|
| 5877 |
|
|
mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel, CRF_MIPS_LONG);
|
| 5878 |
|
|
cptrel.vaddr = (rel->r_offset
|
| 5879 |
|
|
+ input_section->output_section->vma
|
| 5880 |
|
|
+ input_section->output_offset);
|
| 5881 |
|
|
if (r_type == R_MIPS_REL32)
|
| 5882 |
|
|
mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel, CRT_MIPS_REL32);
|
| 5883 |
|
|
else
|
| 5884 |
|
|
mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel, CRT_MIPS_WORD);
|
| 5885 |
|
|
mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel, 0);
|
| 5886 |
|
|
cptrel.konst = *addendp;
|
| 5887 |
|
|
|
| 5888 |
|
|
cr = (scpt->contents
|
| 5889 |
|
|
+ sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel));
|
| 5890 |
|
|
mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr (cptrel, 0);
|
| 5891 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd, &cptrel,
|
| 5892 |
|
|
((Elf32_External_crinfo *) cr
|
| 5893 |
|
|
+ scpt->reloc_count));
|
| 5894 |
|
|
++scpt->reloc_count;
|
| 5895 |
|
|
}
|
| 5896 |
|
|
}
|
| 5897 |
|
|
|
| 5898 |
|
|
/* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
|
| 5899 |
|
|
we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
|
| 5900 |
|
|
DT_TEXTREL tag. */
|
| 5901 |
|
|
if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section))
|
| 5902 |
|
|
info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
|
| 5903 |
|
|
|
| 5904 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 5905 |
|
|
}
|
| 5906 |
|
|
|
| 5907 |
|
|
/* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
|
| 5908 |
|
|
|
| 5909 |
|
|
unsigned long
|
| 5910 |
|
|
_bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags)
|
| 5911 |
|
|
{
|
| 5912 |
|
|
switch (flags & EF_MIPS_MACH)
|
| 5913 |
|
|
{
|
| 5914 |
|
|
case E_MIPS_MACH_3900:
|
| 5915 |
|
|
return bfd_mach_mips3900;
|
| 5916 |
|
|
|
| 5917 |
|
|
case E_MIPS_MACH_4010:
|
| 5918 |
|
|
return bfd_mach_mips4010;
|
| 5919 |
|
|
|
| 5920 |
|
|
case E_MIPS_MACH_4100:
|
| 5921 |
|
|
return bfd_mach_mips4100;
|
| 5922 |
|
|
|
| 5923 |
|
|
case E_MIPS_MACH_4111:
|
| 5924 |
|
|
return bfd_mach_mips4111;
|
| 5925 |
|
|
|
| 5926 |
|
|
case E_MIPS_MACH_4120:
|
| 5927 |
|
|
return bfd_mach_mips4120;
|
| 5928 |
|
|
|
| 5929 |
|
|
case E_MIPS_MACH_4650:
|
| 5930 |
|
|
return bfd_mach_mips4650;
|
| 5931 |
|
|
|
| 5932 |
|
|
case E_MIPS_MACH_5400:
|
| 5933 |
|
|
return bfd_mach_mips5400;
|
| 5934 |
|
|
|
| 5935 |
|
|
case E_MIPS_MACH_5500:
|
| 5936 |
|
|
return bfd_mach_mips5500;
|
| 5937 |
|
|
|
| 5938 |
|
|
case E_MIPS_MACH_9000:
|
| 5939 |
|
|
return bfd_mach_mips9000;
|
| 5940 |
|
|
|
| 5941 |
|
|
case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1:
|
| 5942 |
|
|
return bfd_mach_mips_sb1;
|
| 5943 |
|
|
|
| 5944 |
|
|
case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E:
|
| 5945 |
|
|
return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e;
|
| 5946 |
|
|
|
| 5947 |
|
|
case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F:
|
| 5948 |
|
|
return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f;
|
| 5949 |
|
|
|
| 5950 |
|
|
case E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A:
|
| 5951 |
|
|
return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a;
|
| 5952 |
|
|
|
| 5953 |
|
|
case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON:
|
| 5954 |
|
|
return bfd_mach_mips_octeon;
|
| 5955 |
|
|
|
| 5956 |
|
|
case E_MIPS_MACH_XLR:
|
| 5957 |
|
|
return bfd_mach_mips_xlr;
|
| 5958 |
|
|
|
| 5959 |
|
|
default:
|
| 5960 |
|
|
switch (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH)
|
| 5961 |
|
|
{
|
| 5962 |
|
|
default:
|
| 5963 |
|
|
case E_MIPS_ARCH_1:
|
| 5964 |
|
|
return bfd_mach_mips3000;
|
| 5965 |
|
|
|
| 5966 |
|
|
case E_MIPS_ARCH_2:
|
| 5967 |
|
|
return bfd_mach_mips6000;
|
| 5968 |
|
|
|
| 5969 |
|
|
case E_MIPS_ARCH_3:
|
| 5970 |
|
|
return bfd_mach_mips4000;
|
| 5971 |
|
|
|
| 5972 |
|
|
case E_MIPS_ARCH_4:
|
| 5973 |
|
|
return bfd_mach_mips8000;
|
| 5974 |
|
|
|
| 5975 |
|
|
case E_MIPS_ARCH_5:
|
| 5976 |
|
|
return bfd_mach_mips5;
|
| 5977 |
|
|
|
| 5978 |
|
|
case E_MIPS_ARCH_32:
|
| 5979 |
|
|
return bfd_mach_mipsisa32;
|
| 5980 |
|
|
|
| 5981 |
|
|
case E_MIPS_ARCH_64:
|
| 5982 |
|
|
return bfd_mach_mipsisa64;
|
| 5983 |
|
|
|
| 5984 |
|
|
case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2:
|
| 5985 |
|
|
return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2;
|
| 5986 |
|
|
|
| 5987 |
|
|
case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2:
|
| 5988 |
|
|
return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2;
|
| 5989 |
|
|
}
|
| 5990 |
|
|
}
|
| 5991 |
|
|
|
| 5992 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 5993 |
|
|
}
|
| 5994 |
|
|
|
| 5995 |
|
|
/* Return printable name for ABI. */
|
| 5996 |
|
|
|
| 5997 |
|
|
static INLINE char *
|
| 5998 |
|
|
elf_mips_abi_name (bfd *abfd)
|
| 5999 |
|
|
{
|
| 6000 |
|
|
flagword flags;
|
| 6001 |
|
|
|
| 6002 |
|
|
flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags;
|
| 6003 |
|
|
switch (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI)
|
| 6004 |
|
|
{
|
| 6005 |
|
|
case 0:
|
| 6006 |
|
|
if (ABI_N32_P (abfd))
|
| 6007 |
|
|
return "N32";
|
| 6008 |
|
|
else if (ABI_64_P (abfd))
|
| 6009 |
|
|
return "64";
|
| 6010 |
|
|
else
|
| 6011 |
|
|
return "none";
|
| 6012 |
|
|
case E_MIPS_ABI_O32:
|
| 6013 |
|
|
return "O32";
|
| 6014 |
|
|
case E_MIPS_ABI_O64:
|
| 6015 |
|
|
return "O64";
|
| 6016 |
|
|
case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32:
|
| 6017 |
|
|
return "EABI32";
|
| 6018 |
|
|
case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64:
|
| 6019 |
|
|
return "EABI64";
|
| 6020 |
|
|
default:
|
| 6021 |
|
|
return "unknown abi";
|
| 6022 |
|
|
}
|
| 6023 |
|
|
}
|
| 6024 |
|
|
|
| 6025 |
|
|
/* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
|
| 6026 |
|
|
other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
|
| 6027 |
|
|
together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
|
| 6028 |
|
|
faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
|
| 6029 |
|
|
section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
|
| 6030 |
|
|
static asection mips_elf_scom_section;
|
| 6031 |
|
|
static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol;
|
| 6032 |
|
|
static asymbol *mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr;
|
| 6033 |
|
|
|
| 6034 |
|
|
/* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
|
| 6035 |
|
|
allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
|
| 6036 |
|
|
definition in a shared library. */
|
| 6037 |
|
|
static asection mips_elf_acom_section;
|
| 6038 |
|
|
static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol;
|
| 6039 |
|
|
static asymbol *mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr;
|
| 6040 |
|
|
|
| 6041 |
|
|
/* This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
|
| 6042 |
|
|
|
| 6043 |
|
|
void
|
| 6044 |
|
|
_bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd *abfd, asymbol *asym)
|
| 6045 |
|
|
{
|
| 6046 |
|
|
elf_symbol_type *elfsym;
|
| 6047 |
|
|
|
| 6048 |
|
|
/* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use. */
|
| 6049 |
|
|
elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) asym;
|
| 6050 |
|
|
switch (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx)
|
| 6051 |
|
|
{
|
| 6052 |
|
|
case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON:
|
| 6053 |
|
|
/* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
|
| 6054 |
|
|
It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
|
| 6055 |
|
|
either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
|
| 6056 |
|
|
library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
|
| 6057 |
|
|
we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
|
| 6058 |
|
|
if (mips_elf_acom_section.name == NULL)
|
| 6059 |
|
|
{
|
| 6060 |
|
|
/* Initialize the acommon section. */
|
| 6061 |
|
|
mips_elf_acom_section.name = ".acommon";
|
| 6062 |
|
|
mips_elf_acom_section.flags = SEC_ALLOC;
|
| 6063 |
|
|
mips_elf_acom_section.output_section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
|
| 6064 |
|
|
mips_elf_acom_section.symbol = &mips_elf_acom_symbol;
|
| 6065 |
|
|
mips_elf_acom_section.symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr;
|
| 6066 |
|
|
mips_elf_acom_symbol.name = ".acommon";
|
| 6067 |
|
|
mips_elf_acom_symbol.flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM;
|
| 6068 |
|
|
mips_elf_acom_symbol.section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
|
| 6069 |
|
|
mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr = &mips_elf_acom_symbol;
|
| 6070 |
|
|
}
|
| 6071 |
|
|
asym->section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
|
| 6072 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6073 |
|
|
|
| 6074 |
|
|
case SHN_COMMON:
|
| 6075 |
|
|
/* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
|
| 6076 |
|
|
treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
|
| 6077 |
|
|
if (asym->value > elf_gp_size (abfd)
|
| 6078 |
|
|
|| ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info) == STT_TLS
|
| 6079 |
|
|
|| IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
|
| 6080 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6081 |
|
|
/* Fall through. */
|
| 6082 |
|
|
case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON:
|
| 6083 |
|
|
if (mips_elf_scom_section.name == NULL)
|
| 6084 |
|
|
{
|
| 6085 |
|
|
/* Initialize the small common section. */
|
| 6086 |
|
|
mips_elf_scom_section.name = ".scommon";
|
| 6087 |
|
|
mips_elf_scom_section.flags = SEC_IS_COMMON;
|
| 6088 |
|
|
mips_elf_scom_section.output_section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
|
| 6089 |
|
|
mips_elf_scom_section.symbol = &mips_elf_scom_symbol;
|
| 6090 |
|
|
mips_elf_scom_section.symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr;
|
| 6091 |
|
|
mips_elf_scom_symbol.name = ".scommon";
|
| 6092 |
|
|
mips_elf_scom_symbol.flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM;
|
| 6093 |
|
|
mips_elf_scom_symbol.section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
|
| 6094 |
|
|
mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr = &mips_elf_scom_symbol;
|
| 6095 |
|
|
}
|
| 6096 |
|
|
asym->section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
|
| 6097 |
|
|
asym->value = elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_size;
|
| 6098 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6099 |
|
|
|
| 6100 |
|
|
case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED:
|
| 6101 |
|
|
asym->section = bfd_und_section_ptr;
|
| 6102 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6103 |
|
|
|
| 6104 |
|
|
case SHN_MIPS_TEXT:
|
| 6105 |
|
|
{
|
| 6106 |
|
|
asection *section = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".text");
|
| 6107 |
|
|
|
| 6108 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (SGI_COMPAT (abfd));
|
| 6109 |
|
|
if (section != NULL)
|
| 6110 |
|
|
{
|
| 6111 |
|
|
asym->section = section;
|
| 6112 |
|
|
/* MIPS_TEXT is a bit special, the address is not an offset
|
| 6113 |
|
|
to the base of the .text section. So substract the section
|
| 6114 |
|
|
base address to make it an offset. */
|
| 6115 |
|
|
asym->value -= section->vma;
|
| 6116 |
|
|
}
|
| 6117 |
|
|
}
|
| 6118 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6119 |
|
|
|
| 6120 |
|
|
case SHN_MIPS_DATA:
|
| 6121 |
|
|
{
|
| 6122 |
|
|
asection *section = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".data");
|
| 6123 |
|
|
|
| 6124 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (SGI_COMPAT (abfd));
|
| 6125 |
|
|
if (section != NULL)
|
| 6126 |
|
|
{
|
| 6127 |
|
|
asym->section = section;
|
| 6128 |
|
|
/* MIPS_DATA is a bit special, the address is not an offset
|
| 6129 |
|
|
to the base of the .data section. So substract the section
|
| 6130 |
|
|
base address to make it an offset. */
|
| 6131 |
|
|
asym->value -= section->vma;
|
| 6132 |
|
|
}
|
| 6133 |
|
|
}
|
| 6134 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6135 |
|
|
}
|
| 6136 |
|
|
|
| 6137 |
|
|
/* If this is an odd-valued function symbol, assume it's a MIPS16 one. */
|
| 6138 |
|
|
if (ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info) == STT_FUNC
|
| 6139 |
|
|
&& (asym->value & 1) != 0)
|
| 6140 |
|
|
{
|
| 6141 |
|
|
asym->value--;
|
| 6142 |
|
|
elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other
|
| 6143 |
|
|
= ELF_ST_SET_MIPS16 (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other);
|
| 6144 |
|
|
}
|
| 6145 |
|
|
}
|
| 6146 |
|
|
|
| 6147 |
|
|
/* Implement elf_backend_eh_frame_address_size. This differs from
|
| 6148 |
|
|
the default in the way it handles EABI64.
|
| 6149 |
|
|
|
| 6150 |
|
|
EABI64 was originally specified as an LP64 ABI, and that is what
|
| 6151 |
|
|
-mabi=eabi normally gives on a 64-bit target. However, gcc has
|
| 6152 |
|
|
historically accepted the combination of -mabi=eabi and -mlong32,
|
| 6153 |
|
|
and this ILP32 variation has become semi-official over time.
|
| 6154 |
|
|
Both forms use elf32 and have pointer-sized FDE addresses.
|
| 6155 |
|
|
|
| 6156 |
|
|
If an EABI object was generated by GCC 4.0 or above, it will have
|
| 6157 |
|
|
an empty .gcc_compiled_longXX section, where XX is the size of longs
|
| 6158 |
|
|
in bits. Unfortunately, ILP32 objects generated by earlier compilers
|
| 6159 |
|
|
have no special marking to distinguish them from LP64 objects.
|
| 6160 |
|
|
|
| 6161 |
|
|
We don't want users of the official LP64 ABI to be punished for the
|
| 6162 |
|
|
existence of the ILP32 variant, but at the same time, we don't want
|
| 6163 |
|
|
to mistakenly interpret pre-4.0 ILP32 objects as being LP64 objects.
|
| 6164 |
|
|
We therefore take the following approach:
|
| 6165 |
|
|
|
| 6166 |
|
|
- If ABFD contains a .gcc_compiled_longXX section, use it to
|
| 6167 |
|
|
determine the pointer size.
|
| 6168 |
|
|
|
| 6169 |
|
|
- Otherwise check the type of the first relocation. Assume that
|
| 6170 |
|
|
the LP64 ABI is being used if the relocation is of type R_MIPS_64.
|
| 6171 |
|
|
|
| 6172 |
|
|
- Otherwise punt.
|
| 6173 |
|
|
|
| 6174 |
|
|
The second check is enough to detect LP64 objects generated by pre-4.0
|
| 6175 |
|
|
compilers because, in the kind of output generated by those compilers,
|
| 6176 |
|
|
the first relocation will be associated with either a CIE personality
|
| 6177 |
|
|
routine or an FDE start address. Furthermore, the compilers never
|
| 6178 |
|
|
used a special (non-pointer) encoding for this ABI.
|
| 6179 |
|
|
|
| 6180 |
|
|
Checking the relocation type should also be safe because there is no
|
| 6181 |
|
|
reason to use R_MIPS_64 in an ILP32 object. Pre-4.0 compilers never
|
| 6182 |
|
|
did so. */
|
| 6183 |
|
|
|
| 6184 |
|
|
unsigned int
|
| 6185 |
|
|
_bfd_mips_elf_eh_frame_address_size (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
|
| 6186 |
|
|
{
|
| 6187 |
|
|
if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64)
|
| 6188 |
|
|
return 8;
|
| 6189 |
|
|
if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64)
|
| 6190 |
|
|
{
|
| 6191 |
|
|
bfd_boolean long32_p, long64_p;
|
| 6192 |
|
|
|
| 6193 |
|
|
long32_p = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".gcc_compiled_long32") != 0;
|
| 6194 |
|
|
long64_p = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".gcc_compiled_long64") != 0;
|
| 6195 |
|
|
if (long32_p && long64_p)
|
| 6196 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 6197 |
|
|
if (long32_p)
|
| 6198 |
|
|
return 4;
|
| 6199 |
|
|
if (long64_p)
|
| 6200 |
|
|
return 8;
|
| 6201 |
|
|
|
| 6202 |
|
|
if (sec->reloc_count > 0
|
| 6203 |
|
|
&& elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != NULL
|
| 6204 |
|
|
&& (ELF32_R_TYPE (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs[0].r_info)
|
| 6205 |
|
|
== R_MIPS_64))
|
| 6206 |
|
|
return 8;
|
| 6207 |
|
|
|
| 6208 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 6209 |
|
|
}
|
| 6210 |
|
|
return 4;
|
| 6211 |
|
|
}
|
| 6212 |
|
|
|
| 6213 |
|
|
/* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP
|
| 6214 |
|
|
relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the
|
| 6215 |
|
|
same address. For example, if we have code like:
|
| 6216 |
|
|
|
| 6217 |
|
|
lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp)
|
| 6218 |
|
|
lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp)
|
| 6219 |
|
|
jalr $25
|
| 6220 |
|
|
|
| 6221 |
|
|
then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program
|
| 6222 |
|
|
will jump there rather than to .text.
|
| 6223 |
|
|
|
| 6224 |
|
|
We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols.
|
| 6225 |
|
|
This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */
|
| 6226 |
|
|
|
| 6227 |
|
|
bfd_boolean
|
| 6228 |
|
|
_bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd *abfd)
|
| 6229 |
|
|
{
|
| 6230 |
|
|
return SGI_COMPAT (abfd);
|
| 6231 |
|
|
}
|
| 6232 |
|
|
|
| 6233 |
|
|
/* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
|
| 6234 |
|
|
used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
|
| 6235 |
|
|
sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
|
| 6236 |
|
|
a better way. */
|
| 6237 |
|
|
|
| 6238 |
|
|
bfd_boolean
|
| 6239 |
|
|
_bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr)
|
| 6240 |
|
|
{
|
| 6241 |
|
|
if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
|
| 6242 |
|
|
&& hdr->sh_size > 0)
|
| 6243 |
|
|
{
|
| 6244 |
|
|
bfd_byte buf[4];
|
| 6245 |
|
|
|
| 6246 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_size == sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
|
| 6247 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (hdr->contents == NULL);
|
| 6248 |
|
|
|
| 6249 |
|
|
if (bfd_seek (abfd,
|
| 6250 |
|
|
hdr->sh_offset + sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo) - 4,
|
| 6251 |
|
|
SEEK_SET) != 0)
|
| 6252 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 6253 |
|
|
H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
|
| 6254 |
|
|
if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 4, abfd) != 4)
|
| 6255 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 6256 |
|
|
}
|
| 6257 |
|
|
|
| 6258 |
|
|
if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
|
| 6259 |
|
|
&& hdr->bfd_section != NULL
|
| 6260 |
|
|
&& mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section) != NULL
|
| 6261 |
|
|
&& mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section)->u.tdata != NULL)
|
| 6262 |
|
|
{
|
| 6263 |
|
|
bfd_byte *contents, *l, *lend;
|
| 6264 |
|
|
|
| 6265 |
|
|
/* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
|
| 6266 |
|
|
set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
|
| 6267 |
|
|
so that we don't have to read them again.
|
| 6268 |
|
|
At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
|
| 6269 |
|
|
through the section contents to see if there is an
|
| 6270 |
|
|
ODK_REGINFO structure. */
|
| 6271 |
|
|
|
| 6272 |
|
|
contents = mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section)->u.tdata;
|
| 6273 |
|
|
l = contents;
|
| 6274 |
|
|
lend = contents + hdr->sh_size;
|
| 6275 |
|
|
while (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) <= lend)
|
| 6276 |
|
|
{
|
| 6277 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Options intopt;
|
| 6278 |
|
|
|
| 6279 |
|
|
bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd, (Elf_External_Options *) l,
|
| 6280 |
|
|
&intopt);
|
| 6281 |
|
|
if (intopt.size < sizeof (Elf_External_Options))
|
| 6282 |
|
|
{
|
| 6283 |
|
|
(*_bfd_error_handler)
|
| 6284 |
|
|
(_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
|
| 6285 |
|
|
abfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd), intopt.size);
|
| 6286 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6287 |
|
|
}
|
| 6288 |
|
|
if (ABI_64_P (abfd) && intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
|
| 6289 |
|
|
{
|
| 6290 |
|
|
bfd_byte buf[8];
|
| 6291 |
|
|
|
| 6292 |
|
|
if (bfd_seek (abfd,
|
| 6293 |
|
|
(hdr->sh_offset
|
| 6294 |
|
|
+ (l - contents)
|
| 6295 |
|
|
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options)
|
| 6296 |
|
|
+ (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo) - 8)),
|
| 6297 |
|
|
SEEK_SET) != 0)
|
| 6298 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 6299 |
|
|
H_PUT_64 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
|
| 6300 |
|
|
if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 8, abfd) != 8)
|
| 6301 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 6302 |
|
|
}
|
| 6303 |
|
|
else if (intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
|
| 6304 |
|
|
{
|
| 6305 |
|
|
bfd_byte buf[4];
|
| 6306 |
|
|
|
| 6307 |
|
|
if (bfd_seek (abfd,
|
| 6308 |
|
|
(hdr->sh_offset
|
| 6309 |
|
|
+ (l - contents)
|
| 6310 |
|
|
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options)
|
| 6311 |
|
|
+ (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo) - 4)),
|
| 6312 |
|
|
SEEK_SET) != 0)
|
| 6313 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 6314 |
|
|
H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
|
| 6315 |
|
|
if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 4, abfd) != 4)
|
| 6316 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 6317 |
|
|
}
|
| 6318 |
|
|
l += intopt.size;
|
| 6319 |
|
|
}
|
| 6320 |
|
|
}
|
| 6321 |
|
|
|
| 6322 |
|
|
if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
|
| 6323 |
|
|
{
|
| 6324 |
|
|
const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, hdr->bfd_section);
|
| 6325 |
|
|
|
| 6326 |
|
|
/* .sbss is not handled specially here because the GNU/Linux
|
| 6327 |
|
|
prelinker can convert .sbss from NOBITS to PROGBITS and
|
| 6328 |
|
|
changing it back to NOBITS breaks the binary. The entry in
|
| 6329 |
|
|
_bfd_mips_elf_special_sections will ensure the correct flags
|
| 6330 |
|
|
are set on .sbss if BFD creates it without reading it from an
|
| 6331 |
|
|
input file, and without special handling here the flags set
|
| 6332 |
|
|
on it in an input file will be followed. */
|
| 6333 |
|
|
if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
|
| 6334 |
|
|
|| strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0
|
| 6335 |
|
|
|| strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0)
|
| 6336 |
|
|
{
|
| 6337 |
|
|
hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
|
| 6338 |
|
|
hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
|
| 6339 |
|
|
}
|
| 6340 |
|
|
else if (strcmp (name, ".srdata") == 0)
|
| 6341 |
|
|
{
|
| 6342 |
|
|
hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
|
| 6343 |
|
|
hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
|
| 6344 |
|
|
}
|
| 6345 |
|
|
else if (strcmp (name, ".compact_rel") == 0)
|
| 6346 |
|
|
{
|
| 6347 |
|
|
hdr->sh_flags = 0;
|
| 6348 |
|
|
hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
|
| 6349 |
|
|
}
|
| 6350 |
|
|
else if (strcmp (name, ".rtproc") == 0)
|
| 6351 |
|
|
{
|
| 6352 |
|
|
if (hdr->sh_addralign != 0 && hdr->sh_entsize == 0)
|
| 6353 |
|
|
{
|
| 6354 |
|
|
unsigned int adjust;
|
| 6355 |
|
|
|
| 6356 |
|
|
adjust = hdr->sh_size % hdr->sh_addralign;
|
| 6357 |
|
|
if (adjust != 0)
|
| 6358 |
|
|
hdr->sh_size += hdr->sh_addralign - adjust;
|
| 6359 |
|
|
}
|
| 6360 |
|
|
}
|
| 6361 |
|
|
}
|
| 6362 |
|
|
|
| 6363 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 6364 |
|
|
}
|
| 6365 |
|
|
|
| 6366 |
|
|
/* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
|
| 6367 |
|
|
is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
|
| 6368 |
|
|
This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
|
| 6369 |
|
|
|
| 6370 |
|
|
FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
|
| 6371 |
|
|
how to. */
|
| 6372 |
|
|
|
| 6373 |
|
|
bfd_boolean
|
| 6374 |
|
|
_bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd,
|
| 6375 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
|
| 6376 |
|
|
const char *name,
|
| 6377 |
|
|
int shindex)
|
| 6378 |
|
|
{
|
| 6379 |
|
|
flagword flags = 0;
|
| 6380 |
|
|
|
| 6381 |
|
|
/* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
|
| 6382 |
|
|
at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
|
| 6383 |
|
|
sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
|
| 6384 |
|
|
suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
|
| 6385 |
|
|
probably get away with this. */
|
| 6386 |
|
|
switch (hdr->sh_type)
|
| 6387 |
|
|
{
|
| 6388 |
|
|
case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
|
| 6389 |
|
|
if (strcmp (name, ".liblist") != 0)
|
| 6390 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 6391 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6392 |
|
|
case SHT_MIPS_MSYM:
|
| 6393 |
|
|
if (strcmp (name, ".msym") != 0)
|
| 6394 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 6395 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6396 |
|
|
case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT:
|
| 6397 |
|
|
if (strcmp (name, ".conflict") != 0)
|
| 6398 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 6399 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6400 |
|
|
case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB:
|
| 6401 |
|
|
if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gptab."))
|
| 6402 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 6403 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6404 |
|
|
case SHT_MIPS_UCODE:
|
| 6405 |
|
|
if (strcmp (name, ".ucode") != 0)
|
| 6406 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 6407 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6408 |
|
|
case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG:
|
| 6409 |
|
|
if (strcmp (name, ".mdebug") != 0)
|
| 6410 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 6411 |
|
|
flags = SEC_DEBUGGING;
|
| 6412 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6413 |
|
|
case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO:
|
| 6414 |
|
|
if (strcmp (name, ".reginfo") != 0
|
| 6415 |
|
|
|| hdr->sh_size != sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo))
|
| 6416 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 6417 |
|
|
flags = (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE);
|
| 6418 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6419 |
|
|
case SHT_MIPS_IFACE:
|
| 6420 |
|
|
if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
|
| 6421 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 6422 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6423 |
|
|
case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT:
|
| 6424 |
|
|
if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.content"))
|
| 6425 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 6426 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6427 |
|
|
case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
|
| 6428 |
|
|
if (!MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name))
|
| 6429 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 6430 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6431 |
|
|
case SHT_MIPS_DWARF:
|
| 6432 |
|
|
if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".debug_")
|
| 6433 |
|
|
&& ! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".zdebug_"))
|
| 6434 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 6435 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6436 |
|
|
case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
|
| 6437 |
|
|
if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
|
| 6438 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 6439 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6440 |
|
|
case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS:
|
| 6441 |
|
|
if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.events")
|
| 6442 |
|
|
&& ! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
|
| 6443 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 6444 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6445 |
|
|
default:
|
| 6446 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6447 |
|
|
}
|
| 6448 |
|
|
|
| 6449 |
|
|
if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
|
| 6450 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 6451 |
|
|
|
| 6452 |
|
|
if (flags)
|
| 6453 |
|
|
{
|
| 6454 |
|
|
if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, hdr->bfd_section,
|
| 6455 |
|
|
(bfd_get_section_flags (abfd,
|
| 6456 |
|
|
hdr->bfd_section)
|
| 6457 |
|
|
| flags)))
|
| 6458 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 6459 |
|
|
}
|
| 6460 |
|
|
|
| 6461 |
|
|
/* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
|
| 6462 |
|
|
|
| 6463 |
|
|
/* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
|
| 6464 |
|
|
from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
|
| 6465 |
|
|
processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
|
| 6466 |
|
|
is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
|
| 6467 |
|
|
if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_REGINFO)
|
| 6468 |
|
|
{
|
| 6469 |
|
|
Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
|
| 6470 |
|
|
Elf32_RegInfo s;
|
| 6471 |
|
|
|
| 6472 |
|
|
if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section,
|
| 6473 |
|
|
&ext, 0, sizeof ext))
|
| 6474 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 6475 |
|
|
bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd, &ext, &s);
|
| 6476 |
|
|
elf_gp (abfd) = s.ri_gp_value;
|
| 6477 |
|
|
}
|
| 6478 |
|
|
|
| 6479 |
|
|
/* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
|
| 6480 |
|
|
set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
|
| 6481 |
|
|
SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
|
| 6482 |
|
|
they should agree. */
|
| 6483 |
|
|
if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
|
| 6484 |
|
|
{
|
| 6485 |
|
|
bfd_byte *contents, *l, *lend;
|
| 6486 |
|
|
|
| 6487 |
|
|
contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
|
| 6488 |
|
|
if (contents == NULL)
|
| 6489 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 6490 |
|
|
if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section, contents,
|
| 6491 |
|
|
0, hdr->sh_size))
|
| 6492 |
|
|
{
|
| 6493 |
|
|
free (contents);
|
| 6494 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 6495 |
|
|
}
|
| 6496 |
|
|
l = contents;
|
| 6497 |
|
|
lend = contents + hdr->sh_size;
|
| 6498 |
|
|
while (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) <= lend)
|
| 6499 |
|
|
{
|
| 6500 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Options intopt;
|
| 6501 |
|
|
|
| 6502 |
|
|
bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd, (Elf_External_Options *) l,
|
| 6503 |
|
|
&intopt);
|
| 6504 |
|
|
if (intopt.size < sizeof (Elf_External_Options))
|
| 6505 |
|
|
{
|
| 6506 |
|
|
(*_bfd_error_handler)
|
| 6507 |
|
|
(_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
|
| 6508 |
|
|
abfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd), intopt.size);
|
| 6509 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6510 |
|
|
}
|
| 6511 |
|
|
if (ABI_64_P (abfd) && intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
|
| 6512 |
|
|
{
|
| 6513 |
|
|
Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg;
|
| 6514 |
|
|
|
| 6515 |
|
|
bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
|
| 6516 |
|
|
(abfd,
|
| 6517 |
|
|
((Elf64_External_RegInfo *)
|
| 6518 |
|
|
(l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options))),
|
| 6519 |
|
|
&intreg);
|
| 6520 |
|
|
elf_gp (abfd) = intreg.ri_gp_value;
|
| 6521 |
|
|
}
|
| 6522 |
|
|
else if (intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
|
| 6523 |
|
|
{
|
| 6524 |
|
|
Elf32_RegInfo intreg;
|
| 6525 |
|
|
|
| 6526 |
|
|
bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
|
| 6527 |
|
|
(abfd,
|
| 6528 |
|
|
((Elf32_External_RegInfo *)
|
| 6529 |
|
|
(l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options))),
|
| 6530 |
|
|
&intreg);
|
| 6531 |
|
|
elf_gp (abfd) = intreg.ri_gp_value;
|
| 6532 |
|
|
}
|
| 6533 |
|
|
l += intopt.size;
|
| 6534 |
|
|
}
|
| 6535 |
|
|
free (contents);
|
| 6536 |
|
|
}
|
| 6537 |
|
|
|
| 6538 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 6539 |
|
|
}
|
| 6540 |
|
|
|
| 6541 |
|
|
/* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
|
| 6542 |
|
|
section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
|
| 6543 |
|
|
used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
|
| 6544 |
|
|
|
| 6545 |
|
|
bfd_boolean
|
| 6546 |
|
|
_bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *sec)
|
| 6547 |
|
|
{
|
| 6548 |
|
|
const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
|
| 6549 |
|
|
|
| 6550 |
|
|
if (strcmp (name, ".liblist") == 0)
|
| 6551 |
|
|
{
|
| 6552 |
|
|
hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST;
|
| 6553 |
|
|
hdr->sh_info = sec->size / sizeof (Elf32_Lib);
|
| 6554 |
|
|
/* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
|
| 6555 |
|
|
}
|
| 6556 |
|
|
else if (strcmp (name, ".conflict") == 0)
|
| 6557 |
|
|
hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT;
|
| 6558 |
|
|
else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gptab."))
|
| 6559 |
|
|
{
|
| 6560 |
|
|
hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_GPTAB;
|
| 6561 |
|
|
hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
|
| 6562 |
|
|
/* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
|
| 6563 |
|
|
}
|
| 6564 |
|
|
else if (strcmp (name, ".ucode") == 0)
|
| 6565 |
|
|
hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_UCODE;
|
| 6566 |
|
|
else if (strcmp (name, ".mdebug") == 0)
|
| 6567 |
|
|
{
|
| 6568 |
|
|
hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_DEBUG;
|
| 6569 |
|
|
/* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
|
| 6570 |
|
|
entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
|
| 6571 |
|
|
if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
|
| 6572 |
|
|
hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
|
| 6573 |
|
|
else
|
| 6574 |
|
|
hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
|
| 6575 |
|
|
}
|
| 6576 |
|
|
else if (strcmp (name, ".reginfo") == 0)
|
| 6577 |
|
|
{
|
| 6578 |
|
|
hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_REGINFO;
|
| 6579 |
|
|
/* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
|
| 6580 |
|
|
entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
|
| 6581 |
|
|
if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
|
| 6582 |
|
|
{
|
| 6583 |
|
|
if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
|
| 6584 |
|
|
hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo);
|
| 6585 |
|
|
else
|
| 6586 |
|
|
hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
|
| 6587 |
|
|
}
|
| 6588 |
|
|
else
|
| 6589 |
|
|
hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo);
|
| 6590 |
|
|
}
|
| 6591 |
|
|
else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
|
| 6592 |
|
|
&& (strcmp (name, ".hash") == 0
|
| 6593 |
|
|
|| strcmp (name, ".dynamic") == 0
|
| 6594 |
|
|
|| strcmp (name, ".dynstr") == 0))
|
| 6595 |
|
|
{
|
| 6596 |
|
|
if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
|
| 6597 |
|
|
hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
|
| 6598 |
|
|
#if 0
|
| 6599 |
|
|
/* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
|
| 6600 |
|
|
hdr->sh_info = SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES;
|
| 6601 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 6602 |
|
|
}
|
| 6603 |
|
|
else if (strcmp (name, ".got") == 0
|
| 6604 |
|
|
|| strcmp (name, ".srdata") == 0
|
| 6605 |
|
|
|| strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
|
| 6606 |
|
|
|| strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0
|
| 6607 |
|
|
|| strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0
|
| 6608 |
|
|
|| strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0)
|
| 6609 |
|
|
hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
|
| 6610 |
|
|
else if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
|
| 6611 |
|
|
{
|
| 6612 |
|
|
hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_IFACE;
|
| 6613 |
|
|
hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
|
| 6614 |
|
|
}
|
| 6615 |
|
|
else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.content"))
|
| 6616 |
|
|
{
|
| 6617 |
|
|
hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_CONTENT;
|
| 6618 |
|
|
hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
|
| 6619 |
|
|
/* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
|
| 6620 |
|
|
}
|
| 6621 |
|
|
else if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name))
|
| 6622 |
|
|
{
|
| 6623 |
|
|
hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS;
|
| 6624 |
|
|
hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
|
| 6625 |
|
|
hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
|
| 6626 |
|
|
}
|
| 6627 |
|
|
else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".debug_")
|
| 6628 |
|
|
|| CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".zdebug_"))
|
| 6629 |
|
|
{
|
| 6630 |
|
|
hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_DWARF;
|
| 6631 |
|
|
|
| 6632 |
|
|
/* Irix facilities such as libexc expect a single .debug_frame
|
| 6633 |
|
|
per executable, the system ones have NOSTRIP set and the linker
|
| 6634 |
|
|
doesn't merge sections with different flags so ... */
|
| 6635 |
|
|
if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".debug_frame"))
|
| 6636 |
|
|
hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
|
| 6637 |
|
|
}
|
| 6638 |
|
|
else if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
|
| 6639 |
|
|
{
|
| 6640 |
|
|
hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB;
|
| 6641 |
|
|
/* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
|
| 6642 |
|
|
final_write_processing. */
|
| 6643 |
|
|
}
|
| 6644 |
|
|
else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.events")
|
| 6645 |
|
|
|| CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
|
| 6646 |
|
|
{
|
| 6647 |
|
|
hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_EVENTS;
|
| 6648 |
|
|
hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
|
| 6649 |
|
|
/* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
|
| 6650 |
|
|
}
|
| 6651 |
|
|
else if (strcmp (name, ".msym") == 0)
|
| 6652 |
|
|
{
|
| 6653 |
|
|
hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_MSYM;
|
| 6654 |
|
|
hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC;
|
| 6655 |
|
|
hdr->sh_entsize = 8;
|
| 6656 |
|
|
}
|
| 6657 |
|
|
|
| 6658 |
|
|
/* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
|
| 6659 |
|
|
kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the
|
| 6660 |
|
|
non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
|
| 6661 |
|
|
these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
|
| 6662 |
|
|
Thus we create those header only on demand now. */
|
| 6663 |
|
|
|
| 6664 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 6665 |
|
|
}
|
| 6666 |
|
|
|
| 6667 |
|
|
/* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
|
| 6668 |
|
|
index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
|
| 6669 |
|
|
Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
|
| 6670 |
|
|
but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
|
| 6671 |
|
|
the .scommon section. */
|
| 6672 |
|
|
|
| 6673 |
|
|
bfd_boolean
|
| 6674 |
|
|
_bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
| 6675 |
|
|
asection *sec, int *retval)
|
| 6676 |
|
|
{
|
| 6677 |
|
|
if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".scommon") == 0)
|
| 6678 |
|
|
{
|
| 6679 |
|
|
*retval = SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON;
|
| 6680 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 6681 |
|
|
}
|
| 6682 |
|
|
if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".acommon") == 0)
|
| 6683 |
|
|
{
|
| 6684 |
|
|
*retval = SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON;
|
| 6685 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 6686 |
|
|
}
|
| 6687 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 6688 |
|
|
}
|
| 6689 |
|
|
|
| 6690 |
|
|
/* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
|
| 6691 |
|
|
file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
|
| 6692 |
|
|
|
| 6693 |
|
|
bfd_boolean
|
| 6694 |
|
|
_bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
| 6695 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, const char **namep,
|
| 6696 |
|
|
flagword *flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
| 6697 |
|
|
asection **secp, bfd_vma *valp)
|
| 6698 |
|
|
{
|
| 6699 |
|
|
if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
|
| 6700 |
|
|
&& (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
|
| 6701 |
|
|
&& strcmp (*namep, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
|
| 6702 |
|
|
{
|
| 6703 |
|
|
/* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
|
| 6704 |
|
|
*namep = NULL;
|
| 6705 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 6706 |
|
|
}
|
| 6707 |
|
|
|
| 6708 |
|
|
/* Shared objects may have a dynamic symbol '_gp_disp' defined as
|
| 6709 |
|
|
a SECTION *ABS*. This causes ld to think it can resolve _gp_disp
|
| 6710 |
|
|
by setting a DT_NEEDED for the shared object. Since _gp_disp is
|
| 6711 |
|
|
a magic symbol resolved by the linker, we ignore this bogus definition
|
| 6712 |
|
|
of _gp_disp. New ABI objects do not suffer from this problem so this
|
| 6713 |
|
|
is not done for them. */
|
| 6714 |
|
|
if (!NEWABI_P(abfd)
|
| 6715 |
|
|
&& (sym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
|
| 6716 |
|
|
&& (strcmp (*namep, "_gp_disp") == 0))
|
| 6717 |
|
|
{
|
| 6718 |
|
|
*namep = NULL;
|
| 6719 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 6720 |
|
|
}
|
| 6721 |
|
|
|
| 6722 |
|
|
switch (sym->st_shndx)
|
| 6723 |
|
|
{
|
| 6724 |
|
|
case SHN_COMMON:
|
| 6725 |
|
|
/* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
|
| 6726 |
|
|
treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
|
| 6727 |
|
|
if (sym->st_size > elf_gp_size (abfd)
|
| 6728 |
|
|
|| ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_TLS
|
| 6729 |
|
|
|| IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
|
| 6730 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6731 |
|
|
/* Fall through. */
|
| 6732 |
|
|
case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON:
|
| 6733 |
|
|
*secp = bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd, ".scommon");
|
| 6734 |
|
|
(*secp)->flags |= SEC_IS_COMMON;
|
| 6735 |
|
|
*valp = sym->st_size;
|
| 6736 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6737 |
|
|
|
| 6738 |
|
|
case SHN_MIPS_TEXT:
|
| 6739 |
|
|
/* This section is used in a shared object. */
|
| 6740 |
|
|
if (elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section == NULL)
|
| 6741 |
|
|
{
|
| 6742 |
|
|
asymbol *elf_text_symbol;
|
| 6743 |
|
|
asection *elf_text_section;
|
| 6744 |
|
|
bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (asection);
|
| 6745 |
|
|
|
| 6746 |
|
|
elf_text_section = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
|
| 6747 |
|
|
if (elf_text_section == NULL)
|
| 6748 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 6749 |
|
|
|
| 6750 |
|
|
amt = sizeof (asymbol);
|
| 6751 |
|
|
elf_text_symbol = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
|
| 6752 |
|
|
if (elf_text_symbol == NULL)
|
| 6753 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 6754 |
|
|
|
| 6755 |
|
|
/* Initialize the section. */
|
| 6756 |
|
|
|
| 6757 |
|
|
elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section = elf_text_section;
|
| 6758 |
|
|
elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_symbol = elf_text_symbol;
|
| 6759 |
|
|
|
| 6760 |
|
|
elf_text_section->symbol = elf_text_symbol;
|
| 6761 |
|
|
elf_text_section->symbol_ptr_ptr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_symbol;
|
| 6762 |
|
|
|
| 6763 |
|
|
elf_text_section->name = ".text";
|
| 6764 |
|
|
elf_text_section->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
|
| 6765 |
|
|
elf_text_section->output_section = NULL;
|
| 6766 |
|
|
elf_text_section->owner = abfd;
|
| 6767 |
|
|
elf_text_symbol->name = ".text";
|
| 6768 |
|
|
elf_text_symbol->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_DYNAMIC;
|
| 6769 |
|
|
elf_text_symbol->section = elf_text_section;
|
| 6770 |
|
|
}
|
| 6771 |
|
|
/* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
|
| 6772 |
|
|
info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
|
| 6773 |
|
|
so I took it out. */
|
| 6774 |
|
|
*secp = elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section;
|
| 6775 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6776 |
|
|
|
| 6777 |
|
|
case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON:
|
| 6778 |
|
|
/* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
|
| 6779 |
|
|
case SHN_MIPS_DATA:
|
| 6780 |
|
|
/* This section is used in a shared object. */
|
| 6781 |
|
|
if (elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section == NULL)
|
| 6782 |
|
|
{
|
| 6783 |
|
|
asymbol *elf_data_symbol;
|
| 6784 |
|
|
asection *elf_data_section;
|
| 6785 |
|
|
bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (asection);
|
| 6786 |
|
|
|
| 6787 |
|
|
elf_data_section = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
|
| 6788 |
|
|
if (elf_data_section == NULL)
|
| 6789 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 6790 |
|
|
|
| 6791 |
|
|
amt = sizeof (asymbol);
|
| 6792 |
|
|
elf_data_symbol = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
|
| 6793 |
|
|
if (elf_data_symbol == NULL)
|
| 6794 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 6795 |
|
|
|
| 6796 |
|
|
/* Initialize the section. */
|
| 6797 |
|
|
|
| 6798 |
|
|
elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section = elf_data_section;
|
| 6799 |
|
|
elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_symbol = elf_data_symbol;
|
| 6800 |
|
|
|
| 6801 |
|
|
elf_data_section->symbol = elf_data_symbol;
|
| 6802 |
|
|
elf_data_section->symbol_ptr_ptr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_symbol;
|
| 6803 |
|
|
|
| 6804 |
|
|
elf_data_section->name = ".data";
|
| 6805 |
|
|
elf_data_section->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
|
| 6806 |
|
|
elf_data_section->output_section = NULL;
|
| 6807 |
|
|
elf_data_section->owner = abfd;
|
| 6808 |
|
|
elf_data_symbol->name = ".data";
|
| 6809 |
|
|
elf_data_symbol->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_DYNAMIC;
|
| 6810 |
|
|
elf_data_symbol->section = elf_data_section;
|
| 6811 |
|
|
}
|
| 6812 |
|
|
/* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
|
| 6813 |
|
|
info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
|
| 6814 |
|
|
so I took it out. */
|
| 6815 |
|
|
*secp = elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section;
|
| 6816 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6817 |
|
|
|
| 6818 |
|
|
case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED:
|
| 6819 |
|
|
*secp = bfd_und_section_ptr;
|
| 6820 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6821 |
|
|
}
|
| 6822 |
|
|
|
| 6823 |
|
|
if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
|
| 6824 |
|
|
&& ! info->shared
|
| 6825 |
|
|
&& info->output_bfd->xvec == abfd->xvec
|
| 6826 |
|
|
&& strcmp (*namep, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
|
| 6827 |
|
|
{
|
| 6828 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
|
| 6829 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
|
| 6830 |
|
|
|
| 6831 |
|
|
/* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
|
| 6832 |
|
|
bh = NULL;
|
| 6833 |
|
|
if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
|
| 6834 |
|
|
(info, abfd, *namep, BSF_GLOBAL, *secp, *valp, NULL, FALSE,
|
| 6835 |
|
|
get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
|
| 6836 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 6837 |
|
|
|
| 6838 |
|
|
h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
|
| 6839 |
|
|
h->non_elf = 0;
|
| 6840 |
|
|
h->def_regular = 1;
|
| 6841 |
|
|
h->type = STT_OBJECT;
|
| 6842 |
|
|
|
| 6843 |
|
|
if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
|
| 6844 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 6845 |
|
|
|
| 6846 |
|
|
mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head = TRUE;
|
| 6847 |
|
|
}
|
| 6848 |
|
|
|
| 6849 |
|
|
/* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
|
| 6850 |
|
|
odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
|
| 6851 |
|
|
the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
|
| 6852 |
|
|
if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym->st_other))
|
| 6853 |
|
|
++*valp;
|
| 6854 |
|
|
|
| 6855 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 6856 |
|
|
}
|
| 6857 |
|
|
|
| 6858 |
|
|
/* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
|
| 6859 |
|
|
symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
|
| 6860 |
|
|
also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
|
| 6861 |
|
|
|
| 6862 |
|
|
int
|
| 6863 |
|
|
_bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
|
| 6864 |
|
|
(struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
| 6865 |
|
|
const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
|
| 6866 |
|
|
asection *input_sec, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 6867 |
|
|
{
|
| 6868 |
|
|
/* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
|
| 6869 |
|
|
if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
|
| 6870 |
|
|
common in the output file. */
|
| 6871 |
|
|
if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
|
| 6872 |
|
|
&& strcmp (input_sec->name, ".scommon") == 0)
|
| 6873 |
|
|
sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON;
|
| 6874 |
|
|
|
| 6875 |
|
|
if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym->st_other))
|
| 6876 |
|
|
sym->st_value &= ~1;
|
| 6877 |
|
|
|
| 6878 |
|
|
return 1;
|
| 6879 |
|
|
}
|
| 6880 |
|
|
|
| 6881 |
|
|
/* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
|
| 6882 |
|
|
|
| 6883 |
|
|
/* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
|
| 6884 |
|
|
|
| 6885 |
|
|
bfd_boolean
|
| 6886 |
|
|
_bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
| 6887 |
|
|
{
|
| 6888 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
|
| 6889 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
|
| 6890 |
|
|
flagword flags;
|
| 6891 |
|
|
register asection *s;
|
| 6892 |
|
|
const char * const *namep;
|
| 6893 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
| 6894 |
|
|
|
| 6895 |
|
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
|
| 6896 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
|
| 6897 |
|
|
|
| 6898 |
|
|
flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
|
| 6899 |
|
|
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_READONLY);
|
| 6900 |
|
|
|
| 6901 |
|
|
/* The psABI requires a read-only .dynamic section, but the VxWorks
|
| 6902 |
|
|
EABI doesn't. */
|
| 6903 |
|
|
if (!htab->is_vxworks)
|
| 6904 |
|
|
{
|
| 6905 |
|
|
s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
|
| 6906 |
|
|
if (s != NULL)
|
| 6907 |
|
|
{
|
| 6908 |
|
|
if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags))
|
| 6909 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 6910 |
|
|
}
|
| 6911 |
|
|
}
|
| 6912 |
|
|
|
| 6913 |
|
|
/* We need to create .got section. */
|
| 6914 |
|
|
if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd, info))
|
| 6915 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 6916 |
|
|
|
| 6917 |
|
|
if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE))
|
| 6918 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 6919 |
|
|
|
| 6920 |
|
|
/* Create .stub section. */
|
| 6921 |
|
|
s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd,
|
| 6922 |
|
|
MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd),
|
| 6923 |
|
|
flags | SEC_CODE);
|
| 6924 |
|
|
if (s == NULL
|
| 6925 |
|
|
|| ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
|
| 6926 |
|
|
MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
|
| 6927 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 6928 |
|
|
htab->sstubs = s;
|
| 6929 |
|
|
|
| 6930 |
|
|
if ((IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_none)
|
| 6931 |
|
|
&& !info->shared
|
| 6932 |
|
|
&& bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rld_map") == NULL)
|
| 6933 |
|
|
{
|
| 6934 |
|
|
s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".rld_map",
|
| 6935 |
|
|
flags &~ (flagword) SEC_READONLY);
|
| 6936 |
|
|
if (s == NULL
|
| 6937 |
|
|
|| ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
|
| 6938 |
|
|
MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
|
| 6939 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 6940 |
|
|
}
|
| 6941 |
|
|
|
| 6942 |
|
|
/* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
|
| 6943 |
|
|
alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
|
| 6944 |
|
|
indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
|
| 6945 |
|
|
the linker takes such action. */
|
| 6946 |
|
|
if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5)
|
| 6947 |
|
|
{
|
| 6948 |
|
|
for (namep = mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names; *namep != NULL; namep++)
|
| 6949 |
|
|
{
|
| 6950 |
|
|
bh = NULL;
|
| 6951 |
|
|
if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
|
| 6952 |
|
|
(info, abfd, *namep, BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_und_section_ptr, 0,
|
| 6953 |
|
|
NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
|
| 6954 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 6955 |
|
|
|
| 6956 |
|
|
h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
|
| 6957 |
|
|
h->non_elf = 0;
|
| 6958 |
|
|
h->def_regular = 1;
|
| 6959 |
|
|
h->type = STT_SECTION;
|
| 6960 |
|
|
|
| 6961 |
|
|
if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
|
| 6962 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 6963 |
|
|
}
|
| 6964 |
|
|
|
| 6965 |
|
|
/* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
|
| 6966 |
|
|
if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
|
| 6967 |
|
|
{
|
| 6968 |
|
|
if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd, info))
|
| 6969 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 6970 |
|
|
}
|
| 6971 |
|
|
|
| 6972 |
|
|
/* Change alignments of some sections. */
|
| 6973 |
|
|
s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".hash");
|
| 6974 |
|
|
if (s != NULL)
|
| 6975 |
|
|
bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
|
| 6976 |
|
|
s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
|
| 6977 |
|
|
if (s != NULL)
|
| 6978 |
|
|
bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
|
| 6979 |
|
|
s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
|
| 6980 |
|
|
if (s != NULL)
|
| 6981 |
|
|
bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
|
| 6982 |
|
|
s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
|
| 6983 |
|
|
if (s != NULL)
|
| 6984 |
|
|
bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
|
| 6985 |
|
|
s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
|
| 6986 |
|
|
if (s != NULL)
|
| 6987 |
|
|
bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
|
| 6988 |
|
|
}
|
| 6989 |
|
|
|
| 6990 |
|
|
if (!info->shared)
|
| 6991 |
|
|
{
|
| 6992 |
|
|
const char *name;
|
| 6993 |
|
|
|
| 6994 |
|
|
name = SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
|
| 6995 |
|
|
bh = NULL;
|
| 6996 |
|
|
if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
|
| 6997 |
|
|
(info, abfd, name, BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_abs_section_ptr, 0,
|
| 6998 |
|
|
NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
|
| 6999 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 7000 |
|
|
|
| 7001 |
|
|
h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
|
| 7002 |
|
|
h->non_elf = 0;
|
| 7003 |
|
|
h->def_regular = 1;
|
| 7004 |
|
|
h->type = STT_SECTION;
|
| 7005 |
|
|
|
| 7006 |
|
|
if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
|
| 7007 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 7008 |
|
|
|
| 7009 |
|
|
if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head)
|
| 7010 |
|
|
{
|
| 7011 |
|
|
/* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
|
| 7012 |
|
|
and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
|
| 7013 |
|
|
the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
|
| 7014 |
|
|
_bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
|
| 7015 |
|
|
s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rld_map");
|
| 7016 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
|
| 7017 |
|
|
|
| 7018 |
|
|
name = SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
|
| 7019 |
|
|
bh = NULL;
|
| 7020 |
|
|
if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
|
| 7021 |
|
|
(info, abfd, name, BSF_GLOBAL, s, 0, NULL, FALSE,
|
| 7022 |
|
|
get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
|
| 7023 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 7024 |
|
|
|
| 7025 |
|
|
h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
|
| 7026 |
|
|
h->non_elf = 0;
|
| 7027 |
|
|
h->def_regular = 1;
|
| 7028 |
|
|
h->type = STT_OBJECT;
|
| 7029 |
|
|
|
| 7030 |
|
|
if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
|
| 7031 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 7032 |
|
|
}
|
| 7033 |
|
|
}
|
| 7034 |
|
|
|
| 7035 |
|
|
/* Create the .plt, .rel(a).plt, .dynbss and .rel(a).bss sections.
|
| 7036 |
|
|
Also create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE symbol. */
|
| 7037 |
|
|
if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info))
|
| 7038 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 7039 |
|
|
|
| 7040 |
|
|
/* Cache the sections created above. */
|
| 7041 |
|
|
htab->splt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
|
| 7042 |
|
|
htab->sdynbss = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynbss");
|
| 7043 |
|
|
if (htab->is_vxworks)
|
| 7044 |
|
|
{
|
| 7045 |
|
|
htab->srelbss = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rela.bss");
|
| 7046 |
|
|
htab->srelplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rela.plt");
|
| 7047 |
|
|
}
|
| 7048 |
|
|
else
|
| 7049 |
|
|
htab->srelplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rel.plt");
|
| 7050 |
|
|
if (!htab->sdynbss
|
| 7051 |
|
|
|| (htab->is_vxworks && !htab->srelbss && !info->shared)
|
| 7052 |
|
|
|| !htab->srelplt
|
| 7053 |
|
|
|| !htab->splt)
|
| 7054 |
|
|
abort ();
|
| 7055 |
|
|
|
| 7056 |
|
|
if (htab->is_vxworks)
|
| 7057 |
|
|
{
|
| 7058 |
|
|
/* Do the usual VxWorks handling. */
|
| 7059 |
|
|
if (!elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2))
|
| 7060 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 7061 |
|
|
|
| 7062 |
|
|
/* Work out the PLT sizes. */
|
| 7063 |
|
|
if (info->shared)
|
| 7064 |
|
|
{
|
| 7065 |
|
|
htab->plt_header_size
|
| 7066 |
|
|
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry);
|
| 7067 |
|
|
htab->plt_entry_size
|
| 7068 |
|
|
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry);
|
| 7069 |
|
|
}
|
| 7070 |
|
|
else
|
| 7071 |
|
|
{
|
| 7072 |
|
|
htab->plt_header_size
|
| 7073 |
|
|
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry);
|
| 7074 |
|
|
htab->plt_entry_size
|
| 7075 |
|
|
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry);
|
| 7076 |
|
|
}
|
| 7077 |
|
|
}
|
| 7078 |
|
|
else if (!info->shared)
|
| 7079 |
|
|
{
|
| 7080 |
|
|
/* All variants of the plt0 entry are the same size. */
|
| 7081 |
|
|
htab->plt_header_size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry);
|
| 7082 |
|
|
htab->plt_entry_size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry);
|
| 7083 |
|
|
}
|
| 7084 |
|
|
|
| 7085 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 7086 |
|
|
}
|
| 7087 |
|
|
|
| 7088 |
|
|
/* Return true if relocation REL against section SEC is a REL rather than
|
| 7089 |
|
|
RELA relocation. RELOCS is the first relocation in the section and
|
| 7090 |
|
|
ABFD is the bfd that contains SEC. */
|
| 7091 |
|
|
|
| 7092 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
| 7093 |
|
|
mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
|
| 7094 |
|
|
const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
|
| 7095 |
|
|
const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
|
| 7096 |
|
|
{
|
| 7097 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
|
| 7098 |
|
|
const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
|
| 7099 |
|
|
|
| 7100 |
|
|
/* To determine which flavor of relocation this is, we depend on the
|
| 7101 |
|
|
fact that the INPUT_SECTION's REL_HDR is read before RELA_HDR. */
|
| 7102 |
|
|
rel_hdr = elf_section_data (sec)->rel.hdr;
|
| 7103 |
|
|
if (rel_hdr == NULL)
|
| 7104 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 7105 |
|
|
bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
| 7106 |
|
|
return ((size_t) (rel - relocs)
|
| 7107 |
|
|
< NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr) * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel);
|
| 7108 |
|
|
}
|
| 7109 |
|
|
|
| 7110 |
|
|
/* Read the addend for REL relocation REL, which belongs to bfd ABFD.
|
| 7111 |
|
|
HOWTO is the relocation's howto and CONTENTS points to the contents
|
| 7112 |
|
|
of the section that REL is against. */
|
| 7113 |
|
|
|
| 7114 |
|
|
static bfd_vma
|
| 7115 |
|
|
mips_elf_read_rel_addend (bfd *abfd, const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
|
| 7116 |
|
|
reloc_howto_type *howto, bfd_byte *contents)
|
| 7117 |
|
|
{
|
| 7118 |
|
|
bfd_byte *location;
|
| 7119 |
|
|
unsigned int r_type;
|
| 7120 |
|
|
bfd_vma addend;
|
| 7121 |
|
|
|
| 7122 |
|
|
r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info);
|
| 7123 |
|
|
location = contents + rel->r_offset;
|
| 7124 |
|
|
|
| 7125 |
|
|
/* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
|
| 7126 |
|
|
_bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, r_type, FALSE, location);
|
| 7127 |
|
|
addend = mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, rel, abfd, contents);
|
| 7128 |
|
|
_bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, r_type, FALSE, location);
|
| 7129 |
|
|
|
| 7130 |
|
|
return addend & howto->src_mask;
|
| 7131 |
|
|
}
|
| 7132 |
|
|
|
| 7133 |
|
|
/* REL is a relocation in ABFD that needs a partnering LO16 relocation
|
| 7134 |
|
|
and *ADDEND is the addend for REL itself. Look for the LO16 relocation
|
| 7135 |
|
|
and update *ADDEND with the final addend. Return true on success
|
| 7136 |
|
|
or false if the LO16 could not be found. RELEND is the exclusive
|
| 7137 |
|
|
upper bound on the relocations for REL's section. */
|
| 7138 |
|
|
|
| 7139 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
| 7140 |
|
|
mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (bfd *abfd,
|
| 7141 |
|
|
const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
|
| 7142 |
|
|
const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend,
|
| 7143 |
|
|
bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma *addend)
|
| 7144 |
|
|
{
|
| 7145 |
|
|
unsigned int r_type, lo16_type;
|
| 7146 |
|
|
const Elf_Internal_Rela *lo16_relocation;
|
| 7147 |
|
|
reloc_howto_type *lo16_howto;
|
| 7148 |
|
|
bfd_vma l;
|
| 7149 |
|
|
|
| 7150 |
|
|
r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info);
|
| 7151 |
|
|
if (mips16_reloc_p (r_type))
|
| 7152 |
|
|
lo16_type = R_MIPS16_LO16;
|
| 7153 |
|
|
else
|
| 7154 |
|
|
lo16_type = R_MIPS_LO16;
|
| 7155 |
|
|
|
| 7156 |
|
|
/* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend, left-shifted by
|
| 7157 |
|
|
sixteen bits, and the LO16 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the
|
| 7158 |
|
|
code does a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of the
|
| 7159 |
|
|
LO16 value.)
|
| 7160 |
|
|
|
| 7161 |
|
|
Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation.
|
| 7162 |
|
|
|
| 7163 |
|
|
According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation must
|
| 7164 |
|
|
be immediately following. However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next
|
| 7165 |
|
|
relocation may be a composed relocation consisting of several
|
| 7166 |
|
|
relocations for the same address. In that case, the R_MIPS_LO16
|
| 7167 |
|
|
relocation may occur as one of these. We permit a similar
|
| 7168 |
|
|
extension in general, as that is useful for GCC.
|
| 7169 |
|
|
|
| 7170 |
|
|
In some cases GCC dead code elimination removes the LO16 but keeps
|
| 7171 |
|
|
the corresponding HI16. This is strictly speaking a violation of
|
| 7172 |
|
|
the ABI but not immediately harmful. */
|
| 7173 |
|
|
lo16_relocation = mips_elf_next_relocation (abfd, lo16_type, rel, relend);
|
| 7174 |
|
|
if (lo16_relocation == NULL)
|
| 7175 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 7176 |
|
|
|
| 7177 |
|
|
/* Obtain the addend kept there. */
|
| 7178 |
|
|
lo16_howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, lo16_type, FALSE);
|
| 7179 |
|
|
l = mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd, lo16_relocation, lo16_howto, contents);
|
| 7180 |
|
|
|
| 7181 |
|
|
l <<= lo16_howto->rightshift;
|
| 7182 |
|
|
l = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l, 16);
|
| 7183 |
|
|
|
| 7184 |
|
|
*addend <<= 16;
|
| 7185 |
|
|
*addend += l;
|
| 7186 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 7187 |
|
|
}
|
| 7188 |
|
|
|
| 7189 |
|
|
/* Try to read the contents of section SEC in bfd ABFD. Return true and
|
| 7190 |
|
|
store the contents in *CONTENTS on success. Assume that *CONTENTS
|
| 7191 |
|
|
already holds the contents if it is nonull on entry. */
|
| 7192 |
|
|
|
| 7193 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
| 7194 |
|
|
mips_elf_get_section_contents (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, bfd_byte **contents)
|
| 7195 |
|
|
{
|
| 7196 |
|
|
if (*contents)
|
| 7197 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 7198 |
|
|
|
| 7199 |
|
|
/* Get cached copy if it exists. */
|
| 7200 |
|
|
if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
|
| 7201 |
|
|
{
|
| 7202 |
|
|
*contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
|
| 7203 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 7204 |
|
|
}
|
| 7205 |
|
|
|
| 7206 |
|
|
return bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, contents);
|
| 7207 |
|
|
}
|
| 7208 |
|
|
|
| 7209 |
|
|
/* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
|
| 7210 |
|
|
allocate space in the global offset table. */
|
| 7211 |
|
|
|
| 7212 |
|
|
bfd_boolean
|
| 7213 |
|
|
_bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
| 7214 |
|
|
asection *sec, const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
|
| 7215 |
|
|
{
|
| 7216 |
|
|
const char *name;
|
| 7217 |
|
|
bfd *dynobj;
|
| 7218 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
|
| 7219 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
|
| 7220 |
|
|
size_t extsymoff;
|
| 7221 |
|
|
const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
|
| 7222 |
|
|
const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
|
| 7223 |
|
|
asection *sreloc;
|
| 7224 |
|
|
const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
|
| 7225 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
| 7226 |
|
|
bfd_byte *contents;
|
| 7227 |
|
|
bfd_vma addend;
|
| 7228 |
|
|
reloc_howto_type *howto;
|
| 7229 |
|
|
|
| 7230 |
|
|
if (info->relocatable)
|
| 7231 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 7232 |
|
|
|
| 7233 |
|
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
|
| 7234 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
|
| 7235 |
|
|
|
| 7236 |
|
|
dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
|
| 7237 |
|
|
symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
|
| 7238 |
|
|
sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
|
| 7239 |
|
|
extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
|
| 7240 |
|
|
|
| 7241 |
|
|
bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
| 7242 |
|
|
rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
|
| 7243 |
|
|
|
| 7244 |
|
|
/* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
|
| 7245 |
|
|
|
| 7246 |
|
|
name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
|
| 7247 |
|
|
if (FN_STUB_P (name))
|
| 7248 |
|
|
{
|
| 7249 |
|
|
unsigned long r_symndx;
|
| 7250 |
|
|
|
| 7251 |
|
|
/* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
|
| 7252 |
|
|
this is for. */
|
| 7253 |
|
|
|
| 7254 |
|
|
r_symndx = mips16_stub_symndx (sec, relocs, rel_end);
|
| 7255 |
|
|
if (r_symndx == 0)
|
| 7256 |
|
|
{
|
| 7257 |
|
|
(*_bfd_error_handler)
|
| 7258 |
|
|
(_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
|
| 7259 |
|
|
" stub section `%s'"),
|
| 7260 |
|
|
abfd, name);
|
| 7261 |
|
|
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
| 7262 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 7263 |
|
|
}
|
| 7264 |
|
|
|
| 7265 |
|
|
if (r_symndx < extsymoff
|
| 7266 |
|
|
|| sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL)
|
| 7267 |
|
|
{
|
| 7268 |
|
|
asection *o;
|
| 7269 |
|
|
|
| 7270 |
|
|
/* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
|
| 7271 |
|
|
needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
|
| 7272 |
|
|
than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
|
| 7273 |
|
|
for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
|
| 7274 |
|
|
{
|
| 7275 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela *sec_relocs;
|
| 7276 |
|
|
const Elf_Internal_Rela *r, *rend;
|
| 7277 |
|
|
|
| 7278 |
|
|
/* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
|
| 7279 |
|
|
if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
|
| 7280 |
|
|
|| o->reloc_count == 0
|
| 7281 |
|
|
|| section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o))
|
| 7282 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 7283 |
|
|
|
| 7284 |
|
|
sec_relocs
|
| 7285 |
|
|
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL,
|
| 7286 |
|
|
info->keep_memory);
|
| 7287 |
|
|
if (sec_relocs == NULL)
|
| 7288 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 7289 |
|
|
|
| 7290 |
|
|
rend = sec_relocs + o->reloc_count;
|
| 7291 |
|
|
for (r = sec_relocs; r < rend; r++)
|
| 7292 |
|
|
if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd, r->r_info) == r_symndx
|
| 7293 |
|
|
&& !mips16_call_reloc_p (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, r->r_info)))
|
| 7294 |
|
|
break;
|
| 7295 |
|
|
|
| 7296 |
|
|
if (elf_section_data (o)->relocs != sec_relocs)
|
| 7297 |
|
|
free (sec_relocs);
|
| 7298 |
|
|
|
| 7299 |
|
|
if (r < rend)
|
| 7300 |
|
|
break;
|
| 7301 |
|
|
}
|
| 7302 |
|
|
|
| 7303 |
|
|
if (o == NULL)
|
| 7304 |
|
|
{
|
| 7305 |
|
|
/* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
|
| 7306 |
|
|
not need it. Since this function is called before
|
| 7307 |
|
|
the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
|
| 7308 |
|
|
can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
|
| 7309 |
|
|
flag. */
|
| 7310 |
|
|
sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
|
| 7311 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 7312 |
|
|
}
|
| 7313 |
|
|
|
| 7314 |
|
|
/* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
|
| 7315 |
|
|
this BFD. */
|
| 7316 |
|
|
if (elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs == NULL)
|
| 7317 |
|
|
{
|
| 7318 |
|
|
unsigned long symcount;
|
| 7319 |
|
|
asection **n;
|
| 7320 |
|
|
bfd_size_type amt;
|
| 7321 |
|
|
|
| 7322 |
|
|
if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd))
|
| 7323 |
|
|
symcount = NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr);
|
| 7324 |
|
|
else
|
| 7325 |
|
|
symcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
|
| 7326 |
|
|
amt = symcount * sizeof (asection *);
|
| 7327 |
|
|
n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
|
| 7328 |
|
|
if (n == NULL)
|
| 7329 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 7330 |
|
|
elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs = n;
|
| 7331 |
|
|
}
|
| 7332 |
|
|
|
| 7333 |
|
|
sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
|
| 7334 |
|
|
elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx] = sec;
|
| 7335 |
|
|
|
| 7336 |
|
|
/* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
|
| 7337 |
|
|
That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
|
| 7338 |
|
|
the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
|
| 7339 |
|
|
it here, because we just have a local stub. */
|
| 7340 |
|
|
}
|
| 7341 |
|
|
else
|
| 7342 |
|
|
{
|
| 7343 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
|
| 7344 |
|
|
|
| 7345 |
|
|
h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
|
| 7346 |
|
|
sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]);
|
| 7347 |
|
|
|
| 7348 |
|
|
while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
|
| 7349 |
|
|
|| h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
|
| 7350 |
|
|
h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
|
| 7351 |
|
|
|
| 7352 |
|
|
/* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
|
| 7353 |
|
|
|
| 7354 |
|
|
/* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
|
| 7355 |
|
|
don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
|
| 7356 |
|
|
this function is called before the linker maps input sections
|
| 7357 |
|
|
to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
|
| 7358 |
|
|
SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
|
| 7359 |
|
|
if (h->fn_stub != NULL)
|
| 7360 |
|
|
{
|
| 7361 |
|
|
sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
|
| 7362 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 7363 |
|
|
}
|
| 7364 |
|
|
|
| 7365 |
|
|
sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
|
| 7366 |
|
|
h->fn_stub = sec;
|
| 7367 |
|
|
mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen = TRUE;
|
| 7368 |
|
|
}
|
| 7369 |
|
|
}
|
| 7370 |
|
|
else if (CALL_STUB_P (name) || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name))
|
| 7371 |
|
|
{
|
| 7372 |
|
|
unsigned long r_symndx;
|
| 7373 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
|
| 7374 |
|
|
asection **loc;
|
| 7375 |
|
|
|
| 7376 |
|
|
/* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
|
| 7377 |
|
|
this is for. */
|
| 7378 |
|
|
|
| 7379 |
|
|
r_symndx = mips16_stub_symndx (sec, relocs, rel_end);
|
| 7380 |
|
|
if (r_symndx == 0)
|
| 7381 |
|
|
{
|
| 7382 |
|
|
(*_bfd_error_handler)
|
| 7383 |
|
|
(_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
|
| 7384 |
|
|
" stub section `%s'"),
|
| 7385 |
|
|
abfd, name);
|
| 7386 |
|
|
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
| 7387 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 7388 |
|
|
}
|
| 7389 |
|
|
|
| 7390 |
|
|
if (r_symndx < extsymoff
|
| 7391 |
|
|
|| sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL)
|
| 7392 |
|
|
{
|
| 7393 |
|
|
asection *o;
|
| 7394 |
|
|
|
| 7395 |
|
|
/* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
|
| 7396 |
|
|
needed if there is some relocation (R_MIPS16_26) in this BFD
|
| 7397 |
|
|
that refers to this symbol. */
|
| 7398 |
|
|
for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
|
| 7399 |
|
|
{
|
| 7400 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela *sec_relocs;
|
| 7401 |
|
|
const Elf_Internal_Rela *r, *rend;
|
| 7402 |
|
|
|
| 7403 |
|
|
/* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
|
| 7404 |
|
|
if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
|
| 7405 |
|
|
|| o->reloc_count == 0
|
| 7406 |
|
|
|| section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o))
|
| 7407 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 7408 |
|
|
|
| 7409 |
|
|
sec_relocs
|
| 7410 |
|
|
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL,
|
| 7411 |
|
|
info->keep_memory);
|
| 7412 |
|
|
if (sec_relocs == NULL)
|
| 7413 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 7414 |
|
|
|
| 7415 |
|
|
rend = sec_relocs + o->reloc_count;
|
| 7416 |
|
|
for (r = sec_relocs; r < rend; r++)
|
| 7417 |
|
|
if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd, r->r_info) == r_symndx
|
| 7418 |
|
|
&& ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, r->r_info) == R_MIPS16_26)
|
| 7419 |
|
|
break;
|
| 7420 |
|
|
|
| 7421 |
|
|
if (elf_section_data (o)->relocs != sec_relocs)
|
| 7422 |
|
|
free (sec_relocs);
|
| 7423 |
|
|
|
| 7424 |
|
|
if (r < rend)
|
| 7425 |
|
|
break;
|
| 7426 |
|
|
}
|
| 7427 |
|
|
|
| 7428 |
|
|
if (o == NULL)
|
| 7429 |
|
|
{
|
| 7430 |
|
|
/* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
|
| 7431 |
|
|
not need it. Since this function is called before
|
| 7432 |
|
|
the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
|
| 7433 |
|
|
can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
|
| 7434 |
|
|
flag. */
|
| 7435 |
|
|
sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
|
| 7436 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 7437 |
|
|
}
|
| 7438 |
|
|
|
| 7439 |
|
|
/* Record this stub in an array of local symbol call_stubs for
|
| 7440 |
|
|
this BFD. */
|
| 7441 |
|
|
if (elf_tdata (abfd)->local_call_stubs == NULL)
|
| 7442 |
|
|
{
|
| 7443 |
|
|
unsigned long symcount;
|
| 7444 |
|
|
asection **n;
|
| 7445 |
|
|
bfd_size_type amt;
|
| 7446 |
|
|
|
| 7447 |
|
|
if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd))
|
| 7448 |
|
|
symcount = NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr);
|
| 7449 |
|
|
else
|
| 7450 |
|
|
symcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
|
| 7451 |
|
|
amt = symcount * sizeof (asection *);
|
| 7452 |
|
|
n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
|
| 7453 |
|
|
if (n == NULL)
|
| 7454 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 7455 |
|
|
elf_tdata (abfd)->local_call_stubs = n;
|
| 7456 |
|
|
}
|
| 7457 |
|
|
|
| 7458 |
|
|
sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
|
| 7459 |
|
|
elf_tdata (abfd)->local_call_stubs[r_symndx] = sec;
|
| 7460 |
|
|
|
| 7461 |
|
|
/* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
|
| 7462 |
|
|
That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
|
| 7463 |
|
|
the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
|
| 7464 |
|
|
it here, because we just have a local stub. */
|
| 7465 |
|
|
}
|
| 7466 |
|
|
else
|
| 7467 |
|
|
{
|
| 7468 |
|
|
h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
|
| 7469 |
|
|
sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]);
|
| 7470 |
|
|
|
| 7471 |
|
|
/* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
|
| 7472 |
|
|
|
| 7473 |
|
|
if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (name))
|
| 7474 |
|
|
loc = &h->call_fp_stub;
|
| 7475 |
|
|
else
|
| 7476 |
|
|
loc = &h->call_stub;
|
| 7477 |
|
|
|
| 7478 |
|
|
/* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
|
| 7479 |
|
|
don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
|
| 7480 |
|
|
this function is called before the linker maps input sections
|
| 7481 |
|
|
to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
|
| 7482 |
|
|
SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
|
| 7483 |
|
|
if (*loc != NULL)
|
| 7484 |
|
|
{
|
| 7485 |
|
|
sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
|
| 7486 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 7487 |
|
|
}
|
| 7488 |
|
|
|
| 7489 |
|
|
sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
|
| 7490 |
|
|
*loc = sec;
|
| 7491 |
|
|
mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen = TRUE;
|
| 7492 |
|
|
}
|
| 7493 |
|
|
}
|
| 7494 |
|
|
|
| 7495 |
|
|
sreloc = NULL;
|
| 7496 |
|
|
contents = NULL;
|
| 7497 |
|
|
for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; ++rel)
|
| 7498 |
|
|
{
|
| 7499 |
|
|
unsigned long r_symndx;
|
| 7500 |
|
|
unsigned int r_type;
|
| 7501 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
|
| 7502 |
|
|
bfd_boolean can_make_dynamic_p;
|
| 7503 |
|
|
|
| 7504 |
|
|
r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, rel->r_info);
|
| 7505 |
|
|
r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info);
|
| 7506 |
|
|
|
| 7507 |
|
|
if (r_symndx < extsymoff)
|
| 7508 |
|
|
h = NULL;
|
| 7509 |
|
|
else if (r_symndx >= extsymoff + NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr))
|
| 7510 |
|
|
{
|
| 7511 |
|
|
(*_bfd_error_handler)
|
| 7512 |
|
|
(_("%B: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
|
| 7513 |
|
|
abfd, name);
|
| 7514 |
|
|
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
| 7515 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 7516 |
|
|
}
|
| 7517 |
|
|
else
|
| 7518 |
|
|
{
|
| 7519 |
|
|
h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff];
|
| 7520 |
|
|
while (h != NULL
|
| 7521 |
|
|
&& (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
|
| 7522 |
|
|
|| h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning))
|
| 7523 |
|
|
h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
|
| 7524 |
|
|
}
|
| 7525 |
|
|
|
| 7526 |
|
|
/* Set CAN_MAKE_DYNAMIC_P to true if we can convert this
|
| 7527 |
|
|
relocation into a dynamic one. */
|
| 7528 |
|
|
can_make_dynamic_p = FALSE;
|
| 7529 |
|
|
switch (r_type)
|
| 7530 |
|
|
{
|
| 7531 |
|
|
case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
|
| 7532 |
|
|
case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
|
| 7533 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_GOT16:
|
| 7534 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_CALL16:
|
| 7535 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
|
| 7536 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
|
| 7537 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
|
| 7538 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
|
| 7539 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
|
| 7540 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
|
| 7541 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
|
| 7542 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
|
| 7543 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_TLS_GD:
|
| 7544 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
|
| 7545 |
|
|
if (dynobj == NULL)
|
| 7546 |
|
|
elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
|
| 7547 |
|
|
if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info))
|
| 7548 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 7549 |
|
|
if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared)
|
| 7550 |
|
|
{
|
| 7551 |
|
|
(*_bfd_error_handler)
|
| 7552 |
|
|
(_("%B: GOT reloc at 0x%lx not expected in executables"),
|
| 7553 |
|
|
abfd, (unsigned long) rel->r_offset);
|
| 7554 |
|
|
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
| 7555 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 7556 |
|
|
}
|
| 7557 |
|
|
break;
|
| 7558 |
|
|
|
| 7559 |
|
|
/* This is just a hint; it can safely be ignored. Don't set
|
| 7560 |
|
|
has_static_relocs for the corresponding symbol. */
|
| 7561 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_JALR:
|
| 7562 |
|
|
break;
|
| 7563 |
|
|
|
| 7564 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_32:
|
| 7565 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_REL32:
|
| 7566 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_64:
|
| 7567 |
|
|
/* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
|
| 7568 |
|
|
must be handled using copy relocs or PLT entries; it is not
|
| 7569 |
|
|
possible to convert this relocation into a dynamic one.
|
| 7570 |
|
|
|
| 7571 |
|
|
For executables that use PLTs and copy-relocs, we have a
|
| 7572 |
|
|
choice between converting the relocation into a dynamic
|
| 7573 |
|
|
one or using copy relocations or PLT entries. It is
|
| 7574 |
|
|
usually better to do the former, unless the relocation is
|
| 7575 |
|
|
against a read-only section. */
|
| 7576 |
|
|
if ((info->shared
|
| 7577 |
|
|
|| (h != NULL
|
| 7578 |
|
|
&& !htab->is_vxworks
|
| 7579 |
|
|
&& strcmp (h->root.root.string, "__gnu_local_gp") != 0
|
| 7580 |
|
|
&& !(!info->nocopyreloc
|
| 7581 |
|
|
&& !PIC_OBJECT_P (abfd)
|
| 7582 |
|
|
&& MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))))
|
| 7583 |
|
|
&& (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
|
| 7584 |
|
|
{
|
| 7585 |
|
|
can_make_dynamic_p = TRUE;
|
| 7586 |
|
|
if (dynobj == NULL)
|
| 7587 |
|
|
elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
|
| 7588 |
|
|
break;
|
| 7589 |
|
|
}
|
| 7590 |
|
|
/* For sections that are not SEC_ALLOC a copy reloc would be
|
| 7591 |
|
|
output if possible (implying questionable semantics for
|
| 7592 |
|
|
read-only data objects) or otherwise the final link would
|
| 7593 |
|
|
fail as ld.so will not process them and could not therefore
|
| 7594 |
|
|
handle any outstanding dynamic relocations.
|
| 7595 |
|
|
|
| 7596 |
|
|
For such sections that are also SEC_DEBUGGING, we can avoid
|
| 7597 |
|
|
these problems by simply ignoring any relocs as these
|
| 7598 |
|
|
sections have a predefined use and we know it is safe to do
|
| 7599 |
|
|
so.
|
| 7600 |
|
|
|
| 7601 |
|
|
This is needed in cases such as a global symbol definition
|
| 7602 |
|
|
in a shared library causing a common symbol from an object
|
| 7603 |
|
|
file to be converted to an undefined reference. If that
|
| 7604 |
|
|
happens, then all the relocations against this symbol from
|
| 7605 |
|
|
SEC_DEBUGGING sections in the object file will resolve to
|
| 7606 |
|
|
nil. */
|
| 7607 |
|
|
if ((sec->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0)
|
| 7608 |
|
|
break;
|
| 7609 |
|
|
/* Fall through. */
|
| 7610 |
|
|
|
| 7611 |
|
|
default:
|
| 7612 |
|
|
/* Most static relocations require pointer equality, except
|
| 7613 |
|
|
for branches. */
|
| 7614 |
|
|
if (h)
|
| 7615 |
|
|
h->pointer_equality_needed = TRUE;
|
| 7616 |
|
|
/* Fall through. */
|
| 7617 |
|
|
|
| 7618 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_26:
|
| 7619 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_PC16:
|
| 7620 |
|
|
case R_MIPS16_26:
|
| 7621 |
|
|
if (h)
|
| 7622 |
|
|
((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->has_static_relocs = TRUE;
|
| 7623 |
|
|
break;
|
| 7624 |
|
|
}
|
| 7625 |
|
|
|
| 7626 |
|
|
if (h)
|
| 7627 |
|
|
{
|
| 7628 |
|
|
/* Relocations against the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and
|
| 7629 |
|
|
__GOTT_INDEX__ symbols must be left to the loader. Allocate
|
| 7630 |
|
|
room for them in .rela.dyn. */
|
| 7631 |
|
|
if (is_gott_symbol (info, h))
|
| 7632 |
|
|
{
|
| 7633 |
|
|
if (sreloc == NULL)
|
| 7634 |
|
|
{
|
| 7635 |
|
|
sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE);
|
| 7636 |
|
|
if (sreloc == NULL)
|
| 7637 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 7638 |
|
|
}
|
| 7639 |
|
|
mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, 1);
|
| 7640 |
|
|
if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))
|
| 7641 |
|
|
/* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
|
| 7642 |
|
|
relocations against the text segment. */
|
| 7643 |
|
|
info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
|
| 7644 |
|
|
}
|
| 7645 |
|
|
}
|
| 7646 |
|
|
else if (r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
|
| 7647 |
|
|
|| r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
|
| 7648 |
|
|
|| r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
|
| 7649 |
|
|
|| (got16_reloc_p (r_type) && htab->is_vxworks))
|
| 7650 |
|
|
{
|
| 7651 |
|
|
/* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
|
| 7652 |
|
|
don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
|
| 7653 |
|
|
maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
|
| 7654 |
|
|
the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS*_GOT16 and
|
| 7655 |
|
|
R_MIPS*_CALL16, except on VxWorks, where GOT relocations
|
| 7656 |
|
|
always evaluate to "G". We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
|
| 7657 |
|
|
R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
|
| 7658 |
|
|
R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
|
| 7659 |
|
|
if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd, r_symndx,
|
| 7660 |
|
|
rel->r_addend, info, 0))
|
| 7661 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 7662 |
|
|
}
|
| 7663 |
|
|
|
| 7664 |
|
|
if (h != NULL && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (abfd, r_type))
|
| 7665 |
|
|
((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->has_nonpic_branches = TRUE;
|
| 7666 |
|
|
|
| 7667 |
|
|
switch (r_type)
|
| 7668 |
|
|
{
|
| 7669 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_CALL16:
|
| 7670 |
|
|
case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
|
| 7671 |
|
|
if (h == NULL)
|
| 7672 |
|
|
{
|
| 7673 |
|
|
(*_bfd_error_handler)
|
| 7674 |
|
|
(_("%B: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
|
| 7675 |
|
|
abfd, (unsigned long) rel->r_offset);
|
| 7676 |
|
|
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
| 7677 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 7678 |
|
|
}
|
| 7679 |
|
|
/* Fall through. */
|
| 7680 |
|
|
|
| 7681 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
|
| 7682 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
|
| 7683 |
|
|
if (h != NULL)
|
| 7684 |
|
|
{
|
| 7685 |
|
|
/* Make sure there is room in the regular GOT to hold the
|
| 7686 |
|
|
function's address. We may eliminate it in favour of
|
| 7687 |
|
|
a .got.plt entry later; see mips_elf_count_got_symbols. */
|
| 7688 |
|
|
if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, TRUE, 0))
|
| 7689 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 7690 |
|
|
|
| 7691 |
|
|
/* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
|
| 7692 |
|
|
function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
|
| 7693 |
|
|
_bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
|
| 7694 |
|
|
h->needs_plt = 1;
|
| 7695 |
|
|
h->type = STT_FUNC;
|
| 7696 |
|
|
}
|
| 7697 |
|
|
break;
|
| 7698 |
|
|
|
| 7699 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
|
| 7700 |
|
|
/* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
|
| 7701 |
|
|
decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
|
| 7702 |
|
|
if (h)
|
| 7703 |
|
|
{
|
| 7704 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips =
|
| 7705 |
|
|
(struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
|
| 7706 |
|
|
|
| 7707 |
|
|
/* This symbol is definitely not overridable. */
|
| 7708 |
|
|
if (hmips->root.def_regular
|
| 7709 |
|
|
&& ! (info->shared && ! info->symbolic
|
| 7710 |
|
|
&& ! hmips->root.forced_local))
|
| 7711 |
|
|
h = NULL;
|
| 7712 |
|
|
}
|
| 7713 |
|
|
/* Fall through. */
|
| 7714 |
|
|
|
| 7715 |
|
|
case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
|
| 7716 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_GOT16:
|
| 7717 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
|
| 7718 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
|
| 7719 |
|
|
if (!h || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE)
|
| 7720 |
|
|
{
|
| 7721 |
|
|
/* This relocation needs (or may need, if h != NULL) a
|
| 7722 |
|
|
page entry in the GOT. For R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE we do not
|
| 7723 |
|
|
know for sure until we know whether the symbol is
|
| 7724 |
|
|
preemptible. */
|
| 7725 |
|
|
if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (abfd, sec, relocs, rel))
|
| 7726 |
|
|
{
|
| 7727 |
|
|
if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd, sec, &contents))
|
| 7728 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 7729 |
|
|
howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, r_type, FALSE);
|
| 7730 |
|
|
addend = mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd, rel,
|
| 7731 |
|
|
howto, contents);
|
| 7732 |
|
|
if (got16_reloc_p (r_type))
|
| 7733 |
|
|
mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (abfd, rel, rel_end,
|
| 7734 |
|
|
contents, &addend);
|
| 7735 |
|
|
else
|
| 7736 |
|
|
addend <<= howto->rightshift;
|
| 7737 |
|
|
}
|
| 7738 |
|
|
else
|
| 7739 |
|
|
addend = rel->r_addend;
|
| 7740 |
|
|
if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (info, abfd, r_symndx,
|
| 7741 |
|
|
addend))
|
| 7742 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 7743 |
|
|
}
|
| 7744 |
|
|
/* Fall through. */
|
| 7745 |
|
|
|
| 7746 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
|
| 7747 |
|
|
if (h && !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info,
|
| 7748 |
|
|
FALSE, 0))
|
| 7749 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 7750 |
|
|
break;
|
| 7751 |
|
|
|
| 7752 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
|
| 7753 |
|
|
if (info->shared)
|
| 7754 |
|
|
info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
|
| 7755 |
|
|
/* Fall through */
|
| 7756 |
|
|
|
| 7757 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
|
| 7758 |
|
|
if (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM)
|
| 7759 |
|
|
{
|
| 7760 |
|
|
r_symndx = STN_UNDEF;
|
| 7761 |
|
|
h = NULL;
|
| 7762 |
|
|
}
|
| 7763 |
|
|
/* Fall through */
|
| 7764 |
|
|
|
| 7765 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_TLS_GD:
|
| 7766 |
|
|
/* This symbol requires a global offset table entry, or two
|
| 7767 |
|
|
for TLS GD relocations. */
|
| 7768 |
|
|
{
|
| 7769 |
|
|
unsigned char flag = (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD
|
| 7770 |
|
|
? GOT_TLS_GD
|
| 7771 |
|
|
: r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
|
| 7772 |
|
|
? GOT_TLS_LDM
|
| 7773 |
|
|
: GOT_TLS_IE);
|
| 7774 |
|
|
if (h != NULL)
|
| 7775 |
|
|
{
|
| 7776 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips =
|
| 7777 |
|
|
(struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
|
| 7778 |
|
|
hmips->tls_type |= flag;
|
| 7779 |
|
|
|
| 7780 |
|
|
if (h && !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info,
|
| 7781 |
|
|
FALSE, flag))
|
| 7782 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 7783 |
|
|
}
|
| 7784 |
|
|
else
|
| 7785 |
|
|
{
|
| 7786 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (flag == GOT_TLS_LDM || r_symndx != STN_UNDEF);
|
| 7787 |
|
|
|
| 7788 |
|
|
if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd, r_symndx,
|
| 7789 |
|
|
rel->r_addend,
|
| 7790 |
|
|
info, flag))
|
| 7791 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 7792 |
|
|
}
|
| 7793 |
|
|
}
|
| 7794 |
|
|
break;
|
| 7795 |
|
|
|
| 7796 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_32:
|
| 7797 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_REL32:
|
| 7798 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_64:
|
| 7799 |
|
|
/* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
|
| 7800 |
|
|
are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
|
| 7801 |
|
|
no need to add a .rela.dyn entry for this relocation. */
|
| 7802 |
|
|
if (can_make_dynamic_p)
|
| 7803 |
|
|
{
|
| 7804 |
|
|
if (sreloc == NULL)
|
| 7805 |
|
|
{
|
| 7806 |
|
|
sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE);
|
| 7807 |
|
|
if (sreloc == NULL)
|
| 7808 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 7809 |
|
|
}
|
| 7810 |
|
|
if (info->shared && h == NULL)
|
| 7811 |
|
|
{
|
| 7812 |
|
|
/* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
|
| 7813 |
|
|
reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
|
| 7814 |
|
|
relocs. Make room for this reloc in .rel(a).dyn. */
|
| 7815 |
|
|
mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, 1);
|
| 7816 |
|
|
if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))
|
| 7817 |
|
|
/* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
|
| 7818 |
|
|
relocations against the text segment. */
|
| 7819 |
|
|
info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
|
| 7820 |
|
|
}
|
| 7821 |
|
|
else
|
| 7822 |
|
|
{
|
| 7823 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
|
| 7824 |
|
|
|
| 7825 |
|
|
/* For a shared object, we must copy this relocation
|
| 7826 |
|
|
unless the symbol turns out to be undefined and
|
| 7827 |
|
|
weak with non-default visibility, in which case
|
| 7828 |
|
|
it will be left as zero.
|
| 7829 |
|
|
|
| 7830 |
|
|
We could elide R_MIPS_REL32 for locally binding symbols
|
| 7831 |
|
|
in shared libraries, but do not yet do so.
|
| 7832 |
|
|
|
| 7833 |
|
|
For an executable, we only need to copy this
|
| 7834 |
|
|
reloc if the symbol is defined in a dynamic
|
| 7835 |
|
|
object. */
|
| 7836 |
|
|
hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
|
| 7837 |
|
|
++hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs;
|
| 7838 |
|
|
if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))
|
| 7839 |
|
|
/* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
|
| 7840 |
|
|
are relocations against the text segment. */
|
| 7841 |
|
|
hmips->readonly_reloc = TRUE;
|
| 7842 |
|
|
}
|
| 7843 |
|
|
}
|
| 7844 |
|
|
|
| 7845 |
|
|
if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
|
| 7846 |
|
|
mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size +=
|
| 7847 |
|
|
sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo);
|
| 7848 |
|
|
break;
|
| 7849 |
|
|
|
| 7850 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_26:
|
| 7851 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
|
| 7852 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
|
| 7853 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
|
| 7854 |
|
|
if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
|
| 7855 |
|
|
mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size +=
|
| 7856 |
|
|
sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo);
|
| 7857 |
|
|
break;
|
| 7858 |
|
|
|
| 7859 |
|
|
/* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
|
| 7860 |
|
|
Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
|
| 7861 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
|
| 7862 |
|
|
if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
|
| 7863 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 7864 |
|
|
break;
|
| 7865 |
|
|
|
| 7866 |
|
|
/* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
|
| 7867 |
|
|
used. Record for later use during GC. */
|
| 7868 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
|
| 7869 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
|
| 7870 |
|
|
if (h != NULL
|
| 7871 |
|
|
&& !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
|
| 7872 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 7873 |
|
|
break;
|
| 7874 |
|
|
|
| 7875 |
|
|
default:
|
| 7876 |
|
|
break;
|
| 7877 |
|
|
}
|
| 7878 |
|
|
|
| 7879 |
|
|
/* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
|
| 7880 |
|
|
related to taking the function's address. This doesn't apply to
|
| 7881 |
|
|
VxWorks, where CALL relocs refer to a .got.plt entry instead of
|
| 7882 |
|
|
a normal .got entry. */
|
| 7883 |
|
|
if (!htab->is_vxworks && h != NULL)
|
| 7884 |
|
|
switch (r_type)
|
| 7885 |
|
|
{
|
| 7886 |
|
|
default:
|
| 7887 |
|
|
((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
|
| 7888 |
|
|
break;
|
| 7889 |
|
|
case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
|
| 7890 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_CALL16:
|
| 7891 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
|
| 7892 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
|
| 7893 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_JALR:
|
| 7894 |
|
|
break;
|
| 7895 |
|
|
}
|
| 7896 |
|
|
|
| 7897 |
|
|
/* See if this reloc would need to refer to a MIPS16 hard-float stub,
|
| 7898 |
|
|
if there is one. We only need to handle global symbols here;
|
| 7899 |
|
|
we decide whether to keep or delete stubs for local symbols
|
| 7900 |
|
|
when processing the stub's relocations. */
|
| 7901 |
|
|
if (h != NULL
|
| 7902 |
|
|
&& !mips16_call_reloc_p (r_type)
|
| 7903 |
|
|
&& !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (sec))
|
| 7904 |
|
|
{
|
| 7905 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *mh;
|
| 7906 |
|
|
|
| 7907 |
|
|
mh = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
|
| 7908 |
|
|
mh->need_fn_stub = TRUE;
|
| 7909 |
|
|
}
|
| 7910 |
|
|
|
| 7911 |
|
|
/* Refuse some position-dependent relocations when creating a
|
| 7912 |
|
|
shared library. Do not refuse R_MIPS_32 / R_MIPS_64; they're
|
| 7913 |
|
|
not PIC, but we can create dynamic relocations and the result
|
| 7914 |
|
|
will be fine. Also do not refuse R_MIPS_LO16, which can be
|
| 7915 |
|
|
combined with R_MIPS_GOT16. */
|
| 7916 |
|
|
if (info->shared)
|
| 7917 |
|
|
{
|
| 7918 |
|
|
switch (r_type)
|
| 7919 |
|
|
{
|
| 7920 |
|
|
case R_MIPS16_HI16:
|
| 7921 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_HI16:
|
| 7922 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_HIGHER:
|
| 7923 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_HIGHEST:
|
| 7924 |
|
|
/* Don't refuse a high part relocation if it's against
|
| 7925 |
|
|
no symbol (e.g. part of a compound relocation). */
|
| 7926 |
|
|
if (r_symndx == STN_UNDEF)
|
| 7927 |
|
|
break;
|
| 7928 |
|
|
|
| 7929 |
|
|
/* R_MIPS_HI16 against _gp_disp is used for $gp setup,
|
| 7930 |
|
|
and has a special meaning. */
|
| 7931 |
|
|
if (!NEWABI_P (abfd) && h != NULL
|
| 7932 |
|
|
&& strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_gp_disp") == 0)
|
| 7933 |
|
|
break;
|
| 7934 |
|
|
|
| 7935 |
|
|
/* Likewise __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__ on VxWorks. */
|
| 7936 |
|
|
if (is_gott_symbol (info, h))
|
| 7937 |
|
|
break;
|
| 7938 |
|
|
|
| 7939 |
|
|
/* FALLTHROUGH */
|
| 7940 |
|
|
|
| 7941 |
|
|
case R_MIPS16_26:
|
| 7942 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_26:
|
| 7943 |
|
|
howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, r_type, FALSE);
|
| 7944 |
|
|
(*_bfd_error_handler)
|
| 7945 |
|
|
(_("%B: relocation %s against `%s' can not be used when making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC"),
|
| 7946 |
|
|
abfd, howto->name,
|
| 7947 |
|
|
(h) ? h->root.root.string : "a local symbol");
|
| 7948 |
|
|
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
| 7949 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 7950 |
|
|
default:
|
| 7951 |
|
|
break;
|
| 7952 |
|
|
}
|
| 7953 |
|
|
}
|
| 7954 |
|
|
}
|
| 7955 |
|
|
|
| 7956 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 7957 |
|
|
}
|
| 7958 |
|
|
|
| 7959 |
|
|
bfd_boolean
|
| 7960 |
|
|
_bfd_mips_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
|
| 7961 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
|
| 7962 |
|
|
bfd_boolean *again)
|
| 7963 |
|
|
{
|
| 7964 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
|
| 7965 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
|
| 7966 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
|
| 7967 |
|
|
bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
|
| 7968 |
|
|
size_t extsymoff;
|
| 7969 |
|
|
bfd_boolean changed_contents = FALSE;
|
| 7970 |
|
|
bfd_vma sec_start = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
|
| 7971 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
|
| 7972 |
|
|
|
| 7973 |
|
|
/* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass. */
|
| 7974 |
|
|
*again = FALSE;
|
| 7975 |
|
|
|
| 7976 |
|
|
if (link_info->relocatable)
|
| 7977 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 7978 |
|
|
|
| 7979 |
|
|
internal_relocs = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, sec, NULL, NULL,
|
| 7980 |
|
|
link_info->keep_memory);
|
| 7981 |
|
|
if (internal_relocs == NULL)
|
| 7982 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 7983 |
|
|
|
| 7984 |
|
|
irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count
|
| 7985 |
|
|
* get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
|
| 7986 |
|
|
symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
|
| 7987 |
|
|
extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
|
| 7988 |
|
|
|
| 7989 |
|
|
for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
|
| 7990 |
|
|
{
|
| 7991 |
|
|
bfd_vma symval;
|
| 7992 |
|
|
bfd_signed_vma sym_offset;
|
| 7993 |
|
|
unsigned int r_type;
|
| 7994 |
|
|
unsigned long r_symndx;
|
| 7995 |
|
|
asection *sym_sec;
|
| 7996 |
|
|
unsigned long instruction;
|
| 7997 |
|
|
|
| 7998 |
|
|
/* Turn jalr into bgezal, and jr into beq, if they're marked
|
| 7999 |
|
|
with a JALR relocation, that indicate where they jump to.
|
| 8000 |
|
|
This saves some pipeline bubbles. */
|
| 8001 |
|
|
r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, irel->r_info);
|
| 8002 |
|
|
if (r_type != R_MIPS_JALR)
|
| 8003 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 8004 |
|
|
|
| 8005 |
|
|
r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, irel->r_info);
|
| 8006 |
|
|
/* Compute the address of the jump target. */
|
| 8007 |
|
|
if (r_symndx >= extsymoff)
|
| 8008 |
|
|
{
|
| 8009 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h
|
| 8010 |
|
|
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
|
| 8011 |
|
|
elf_sym_hashes (abfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff]);
|
| 8012 |
|
|
|
| 8013 |
|
|
while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
|
| 8014 |
|
|
|| h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
|
| 8015 |
|
|
h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
|
| 8016 |
|
|
|
| 8017 |
|
|
/* If a symbol is undefined, or if it may be overridden,
|
| 8018 |
|
|
skip it. */
|
| 8019 |
|
|
if (! ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
|
| 8020 |
|
|
|| h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
|
| 8021 |
|
|
&& h->root.root.u.def.section)
|
| 8022 |
|
|
|| (link_info->shared && ! link_info->symbolic
|
| 8023 |
|
|
&& !h->root.forced_local))
|
| 8024 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 8025 |
|
|
|
| 8026 |
|
|
sym_sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
|
| 8027 |
|
|
if (sym_sec->output_section)
|
| 8028 |
|
|
symval = (h->root.root.u.def.value
|
| 8029 |
|
|
+ sym_sec->output_section->vma
|
| 8030 |
|
|
+ sym_sec->output_offset);
|
| 8031 |
|
|
else
|
| 8032 |
|
|
symval = h->root.root.u.def.value;
|
| 8033 |
|
|
}
|
| 8034 |
|
|
else
|
| 8035 |
|
|
{
|
| 8036 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
|
| 8037 |
|
|
|
| 8038 |
|
|
/* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
|
| 8039 |
|
|
if (isymbuf == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
|
| 8040 |
|
|
{
|
| 8041 |
|
|
isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
|
| 8042 |
|
|
if (isymbuf == NULL)
|
| 8043 |
|
|
isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
|
| 8044 |
|
|
symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
|
| 8045 |
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL);
|
| 8046 |
|
|
if (isymbuf == NULL)
|
| 8047 |
|
|
goto relax_return;
|
| 8048 |
|
|
}
|
| 8049 |
|
|
|
| 8050 |
|
|
isym = isymbuf + r_symndx;
|
| 8051 |
|
|
if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
|
| 8052 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 8053 |
|
|
else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
|
| 8054 |
|
|
sym_sec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
|
| 8055 |
|
|
else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
|
| 8056 |
|
|
sym_sec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
|
| 8057 |
|
|
else
|
| 8058 |
|
|
sym_sec
|
| 8059 |
|
|
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
|
| 8060 |
|
|
symval = isym->st_value
|
| 8061 |
|
|
+ sym_sec->output_section->vma
|
| 8062 |
|
|
+ sym_sec->output_offset;
|
| 8063 |
|
|
}
|
| 8064 |
|
|
|
| 8065 |
|
|
/* Compute branch offset, from delay slot of the jump to the
|
| 8066 |
|
|
branch target. */
|
| 8067 |
|
|
sym_offset = (symval + irel->r_addend)
|
| 8068 |
|
|
- (sec_start + irel->r_offset + 4);
|
| 8069 |
|
|
|
| 8070 |
|
|
/* Branch offset must be properly aligned. */
|
| 8071 |
|
|
if ((sym_offset & 3) != 0)
|
| 8072 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 8073 |
|
|
|
| 8074 |
|
|
sym_offset >>= 2;
|
| 8075 |
|
|
|
| 8076 |
|
|
/* Check that it's in range. */
|
| 8077 |
|
|
if (sym_offset < -0x8000 || sym_offset >= 0x8000)
|
| 8078 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 8079 |
|
|
|
| 8080 |
|
|
/* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
|
| 8081 |
|
|
if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd, sec, &contents))
|
| 8082 |
|
|
goto relax_return;
|
| 8083 |
|
|
|
| 8084 |
|
|
instruction = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + irel->r_offset);
|
| 8085 |
|
|
|
| 8086 |
|
|
/* If it was jalr <reg>, turn it into bgezal $zero, <target>. */
|
| 8087 |
|
|
if ((instruction & 0xfc1fffff) == 0x0000f809)
|
| 8088 |
|
|
instruction = 0x04110000;
|
| 8089 |
|
|
/* If it was jr <reg>, turn it into b <target>. */
|
| 8090 |
|
|
else if ((instruction & 0xfc1fffff) == 0x00000008)
|
| 8091 |
|
|
instruction = 0x10000000;
|
| 8092 |
|
|
else
|
| 8093 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 8094 |
|
|
|
| 8095 |
|
|
instruction |= (sym_offset & 0xffff);
|
| 8096 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (abfd, instruction, contents + irel->r_offset);
|
| 8097 |
|
|
changed_contents = TRUE;
|
| 8098 |
|
|
}
|
| 8099 |
|
|
|
| 8100 |
|
|
if (contents != NULL
|
| 8101 |
|
|
&& elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
|
| 8102 |
|
|
{
|
| 8103 |
|
|
if (!changed_contents && !link_info->keep_memory)
|
| 8104 |
|
|
free (contents);
|
| 8105 |
|
|
else
|
| 8106 |
|
|
{
|
| 8107 |
|
|
/* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
|
| 8108 |
|
|
elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
|
| 8109 |
|
|
}
|
| 8110 |
|
|
}
|
| 8111 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 8112 |
|
|
|
| 8113 |
|
|
relax_return:
|
| 8114 |
|
|
if (contents != NULL
|
| 8115 |
|
|
&& elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
|
| 8116 |
|
|
free (contents);
|
| 8117 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 8118 |
|
|
}
|
| 8119 |
|
|
|
| 8120 |
|
|
/* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
|
| 8121 |
|
|
|
| 8122 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
| 8123 |
|
|
allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
|
| 8124 |
|
|
{
|
| 8125 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info = inf;
|
| 8126 |
|
|
bfd *dynobj;
|
| 8127 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
|
| 8128 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
| 8129 |
|
|
|
| 8130 |
|
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
|
| 8131 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
|
| 8132 |
|
|
|
| 8133 |
|
|
dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
|
| 8134 |
|
|
hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
|
| 8135 |
|
|
|
| 8136 |
|
|
/* VxWorks executables are handled elsewhere; we only need to
|
| 8137 |
|
|
allocate relocations in shared objects. */
|
| 8138 |
|
|
if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared)
|
| 8139 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 8140 |
|
|
|
| 8141 |
148 |
khays |
/* Ignore indirect symbols. All relocations against such symbols
|
| 8142 |
|
|
will be redirected to the target symbol. */
|
| 8143 |
|
|
if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
|
| 8144 |
14 |
khays |
return TRUE;
|
| 8145 |
|
|
|
| 8146 |
|
|
/* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, or we are creating
|
| 8147 |
|
|
a shared library, we will need to copy any R_MIPS_32 or
|
| 8148 |
|
|
R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output file. */
|
| 8149 |
|
|
if (! info->relocatable
|
| 8150 |
|
|
&& hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs != 0
|
| 8151 |
|
|
&& (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
|
| 8152 |
|
|
|| !h->def_regular
|
| 8153 |
|
|
|| info->shared))
|
| 8154 |
|
|
{
|
| 8155 |
|
|
bfd_boolean do_copy = TRUE;
|
| 8156 |
|
|
|
| 8157 |
|
|
if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
|
| 8158 |
|
|
{
|
| 8159 |
|
|
/* Do not copy relocations for undefined weak symbols with
|
| 8160 |
|
|
non-default visibility. */
|
| 8161 |
|
|
if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
|
| 8162 |
|
|
do_copy = FALSE;
|
| 8163 |
|
|
|
| 8164 |
|
|
/* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
|
| 8165 |
|
|
symbol in PIEs. */
|
| 8166 |
|
|
else if (h->dynindx == -1 && !h->forced_local)
|
| 8167 |
|
|
{
|
| 8168 |
|
|
if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
|
| 8169 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 8170 |
|
|
}
|
| 8171 |
|
|
}
|
| 8172 |
|
|
|
| 8173 |
|
|
if (do_copy)
|
| 8174 |
|
|
{
|
| 8175 |
|
|
/* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for this symbol,
|
| 8176 |
|
|
the SVR4 psABI requires it to have a dynamic symbol table
|
| 8177 |
|
|
index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are dynamic
|
| 8178 |
|
|
relocations against it.
|
| 8179 |
|
|
|
| 8180 |
|
|
VxWorks does not enforce the same mapping between the GOT
|
| 8181 |
|
|
and the symbol table, so the same requirement does not
|
| 8182 |
|
|
apply there. */
|
| 8183 |
|
|
if (!htab->is_vxworks)
|
| 8184 |
|
|
{
|
| 8185 |
|
|
if (hmips->global_got_area > GGA_RELOC_ONLY)
|
| 8186 |
|
|
hmips->global_got_area = GGA_RELOC_ONLY;
|
| 8187 |
|
|
hmips->got_only_for_calls = FALSE;
|
| 8188 |
|
|
}
|
| 8189 |
|
|
|
| 8190 |
|
|
mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
|
| 8191 |
|
|
(dynobj, info, hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs);
|
| 8192 |
|
|
if (hmips->readonly_reloc)
|
| 8193 |
|
|
/* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
|
| 8194 |
|
|
against the text segment. */
|
| 8195 |
|
|
info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
|
| 8196 |
|
|
}
|
| 8197 |
|
|
}
|
| 8198 |
|
|
|
| 8199 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 8200 |
|
|
}
|
| 8201 |
|
|
|
| 8202 |
|
|
/* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
|
| 8203 |
|
|
regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
|
| 8204 |
|
|
dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
|
| 8205 |
|
|
change the definition to something the rest of the link can
|
| 8206 |
|
|
understand. */
|
| 8207 |
|
|
|
| 8208 |
|
|
bfd_boolean
|
| 8209 |
|
|
_bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
| 8210 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
|
| 8211 |
|
|
{
|
| 8212 |
|
|
bfd *dynobj;
|
| 8213 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
|
| 8214 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
| 8215 |
|
|
|
| 8216 |
|
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
|
| 8217 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
|
| 8218 |
|
|
|
| 8219 |
|
|
dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
|
| 8220 |
|
|
hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
|
| 8221 |
|
|
|
| 8222 |
|
|
/* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
|
| 8223 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL
|
| 8224 |
|
|
&& (h->needs_plt
|
| 8225 |
|
|
|| h->u.weakdef != NULL
|
| 8226 |
|
|
|| (h->def_dynamic
|
| 8227 |
|
|
&& h->ref_regular
|
| 8228 |
|
|
&& !h->def_regular)));
|
| 8229 |
|
|
|
| 8230 |
|
|
hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
|
| 8231 |
|
|
|
| 8232 |
|
|
/* If there are call relocations against an externally-defined symbol,
|
| 8233 |
|
|
see whether we can create a MIPS lazy-binding stub for it. We can
|
| 8234 |
|
|
only do this if all references to the function are through call
|
| 8235 |
|
|
relocations, and in that case, the traditional lazy-binding stubs
|
| 8236 |
|
|
are much more efficient than PLT entries.
|
| 8237 |
|
|
|
| 8238 |
|
|
Traditional stubs are only available on SVR4 psABI-based systems;
|
| 8239 |
|
|
VxWorks always uses PLTs instead. */
|
| 8240 |
|
|
if (!htab->is_vxworks && h->needs_plt && !hmips->no_fn_stub)
|
| 8241 |
|
|
{
|
| 8242 |
|
|
if (! elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
|
| 8243 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 8244 |
|
|
|
| 8245 |
|
|
/* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
|
| 8246 |
|
|
the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
|
| 8247 |
|
|
function pointers compare as equal between the normal
|
| 8248 |
|
|
executable and the shared library. */
|
| 8249 |
|
|
if (!h->def_regular)
|
| 8250 |
|
|
{
|
| 8251 |
|
|
hmips->needs_lazy_stub = TRUE;
|
| 8252 |
|
|
htab->lazy_stub_count++;
|
| 8253 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 8254 |
|
|
}
|
| 8255 |
|
|
}
|
| 8256 |
|
|
/* As above, VxWorks requires PLT entries for externally-defined
|
| 8257 |
|
|
functions that are only accessed through call relocations.
|
| 8258 |
|
|
|
| 8259 |
|
|
Both VxWorks and non-VxWorks targets also need PLT entries if there
|
| 8260 |
|
|
are static-only relocations against an externally-defined function.
|
| 8261 |
|
|
This can technically occur for shared libraries if there are
|
| 8262 |
|
|
branches to the symbol, although it is unlikely that this will be
|
| 8263 |
|
|
used in practice due to the short ranges involved. It can occur
|
| 8264 |
|
|
for any relative or absolute relocation in executables; in that
|
| 8265 |
|
|
case, the PLT entry becomes the function's canonical address. */
|
| 8266 |
|
|
else if (((h->needs_plt && !hmips->no_fn_stub)
|
| 8267 |
|
|
|| (h->type == STT_FUNC && hmips->has_static_relocs))
|
| 8268 |
|
|
&& htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
|
| 8269 |
|
|
&& !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
|
| 8270 |
|
|
&& !(ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
|
| 8271 |
|
|
&& h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
|
| 8272 |
|
|
{
|
| 8273 |
|
|
/* If this is the first symbol to need a PLT entry, allocate room
|
| 8274 |
|
|
for the header. */
|
| 8275 |
|
|
if (htab->splt->size == 0)
|
| 8276 |
|
|
{
|
| 8277 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab->sgotplt->size == 0);
|
| 8278 |
|
|
|
| 8279 |
|
|
/* If we're using the PLT additions to the psABI, each PLT
|
| 8280 |
|
|
entry is 16 bytes and the PLT0 entry is 32 bytes.
|
| 8281 |
|
|
Encourage better cache usage by aligning. We do this
|
| 8282 |
|
|
lazily to avoid pessimizing traditional objects. */
|
| 8283 |
|
|
if (!htab->is_vxworks
|
| 8284 |
|
|
&& !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->splt, 5))
|
| 8285 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 8286 |
|
|
|
| 8287 |
|
|
/* Make sure that .got.plt is word-aligned. We do this lazily
|
| 8288 |
|
|
for the same reason as above. */
|
| 8289 |
|
|
if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->sgotplt,
|
| 8290 |
|
|
MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj)))
|
| 8291 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 8292 |
|
|
|
| 8293 |
|
|
htab->splt->size += htab->plt_header_size;
|
| 8294 |
|
|
|
| 8295 |
|
|
/* On non-VxWorks targets, the first two entries in .got.plt
|
| 8296 |
|
|
are reserved. */
|
| 8297 |
|
|
if (!htab->is_vxworks)
|
| 8298 |
|
|
htab->sgotplt->size += 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj);
|
| 8299 |
|
|
|
| 8300 |
|
|
/* On VxWorks, also allocate room for the header's
|
| 8301 |
|
|
.rela.plt.unloaded entries. */
|
| 8302 |
|
|
if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared)
|
| 8303 |
|
|
htab->srelplt2->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
| 8304 |
|
|
}
|
| 8305 |
|
|
|
| 8306 |
|
|
/* Assign the next .plt entry to this symbol. */
|
| 8307 |
|
|
h->plt.offset = htab->splt->size;
|
| 8308 |
|
|
htab->splt->size += htab->plt_entry_size;
|
| 8309 |
|
|
|
| 8310 |
|
|
/* If the output file has no definition of the symbol, set the
|
| 8311 |
|
|
symbol's value to the address of the stub. */
|
| 8312 |
|
|
if (!info->shared && !h->def_regular)
|
| 8313 |
|
|
{
|
| 8314 |
|
|
h->root.u.def.section = htab->splt;
|
| 8315 |
|
|
h->root.u.def.value = h->plt.offset;
|
| 8316 |
|
|
/* For VxWorks, point at the PLT load stub rather than the
|
| 8317 |
|
|
lazy resolution stub; this stub will become the canonical
|
| 8318 |
|
|
function address. */
|
| 8319 |
|
|
if (htab->is_vxworks)
|
| 8320 |
|
|
h->root.u.def.value += 8;
|
| 8321 |
|
|
}
|
| 8322 |
|
|
|
| 8323 |
|
|
/* Make room for the .got.plt entry and the R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
|
| 8324 |
|
|
relocation. */
|
| 8325 |
|
|
htab->sgotplt->size += MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj);
|
| 8326 |
|
|
htab->srelplt->size += (htab->is_vxworks
|
| 8327 |
|
|
? MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj)
|
| 8328 |
|
|
: MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj));
|
| 8329 |
|
|
|
| 8330 |
|
|
/* Make room for the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations. */
|
| 8331 |
|
|
if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared)
|
| 8332 |
|
|
htab->srelplt2->size += 3 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
| 8333 |
|
|
|
| 8334 |
|
|
/* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
|
| 8335 |
|
|
dynamic will now refer to the PLT entry instead. */
|
| 8336 |
|
|
hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0;
|
| 8337 |
|
|
|
| 8338 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 8339 |
|
|
}
|
| 8340 |
|
|
|
| 8341 |
|
|
/* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
|
| 8342 |
|
|
processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
|
| 8343 |
|
|
real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
|
| 8344 |
|
|
if (h->u.weakdef != NULL)
|
| 8345 |
|
|
{
|
| 8346 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
|
| 8347 |
|
|
|| h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
|
| 8348 |
|
|
h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section;
|
| 8349 |
|
|
h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value;
|
| 8350 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 8351 |
|
|
}
|
| 8352 |
|
|
|
| 8353 |
|
|
/* Otherwise, there is nothing further to do for symbols defined
|
| 8354 |
|
|
in regular objects. */
|
| 8355 |
|
|
if (h->def_regular)
|
| 8356 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 8357 |
|
|
|
| 8358 |
|
|
/* There's also nothing more to do if we'll convert all relocations
|
| 8359 |
|
|
against this symbol into dynamic relocations. */
|
| 8360 |
|
|
if (!hmips->has_static_relocs)
|
| 8361 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 8362 |
|
|
|
| 8363 |
|
|
/* We're now relying on copy relocations. Complain if we have
|
| 8364 |
|
|
some that we can't convert. */
|
| 8365 |
|
|
if (!htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs || info->shared)
|
| 8366 |
|
|
{
|
| 8367 |
|
|
(*_bfd_error_handler) (_("non-dynamic relocations refer to "
|
| 8368 |
|
|
"dynamic symbol %s"),
|
| 8369 |
|
|
h->root.root.string);
|
| 8370 |
|
|
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
| 8371 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 8372 |
|
|
}
|
| 8373 |
|
|
|
| 8374 |
|
|
/* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
|
| 8375 |
|
|
become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
|
| 8376 |
|
|
an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
|
| 8377 |
|
|
object will contain position independent code, so all references
|
| 8378 |
|
|
from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
|
| 8379 |
|
|
offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
|
| 8380 |
|
|
determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
|
| 8381 |
|
|
both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
|
| 8382 |
|
|
same memory location for the variable. */
|
| 8383 |
|
|
|
| 8384 |
|
|
if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
|
| 8385 |
|
|
{
|
| 8386 |
|
|
if (htab->is_vxworks)
|
| 8387 |
|
|
htab->srelbss->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
| 8388 |
|
|
else
|
| 8389 |
|
|
mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, 1);
|
| 8390 |
|
|
h->needs_copy = 1;
|
| 8391 |
|
|
}
|
| 8392 |
|
|
|
| 8393 |
|
|
/* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
|
| 8394 |
|
|
dynamic will now refer to the local copy instead. */
|
| 8395 |
|
|
hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0;
|
| 8396 |
|
|
|
| 8397 |
|
|
return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (h, htab->sdynbss);
|
| 8398 |
|
|
}
|
| 8399 |
|
|
|
| 8400 |
|
|
/* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
|
| 8401 |
|
|
and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
|
| 8402 |
|
|
check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
|
| 8403 |
|
|
|
| 8404 |
|
|
bfd_boolean
|
| 8405 |
|
|
_bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
|
| 8406 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
| 8407 |
|
|
{
|
| 8408 |
|
|
asection *ri;
|
| 8409 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
| 8410 |
|
|
struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti;
|
| 8411 |
|
|
|
| 8412 |
|
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
|
| 8413 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
|
| 8414 |
|
|
|
| 8415 |
|
|
/* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
|
| 8416 |
|
|
ri = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".reginfo");
|
| 8417 |
|
|
if (ri != NULL)
|
| 8418 |
|
|
bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd, ri, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
|
| 8419 |
|
|
|
| 8420 |
|
|
hti.info = info;
|
| 8421 |
|
|
hti.output_bfd = output_bfd;
|
| 8422 |
|
|
hti.error = FALSE;
|
| 8423 |
|
|
mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
|
| 8424 |
|
|
mips_elf_check_symbols, &hti);
|
| 8425 |
|
|
if (hti.error)
|
| 8426 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 8427 |
|
|
|
| 8428 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 8429 |
|
|
}
|
| 8430 |
|
|
|
| 8431 |
|
|
/* If the link uses a GOT, lay it out and work out its size. */
|
| 8432 |
|
|
|
| 8433 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
| 8434 |
|
|
mips_elf_lay_out_got (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
| 8435 |
|
|
{
|
| 8436 |
|
|
bfd *dynobj;
|
| 8437 |
|
|
asection *s;
|
| 8438 |
|
|
struct mips_got_info *g;
|
| 8439 |
|
|
bfd_size_type loadable_size = 0;
|
| 8440 |
|
|
bfd_size_type page_gotno;
|
| 8441 |
|
|
bfd *sub;
|
| 8442 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg count_tls_arg;
|
| 8443 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
| 8444 |
|
|
|
| 8445 |
|
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
|
| 8446 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
|
| 8447 |
|
|
|
| 8448 |
|
|
s = htab->sgot;
|
| 8449 |
|
|
if (s == NULL)
|
| 8450 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 8451 |
|
|
|
| 8452 |
|
|
dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
|
| 8453 |
|
|
g = htab->got_info;
|
| 8454 |
|
|
|
| 8455 |
|
|
/* Allocate room for the reserved entries. VxWorks always reserves
|
| 8456 |
|
|
3 entries; other objects only reserve 2 entries. */
|
| 8457 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_gotno == 0);
|
| 8458 |
|
|
if (htab->is_vxworks)
|
| 8459 |
|
|
htab->reserved_gotno = 3;
|
| 8460 |
|
|
else
|
| 8461 |
|
|
htab->reserved_gotno = 2;
|
| 8462 |
|
|
g->local_gotno += htab->reserved_gotno;
|
| 8463 |
|
|
g->assigned_gotno = htab->reserved_gotno;
|
| 8464 |
|
|
|
| 8465 |
|
|
/* Replace entries for indirect and warning symbols with entries for
|
| 8466 |
|
|
the target symbol. */
|
| 8467 |
|
|
if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g))
|
| 8468 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 8469 |
|
|
|
| 8470 |
|
|
/* Count the number of GOT symbols. */
|
| 8471 |
|
|
mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab, mips_elf_count_got_symbols, info);
|
| 8472 |
|
|
|
| 8473 |
|
|
/* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
|
| 8474 |
|
|
will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
|
| 8475 |
|
|
required. */
|
| 8476 |
|
|
for (sub = info->input_bfds; sub; sub = sub->link_next)
|
| 8477 |
|
|
{
|
| 8478 |
|
|
asection *subsection;
|
| 8479 |
|
|
|
| 8480 |
|
|
for (subsection = sub->sections;
|
| 8481 |
|
|
subsection;
|
| 8482 |
|
|
subsection = subsection->next)
|
| 8483 |
|
|
{
|
| 8484 |
|
|
if ((subsection->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
|
| 8485 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 8486 |
|
|
loadable_size += ((subsection->size + 0xf)
|
| 8487 |
|
|
&~ (bfd_size_type) 0xf);
|
| 8488 |
|
|
}
|
| 8489 |
|
|
}
|
| 8490 |
|
|
|
| 8491 |
|
|
if (htab->is_vxworks)
|
| 8492 |
|
|
/* There's no need to allocate page entries for VxWorks; R_MIPS*_GOT16
|
| 8493 |
|
|
relocations against local symbols evaluate to "G", and the EABI does
|
| 8494 |
|
|
not include R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE. */
|
| 8495 |
|
|
page_gotno = 0;
|
| 8496 |
|
|
else
|
| 8497 |
|
|
/* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of contiguous
|
| 8498 |
|
|
sections. Is 5 enough? */
|
| 8499 |
|
|
page_gotno = (loadable_size >> 16) + 5;
|
| 8500 |
|
|
|
| 8501 |
|
|
/* Choose the smaller of the two estimates; both are intended to be
|
| 8502 |
|
|
conservative. */
|
| 8503 |
|
|
if (page_gotno > g->page_gotno)
|
| 8504 |
|
|
page_gotno = g->page_gotno;
|
| 8505 |
|
|
|
| 8506 |
|
|
g->local_gotno += page_gotno;
|
| 8507 |
|
|
s->size += g->local_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
|
| 8508 |
|
|
s->size += g->global_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
|
| 8509 |
|
|
|
| 8510 |
|
|
/* We need to calculate tls_gotno for global symbols at this point
|
| 8511 |
|
|
instead of building it up earlier, to avoid doublecounting
|
| 8512 |
|
|
entries for one global symbol from multiple input files. */
|
| 8513 |
|
|
count_tls_arg.info = info;
|
| 8514 |
|
|
count_tls_arg.needed = 0;
|
| 8515 |
|
|
elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info),
|
| 8516 |
|
|
mips_elf_count_global_tls_entries,
|
| 8517 |
|
|
&count_tls_arg);
|
| 8518 |
|
|
g->tls_gotno += count_tls_arg.needed;
|
| 8519 |
|
|
s->size += g->tls_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
|
| 8520 |
|
|
|
| 8521 |
|
|
/* VxWorks does not support multiple GOTs. It initializes $gp to
|
| 8522 |
|
|
__GOTT_BASE__[__GOTT_INDEX__], the value of which is set by the
|
| 8523 |
|
|
dynamic loader. */
|
| 8524 |
|
|
if (htab->is_vxworks)
|
| 8525 |
|
|
{
|
| 8526 |
|
|
/* VxWorks executables do not need a GOT. */
|
| 8527 |
|
|
if (info->shared)
|
| 8528 |
|
|
{
|
| 8529 |
|
|
/* Each VxWorks GOT entry needs an explicit relocation. */
|
| 8530 |
|
|
unsigned int count;
|
| 8531 |
|
|
|
| 8532 |
|
|
count = g->global_gotno + g->local_gotno - htab->reserved_gotno;
|
| 8533 |
|
|
if (count)
|
| 8534 |
|
|
mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, count);
|
| 8535 |
|
|
}
|
| 8536 |
|
|
}
|
| 8537 |
|
|
else if (s->size > MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info))
|
| 8538 |
|
|
{
|
| 8539 |
|
|
if (!mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd, info, s, page_gotno))
|
| 8540 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 8541 |
|
|
}
|
| 8542 |
|
|
else
|
| 8543 |
|
|
{
|
| 8544 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg arg;
|
| 8545 |
|
|
|
| 8546 |
|
|
/* Set up TLS entries. */
|
| 8547 |
|
|
g->tls_assigned_gotno = g->global_gotno + g->local_gotno;
|
| 8548 |
|
|
htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index, g);
|
| 8549 |
|
|
|
| 8550 |
|
|
/* Allocate room for the TLS relocations. */
|
| 8551 |
|
|
arg.info = info;
|
| 8552 |
|
|
arg.needed = 0;
|
| 8553 |
|
|
htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_count_local_tls_relocs, &arg);
|
| 8554 |
|
|
elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info),
|
| 8555 |
|
|
mips_elf_count_global_tls_relocs,
|
| 8556 |
|
|
&arg);
|
| 8557 |
|
|
if (arg.needed)
|
| 8558 |
|
|
mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, arg.needed);
|
| 8559 |
|
|
}
|
| 8560 |
|
|
|
| 8561 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 8562 |
|
|
}
|
| 8563 |
|
|
|
| 8564 |
|
|
/* Estimate the size of the .MIPS.stubs section. */
|
| 8565 |
|
|
|
| 8566 |
|
|
static void
|
| 8567 |
|
|
mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
| 8568 |
|
|
{
|
| 8569 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
| 8570 |
|
|
bfd_size_type dynsymcount;
|
| 8571 |
|
|
|
| 8572 |
|
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
|
| 8573 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
|
| 8574 |
|
|
|
| 8575 |
|
|
if (htab->lazy_stub_count == 0)
|
| 8576 |
|
|
return;
|
| 8577 |
|
|
|
| 8578 |
|
|
/* IRIX rld assumes that a function stub isn't at the end of the .text
|
| 8579 |
|
|
section, so add a dummy entry to the end. */
|
| 8580 |
|
|
htab->lazy_stub_count++;
|
| 8581 |
|
|
|
| 8582 |
|
|
/* Get a worst-case estimate of the number of dynamic symbols needed.
|
| 8583 |
|
|
At this point, dynsymcount does not account for section symbols
|
| 8584 |
|
|
and count_section_dynsyms may overestimate the number that will
|
| 8585 |
|
|
be needed. */
|
| 8586 |
|
|
dynsymcount = (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount
|
| 8587 |
|
|
+ count_section_dynsyms (output_bfd, info));
|
| 8588 |
|
|
|
| 8589 |
|
|
/* Determine the size of one stub entry. */
|
| 8590 |
|
|
htab->function_stub_size = (dynsymcount > 0x10000
|
| 8591 |
|
|
? MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
|
| 8592 |
|
|
: MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE);
|
| 8593 |
|
|
|
| 8594 |
|
|
htab->sstubs->size = htab->lazy_stub_count * htab->function_stub_size;
|
| 8595 |
|
|
}
|
| 8596 |
|
|
|
| 8597 |
|
|
/* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to the
|
| 8598 |
|
|
MIPS hash table. If H needs a traditional MIPS lazy-binding stub,
|
| 8599 |
|
|
allocate an entry in the stubs section. */
|
| 8600 |
|
|
|
| 8601 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
| 8602 |
|
|
mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void **data)
|
| 8603 |
|
|
{
|
| 8604 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
| 8605 |
|
|
|
| 8606 |
|
|
htab = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) data;
|
| 8607 |
|
|
if (h->needs_lazy_stub)
|
| 8608 |
|
|
{
|
| 8609 |
|
|
h->root.root.u.def.section = htab->sstubs;
|
| 8610 |
|
|
h->root.root.u.def.value = htab->sstubs->size;
|
| 8611 |
|
|
h->root.plt.offset = htab->sstubs->size;
|
| 8612 |
|
|
htab->sstubs->size += htab->function_stub_size;
|
| 8613 |
|
|
}
|
| 8614 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 8615 |
|
|
}
|
| 8616 |
|
|
|
| 8617 |
|
|
/* Allocate offsets in the stubs section to each symbol that needs one.
|
| 8618 |
|
|
Set the final size of the .MIPS.stub section. */
|
| 8619 |
|
|
|
| 8620 |
|
|
static void
|
| 8621 |
|
|
mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
| 8622 |
|
|
{
|
| 8623 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
| 8624 |
|
|
|
| 8625 |
|
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
|
| 8626 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
|
| 8627 |
|
|
|
| 8628 |
|
|
if (htab->lazy_stub_count == 0)
|
| 8629 |
|
|
return;
|
| 8630 |
|
|
|
| 8631 |
|
|
htab->sstubs->size = 0;
|
| 8632 |
|
|
mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab, mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub, htab);
|
| 8633 |
|
|
htab->sstubs->size += htab->function_stub_size;
|
| 8634 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab->sstubs->size
|
| 8635 |
|
|
== htab->lazy_stub_count * htab->function_stub_size);
|
| 8636 |
|
|
}
|
| 8637 |
|
|
|
| 8638 |
|
|
/* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
|
| 8639 |
|
|
|
| 8640 |
|
|
bfd_boolean
|
| 8641 |
|
|
_bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
|
| 8642 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
| 8643 |
|
|
{
|
| 8644 |
|
|
bfd *dynobj;
|
| 8645 |
|
|
asection *s, *sreldyn;
|
| 8646 |
|
|
bfd_boolean reltext;
|
| 8647 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
| 8648 |
|
|
|
| 8649 |
|
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
|
| 8650 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
|
| 8651 |
|
|
dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
|
| 8652 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
|
| 8653 |
|
|
|
| 8654 |
|
|
if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
|
| 8655 |
|
|
{
|
| 8656 |
|
|
/* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
|
| 8657 |
|
|
if (info->executable)
|
| 8658 |
|
|
{
|
| 8659 |
|
|
s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".interp");
|
| 8660 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
|
| 8661 |
|
|
s->size
|
| 8662 |
|
|
= strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd)) + 1;
|
| 8663 |
|
|
s->contents
|
| 8664 |
|
|
= (bfd_byte *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd);
|
| 8665 |
|
|
}
|
| 8666 |
|
|
|
| 8667 |
|
|
/* Create a symbol for the PLT, if we know that we are using it. */
|
| 8668 |
|
|
if (htab->splt && htab->splt->size > 0 && htab->root.hplt == NULL)
|
| 8669 |
|
|
{
|
| 8670 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
|
| 8671 |
|
|
|
| 8672 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
|
| 8673 |
|
|
|
| 8674 |
|
|
h = _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj, info, htab->splt,
|
| 8675 |
|
|
"_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
|
| 8676 |
|
|
htab->root.hplt = h;
|
| 8677 |
|
|
if (h == NULL)
|
| 8678 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 8679 |
|
|
h->type = STT_FUNC;
|
| 8680 |
|
|
}
|
| 8681 |
|
|
}
|
| 8682 |
|
|
|
| 8683 |
|
|
/* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
|
| 8684 |
|
|
elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, allocate_dynrelocs, (PTR) info);
|
| 8685 |
|
|
|
| 8686 |
|
|
mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (output_bfd, info);
|
| 8687 |
|
|
|
| 8688 |
|
|
if (!mips_elf_lay_out_got (output_bfd, info))
|
| 8689 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 8690 |
|
|
|
| 8691 |
|
|
mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (info);
|
| 8692 |
|
|
|
| 8693 |
|
|
/* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
|
| 8694 |
|
|
determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
|
| 8695 |
|
|
memory for them. */
|
| 8696 |
|
|
reltext = FALSE;
|
| 8697 |
|
|
for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
|
| 8698 |
|
|
{
|
| 8699 |
|
|
const char *name;
|
| 8700 |
|
|
|
| 8701 |
|
|
/* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
|
| 8702 |
|
|
of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
|
| 8703 |
|
|
name = bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s);
|
| 8704 |
|
|
|
| 8705 |
|
|
if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
|
| 8706 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 8707 |
|
|
|
| 8708 |
|
|
if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".rel"))
|
| 8709 |
|
|
{
|
| 8710 |
|
|
if (s->size != 0)
|
| 8711 |
|
|
{
|
| 8712 |
|
|
const char *outname;
|
| 8713 |
|
|
asection *target;
|
| 8714 |
|
|
|
| 8715 |
|
|
/* If this relocation section applies to a read only
|
| 8716 |
|
|
section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
|
| 8717 |
|
|
If the relocation section is .rel(a).dyn, we always
|
| 8718 |
|
|
assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
|
| 8719 |
|
|
there exists a relocation to a read only section or
|
| 8720 |
|
|
not. */
|
| 8721 |
|
|
outname = bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd,
|
| 8722 |
|
|
s->output_section);
|
| 8723 |
|
|
target = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, outname + 4);
|
| 8724 |
|
|
if ((target != NULL
|
| 8725 |
|
|
&& (target->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0
|
| 8726 |
|
|
&& (target->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
|
| 8727 |
|
|
|| strcmp (outname, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info)) == 0)
|
| 8728 |
|
|
reltext = TRUE;
|
| 8729 |
|
|
|
| 8730 |
|
|
/* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
|
| 8731 |
|
|
to copy relocs into the output file. */
|
| 8732 |
|
|
if (strcmp (name, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info)) != 0)
|
| 8733 |
|
|
s->reloc_count = 0;
|
| 8734 |
|
|
|
| 8735 |
|
|
/* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
|
| 8736 |
|
|
sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
|
| 8737 |
|
|
and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
|
| 8738 |
|
|
will move them around between input sections'
|
| 8739 |
|
|
relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
|
| 8740 |
|
|
broken, so don't let it run. */
|
| 8741 |
|
|
info->combreloc = 0;
|
| 8742 |
|
|
}
|
| 8743 |
|
|
}
|
| 8744 |
|
|
else if (! info->shared
|
| 8745 |
|
|
&& ! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head
|
| 8746 |
|
|
&& CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".rld_map"))
|
| 8747 |
|
|
{
|
| 8748 |
|
|
/* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
|
| 8749 |
|
|
rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
|
| 8750 |
|
|
s->size += 4;
|
| 8751 |
|
|
}
|
| 8752 |
|
|
else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)
|
| 8753 |
|
|
&& CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".compact_rel"))
|
| 8754 |
|
|
s->size += mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size;
|
| 8755 |
|
|
else if (s == htab->splt)
|
| 8756 |
|
|
{
|
| 8757 |
|
|
/* If the last PLT entry has a branch delay slot, allocate
|
| 8758 |
|
|
room for an extra nop to fill the delay slot. This is
|
| 8759 |
|
|
for CPUs without load interlocking. */
|
| 8760 |
|
|
if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd)
|
| 8761 |
|
|
&& ! htab->is_vxworks && s->size > 0)
|
| 8762 |
|
|
s->size += 4;
|
| 8763 |
|
|
}
|
| 8764 |
|
|
else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".init")
|
| 8765 |
|
|
&& s != htab->sgot
|
| 8766 |
|
|
&& s != htab->sgotplt
|
| 8767 |
|
|
&& s != htab->sstubs
|
| 8768 |
|
|
&& s != htab->sdynbss)
|
| 8769 |
|
|
{
|
| 8770 |
|
|
/* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
|
| 8771 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 8772 |
|
|
}
|
| 8773 |
|
|
|
| 8774 |
|
|
if (s->size == 0)
|
| 8775 |
|
|
{
|
| 8776 |
|
|
s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
|
| 8777 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 8778 |
|
|
}
|
| 8779 |
|
|
|
| 8780 |
|
|
if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
|
| 8781 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 8782 |
|
|
|
| 8783 |
|
|
/* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
|
| 8784 |
|
|
s->contents = bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
|
| 8785 |
|
|
if (s->contents == NULL)
|
| 8786 |
|
|
{
|
| 8787 |
|
|
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
|
| 8788 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 8789 |
|
|
}
|
| 8790 |
|
|
}
|
| 8791 |
|
|
|
| 8792 |
|
|
if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
|
| 8793 |
|
|
{
|
| 8794 |
|
|
/* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
|
| 8795 |
|
|
values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
|
| 8796 |
|
|
must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
|
| 8797 |
|
|
the .dynamic section. */
|
| 8798 |
|
|
|
| 8799 |
|
|
/* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
|
| 8800 |
|
|
DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. This must come first because glibc
|
| 8801 |
|
|
only fills in DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP (not DT_DEBUG) and GDB only
|
| 8802 |
|
|
looks at the first one it sees. */
|
| 8803 |
|
|
if (!info->shared
|
| 8804 |
|
|
&& !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP, 0))
|
| 8805 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 8806 |
|
|
|
| 8807 |
|
|
/* The DT_DEBUG entry may be filled in by the dynamic linker and
|
| 8808 |
|
|
used by the debugger. */
|
| 8809 |
|
|
if (info->executable
|
| 8810 |
|
|
&& !SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)
|
| 8811 |
|
|
&& !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_DEBUG, 0))
|
| 8812 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 8813 |
|
|
|
| 8814 |
|
|
if (reltext && (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd) || htab->is_vxworks))
|
| 8815 |
|
|
info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
|
| 8816 |
|
|
|
| 8817 |
|
|
if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
|
| 8818 |
|
|
{
|
| 8819 |
|
|
if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_TEXTREL, 0))
|
| 8820 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 8821 |
|
|
|
| 8822 |
|
|
/* Clear the DF_TEXTREL flag. It will be set again if we
|
| 8823 |
|
|
write out an actual text relocation; we may not, because
|
| 8824 |
|
|
at this point we do not know whether e.g. any .eh_frame
|
| 8825 |
|
|
absolute relocations have been converted to PC-relative. */
|
| 8826 |
|
|
info->flags &= ~DF_TEXTREL;
|
| 8827 |
|
|
}
|
| 8828 |
|
|
|
| 8829 |
|
|
if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTGOT, 0))
|
| 8830 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 8831 |
|
|
|
| 8832 |
|
|
sreldyn = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
|
| 8833 |
|
|
if (htab->is_vxworks)
|
| 8834 |
|
|
{
|
| 8835 |
|
|
/* VxWorks uses .rela.dyn instead of .rel.dyn. It does not
|
| 8836 |
|
|
use any of the DT_MIPS_* tags. */
|
| 8837 |
|
|
if (sreldyn && sreldyn->size > 0)
|
| 8838 |
|
|
{
|
| 8839 |
|
|
if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELA, 0))
|
| 8840 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 8841 |
|
|
|
| 8842 |
|
|
if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELASZ, 0))
|
| 8843 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 8844 |
|
|
|
| 8845 |
|
|
if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELAENT, 0))
|
| 8846 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 8847 |
|
|
}
|
| 8848 |
|
|
}
|
| 8849 |
|
|
else
|
| 8850 |
|
|
{
|
| 8851 |
|
|
if (sreldyn && sreldyn->size > 0)
|
| 8852 |
|
|
{
|
| 8853 |
|
|
if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_REL, 0))
|
| 8854 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 8855 |
|
|
|
| 8856 |
|
|
if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELSZ, 0))
|
| 8857 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 8858 |
|
|
|
| 8859 |
|
|
if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELENT, 0))
|
| 8860 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 8861 |
|
|
}
|
| 8862 |
|
|
|
| 8863 |
|
|
if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION, 0))
|
| 8864 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 8865 |
|
|
|
| 8866 |
|
|
if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_FLAGS, 0))
|
| 8867 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 8868 |
|
|
|
| 8869 |
|
|
if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS, 0))
|
| 8870 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 8871 |
|
|
|
| 8872 |
|
|
if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO, 0))
|
| 8873 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 8874 |
|
|
|
| 8875 |
|
|
if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, 0))
|
| 8876 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 8877 |
|
|
|
| 8878 |
|
|
if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO, 0))
|
| 8879 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 8880 |
|
|
|
| 8881 |
|
|
if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM, 0))
|
| 8882 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 8883 |
|
|
|
| 8884 |
|
|
if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj) == ict_irix5
|
| 8885 |
|
|
&& ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO, 0))
|
| 8886 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 8887 |
|
|
|
| 8888 |
|
|
if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj) == ict_irix6
|
| 8889 |
|
|
&& (bfd_get_section_by_name
|
| 8890 |
|
|
(dynobj, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj)))
|
| 8891 |
|
|
&& !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS, 0))
|
| 8892 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 8893 |
|
|
}
|
| 8894 |
|
|
if (htab->splt->size > 0)
|
| 8895 |
|
|
{
|
| 8896 |
|
|
if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTREL, 0))
|
| 8897 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 8898 |
|
|
|
| 8899 |
|
|
if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_JMPREL, 0))
|
| 8900 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 8901 |
|
|
|
| 8902 |
|
|
if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTRELSZ, 0))
|
| 8903 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 8904 |
|
|
|
| 8905 |
|
|
if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_PLTGOT, 0))
|
| 8906 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 8907 |
|
|
}
|
| 8908 |
|
|
if (htab->is_vxworks
|
| 8909 |
|
|
&& !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd, info))
|
| 8910 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 8911 |
|
|
}
|
| 8912 |
|
|
|
| 8913 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 8914 |
|
|
}
|
| 8915 |
|
|
|
| 8916 |
|
|
/* REL is a relocation in INPUT_BFD that is being copied to OUTPUT_BFD.
|
| 8917 |
|
|
Adjust its R_ADDEND field so that it is correct for the output file.
|
| 8918 |
|
|
LOCAL_SYMS and LOCAL_SECTIONS are arrays of INPUT_BFD's local symbols
|
| 8919 |
|
|
and sections respectively; both use symbol indexes. */
|
| 8920 |
|
|
|
| 8921 |
|
|
static void
|
| 8922 |
|
|
mips_elf_adjust_addend (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
| 8923 |
|
|
bfd *input_bfd, Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
|
| 8924 |
|
|
asection **local_sections, Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
|
| 8925 |
|
|
{
|
| 8926 |
|
|
unsigned int r_type, r_symndx;
|
| 8927 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
|
| 8928 |
|
|
asection *sec;
|
| 8929 |
|
|
|
| 8930 |
|
|
if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel, local_sections))
|
| 8931 |
|
|
{
|
| 8932 |
|
|
r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
|
| 8933 |
|
|
if (r_type == R_MIPS16_GPREL
|
| 8934 |
|
|
|| r_type == R_MIPS_GPREL16
|
| 8935 |
|
|
|| r_type == R_MIPS_GPREL32
|
| 8936 |
|
|
|| r_type == R_MIPS_LITERAL)
|
| 8937 |
|
|
{
|
| 8938 |
|
|
rel->r_addend += _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd);
|
| 8939 |
|
|
rel->r_addend -= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd);
|
| 8940 |
|
|
}
|
| 8941 |
|
|
|
| 8942 |
|
|
r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
|
| 8943 |
|
|
sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
|
| 8944 |
|
|
|
| 8945 |
|
|
/* Adjust REL's addend to account for section merging. */
|
| 8946 |
|
|
if (!info->relocatable)
|
| 8947 |
|
|
{
|
| 8948 |
|
|
sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
|
| 8949 |
|
|
_bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
|
| 8950 |
|
|
}
|
| 8951 |
|
|
|
| 8952 |
|
|
/* This would normally be done by the rela_normal code in elflink.c. */
|
| 8953 |
|
|
if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
|
| 8954 |
|
|
rel->r_addend += local_sections[r_symndx]->output_offset;
|
| 8955 |
|
|
}
|
| 8956 |
|
|
}
|
| 8957 |
|
|
|
| 8958 |
|
|
/* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
|
| 8959 |
|
|
|
| 8960 |
|
|
bfd_boolean
|
| 8961 |
|
|
_bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
| 8962 |
|
|
bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
|
| 8963 |
|
|
bfd_byte *contents, Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
|
| 8964 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
|
| 8965 |
|
|
asection **local_sections)
|
| 8966 |
|
|
{
|
| 8967 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
|
| 8968 |
|
|
const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
|
| 8969 |
|
|
bfd_vma addend = 0;
|
| 8970 |
|
|
bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p = FALSE;
|
| 8971 |
|
|
const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
|
| 8972 |
|
|
|
| 8973 |
|
|
bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
|
| 8974 |
|
|
relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
|
| 8975 |
|
|
for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; ++rel)
|
| 8976 |
|
|
{
|
| 8977 |
|
|
const char *name;
|
| 8978 |
|
|
bfd_vma value = 0;
|
| 8979 |
|
|
reloc_howto_type *howto;
|
| 8980 |
|
|
bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p;
|
| 8981 |
|
|
/* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
|
| 8982 |
|
|
REL relocation. */
|
| 8983 |
|
|
bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p = TRUE;
|
| 8984 |
|
|
unsigned int r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
|
| 8985 |
|
|
const char *msg;
|
| 8986 |
|
|
unsigned long r_symndx;
|
| 8987 |
|
|
asection *sec;
|
| 8988 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
|
| 8989 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
|
| 8990 |
|
|
bfd_boolean rel_reloc;
|
| 8991 |
|
|
|
| 8992 |
|
|
rel_reloc = (NEWABI_P (input_bfd)
|
| 8993 |
|
|
&& mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd, input_section,
|
| 8994 |
|
|
relocs, rel));
|
| 8995 |
|
|
/* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
|
| 8996 |
|
|
howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, r_type, !rel_reloc);
|
| 8997 |
|
|
|
| 8998 |
|
|
r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, rel->r_info);
|
| 8999 |
|
|
symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
|
| 9000 |
|
|
if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel, local_sections))
|
| 9001 |
|
|
{
|
| 9002 |
|
|
sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
|
| 9003 |
|
|
h = NULL;
|
| 9004 |
|
|
}
|
| 9005 |
|
|
else
|
| 9006 |
|
|
{
|
| 9007 |
|
|
unsigned long extsymoff;
|
| 9008 |
|
|
|
| 9009 |
|
|
extsymoff = 0;
|
| 9010 |
|
|
if (!elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd))
|
| 9011 |
|
|
extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
|
| 9012 |
|
|
h = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff];
|
| 9013 |
|
|
while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
|
| 9014 |
|
|
|| h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
|
| 9015 |
|
|
h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
|
| 9016 |
|
|
|
| 9017 |
|
|
sec = NULL;
|
| 9018 |
|
|
if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
|
| 9019 |
|
|
|| h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
|
| 9020 |
|
|
sec = h->root.u.def.section;
|
| 9021 |
|
|
}
|
| 9022 |
|
|
|
| 9023 |
|
|
if (sec != NULL && elf_discarded_section (sec))
|
| 9024 |
|
|
RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info, input_bfd, input_section,
|
| 9025 |
|
|
rel, relend, howto, contents);
|
| 9026 |
|
|
|
| 9027 |
|
|
if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd))
|
| 9028 |
|
|
{
|
| 9029 |
|
|
/* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
|
| 9030 |
|
|
64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
|
| 9031 |
|
|
lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
|
| 9032 |
|
|
space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
|
| 9033 |
|
|
usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
|
| 9034 |
|
|
stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
|
| 9035 |
|
|
howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, R_MIPS_32, FALSE);
|
| 9036 |
|
|
|
| 9037 |
|
|
/* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
|
| 9038 |
|
|
of the reloc. */
|
| 9039 |
|
|
if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
|
| 9040 |
|
|
rel->r_offset += 4;
|
| 9041 |
|
|
}
|
| 9042 |
|
|
|
| 9043 |
|
|
if (!use_saved_addend_p)
|
| 9044 |
|
|
{
|
| 9045 |
|
|
/* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
|
| 9046 |
|
|
we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
|
| 9047 |
|
|
relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
|
| 9048 |
|
|
RELA relocation. */
|
| 9049 |
|
|
if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd, input_section,
|
| 9050 |
|
|
relocs, rel))
|
| 9051 |
|
|
{
|
| 9052 |
|
|
rela_relocation_p = FALSE;
|
| 9053 |
|
|
addend = mips_elf_read_rel_addend (input_bfd, rel,
|
| 9054 |
|
|
howto, contents);
|
| 9055 |
|
|
if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type)
|
| 9056 |
|
|
|| (got16_reloc_p (r_type)
|
| 9057 |
|
|
&& mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel,
|
| 9058 |
|
|
local_sections)))
|
| 9059 |
|
|
{
|
| 9060 |
|
|
if (!mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (input_bfd, rel, relend,
|
| 9061 |
|
|
contents, &addend))
|
| 9062 |
|
|
{
|
| 9063 |
|
|
if (h)
|
| 9064 |
|
|
name = h->root.root.string;
|
| 9065 |
|
|
else
|
| 9066 |
|
|
name = bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr,
|
| 9067 |
|
|
local_syms + r_symndx,
|
| 9068 |
|
|
sec);
|
| 9069 |
|
|
(*_bfd_error_handler)
|
| 9070 |
|
|
(_("%B: Can't find matching LO16 reloc against `%s' for %s at 0x%lx in section `%A'"),
|
| 9071 |
|
|
input_bfd, input_section, name, howto->name,
|
| 9072 |
|
|
rel->r_offset);
|
| 9073 |
|
|
}
|
| 9074 |
|
|
}
|
| 9075 |
|
|
else
|
| 9076 |
|
|
addend <<= howto->rightshift;
|
| 9077 |
|
|
}
|
| 9078 |
|
|
else
|
| 9079 |
|
|
addend = rel->r_addend;
|
| 9080 |
|
|
mips_elf_adjust_addend (output_bfd, info, input_bfd,
|
| 9081 |
|
|
local_syms, local_sections, rel);
|
| 9082 |
|
|
}
|
| 9083 |
|
|
|
| 9084 |
|
|
if (info->relocatable)
|
| 9085 |
|
|
{
|
| 9086 |
|
|
if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd)
|
| 9087 |
|
|
&& bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
|
| 9088 |
|
|
rel->r_offset -= 4;
|
| 9089 |
|
|
|
| 9090 |
|
|
if (!rela_relocation_p && rel->r_addend)
|
| 9091 |
|
|
{
|
| 9092 |
|
|
addend += rel->r_addend;
|
| 9093 |
|
|
if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type) || got16_reloc_p (r_type))
|
| 9094 |
|
|
addend = mips_elf_high (addend);
|
| 9095 |
|
|
else if (r_type == R_MIPS_HIGHER)
|
| 9096 |
|
|
addend = mips_elf_higher (addend);
|
| 9097 |
|
|
else if (r_type == R_MIPS_HIGHEST)
|
| 9098 |
|
|
addend = mips_elf_highest (addend);
|
| 9099 |
|
|
else
|
| 9100 |
|
|
addend >>= howto->rightshift;
|
| 9101 |
|
|
|
| 9102 |
|
|
/* We use the source mask, rather than the destination
|
| 9103 |
|
|
mask because the place to which we are writing will be
|
| 9104 |
|
|
source of the addend in the final link. */
|
| 9105 |
|
|
addend &= howto->src_mask;
|
| 9106 |
|
|
|
| 9107 |
|
|
if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
|
| 9108 |
|
|
/* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
|
| 9109 |
|
|
ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
|
| 9110 |
|
|
possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
|
| 9111 |
|
|
but for endianness. */
|
| 9112 |
|
|
{
|
| 9113 |
|
|
bfd_vma sign_bits;
|
| 9114 |
|
|
bfd_vma low_bits;
|
| 9115 |
|
|
bfd_vma high_bits;
|
| 9116 |
|
|
|
| 9117 |
|
|
if (addend & ((bfd_vma) 1 << 31))
|
| 9118 |
|
|
#ifdef BFD64
|
| 9119 |
|
|
sign_bits = ((bfd_vma) 1 << 32) - 1;
|
| 9120 |
|
|
#else
|
| 9121 |
|
|
sign_bits = -1;
|
| 9122 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 9123 |
|
|
else
|
| 9124 |
|
|
sign_bits = 0;
|
| 9125 |
|
|
|
| 9126 |
|
|
/* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
|
| 9127 |
|
|
do two separate stores. */
|
| 9128 |
|
|
if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
|
| 9129 |
|
|
{
|
| 9130 |
|
|
/* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
|
| 9131 |
|
|
first. */
|
| 9132 |
|
|
low_bits = sign_bits;
|
| 9133 |
|
|
high_bits = addend;
|
| 9134 |
|
|
}
|
| 9135 |
|
|
else
|
| 9136 |
|
|
{
|
| 9137 |
|
|
low_bits = addend;
|
| 9138 |
|
|
high_bits = sign_bits;
|
| 9139 |
|
|
}
|
| 9140 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, low_bits,
|
| 9141 |
|
|
contents + rel->r_offset);
|
| 9142 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, high_bits,
|
| 9143 |
|
|
contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
|
| 9144 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 9145 |
|
|
}
|
| 9146 |
|
|
|
| 9147 |
|
|
if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, rel, addend,
|
| 9148 |
|
|
input_bfd, input_section,
|
| 9149 |
|
|
contents, FALSE))
|
| 9150 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 9151 |
|
|
}
|
| 9152 |
|
|
|
| 9153 |
|
|
/* Go on to the next relocation. */
|
| 9154 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 9155 |
|
|
}
|
| 9156 |
|
|
|
| 9157 |
|
|
/* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
|
| 9158 |
|
|
relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
|
| 9159 |
|
|
supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
|
| 9160 |
|
|
for the next. */
|
| 9161 |
|
|
if (rel + 1 < relend
|
| 9162 |
|
|
&& rel->r_offset == rel[1].r_offset
|
| 9163 |
|
|
&& ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, rel[1].r_info) != R_MIPS_NONE)
|
| 9164 |
|
|
use_saved_addend_p = TRUE;
|
| 9165 |
|
|
else
|
| 9166 |
|
|
use_saved_addend_p = FALSE;
|
| 9167 |
|
|
|
| 9168 |
|
|
/* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
|
| 9169 |
|
|
switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd, input_bfd,
|
| 9170 |
|
|
input_section, info, rel,
|
| 9171 |
|
|
addend, howto, local_syms,
|
| 9172 |
|
|
local_sections, &value,
|
| 9173 |
|
|
&name, &cross_mode_jump_p,
|
| 9174 |
|
|
use_saved_addend_p))
|
| 9175 |
|
|
{
|
| 9176 |
|
|
case bfd_reloc_continue:
|
| 9177 |
|
|
/* There's nothing to do. */
|
| 9178 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 9179 |
|
|
|
| 9180 |
|
|
case bfd_reloc_undefined:
|
| 9181 |
|
|
/* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
|
| 9182 |
|
|
undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
|
| 9183 |
|
|
trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
|
| 9184 |
|
|
just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
|
| 9185 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 9186 |
|
|
|
| 9187 |
|
|
case bfd_reloc_notsupported:
|
| 9188 |
|
|
msg = _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
|
| 9189 |
|
|
info->callbacks->warning
|
| 9190 |
|
|
(info, msg, name, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
|
| 9191 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 9192 |
|
|
|
| 9193 |
|
|
case bfd_reloc_overflow:
|
| 9194 |
|
|
if (use_saved_addend_p)
|
| 9195 |
|
|
/* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
|
| 9196 |
|
|
a given location. */
|
| 9197 |
|
|
;
|
| 9198 |
|
|
else
|
| 9199 |
|
|
{
|
| 9200 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
| 9201 |
|
|
|
| 9202 |
|
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
|
| 9203 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
|
| 9204 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL);
|
| 9205 |
|
|
if (!htab->small_data_overflow_reported
|
| 9206 |
|
|
&& (gprel16_reloc_p (howto->type)
|
| 9207 |
|
|
|| howto->type == R_MIPS_LITERAL))
|
| 9208 |
|
|
{
|
| 9209 |
|
|
msg = _("small-data section exceeds 64KB;"
|
| 9210 |
|
|
" lower small-data size limit (see option -G)");
|
| 9211 |
|
|
|
| 9212 |
|
|
htab->small_data_overflow_reported = TRUE;
|
| 9213 |
|
|
(*info->callbacks->einfo) ("%P: %s\n", msg);
|
| 9214 |
|
|
}
|
| 9215 |
|
|
if (! ((*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
|
| 9216 |
|
|
(info, NULL, name, howto->name, (bfd_vma) 0,
|
| 9217 |
|
|
input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset)))
|
| 9218 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 9219 |
|
|
}
|
| 9220 |
|
|
break;
|
| 9221 |
|
|
|
| 9222 |
|
|
case bfd_reloc_ok:
|
| 9223 |
|
|
break;
|
| 9224 |
|
|
|
| 9225 |
|
|
default:
|
| 9226 |
|
|
abort ();
|
| 9227 |
|
|
break;
|
| 9228 |
|
|
}
|
| 9229 |
|
|
|
| 9230 |
|
|
/* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
|
| 9231 |
|
|
until we reach the last one. */
|
| 9232 |
|
|
if (use_saved_addend_p)
|
| 9233 |
|
|
{
|
| 9234 |
|
|
addend = value;
|
| 9235 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 9236 |
|
|
}
|
| 9237 |
|
|
|
| 9238 |
|
|
if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
|
| 9239 |
|
|
/* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
|
| 9240 |
|
|
ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
|
| 9241 |
|
|
that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
|
| 9242 |
|
|
sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
|
| 9243 |
|
|
64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
|
| 9244 |
|
|
go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
|
| 9245 |
|
|
only a 32-bit VMA. */
|
| 9246 |
|
|
{
|
| 9247 |
|
|
bfd_vma sign_bits;
|
| 9248 |
|
|
bfd_vma low_bits;
|
| 9249 |
|
|
bfd_vma high_bits;
|
| 9250 |
|
|
|
| 9251 |
|
|
if (value & ((bfd_vma) 1 << 31))
|
| 9252 |
|
|
#ifdef BFD64
|
| 9253 |
|
|
sign_bits = ((bfd_vma) 1 << 32) - 1;
|
| 9254 |
|
|
#else
|
| 9255 |
|
|
sign_bits = -1;
|
| 9256 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 9257 |
|
|
else
|
| 9258 |
|
|
sign_bits = 0;
|
| 9259 |
|
|
|
| 9260 |
|
|
/* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
|
| 9261 |
|
|
do two separate stores. */
|
| 9262 |
|
|
if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
|
| 9263 |
|
|
{
|
| 9264 |
|
|
/* Undo what we did above. */
|
| 9265 |
|
|
rel->r_offset -= 4;
|
| 9266 |
|
|
/* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
|
| 9267 |
|
|
first. */
|
| 9268 |
|
|
low_bits = sign_bits;
|
| 9269 |
|
|
high_bits = value;
|
| 9270 |
|
|
}
|
| 9271 |
|
|
else
|
| 9272 |
|
|
{
|
| 9273 |
|
|
low_bits = value;
|
| 9274 |
|
|
high_bits = sign_bits;
|
| 9275 |
|
|
}
|
| 9276 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, low_bits,
|
| 9277 |
|
|
contents + rel->r_offset);
|
| 9278 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, high_bits,
|
| 9279 |
|
|
contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
|
| 9280 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 9281 |
|
|
}
|
| 9282 |
|
|
|
| 9283 |
|
|
/* Actually perform the relocation. */
|
| 9284 |
|
|
if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, rel, value,
|
| 9285 |
|
|
input_bfd, input_section,
|
| 9286 |
|
|
contents, cross_mode_jump_p))
|
| 9287 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 9288 |
|
|
}
|
| 9289 |
|
|
|
| 9290 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 9291 |
|
|
}
|
| 9292 |
|
|
|
| 9293 |
|
|
/* A function that iterates over each entry in la25_stubs and fills
|
| 9294 |
|
|
in the code for each one. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info. */
|
| 9295 |
|
|
|
| 9296 |
|
|
static int
|
| 9297 |
|
|
mips_elf_create_la25_stub (void **slot, void *data)
|
| 9298 |
|
|
{
|
| 9299 |
|
|
struct mips_htab_traverse_info *hti;
|
| 9300 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
| 9301 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_la25_stub *stub;
|
| 9302 |
|
|
asection *s;
|
| 9303 |
|
|
bfd_byte *loc;
|
| 9304 |
|
|
bfd_vma offset, target, target_high, target_low;
|
| 9305 |
|
|
|
| 9306 |
|
|
stub = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) *slot;
|
| 9307 |
|
|
hti = (struct mips_htab_traverse_info *) data;
|
| 9308 |
|
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (hti->info);
|
| 9309 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
|
| 9310 |
|
|
|
| 9311 |
|
|
/* Create the section contents, if we haven't already. */
|
| 9312 |
|
|
s = stub->stub_section;
|
| 9313 |
|
|
loc = s->contents;
|
| 9314 |
|
|
if (loc == NULL)
|
| 9315 |
|
|
{
|
| 9316 |
|
|
loc = bfd_malloc (s->size);
|
| 9317 |
|
|
if (loc == NULL)
|
| 9318 |
|
|
{
|
| 9319 |
|
|
hti->error = TRUE;
|
| 9320 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 9321 |
|
|
}
|
| 9322 |
|
|
s->contents = loc;
|
| 9323 |
|
|
}
|
| 9324 |
|
|
|
| 9325 |
|
|
/* Work out where in the section this stub should go. */
|
| 9326 |
|
|
offset = stub->offset;
|
| 9327 |
|
|
|
| 9328 |
|
|
/* Work out the target address. */
|
| 9329 |
|
|
target = (stub->h->root.root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
|
| 9330 |
|
|
+ stub->h->root.root.u.def.section->output_offset
|
| 9331 |
|
|
+ stub->h->root.root.u.def.value);
|
| 9332 |
|
|
target_high = ((target + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
|
| 9333 |
|
|
target_low = (target & 0xffff);
|
| 9334 |
|
|
|
| 9335 |
|
|
if (stub->stub_section != htab->strampoline)
|
| 9336 |
|
|
{
|
| 9337 |
|
|
/* This is a simple LUI/ADIDU stub. Zero out the beginning
|
| 9338 |
|
|
of the section and write the two instructions at the end. */
|
| 9339 |
|
|
memset (loc, 0, offset);
|
| 9340 |
|
|
loc += offset;
|
| 9341 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_LUI (target_high), loc);
|
| 9342 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_ADDIU (target_low), loc + 4);
|
| 9343 |
|
|
}
|
| 9344 |
|
|
else
|
| 9345 |
|
|
{
|
| 9346 |
|
|
/* This is trampoline. */
|
| 9347 |
|
|
loc += offset;
|
| 9348 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_LUI (target_high), loc);
|
| 9349 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_J (target), loc + 4);
|
| 9350 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_ADDIU (target_low), loc + 8);
|
| 9351 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, 0, loc + 12);
|
| 9352 |
|
|
}
|
| 9353 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 9354 |
|
|
}
|
| 9355 |
|
|
|
| 9356 |
|
|
/* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
|
| 9357 |
|
|
adjust it appropriately now. */
|
| 9358 |
|
|
|
| 9359 |
|
|
static void
|
| 9360 |
|
|
mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
| 9361 |
|
|
const char *name, Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
|
| 9362 |
|
|
{
|
| 9363 |
|
|
/* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
|
| 9364 |
|
|
these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
|
| 9365 |
|
|
static const char* const text_section_symbols[] = {
|
| 9366 |
|
|
"_ftext",
|
| 9367 |
|
|
"_etext",
|
| 9368 |
|
|
"__dso_displacement",
|
| 9369 |
|
|
"__elf_header",
|
| 9370 |
|
|
"__program_header_table",
|
| 9371 |
|
|
NULL
|
| 9372 |
|
|
};
|
| 9373 |
|
|
|
| 9374 |
|
|
static const char* const data_section_symbols[] = {
|
| 9375 |
|
|
"_fdata",
|
| 9376 |
|
|
"_edata",
|
| 9377 |
|
|
"_end",
|
| 9378 |
|
|
"_fbss",
|
| 9379 |
|
|
NULL
|
| 9380 |
|
|
};
|
| 9381 |
|
|
|
| 9382 |
|
|
const char* const *p;
|
| 9383 |
|
|
int i;
|
| 9384 |
|
|
|
| 9385 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
|
| 9386 |
|
|
for (p = (i == 0) ? text_section_symbols : data_section_symbols;
|
| 9387 |
|
|
*p;
|
| 9388 |
|
|
++p)
|
| 9389 |
|
|
if (strcmp (*p, name) == 0)
|
| 9390 |
|
|
{
|
| 9391 |
|
|
/* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
|
| 9392 |
|
|
IRIX6 linker. */
|
| 9393 |
|
|
sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
|
| 9394 |
|
|
sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
|
| 9395 |
|
|
|
| 9396 |
|
|
/* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
|
| 9397 |
|
|
if (i == 0)
|
| 9398 |
|
|
sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_TEXT;
|
| 9399 |
|
|
else
|
| 9400 |
|
|
sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
|
| 9401 |
|
|
|
| 9402 |
|
|
break;
|
| 9403 |
|
|
}
|
| 9404 |
|
|
}
|
| 9405 |
|
|
|
| 9406 |
|
|
/* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
|
| 9407 |
|
|
dynamic sections here. */
|
| 9408 |
|
|
|
| 9409 |
|
|
bfd_boolean
|
| 9410 |
|
|
_bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
|
| 9411 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
| 9412 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
|
| 9413 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
|
| 9414 |
|
|
{
|
| 9415 |
|
|
bfd *dynobj;
|
| 9416 |
|
|
asection *sgot;
|
| 9417 |
|
|
struct mips_got_info *g, *gg;
|
| 9418 |
|
|
const char *name;
|
| 9419 |
|
|
int idx;
|
| 9420 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
| 9421 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
|
| 9422 |
|
|
|
| 9423 |
|
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
|
| 9424 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
|
| 9425 |
|
|
dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
|
| 9426 |
|
|
hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
|
| 9427 |
|
|
|
| 9428 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (!htab->is_vxworks);
|
| 9429 |
|
|
|
| 9430 |
|
|
if (h->plt.offset != MINUS_ONE && hmips->no_fn_stub)
|
| 9431 |
|
|
{
|
| 9432 |
|
|
/* We've decided to create a PLT entry for this symbol. */
|
| 9433 |
|
|
bfd_byte *loc;
|
| 9434 |
|
|
bfd_vma header_address, plt_index, got_address;
|
| 9435 |
|
|
bfd_vma got_address_high, got_address_low, load;
|
| 9436 |
|
|
const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
|
| 9437 |
|
|
|
| 9438 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
|
| 9439 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
|
| 9440 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab->splt != NULL);
|
| 9441 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset <= htab->splt->size);
|
| 9442 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (!h->def_regular);
|
| 9443 |
|
|
|
| 9444 |
|
|
/* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
|
| 9445 |
|
|
header_address = (htab->splt->output_section->vma
|
| 9446 |
|
|
+ htab->splt->output_offset);
|
| 9447 |
|
|
|
| 9448 |
|
|
/* Calculate the index of the entry. */
|
| 9449 |
|
|
plt_index = ((h->plt.offset - htab->plt_header_size)
|
| 9450 |
|
|
/ htab->plt_entry_size);
|
| 9451 |
|
|
|
| 9452 |
|
|
/* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
|
| 9453 |
|
|
got_address = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
|
| 9454 |
|
|
+ htab->sgotplt->output_offset
|
| 9455 |
|
|
+ (2 + plt_index) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj));
|
| 9456 |
|
|
got_address_high = ((got_address + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
|
| 9457 |
|
|
got_address_low = got_address & 0xffff;
|
| 9458 |
|
|
|
| 9459 |
|
|
/* Initially point the .got.plt entry at the PLT header. */
|
| 9460 |
|
|
loc = (htab->sgotplt->contents
|
| 9461 |
|
|
+ (2 + plt_index) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj));
|
| 9462 |
|
|
if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
|
| 9463 |
|
|
bfd_put_64 (output_bfd, header_address, loc);
|
| 9464 |
|
|
else
|
| 9465 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, header_address, loc);
|
| 9466 |
|
|
|
| 9467 |
|
|
/* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
|
| 9468 |
|
|
loc = htab->splt->contents + h->plt.offset;
|
| 9469 |
|
|
|
| 9470 |
|
|
/* Pick the load opcode. */
|
| 9471 |
|
|
load = MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD (output_bfd);
|
| 9472 |
|
|
|
| 9473 |
|
|
/* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
|
| 9474 |
|
|
plt_entry = mips_exec_plt_entry;
|
| 9475 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | got_address_high, loc);
|
| 9476 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | got_address_low | load, loc + 4);
|
| 9477 |
|
|
|
| 9478 |
|
|
if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd))
|
| 9479 |
|
|
{
|
| 9480 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | got_address_low, loc + 8);
|
| 9481 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 12);
|
| 9482 |
|
|
}
|
| 9483 |
|
|
else
|
| 9484 |
|
|
{
|
| 9485 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 8);
|
| 9486 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | got_address_low, loc + 12);
|
| 9487 |
|
|
}
|
| 9488 |
|
|
|
| 9489 |
|
|
/* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
|
| 9490 |
|
|
mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd, htab->srelplt,
|
| 9491 |
|
|
plt_index, h->dynindx,
|
| 9492 |
|
|
R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT, got_address);
|
| 9493 |
|
|
|
| 9494 |
|
|
/* We distinguish between PLT entries and lazy-binding stubs by
|
| 9495 |
|
|
giving the former an st_other value of STO_MIPS_PLT. Set the
|
| 9496 |
|
|
flag and leave the value if there are any relocations in the
|
| 9497 |
|
|
binary where pointer equality matters. */
|
| 9498 |
|
|
sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
|
| 9499 |
|
|
if (h->pointer_equality_needed)
|
| 9500 |
|
|
sym->st_other = STO_MIPS_PLT;
|
| 9501 |
|
|
else
|
| 9502 |
|
|
sym->st_value = 0;
|
| 9503 |
|
|
}
|
| 9504 |
|
|
else if (h->plt.offset != MINUS_ONE)
|
| 9505 |
|
|
{
|
| 9506 |
|
|
/* We've decided to create a lazy-binding stub. */
|
| 9507 |
|
|
bfd_byte stub[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE];
|
| 9508 |
|
|
|
| 9509 |
|
|
/* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
|
| 9510 |
|
|
|
| 9511 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
|
| 9512 |
|
|
|
| 9513 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT ((htab->function_stub_size == MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE)
|
| 9514 |
|
|
|| (h->dynindx <= 0xffff));
|
| 9515 |
|
|
|
| 9516 |
|
|
/* Values up to 2^31 - 1 are allowed. Larger values would cause
|
| 9517 |
|
|
sign extension at runtime in the stub, resulting in a negative
|
| 9518 |
|
|
index value. */
|
| 9519 |
|
|
if (h->dynindx & ~0x7fffffff)
|
| 9520 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 9521 |
|
|
|
| 9522 |
|
|
/* Fill the stub. */
|
| 9523 |
|
|
idx = 0;
|
| 9524 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LW (output_bfd), stub + idx);
|
| 9525 |
|
|
idx += 4;
|
| 9526 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_MOVE (output_bfd), stub + idx);
|
| 9527 |
|
|
idx += 4;
|
| 9528 |
|
|
if (htab->function_stub_size == MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE)
|
| 9529 |
|
|
{
|
| 9530 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LUI ((h->dynindx >> 16) & 0x7fff),
|
| 9531 |
|
|
stub + idx);
|
| 9532 |
|
|
idx += 4;
|
| 9533 |
|
|
}
|
| 9534 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_JALR, stub + idx);
|
| 9535 |
|
|
idx += 4;
|
| 9536 |
|
|
|
| 9537 |
|
|
/* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
|
| 9538 |
|
|
problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
|
| 9539 |
|
|
if (htab->function_stub_size == MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE)
|
| 9540 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_ORI (h->dynindx & 0xffff), stub + idx);
|
| 9541 |
|
|
else if (h->dynindx & ~0x7fff)
|
| 9542 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LI16U (h->dynindx & 0xffff), stub + idx);
|
| 9543 |
|
|
else
|
| 9544 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LI16S (output_bfd, h->dynindx),
|
| 9545 |
|
|
stub + idx);
|
| 9546 |
|
|
|
| 9547 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset <= htab->sstubs->size);
|
| 9548 |
|
|
memcpy (htab->sstubs->contents + h->plt.offset,
|
| 9549 |
|
|
stub, htab->function_stub_size);
|
| 9550 |
|
|
|
| 9551 |
|
|
/* Mark the symbol as undefined. plt.offset != -1 occurs
|
| 9552 |
|
|
only for the referenced symbol. */
|
| 9553 |
|
|
sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
|
| 9554 |
|
|
|
| 9555 |
|
|
/* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
|
| 9556 |
|
|
to reset the global offset table entry for this external
|
| 9557 |
|
|
to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
|
| 9558 |
|
|
sym->st_value = (htab->sstubs->output_section->vma
|
| 9559 |
|
|
+ htab->sstubs->output_offset
|
| 9560 |
|
|
+ h->plt.offset);
|
| 9561 |
|
|
}
|
| 9562 |
|
|
|
| 9563 |
|
|
/* If we have a MIPS16 function with a stub, the dynamic symbol must
|
| 9564 |
|
|
refer to the stub, since only the stub uses the standard calling
|
| 9565 |
|
|
conventions. */
|
| 9566 |
|
|
if (h->dynindx != -1 && hmips->fn_stub != NULL)
|
| 9567 |
|
|
{
|
| 9568 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (hmips->need_fn_stub);
|
| 9569 |
|
|
sym->st_value = (hmips->fn_stub->output_section->vma
|
| 9570 |
|
|
+ hmips->fn_stub->output_offset);
|
| 9571 |
|
|
sym->st_size = hmips->fn_stub->size;
|
| 9572 |
|
|
sym->st_other = ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym->st_other);
|
| 9573 |
|
|
}
|
| 9574 |
|
|
|
| 9575 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
|
| 9576 |
|
|
|| h->forced_local);
|
| 9577 |
|
|
|
| 9578 |
|
|
sgot = htab->sgot;
|
| 9579 |
|
|
g = htab->got_info;
|
| 9580 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
|
| 9581 |
|
|
|
| 9582 |
|
|
/* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
|
| 9583 |
|
|
the symbols that need them. */
|
| 9584 |
|
|
if (hmips->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
|
| 9585 |
|
|
{
|
| 9586 |
|
|
bfd_vma offset;
|
| 9587 |
|
|
bfd_vma value;
|
| 9588 |
|
|
|
| 9589 |
|
|
value = sym->st_value;
|
| 9590 |
|
|
offset = mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj, output_bfd, h,
|
| 9591 |
|
|
R_MIPS_GOT16, info);
|
| 9592 |
|
|
MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, value, sgot->contents + offset);
|
| 9593 |
|
|
}
|
| 9594 |
|
|
|
| 9595 |
|
|
if (hmips->global_got_area != GGA_NONE && g->next && h->type != STT_TLS)
|
| 9596 |
|
|
{
|
| 9597 |
|
|
struct mips_got_entry e, *p;
|
| 9598 |
|
|
bfd_vma entry;
|
| 9599 |
|
|
bfd_vma offset;
|
| 9600 |
|
|
|
| 9601 |
|
|
gg = g;
|
| 9602 |
|
|
|
| 9603 |
|
|
e.abfd = output_bfd;
|
| 9604 |
|
|
e.symndx = -1;
|
| 9605 |
|
|
e.d.h = hmips;
|
| 9606 |
|
|
e.tls_type = 0;
|
| 9607 |
|
|
|
| 9608 |
|
|
for (g = g->next; g->next != gg; g = g->next)
|
| 9609 |
|
|
{
|
| 9610 |
|
|
if (g->got_entries
|
| 9611 |
|
|
&& (p = (struct mips_got_entry *) htab_find (g->got_entries,
|
| 9612 |
|
|
&e)))
|
| 9613 |
|
|
{
|
| 9614 |
|
|
offset = p->gotidx;
|
| 9615 |
|
|
if (info->shared
|
| 9616 |
|
|
|| (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created
|
| 9617 |
|
|
&& p->d.h != NULL
|
| 9618 |
|
|
&& p->d.h->root.def_dynamic
|
| 9619 |
|
|
&& !p->d.h->root.def_regular))
|
| 9620 |
|
|
{
|
| 9621 |
|
|
/* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to
|
| 9622 |
|
|
the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock
|
| 9623 |
|
|
up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave
|
| 9624 |
|
|
mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the
|
| 9625 |
|
|
appropriate addend. */
|
| 9626 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
|
| 9627 |
|
|
|
| 9628 |
|
|
memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel));
|
| 9629 |
|
|
if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
|
| 9630 |
|
|
rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_64);
|
| 9631 |
|
|
else
|
| 9632 |
|
|
rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_32);
|
| 9633 |
|
|
rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset = offset;
|
| 9634 |
|
|
|
| 9635 |
|
|
entry = 0;
|
| 9636 |
|
|
if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
|
| 9637 |
|
|
(output_bfd, info, rel,
|
| 9638 |
|
|
e.d.h, NULL, sym->st_value, &entry, sgot)))
|
| 9639 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 9640 |
|
|
}
|
| 9641 |
|
|
else
|
| 9642 |
|
|
entry = sym->st_value;
|
| 9643 |
|
|
MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, entry, sgot->contents + offset);
|
| 9644 |
|
|
}
|
| 9645 |
|
|
}
|
| 9646 |
|
|
}
|
| 9647 |
|
|
|
| 9648 |
|
|
/* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
|
| 9649 |
|
|
name = h->root.root.string;
|
| 9650 |
|
|
if (strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC") == 0
|
| 9651 |
|
|
|| h == elf_hash_table (info)->hgot)
|
| 9652 |
|
|
sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
|
| 9653 |
|
|
else if (strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
|
| 9654 |
|
|
|| strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
|
| 9655 |
|
|
{
|
| 9656 |
|
|
sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
|
| 9657 |
|
|
sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
|
| 9658 |
|
|
sym->st_value = 1;
|
| 9659 |
|
|
}
|
| 9660 |
|
|
else if (strcmp (name, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
|
| 9661 |
|
|
{
|
| 9662 |
|
|
sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
|
| 9663 |
|
|
sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
|
| 9664 |
|
|
sym->st_value = elf_gp (output_bfd);
|
| 9665 |
|
|
}
|
| 9666 |
|
|
else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
|
| 9667 |
|
|
{
|
| 9668 |
|
|
if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[0]) == 0
|
| 9669 |
|
|
|| strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[1]) == 0)
|
| 9670 |
|
|
{
|
| 9671 |
|
|
sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
|
| 9672 |
|
|
sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
|
| 9673 |
|
|
sym->st_value = 0;
|
| 9674 |
|
|
sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
|
| 9675 |
|
|
}
|
| 9676 |
|
|
else if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[2]) == 0)
|
| 9677 |
|
|
{
|
| 9678 |
|
|
sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
|
| 9679 |
|
|
sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
|
| 9680 |
|
|
sym->st_value = mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count;
|
| 9681 |
|
|
sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
|
| 9682 |
|
|
}
|
| 9683 |
|
|
else if (sym->st_shndx != SHN_UNDEF && sym->st_shndx != SHN_ABS)
|
| 9684 |
|
|
{
|
| 9685 |
|
|
if (h->type == STT_FUNC)
|
| 9686 |
|
|
sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_TEXT;
|
| 9687 |
|
|
else if (h->type == STT_OBJECT)
|
| 9688 |
|
|
sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
|
| 9689 |
|
|
}
|
| 9690 |
|
|
}
|
| 9691 |
|
|
|
| 9692 |
|
|
/* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
|
| 9693 |
|
|
if (h->needs_copy)
|
| 9694 |
|
|
{
|
| 9695 |
|
|
asection *s;
|
| 9696 |
|
|
bfd_vma symval;
|
| 9697 |
|
|
|
| 9698 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
|
| 9699 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
|
| 9700 |
|
|
|
| 9701 |
|
|
s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
|
| 9702 |
|
|
symval = (h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
|
| 9703 |
|
|
+ h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
|
| 9704 |
|
|
+ h->root.u.def.value);
|
| 9705 |
|
|
mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd, s, s->reloc_count++,
|
| 9706 |
|
|
h->dynindx, R_MIPS_COPY, symval);
|
| 9707 |
|
|
}
|
| 9708 |
|
|
|
| 9709 |
|
|
/* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
|
| 9710 |
|
|
if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix6)
|
| 9711 |
|
|
mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd, name, sym);
|
| 9712 |
|
|
|
| 9713 |
|
|
if (! info->shared)
|
| 9714 |
|
|
{
|
| 9715 |
|
|
if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head
|
| 9716 |
|
|
&& (strcmp (name, "__rld_map") == 0
|
| 9717 |
|
|
|| strcmp (name, "__RLD_MAP") == 0))
|
| 9718 |
|
|
{
|
| 9719 |
|
|
asection *s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rld_map");
|
| 9720 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
|
| 9721 |
|
|
sym->st_value = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
|
| 9722 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0, s->contents);
|
| 9723 |
|
|
if (mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value == 0)
|
| 9724 |
|
|
mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value = sym->st_value;
|
| 9725 |
|
|
}
|
| 9726 |
|
|
else if (mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head
|
| 9727 |
|
|
&& strcmp (name, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
|
| 9728 |
|
|
{
|
| 9729 |
|
|
/* IRIX6 does not use a .rld_map section. */
|
| 9730 |
|
|
if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix5
|
| 9731 |
|
|
|| IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_none)
|
| 9732 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rld_map")
|
| 9733 |
|
|
!= NULL);
|
| 9734 |
|
|
mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value = sym->st_value;
|
| 9735 |
|
|
}
|
| 9736 |
|
|
}
|
| 9737 |
|
|
|
| 9738 |
|
|
/* Keep dynamic MIPS16 symbols odd. This allows the dynamic linker to
|
| 9739 |
|
|
treat MIPS16 symbols like any other. */
|
| 9740 |
|
|
if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym->st_other))
|
| 9741 |
|
|
{
|
| 9742 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (sym->st_value & 1);
|
| 9743 |
|
|
sym->st_other -= STO_MIPS16;
|
| 9744 |
|
|
}
|
| 9745 |
|
|
|
| 9746 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 9747 |
|
|
}
|
| 9748 |
|
|
|
| 9749 |
|
|
/* Likewise, for VxWorks. */
|
| 9750 |
|
|
|
| 9751 |
|
|
bfd_boolean
|
| 9752 |
|
|
_bfd_mips_vxworks_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
|
| 9753 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
| 9754 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
|
| 9755 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
|
| 9756 |
|
|
{
|
| 9757 |
|
|
bfd *dynobj;
|
| 9758 |
|
|
asection *sgot;
|
| 9759 |
|
|
struct mips_got_info *g;
|
| 9760 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
| 9761 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
|
| 9762 |
|
|
|
| 9763 |
|
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
|
| 9764 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
|
| 9765 |
|
|
dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
|
| 9766 |
|
|
hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
|
| 9767 |
|
|
|
| 9768 |
|
|
if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
|
| 9769 |
|
|
{
|
| 9770 |
|
|
bfd_byte *loc;
|
| 9771 |
|
|
bfd_vma plt_address, plt_index, got_address, got_offset, branch_offset;
|
| 9772 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
|
| 9773 |
|
|
static const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
|
| 9774 |
|
|
|
| 9775 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
|
| 9776 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab->splt != NULL);
|
| 9777 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset <= htab->splt->size);
|
| 9778 |
|
|
|
| 9779 |
|
|
/* Calculate the address of the .plt entry. */
|
| 9780 |
|
|
plt_address = (htab->splt->output_section->vma
|
| 9781 |
|
|
+ htab->splt->output_offset
|
| 9782 |
|
|
+ h->plt.offset);
|
| 9783 |
|
|
|
| 9784 |
|
|
/* Calculate the index of the entry. */
|
| 9785 |
|
|
plt_index = ((h->plt.offset - htab->plt_header_size)
|
| 9786 |
|
|
/ htab->plt_entry_size);
|
| 9787 |
|
|
|
| 9788 |
|
|
/* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
|
| 9789 |
|
|
got_address = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
|
| 9790 |
|
|
+ htab->sgotplt->output_offset
|
| 9791 |
|
|
+ plt_index * 4);
|
| 9792 |
|
|
|
| 9793 |
|
|
/* Calculate the offset of the .got.plt entry from
|
| 9794 |
|
|
_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
|
| 9795 |
|
|
got_offset = mips_elf_gotplt_index (info, h);
|
| 9796 |
|
|
|
| 9797 |
|
|
/* Calculate the offset for the branch at the start of the PLT
|
| 9798 |
|
|
entry. The branch jumps to the beginning of .plt. */
|
| 9799 |
|
|
branch_offset = -(h->plt.offset / 4 + 1) & 0xffff;
|
| 9800 |
|
|
|
| 9801 |
|
|
/* Fill in the initial value of the .got.plt entry. */
|
| 9802 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_address,
|
| 9803 |
|
|
htab->sgotplt->contents + plt_index * 4);
|
| 9804 |
|
|
|
| 9805 |
|
|
/* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
|
| 9806 |
|
|
loc = htab->splt->contents + h->plt.offset;
|
| 9807 |
|
|
|
| 9808 |
|
|
if (info->shared)
|
| 9809 |
|
|
{
|
| 9810 |
|
|
plt_entry = mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry;
|
| 9811 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | branch_offset, loc);
|
| 9812 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | plt_index, loc + 4);
|
| 9813 |
|
|
}
|
| 9814 |
|
|
else
|
| 9815 |
|
|
{
|
| 9816 |
|
|
bfd_vma got_address_high, got_address_low;
|
| 9817 |
|
|
|
| 9818 |
|
|
plt_entry = mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry;
|
| 9819 |
|
|
got_address_high = ((got_address + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
|
| 9820 |
|
|
got_address_low = got_address & 0xffff;
|
| 9821 |
|
|
|
| 9822 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | branch_offset, loc);
|
| 9823 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | plt_index, loc + 4);
|
| 9824 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | got_address_high, loc + 8);
|
| 9825 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3] | got_address_low, loc + 12);
|
| 9826 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 16);
|
| 9827 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 20);
|
| 9828 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], loc + 24);
|
| 9829 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[7], loc + 28);
|
| 9830 |
|
|
|
| 9831 |
|
|
loc = (htab->srelplt2->contents
|
| 9832 |
|
|
+ (plt_index * 3 + 2) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
|
| 9833 |
|
|
|
| 9834 |
|
|
/* Emit a relocation for the .got.plt entry. */
|
| 9835 |
|
|
rel.r_offset = got_address;
|
| 9836 |
|
|
rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_MIPS_32);
|
| 9837 |
|
|
rel.r_addend = h->plt.offset;
|
| 9838 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
|
| 9839 |
|
|
|
| 9840 |
|
|
/* Emit a relocation for the lui of %hi(<.got.plt slot>). */
|
| 9841 |
|
|
loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
| 9842 |
|
|
rel.r_offset = plt_address + 8;
|
| 9843 |
|
|
rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_HI16);
|
| 9844 |
|
|
rel.r_addend = got_offset;
|
| 9845 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
|
| 9846 |
|
|
|
| 9847 |
|
|
/* Emit a relocation for the addiu of %lo(<.got.plt slot>). */
|
| 9848 |
|
|
loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
| 9849 |
|
|
rel.r_offset += 4;
|
| 9850 |
|
|
rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_LO16);
|
| 9851 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
|
| 9852 |
|
|
}
|
| 9853 |
|
|
|
| 9854 |
|
|
/* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
|
| 9855 |
|
|
loc = htab->srelplt->contents + plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
| 9856 |
|
|
rel.r_offset = got_address;
|
| 9857 |
|
|
rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT);
|
| 9858 |
|
|
rel.r_addend = 0;
|
| 9859 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
|
| 9860 |
|
|
|
| 9861 |
|
|
if (!h->def_regular)
|
| 9862 |
|
|
sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
|
| 9863 |
|
|
}
|
| 9864 |
|
|
|
| 9865 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1 || h->forced_local);
|
| 9866 |
|
|
|
| 9867 |
|
|
sgot = htab->sgot;
|
| 9868 |
|
|
g = htab->got_info;
|
| 9869 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
|
| 9870 |
|
|
|
| 9871 |
|
|
/* See if this symbol has an entry in the GOT. */
|
| 9872 |
|
|
if (hmips->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
|
| 9873 |
|
|
{
|
| 9874 |
|
|
bfd_vma offset;
|
| 9875 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
|
| 9876 |
|
|
bfd_byte *loc;
|
| 9877 |
|
|
asection *s;
|
| 9878 |
|
|
|
| 9879 |
|
|
/* Install the symbol value in the GOT. */
|
| 9880 |
|
|
offset = mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj, output_bfd, h,
|
| 9881 |
|
|
R_MIPS_GOT16, info);
|
| 9882 |
|
|
MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, sym->st_value, sgot->contents + offset);
|
| 9883 |
|
|
|
| 9884 |
|
|
/* Add a dynamic relocation for it. */
|
| 9885 |
|
|
s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
|
| 9886 |
|
|
loc = s->contents + (s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
|
| 9887 |
|
|
outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
|
| 9888 |
|
|
+ sgot->output_offset
|
| 9889 |
|
|
+ offset);
|
| 9890 |
|
|
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_MIPS_32);
|
| 9891 |
|
|
outrel.r_addend = 0;
|
| 9892 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (dynobj, &outrel, loc);
|
| 9893 |
|
|
}
|
| 9894 |
|
|
|
| 9895 |
|
|
/* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
|
| 9896 |
|
|
if (h->needs_copy)
|
| 9897 |
|
|
{
|
| 9898 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
|
| 9899 |
|
|
|
| 9900 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
|
| 9901 |
|
|
|
| 9902 |
|
|
rel.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
|
| 9903 |
|
|
+ h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
|
| 9904 |
|
|
+ h->root.u.def.value);
|
| 9905 |
|
|
rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_MIPS_COPY);
|
| 9906 |
|
|
rel.r_addend = 0;
|
| 9907 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel,
|
| 9908 |
|
|
htab->srelbss->contents
|
| 9909 |
|
|
+ (htab->srelbss->reloc_count
|
| 9910 |
|
|
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)));
|
| 9911 |
|
|
++htab->srelbss->reloc_count;
|
| 9912 |
|
|
}
|
| 9913 |
|
|
|
| 9914 |
|
|
/* If this is a mips16 symbol, force the value to be even. */
|
| 9915 |
|
|
if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym->st_other))
|
| 9916 |
|
|
sym->st_value &= ~1;
|
| 9917 |
|
|
|
| 9918 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 9919 |
|
|
}
|
| 9920 |
|
|
|
| 9921 |
|
|
/* Write out a plt0 entry to the beginning of .plt. */
|
| 9922 |
|
|
|
| 9923 |
|
|
static void
|
| 9924 |
|
|
mips_finish_exec_plt (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
| 9925 |
|
|
{
|
| 9926 |
|
|
bfd_byte *loc;
|
| 9927 |
|
|
bfd_vma gotplt_value, gotplt_value_high, gotplt_value_low;
|
| 9928 |
|
|
static const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
|
| 9929 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
| 9930 |
|
|
|
| 9931 |
|
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
|
| 9932 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
|
| 9933 |
|
|
|
| 9934 |
|
|
if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
|
| 9935 |
|
|
plt_entry = mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry;
|
| 9936 |
|
|
else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd))
|
| 9937 |
|
|
plt_entry = mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry;
|
| 9938 |
|
|
else
|
| 9939 |
|
|
plt_entry = mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry;
|
| 9940 |
|
|
|
| 9941 |
|
|
/* Calculate the value of .got.plt. */
|
| 9942 |
|
|
gotplt_value = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
|
| 9943 |
|
|
+ htab->sgotplt->output_offset);
|
| 9944 |
|
|
gotplt_value_high = ((gotplt_value + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
|
| 9945 |
|
|
gotplt_value_low = gotplt_value & 0xffff;
|
| 9946 |
|
|
|
| 9947 |
|
|
/* The PLT sequence is not safe for N64 if .got.plt's address can
|
| 9948 |
|
|
not be loaded in two instructions. */
|
| 9949 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT ((gotplt_value & ~(bfd_vma) 0x7fffffff) == 0
|
| 9950 |
|
|
|| ~(gotplt_value | 0x7fffffff) == 0);
|
| 9951 |
|
|
|
| 9952 |
|
|
/* Install the PLT header. */
|
| 9953 |
|
|
loc = htab->splt->contents;
|
| 9954 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | gotplt_value_high, loc);
|
| 9955 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | gotplt_value_low, loc + 4);
|
| 9956 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | gotplt_value_low, loc + 8);
|
| 9957 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 12);
|
| 9958 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 16);
|
| 9959 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 20);
|
| 9960 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], loc + 24);
|
| 9961 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[7], loc + 28);
|
| 9962 |
|
|
}
|
| 9963 |
|
|
|
| 9964 |
|
|
/* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks executable and finalize the
|
| 9965 |
|
|
contents of .rela.plt.unloaded. */
|
| 9966 |
|
|
|
| 9967 |
|
|
static void
|
| 9968 |
|
|
mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
| 9969 |
|
|
{
|
| 9970 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
|
| 9971 |
|
|
bfd_byte *loc;
|
| 9972 |
|
|
bfd_vma got_value, got_value_high, got_value_low, plt_address;
|
| 9973 |
|
|
static const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
|
| 9974 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
| 9975 |
|
|
|
| 9976 |
|
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
|
| 9977 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
|
| 9978 |
|
|
|
| 9979 |
|
|
plt_entry = mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry;
|
| 9980 |
|
|
|
| 9981 |
|
|
/* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
|
| 9982 |
|
|
got_value = (htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
|
| 9983 |
|
|
+ htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset
|
| 9984 |
|
|
+ htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value);
|
| 9985 |
|
|
|
| 9986 |
|
|
got_value_high = ((got_value + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
|
| 9987 |
|
|
got_value_low = got_value & 0xffff;
|
| 9988 |
|
|
|
| 9989 |
|
|
/* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
|
| 9990 |
|
|
plt_address = htab->splt->output_section->vma + htab->splt->output_offset;
|
| 9991 |
|
|
|
| 9992 |
|
|
/* Install the PLT header. */
|
| 9993 |
|
|
loc = htab->splt->contents;
|
| 9994 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | got_value_high, loc);
|
| 9995 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | got_value_low, loc + 4);
|
| 9996 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], loc + 8);
|
| 9997 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 12);
|
| 9998 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 16);
|
| 9999 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 20);
|
| 10000 |
|
|
|
| 10001 |
|
|
/* Output the relocation for the lui of %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
|
| 10002 |
|
|
loc = htab->srelplt2->contents;
|
| 10003 |
|
|
rela.r_offset = plt_address;
|
| 10004 |
|
|
rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_HI16);
|
| 10005 |
|
|
rela.r_addend = 0;
|
| 10006 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
|
| 10007 |
|
|
loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
| 10008 |
|
|
|
| 10009 |
|
|
/* Output the relocation for the following addiu of
|
| 10010 |
|
|
%lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
|
| 10011 |
|
|
rela.r_offset += 4;
|
| 10012 |
|
|
rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_LO16);
|
| 10013 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
|
| 10014 |
|
|
loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
| 10015 |
|
|
|
| 10016 |
|
|
/* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
|
| 10017 |
|
|
symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
|
| 10018 |
|
|
in which symbols were output. */
|
| 10019 |
|
|
while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size)
|
| 10020 |
|
|
{
|
| 10021 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
|
| 10022 |
|
|
|
| 10023 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
|
| 10024 |
|
|
rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_MIPS_32);
|
| 10025 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
|
| 10026 |
|
|
loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
| 10027 |
|
|
|
| 10028 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
|
| 10029 |
|
|
rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_HI16);
|
| 10030 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
|
| 10031 |
|
|
loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
| 10032 |
|
|
|
| 10033 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
|
| 10034 |
|
|
rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_LO16);
|
| 10035 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
|
| 10036 |
|
|
loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
| 10037 |
|
|
}
|
| 10038 |
|
|
}
|
| 10039 |
|
|
|
| 10040 |
|
|
/* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks shared library. */
|
| 10041 |
|
|
|
| 10042 |
|
|
static void
|
| 10043 |
|
|
mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
| 10044 |
|
|
{
|
| 10045 |
|
|
unsigned int i;
|
| 10046 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
| 10047 |
|
|
|
| 10048 |
|
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
|
| 10049 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
|
| 10050 |
|
|
|
| 10051 |
|
|
/* We just need to copy the entry byte-by-byte. */
|
| 10052 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry); i++)
|
| 10053 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry[i],
|
| 10054 |
|
|
htab->splt->contents + i * 4);
|
| 10055 |
|
|
}
|
| 10056 |
|
|
|
| 10057 |
|
|
/* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
|
| 10058 |
|
|
|
| 10059 |
|
|
bfd_boolean
|
| 10060 |
|
|
_bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
|
| 10061 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
| 10062 |
|
|
{
|
| 10063 |
|
|
bfd *dynobj;
|
| 10064 |
|
|
asection *sdyn;
|
| 10065 |
|
|
asection *sgot;
|
| 10066 |
|
|
struct mips_got_info *gg, *g;
|
| 10067 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
| 10068 |
|
|
|
| 10069 |
|
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
|
| 10070 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
|
| 10071 |
|
|
|
| 10072 |
|
|
dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
|
| 10073 |
|
|
|
| 10074 |
|
|
sdyn = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynamic");
|
| 10075 |
|
|
|
| 10076 |
|
|
sgot = htab->sgot;
|
| 10077 |
|
|
gg = htab->got_info;
|
| 10078 |
|
|
|
| 10079 |
|
|
if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
|
| 10080 |
|
|
{
|
| 10081 |
|
|
bfd_byte *b;
|
| 10082 |
|
|
int dyn_to_skip = 0, dyn_skipped = 0;
|
| 10083 |
|
|
|
| 10084 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (sdyn != NULL);
|
| 10085 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (gg != NULL);
|
| 10086 |
|
|
|
| 10087 |
|
|
g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg, output_bfd);
|
| 10088 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
|
| 10089 |
|
|
|
| 10090 |
|
|
for (b = sdyn->contents;
|
| 10091 |
|
|
b < sdyn->contents + sdyn->size;
|
| 10092 |
|
|
b += MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj))
|
| 10093 |
|
|
{
|
| 10094 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
|
| 10095 |
|
|
const char *name;
|
| 10096 |
|
|
size_t elemsize;
|
| 10097 |
|
|
asection *s;
|
| 10098 |
|
|
bfd_boolean swap_out_p;
|
| 10099 |
|
|
|
| 10100 |
|
|
/* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
|
| 10101 |
|
|
(*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_in) (dynobj, b, &dyn);
|
| 10102 |
|
|
|
| 10103 |
|
|
/* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
|
| 10104 |
|
|
swap_out_p = TRUE;
|
| 10105 |
|
|
|
| 10106 |
|
|
switch (dyn.d_tag)
|
| 10107 |
|
|
{
|
| 10108 |
|
|
case DT_RELENT:
|
| 10109 |
|
|
dyn.d_un.d_val = MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj);
|
| 10110 |
|
|
break;
|
| 10111 |
|
|
|
| 10112 |
|
|
case DT_RELAENT:
|
| 10113 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks);
|
| 10114 |
|
|
dyn.d_un.d_val = MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj);
|
| 10115 |
|
|
break;
|
| 10116 |
|
|
|
| 10117 |
|
|
case DT_STRSZ:
|
| 10118 |
|
|
/* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
|
| 10119 |
|
|
dyn.d_un.d_val =
|
| 10120 |
|
|
_bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr);
|
| 10121 |
|
|
break;
|
| 10122 |
|
|
|
| 10123 |
|
|
case DT_PLTGOT:
|
| 10124 |
|
|
s = htab->sgot;
|
| 10125 |
|
|
dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
|
| 10126 |
|
|
break;
|
| 10127 |
|
|
|
| 10128 |
|
|
case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT:
|
| 10129 |
|
|
s = htab->sgotplt;
|
| 10130 |
|
|
dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
|
| 10131 |
|
|
break;
|
| 10132 |
|
|
|
| 10133 |
|
|
case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION:
|
| 10134 |
|
|
dyn.d_un.d_val = 1; /* XXX */
|
| 10135 |
|
|
break;
|
| 10136 |
|
|
|
| 10137 |
|
|
case DT_MIPS_FLAGS:
|
| 10138 |
|
|
dyn.d_un.d_val = RHF_NOTPOT; /* XXX */
|
| 10139 |
|
|
break;
|
| 10140 |
|
|
|
| 10141 |
|
|
case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP:
|
| 10142 |
|
|
{
|
| 10143 |
|
|
time_t t;
|
| 10144 |
|
|
time (&t);
|
| 10145 |
|
|
dyn.d_un.d_val = t;
|
| 10146 |
|
|
}
|
| 10147 |
|
|
break;
|
| 10148 |
|
|
|
| 10149 |
|
|
case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM:
|
| 10150 |
|
|
/* XXX FIXME: */
|
| 10151 |
|
|
swap_out_p = FALSE;
|
| 10152 |
|
|
break;
|
| 10153 |
|
|
|
| 10154 |
|
|
case DT_MIPS_IVERSION:
|
| 10155 |
|
|
/* XXX FIXME: */
|
| 10156 |
|
|
swap_out_p = FALSE;
|
| 10157 |
|
|
break;
|
| 10158 |
|
|
|
| 10159 |
|
|
case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS:
|
| 10160 |
|
|
s = output_bfd->sections;
|
| 10161 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
|
| 10162 |
|
|
dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma & ~(bfd_vma) 0xffff;
|
| 10163 |
|
|
break;
|
| 10164 |
|
|
|
| 10165 |
|
|
case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO:
|
| 10166 |
|
|
dyn.d_un.d_val = g->local_gotno;
|
| 10167 |
|
|
break;
|
| 10168 |
|
|
|
| 10169 |
|
|
case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO:
|
| 10170 |
|
|
/* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
|
| 10171 |
|
|
entry of the first external symbol that is not
|
| 10172 |
|
|
referenced within the same object. */
|
| 10173 |
|
|
dyn.d_un.d_val = bfd_count_sections (output_bfd) + 1;
|
| 10174 |
|
|
break;
|
| 10175 |
|
|
|
| 10176 |
|
|
case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM:
|
| 10177 |
|
|
if (gg->global_gotsym)
|
| 10178 |
|
|
{
|
| 10179 |
|
|
dyn.d_un.d_val = gg->global_gotsym->dynindx;
|
| 10180 |
|
|
break;
|
| 10181 |
|
|
}
|
| 10182 |
|
|
/* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
|
| 10183 |
|
|
to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
|
| 10184 |
|
|
DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, so we just fall through. */
|
| 10185 |
|
|
|
| 10186 |
|
|
case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO:
|
| 10187 |
|
|
name = ".dynsym";
|
| 10188 |
|
|
elemsize = MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd);
|
| 10189 |
|
|
s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, name);
|
| 10190 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
|
| 10191 |
|
|
|
| 10192 |
|
|
dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size / elemsize;
|
| 10193 |
|
|
break;
|
| 10194 |
|
|
|
| 10195 |
|
|
case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO:
|
| 10196 |
|
|
dyn.d_un.d_val = g->local_gotno - htab->reserved_gotno;
|
| 10197 |
|
|
break;
|
| 10198 |
|
|
|
| 10199 |
|
|
case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP:
|
| 10200 |
|
|
dyn.d_un.d_ptr = mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value;
|
| 10201 |
|
|
break;
|
| 10202 |
|
|
|
| 10203 |
|
|
case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
|
| 10204 |
|
|
s = (bfd_get_section_by_name
|
| 10205 |
|
|
(output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd)));
|
| 10206 |
|
|
dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
|
| 10207 |
|
|
break;
|
| 10208 |
|
|
|
| 10209 |
|
|
case DT_RELASZ:
|
| 10210 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks);
|
| 10211 |
|
|
/* The count does not include the JUMP_SLOT relocations. */
|
| 10212 |
|
|
if (htab->srelplt)
|
| 10213 |
|
|
dyn.d_un.d_val -= htab->srelplt->size;
|
| 10214 |
|
|
break;
|
| 10215 |
|
|
|
| 10216 |
|
|
case DT_PLTREL:
|
| 10217 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
|
| 10218 |
|
|
if (htab->is_vxworks)
|
| 10219 |
|
|
dyn.d_un.d_val = DT_RELA;
|
| 10220 |
|
|
else
|
| 10221 |
|
|
dyn.d_un.d_val = DT_REL;
|
| 10222 |
|
|
break;
|
| 10223 |
|
|
|
| 10224 |
|
|
case DT_PLTRELSZ:
|
| 10225 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
|
| 10226 |
|
|
dyn.d_un.d_val = htab->srelplt->size;
|
| 10227 |
|
|
break;
|
| 10228 |
|
|
|
| 10229 |
|
|
case DT_JMPREL:
|
| 10230 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
|
| 10231 |
|
|
dyn.d_un.d_ptr = (htab->srelplt->output_section->vma
|
| 10232 |
|
|
+ htab->srelplt->output_offset);
|
| 10233 |
|
|
break;
|
| 10234 |
|
|
|
| 10235 |
|
|
case DT_TEXTREL:
|
| 10236 |
|
|
/* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, delete
|
| 10237 |
|
|
the dynamic tag. */
|
| 10238 |
|
|
if (!(info->flags & DF_TEXTREL))
|
| 10239 |
|
|
{
|
| 10240 |
|
|
dyn_to_skip = MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj);
|
| 10241 |
|
|
swap_out_p = FALSE;
|
| 10242 |
|
|
}
|
| 10243 |
|
|
break;
|
| 10244 |
|
|
|
| 10245 |
|
|
case DT_FLAGS:
|
| 10246 |
|
|
/* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, clear
|
| 10247 |
|
|
DF_TEXTREL from DT_FLAGS. */
|
| 10248 |
|
|
if (!(info->flags & DF_TEXTREL))
|
| 10249 |
|
|
dyn.d_un.d_val &= ~DF_TEXTREL;
|
| 10250 |
|
|
else
|
| 10251 |
|
|
swap_out_p = FALSE;
|
| 10252 |
|
|
break;
|
| 10253 |
|
|
|
| 10254 |
|
|
default:
|
| 10255 |
|
|
swap_out_p = FALSE;
|
| 10256 |
|
|
if (htab->is_vxworks
|
| 10257 |
|
|
&& elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn))
|
| 10258 |
|
|
swap_out_p = TRUE;
|
| 10259 |
|
|
break;
|
| 10260 |
|
|
}
|
| 10261 |
|
|
|
| 10262 |
|
|
if (swap_out_p || dyn_skipped)
|
| 10263 |
|
|
(*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_out)
|
| 10264 |
|
|
(dynobj, &dyn, b - dyn_skipped);
|
| 10265 |
|
|
|
| 10266 |
|
|
if (dyn_to_skip)
|
| 10267 |
|
|
{
|
| 10268 |
|
|
dyn_skipped += dyn_to_skip;
|
| 10269 |
|
|
dyn_to_skip = 0;
|
| 10270 |
|
|
}
|
| 10271 |
|
|
}
|
| 10272 |
|
|
|
| 10273 |
|
|
/* Wipe out any trailing entries if we shifted down a dynamic tag. */
|
| 10274 |
|
|
if (dyn_skipped > 0)
|
| 10275 |
|
|
memset (b - dyn_skipped, 0, dyn_skipped);
|
| 10276 |
|
|
}
|
| 10277 |
|
|
|
| 10278 |
|
|
if (sgot != NULL && sgot->size > 0
|
| 10279 |
|
|
&& !bfd_is_abs_section (sgot->output_section))
|
| 10280 |
|
|
{
|
| 10281 |
|
|
if (htab->is_vxworks)
|
| 10282 |
|
|
{
|
| 10283 |
|
|
/* The first entry of the global offset table points to the
|
| 10284 |
|
|
".dynamic" section. The second is initialized by the
|
| 10285 |
|
|
loader and contains the shared library identifier.
|
| 10286 |
|
|
The third is also initialized by the loader and points
|
| 10287 |
|
|
to the lazy resolution stub. */
|
| 10288 |
|
|
MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd,
|
| 10289 |
|
|
sdyn->output_offset + sdyn->output_section->vma,
|
| 10290 |
|
|
sgot->contents);
|
| 10291 |
|
|
MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0,
|
| 10292 |
|
|
sgot->contents + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
|
| 10293 |
|
|
MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0,
|
| 10294 |
|
|
sgot->contents
|
| 10295 |
|
|
+ 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
|
| 10296 |
|
|
}
|
| 10297 |
|
|
else
|
| 10298 |
|
|
{
|
| 10299 |
|
|
/* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
|
| 10300 |
|
|
runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
|
| 10301 |
|
|
This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
|
| 10302 |
|
|
MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents);
|
| 10303 |
|
|
MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd),
|
| 10304 |
|
|
sgot->contents + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
|
| 10305 |
|
|
}
|
| 10306 |
|
|
|
| 10307 |
|
|
elf_section_data (sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
|
| 10308 |
|
|
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
|
| 10309 |
|
|
}
|
| 10310 |
|
|
|
| 10311 |
|
|
/* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
|
| 10312 |
|
|
if (gg != NULL && gg->next)
|
| 10313 |
|
|
{
|
| 10314 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
|
| 10315 |
|
|
bfd_vma addend = 0;
|
| 10316 |
|
|
|
| 10317 |
|
|
memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel));
|
| 10318 |
|
|
rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_REL32);
|
| 10319 |
|
|
|
| 10320 |
|
|
for (g = gg->next; g->next != gg; g = g->next)
|
| 10321 |
|
|
{
|
| 10322 |
|
|
bfd_vma got_index = g->next->local_gotno + g->next->global_gotno
|
| 10323 |
|
|
+ g->next->tls_gotno;
|
| 10324 |
|
|
|
| 10325 |
|
|
MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0, sgot->contents
|
| 10326 |
|
|
+ got_index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
|
| 10327 |
|
|
MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd),
|
| 10328 |
|
|
sgot->contents
|
| 10329 |
|
|
+ got_index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
|
| 10330 |
|
|
|
| 10331 |
|
|
if (! info->shared)
|
| 10332 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 10333 |
|
|
|
| 10334 |
|
|
while (got_index < g->assigned_gotno)
|
| 10335 |
|
|
{
|
| 10336 |
|
|
rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset
|
| 10337 |
|
|
= got_index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
|
| 10338 |
|
|
if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
|
| 10339 |
|
|
(output_bfd, info, rel, NULL,
|
| 10340 |
|
|
bfd_abs_section_ptr,
|
| 10341 |
|
|
0, &addend, sgot)))
|
| 10342 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 10343 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0);
|
| 10344 |
|
|
}
|
| 10345 |
|
|
}
|
| 10346 |
|
|
}
|
| 10347 |
|
|
|
| 10348 |
|
|
/* The generation of dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots
|
| 10349 |
|
|
adds more dynamic relocations. We cannot count them until
|
| 10350 |
|
|
here. */
|
| 10351 |
|
|
|
| 10352 |
|
|
if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
|
| 10353 |
|
|
{
|
| 10354 |
|
|
bfd_byte *b;
|
| 10355 |
|
|
bfd_boolean swap_out_p;
|
| 10356 |
|
|
|
| 10357 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (sdyn != NULL);
|
| 10358 |
|
|
|
| 10359 |
|
|
for (b = sdyn->contents;
|
| 10360 |
|
|
b < sdyn->contents + sdyn->size;
|
| 10361 |
|
|
b += MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj))
|
| 10362 |
|
|
{
|
| 10363 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
|
| 10364 |
|
|
asection *s;
|
| 10365 |
|
|
|
| 10366 |
|
|
/* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
|
| 10367 |
|
|
(*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_in) (dynobj, b, &dyn);
|
| 10368 |
|
|
|
| 10369 |
|
|
/* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
|
| 10370 |
|
|
swap_out_p = TRUE;
|
| 10371 |
|
|
|
| 10372 |
|
|
switch (dyn.d_tag)
|
| 10373 |
|
|
{
|
| 10374 |
|
|
case DT_RELSZ:
|
| 10375 |
|
|
/* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
|
| 10376 |
|
|
decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld,
|
| 10377 |
|
|
which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
|
| 10378 |
|
|
are trailing null entries. */
|
| 10379 |
|
|
s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
|
| 10380 |
|
|
dyn.d_un.d_val = (s->reloc_count
|
| 10381 |
|
|
* (ABI_64_P (output_bfd)
|
| 10382 |
|
|
? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)
|
| 10383 |
|
|
: sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
|
| 10384 |
|
|
/* Adjust the section size too. Tools like the prelinker
|
| 10385 |
|
|
can reasonably expect the values to the same. */
|
| 10386 |
|
|
elf_section_data (s->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_size
|
| 10387 |
|
|
= dyn.d_un.d_val;
|
| 10388 |
|
|
break;
|
| 10389 |
|
|
|
| 10390 |
|
|
default:
|
| 10391 |
|
|
swap_out_p = FALSE;
|
| 10392 |
|
|
break;
|
| 10393 |
|
|
}
|
| 10394 |
|
|
|
| 10395 |
|
|
if (swap_out_p)
|
| 10396 |
|
|
(*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_out)
|
| 10397 |
|
|
(dynobj, &dyn, b);
|
| 10398 |
|
|
}
|
| 10399 |
|
|
}
|
| 10400 |
|
|
|
| 10401 |
|
|
{
|
| 10402 |
|
|
asection *s;
|
| 10403 |
|
|
Elf32_compact_rel cpt;
|
| 10404 |
|
|
|
| 10405 |
|
|
if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
|
| 10406 |
|
|
{
|
| 10407 |
|
|
/* Write .compact_rel section out. */
|
| 10408 |
|
|
s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".compact_rel");
|
| 10409 |
|
|
if (s != NULL)
|
| 10410 |
|
|
{
|
| 10411 |
|
|
cpt.id1 = 1;
|
| 10412 |
|
|
cpt.num = s->reloc_count;
|
| 10413 |
|
|
cpt.id2 = 2;
|
| 10414 |
|
|
cpt.offset = (s->output_section->filepos
|
| 10415 |
|
|
+ sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel));
|
| 10416 |
|
|
cpt.reserved0 = 0;
|
| 10417 |
|
|
cpt.reserved1 = 0;
|
| 10418 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd, &cpt,
|
| 10419 |
|
|
((Elf32_External_compact_rel *)
|
| 10420 |
|
|
s->contents));
|
| 10421 |
|
|
|
| 10422 |
|
|
/* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
|
| 10423 |
|
|
if (htab->sstubs != NULL)
|
| 10424 |
|
|
{
|
| 10425 |
|
|
file_ptr dummy_offset;
|
| 10426 |
|
|
|
| 10427 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab->sstubs->size >= htab->function_stub_size);
|
| 10428 |
|
|
dummy_offset = htab->sstubs->size - htab->function_stub_size;
|
| 10429 |
|
|
memset (htab->sstubs->contents + dummy_offset, 0,
|
| 10430 |
|
|
htab->function_stub_size);
|
| 10431 |
|
|
}
|
| 10432 |
|
|
}
|
| 10433 |
|
|
}
|
| 10434 |
|
|
|
| 10435 |
|
|
/* The psABI says that the dynamic relocations must be sorted in
|
| 10436 |
|
|
increasing order of r_symndx. The VxWorks EABI doesn't require
|
| 10437 |
|
|
this, and because the code below handles REL rather than RELA
|
| 10438 |
|
|
relocations, using it for VxWorks would be outright harmful. */
|
| 10439 |
|
|
if (!htab->is_vxworks)
|
| 10440 |
|
|
{
|
| 10441 |
|
|
s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
|
| 10442 |
|
|
if (s != NULL
|
| 10443 |
|
|
&& s->size > (bfd_vma)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd))
|
| 10444 |
|
|
{
|
| 10445 |
|
|
reldyn_sorting_bfd = output_bfd;
|
| 10446 |
|
|
|
| 10447 |
|
|
if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
|
| 10448 |
|
|
qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel *) s->contents + 1,
|
| 10449 |
|
|
s->reloc_count - 1, sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel),
|
| 10450 |
|
|
sort_dynamic_relocs_64);
|
| 10451 |
|
|
else
|
| 10452 |
|
|
qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel *) s->contents + 1,
|
| 10453 |
|
|
s->reloc_count - 1, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel),
|
| 10454 |
|
|
sort_dynamic_relocs);
|
| 10455 |
|
|
}
|
| 10456 |
|
|
}
|
| 10457 |
|
|
}
|
| 10458 |
|
|
|
| 10459 |
|
|
if (htab->splt && htab->splt->size > 0)
|
| 10460 |
|
|
{
|
| 10461 |
|
|
if (htab->is_vxworks)
|
| 10462 |
|
|
{
|
| 10463 |
|
|
if (info->shared)
|
| 10464 |
|
|
mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (output_bfd, info);
|
| 10465 |
|
|
else
|
| 10466 |
|
|
mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd, info);
|
| 10467 |
|
|
}
|
| 10468 |
|
|
else
|
| 10469 |
|
|
{
|
| 10470 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (!info->shared);
|
| 10471 |
|
|
mips_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd, info);
|
| 10472 |
|
|
}
|
| 10473 |
|
|
}
|
| 10474 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 10475 |
|
|
}
|
| 10476 |
|
|
|
| 10477 |
|
|
|
| 10478 |
|
|
/* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
|
| 10479 |
|
|
|
| 10480 |
|
|
static void
|
| 10481 |
|
|
mips_set_isa_flags (bfd *abfd)
|
| 10482 |
|
|
{
|
| 10483 |
|
|
flagword val;
|
| 10484 |
|
|
|
| 10485 |
|
|
switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd))
|
| 10486 |
|
|
{
|
| 10487 |
|
|
default:
|
| 10488 |
|
|
case bfd_mach_mips3000:
|
| 10489 |
|
|
val = E_MIPS_ARCH_1;
|
| 10490 |
|
|
break;
|
| 10491 |
|
|
|
| 10492 |
|
|
case bfd_mach_mips3900:
|
| 10493 |
|
|
val = E_MIPS_ARCH_1 | E_MIPS_MACH_3900;
|
| 10494 |
|
|
break;
|
| 10495 |
|
|
|
| 10496 |
|
|
case bfd_mach_mips6000:
|
| 10497 |
|
|
val = E_MIPS_ARCH_2;
|
| 10498 |
|
|
break;
|
| 10499 |
|
|
|
| 10500 |
|
|
case bfd_mach_mips4000:
|
| 10501 |
|
|
case bfd_mach_mips4300:
|
| 10502 |
|
|
case bfd_mach_mips4400:
|
| 10503 |
|
|
case bfd_mach_mips4600:
|
| 10504 |
|
|
val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3;
|
| 10505 |
|
|
break;
|
| 10506 |
|
|
|
| 10507 |
|
|
case bfd_mach_mips4010:
|
| 10508 |
|
|
val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4010;
|
| 10509 |
|
|
break;
|
| 10510 |
|
|
|
| 10511 |
|
|
case bfd_mach_mips4100:
|
| 10512 |
|
|
val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4100;
|
| 10513 |
|
|
break;
|
| 10514 |
|
|
|
| 10515 |
|
|
case bfd_mach_mips4111:
|
| 10516 |
|
|
val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4111;
|
| 10517 |
|
|
break;
|
| 10518 |
|
|
|
| 10519 |
|
|
case bfd_mach_mips4120:
|
| 10520 |
|
|
val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4120;
|
| 10521 |
|
|
break;
|
| 10522 |
|
|
|
| 10523 |
|
|
case bfd_mach_mips4650:
|
| 10524 |
|
|
val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4650;
|
| 10525 |
|
|
break;
|
| 10526 |
|
|
|
| 10527 |
|
|
case bfd_mach_mips5400:
|
| 10528 |
|
|
val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_5400;
|
| 10529 |
|
|
break;
|
| 10530 |
|
|
|
| 10531 |
|
|
case bfd_mach_mips5500:
|
| 10532 |
|
|
val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_5500;
|
| 10533 |
|
|
break;
|
| 10534 |
|
|
|
| 10535 |
|
|
case bfd_mach_mips9000:
|
| 10536 |
|
|
val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_9000;
|
| 10537 |
|
|
break;
|
| 10538 |
|
|
|
| 10539 |
|
|
case bfd_mach_mips5000:
|
| 10540 |
|
|
case bfd_mach_mips7000:
|
| 10541 |
|
|
case bfd_mach_mips8000:
|
| 10542 |
|
|
case bfd_mach_mips10000:
|
| 10543 |
|
|
case bfd_mach_mips12000:
|
| 10544 |
|
|
case bfd_mach_mips14000:
|
| 10545 |
|
|
case bfd_mach_mips16000:
|
| 10546 |
|
|
val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4;
|
| 10547 |
|
|
break;
|
| 10548 |
|
|
|
| 10549 |
|
|
case bfd_mach_mips5:
|
| 10550 |
|
|
val = E_MIPS_ARCH_5;
|
| 10551 |
|
|
break;
|
| 10552 |
|
|
|
| 10553 |
|
|
case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e:
|
| 10554 |
|
|
val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E;
|
| 10555 |
|
|
break;
|
| 10556 |
|
|
|
| 10557 |
|
|
case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f:
|
| 10558 |
|
|
val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F;
|
| 10559 |
|
|
break;
|
| 10560 |
|
|
|
| 10561 |
|
|
case bfd_mach_mips_sb1:
|
| 10562 |
|
|
val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64 | E_MIPS_MACH_SB1;
|
| 10563 |
|
|
break;
|
| 10564 |
|
|
|
| 10565 |
|
|
case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a:
|
| 10566 |
|
|
val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64 | E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A;
|
| 10567 |
|
|
break;
|
| 10568 |
|
|
|
| 10569 |
|
|
case bfd_mach_mips_octeon:
|
| 10570 |
|
|
val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2 | E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON;
|
| 10571 |
|
|
break;
|
| 10572 |
|
|
|
| 10573 |
|
|
case bfd_mach_mips_xlr:
|
| 10574 |
|
|
val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64 | E_MIPS_MACH_XLR;
|
| 10575 |
|
|
break;
|
| 10576 |
|
|
|
| 10577 |
|
|
case bfd_mach_mipsisa32:
|
| 10578 |
|
|
val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32;
|
| 10579 |
|
|
break;
|
| 10580 |
|
|
|
| 10581 |
|
|
case bfd_mach_mipsisa64:
|
| 10582 |
|
|
val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64;
|
| 10583 |
|
|
break;
|
| 10584 |
|
|
|
| 10585 |
|
|
case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2:
|
| 10586 |
|
|
val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2;
|
| 10587 |
|
|
break;
|
| 10588 |
|
|
|
| 10589 |
|
|
case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2:
|
| 10590 |
|
|
val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2;
|
| 10591 |
|
|
break;
|
| 10592 |
|
|
}
|
| 10593 |
|
|
elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH);
|
| 10594 |
|
|
elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags |= val;
|
| 10595 |
|
|
|
| 10596 |
|
|
}
|
| 10597 |
|
|
|
| 10598 |
|
|
|
| 10599 |
|
|
/* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
|
| 10600 |
|
|
file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
|
| 10601 |
|
|
number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
|
| 10602 |
|
|
|
| 10603 |
|
|
void
|
| 10604 |
|
|
_bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd,
|
| 10605 |
|
|
bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 10606 |
|
|
{
|
| 10607 |
|
|
unsigned int i;
|
| 10608 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
|
| 10609 |
|
|
const char *name;
|
| 10610 |
|
|
asection *sec;
|
| 10611 |
|
|
|
| 10612 |
|
|
/* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
|
| 10613 |
|
|
is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
|
| 10614 |
|
|
a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
|
| 10615 |
|
|
if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == 0)
|
| 10616 |
|
|
mips_set_isa_flags (abfd);
|
| 10617 |
|
|
|
| 10618 |
|
|
/* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
|
| 10619 |
|
|
info for each special section. */
|
| 10620 |
|
|
for (i = 1, hdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1;
|
| 10621 |
|
|
i < elf_numsections (abfd);
|
| 10622 |
|
|
i++, hdrpp++)
|
| 10623 |
|
|
{
|
| 10624 |
|
|
switch ((*hdrpp)->sh_type)
|
| 10625 |
|
|
{
|
| 10626 |
|
|
case SHT_MIPS_MSYM:
|
| 10627 |
|
|
case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
|
| 10628 |
|
|
sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
|
| 10629 |
|
|
if (sec != NULL)
|
| 10630 |
|
|
(*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
|
| 10631 |
|
|
break;
|
| 10632 |
|
|
|
| 10633 |
|
|
case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB:
|
| 10634 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
|
| 10635 |
|
|
name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
|
| 10636 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL
|
| 10637 |
|
|
&& CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gptab."));
|
| 10638 |
|
|
sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
|
| 10639 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
|
| 10640 |
|
|
(*hdrpp)->sh_info = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
|
| 10641 |
|
|
break;
|
| 10642 |
|
|
|
| 10643 |
|
|
case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT:
|
| 10644 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
|
| 10645 |
|
|
name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
|
| 10646 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL
|
| 10647 |
|
|
&& CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.content"));
|
| 10648 |
|
|
sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
|
| 10649 |
|
|
name + sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
|
| 10650 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
|
| 10651 |
|
|
(*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
|
| 10652 |
|
|
break;
|
| 10653 |
|
|
|
| 10654 |
|
|
case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
|
| 10655 |
|
|
sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
|
| 10656 |
|
|
if (sec != NULL)
|
| 10657 |
|
|
(*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
|
| 10658 |
|
|
sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".liblist");
|
| 10659 |
|
|
if (sec != NULL)
|
| 10660 |
|
|
(*hdrpp)->sh_info = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
|
| 10661 |
|
|
break;
|
| 10662 |
|
|
|
| 10663 |
|
|
case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS:
|
| 10664 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
|
| 10665 |
|
|
name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
|
| 10666 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL);
|
| 10667 |
|
|
if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.events"))
|
| 10668 |
|
|
sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
|
| 10669 |
|
|
name + sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
|
| 10670 |
|
|
else
|
| 10671 |
|
|
{
|
| 10672 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.post_rel"));
|
| 10673 |
|
|
sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
|
| 10674 |
|
|
(name
|
| 10675 |
|
|
+ sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
|
| 10676 |
|
|
}
|
| 10677 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
|
| 10678 |
|
|
(*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
|
| 10679 |
|
|
break;
|
| 10680 |
|
|
|
| 10681 |
|
|
}
|
| 10682 |
|
|
}
|
| 10683 |
|
|
}
|
| 10684 |
|
|
|
| 10685 |
|
|
/* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
|
| 10686 |
|
|
segments. */
|
| 10687 |
|
|
|
| 10688 |
|
|
int
|
| 10689 |
|
|
_bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd *abfd,
|
| 10690 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 10691 |
|
|
{
|
| 10692 |
|
|
asection *s;
|
| 10693 |
|
|
int ret = 0;
|
| 10694 |
|
|
|
| 10695 |
|
|
/* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
|
| 10696 |
|
|
s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
|
| 10697 |
|
|
if (s && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD))
|
| 10698 |
|
|
++ret;
|
| 10699 |
|
|
|
| 10700 |
|
|
/* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
|
| 10701 |
|
|
if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6
|
| 10702 |
|
|
&& bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
|
| 10703 |
|
|
MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd)))
|
| 10704 |
|
|
++ret;
|
| 10705 |
|
|
|
| 10706 |
|
|
/* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
|
| 10707 |
|
|
if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5
|
| 10708 |
|
|
&& bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic")
|
| 10709 |
|
|
&& bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug"))
|
| 10710 |
|
|
++ret;
|
| 10711 |
|
|
|
| 10712 |
|
|
/* Allocate a PT_NULL header in dynamic objects. See
|
| 10713 |
|
|
_bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map for details. */
|
| 10714 |
|
|
if (!SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
|
| 10715 |
|
|
&& bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"))
|
| 10716 |
|
|
++ret;
|
| 10717 |
|
|
|
| 10718 |
|
|
return ret;
|
| 10719 |
|
|
}
|
| 10720 |
|
|
|
| 10721 |
|
|
/* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
|
| 10722 |
|
|
|
| 10723 |
|
|
bfd_boolean
|
| 10724 |
|
|
_bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd,
|
| 10725 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
| 10726 |
|
|
{
|
| 10727 |
|
|
asection *s;
|
| 10728 |
|
|
struct elf_segment_map *m, **pm;
|
| 10729 |
|
|
bfd_size_type amt;
|
| 10730 |
|
|
|
| 10731 |
|
|
/* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
|
| 10732 |
|
|
segment. */
|
| 10733 |
|
|
s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
|
| 10734 |
|
|
if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
|
| 10735 |
|
|
{
|
| 10736 |
|
|
for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
|
| 10737 |
|
|
if (m->p_type == PT_MIPS_REGINFO)
|
| 10738 |
|
|
break;
|
| 10739 |
|
|
if (m == NULL)
|
| 10740 |
|
|
{
|
| 10741 |
|
|
amt = sizeof *m;
|
| 10742 |
|
|
m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
|
| 10743 |
|
|
if (m == NULL)
|
| 10744 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 10745 |
|
|
|
| 10746 |
|
|
m->p_type = PT_MIPS_REGINFO;
|
| 10747 |
|
|
m->count = 1;
|
| 10748 |
|
|
m->sections[0] = s;
|
| 10749 |
|
|
|
| 10750 |
|
|
/* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
|
| 10751 |
|
|
pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
|
| 10752 |
|
|
while (*pm != NULL
|
| 10753 |
|
|
&& ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR
|
| 10754 |
|
|
|| (*pm)->p_type == PT_INTERP))
|
| 10755 |
|
|
pm = &(*pm)->next;
|
| 10756 |
|
|
|
| 10757 |
|
|
m->next = *pm;
|
| 10758 |
|
|
*pm = m;
|
| 10759 |
|
|
}
|
| 10760 |
|
|
}
|
| 10761 |
|
|
|
| 10762 |
|
|
/* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
|
| 10763 |
|
|
.dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
|
| 10764 |
|
|
PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
|
| 10765 |
|
|
table. */
|
| 10766 |
|
|
if (NEWABI_P (abfd)
|
| 10767 |
|
|
/* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
|
| 10768 |
|
|
for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
|
| 10769 |
|
|
is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
|
| 10770 |
|
|
now. */
|
| 10771 |
|
|
&& IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
|
| 10772 |
|
|
{
|
| 10773 |
|
|
for (s = abfd->sections; s; s = s->next)
|
| 10774 |
|
|
if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
|
| 10775 |
|
|
break;
|
| 10776 |
|
|
|
| 10777 |
|
|
if (s)
|
| 10778 |
|
|
{
|
| 10779 |
|
|
struct elf_segment_map *options_segment;
|
| 10780 |
|
|
|
| 10781 |
|
|
pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
|
| 10782 |
|
|
while (*pm != NULL
|
| 10783 |
|
|
&& ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR
|
| 10784 |
|
|
|| (*pm)->p_type == PT_INTERP))
|
| 10785 |
|
|
pm = &(*pm)->next;
|
| 10786 |
|
|
|
| 10787 |
|
|
if (*pm == NULL || (*pm)->p_type != PT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
|
| 10788 |
|
|
{
|
| 10789 |
|
|
amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
|
| 10790 |
|
|
options_segment = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
|
| 10791 |
|
|
options_segment->next = *pm;
|
| 10792 |
|
|
options_segment->p_type = PT_MIPS_OPTIONS;
|
| 10793 |
|
|
options_segment->p_flags = PF_R;
|
| 10794 |
|
|
options_segment->p_flags_valid = TRUE;
|
| 10795 |
|
|
options_segment->count = 1;
|
| 10796 |
|
|
options_segment->sections[0] = s;
|
| 10797 |
|
|
*pm = options_segment;
|
| 10798 |
|
|
}
|
| 10799 |
|
|
}
|
| 10800 |
|
|
}
|
| 10801 |
|
|
else
|
| 10802 |
|
|
{
|
| 10803 |
|
|
if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5)
|
| 10804 |
|
|
{
|
| 10805 |
|
|
/* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
|
| 10806 |
|
|
for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
|
| 10807 |
|
|
if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp") == NULL
|
| 10808 |
|
|
&& bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL
|
| 10809 |
|
|
&& bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug") != NULL)
|
| 10810 |
|
|
{
|
| 10811 |
|
|
for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
|
| 10812 |
|
|
if (m->p_type == PT_MIPS_RTPROC)
|
| 10813 |
|
|
break;
|
| 10814 |
|
|
if (m == NULL)
|
| 10815 |
|
|
{
|
| 10816 |
|
|
amt = sizeof *m;
|
| 10817 |
|
|
m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
|
| 10818 |
|
|
if (m == NULL)
|
| 10819 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 10820 |
|
|
|
| 10821 |
|
|
m->p_type = PT_MIPS_RTPROC;
|
| 10822 |
|
|
|
| 10823 |
|
|
s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
|
| 10824 |
|
|
if (s == NULL)
|
| 10825 |
|
|
{
|
| 10826 |
|
|
m->count = 0;
|
| 10827 |
|
|
m->p_flags = 0;
|
| 10828 |
|
|
m->p_flags_valid = 1;
|
| 10829 |
|
|
}
|
| 10830 |
|
|
else
|
| 10831 |
|
|
{
|
| 10832 |
|
|
m->count = 1;
|
| 10833 |
|
|
m->sections[0] = s;
|
| 10834 |
|
|
}
|
| 10835 |
|
|
|
| 10836 |
|
|
/* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
|
| 10837 |
|
|
pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
|
| 10838 |
|
|
while (*pm != NULL && (*pm)->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC)
|
| 10839 |
|
|
pm = &(*pm)->next;
|
| 10840 |
|
|
if (*pm != NULL)
|
| 10841 |
|
|
pm = &(*pm)->next;
|
| 10842 |
|
|
|
| 10843 |
|
|
m->next = *pm;
|
| 10844 |
|
|
*pm = m;
|
| 10845 |
|
|
}
|
| 10846 |
|
|
}
|
| 10847 |
|
|
}
|
| 10848 |
|
|
/* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
|
| 10849 |
|
|
.dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
|
| 10850 |
|
|
between. */
|
| 10851 |
|
|
for (pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; *pm != NULL;
|
| 10852 |
|
|
pm = &(*pm)->next)
|
| 10853 |
|
|
if ((*pm)->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC)
|
| 10854 |
|
|
break;
|
| 10855 |
|
|
m = *pm;
|
| 10856 |
|
|
if (m != NULL && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_none)
|
| 10857 |
|
|
{
|
| 10858 |
|
|
/* For a normal mips executable the permissions for the PT_DYNAMIC
|
| 10859 |
|
|
segment are read, write and execute. We do that here since
|
| 10860 |
|
|
the code in elf.c sets only the read permission. This matters
|
| 10861 |
|
|
sometimes for the dynamic linker. */
|
| 10862 |
|
|
if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL)
|
| 10863 |
|
|
{
|
| 10864 |
|
|
m->p_flags = PF_R | PF_W | PF_X;
|
| 10865 |
|
|
m->p_flags_valid = 1;
|
| 10866 |
|
|
}
|
| 10867 |
|
|
}
|
| 10868 |
|
|
/* GNU/Linux binaries do not need the extended PT_DYNAMIC section.
|
| 10869 |
|
|
glibc's dynamic linker has traditionally derived the number of
|
| 10870 |
|
|
tags from the p_filesz field, and sometimes allocates stack
|
| 10871 |
|
|
arrays of that size. An overly-big PT_DYNAMIC segment can
|
| 10872 |
|
|
be actively harmful in such cases. Making PT_DYNAMIC contain
|
| 10873 |
|
|
other sections can also make life hard for the prelinker,
|
| 10874 |
|
|
which might move one of the other sections to a different
|
| 10875 |
|
|
PT_LOAD segment. */
|
| 10876 |
|
|
if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
|
| 10877 |
|
|
&& m != NULL
|
| 10878 |
|
|
&& m->count == 1
|
| 10879 |
|
|
&& strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") == 0)
|
| 10880 |
|
|
{
|
| 10881 |
|
|
static const char *sec_names[] =
|
| 10882 |
|
|
{
|
| 10883 |
|
|
".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
|
| 10884 |
|
|
};
|
| 10885 |
|
|
bfd_vma low, high;
|
| 10886 |
|
|
unsigned int i, c;
|
| 10887 |
|
|
struct elf_segment_map *n;
|
| 10888 |
|
|
|
| 10889 |
|
|
low = ~(bfd_vma) 0;
|
| 10890 |
|
|
high = 0;
|
| 10891 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < sizeof sec_names / sizeof sec_names[0]; i++)
|
| 10892 |
|
|
{
|
| 10893 |
|
|
s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec_names[i]);
|
| 10894 |
|
|
if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
|
| 10895 |
|
|
{
|
| 10896 |
|
|
bfd_size_type sz;
|
| 10897 |
|
|
|
| 10898 |
|
|
if (low > s->vma)
|
| 10899 |
|
|
low = s->vma;
|
| 10900 |
|
|
sz = s->size;
|
| 10901 |
|
|
if (high < s->vma + sz)
|
| 10902 |
|
|
high = s->vma + sz;
|
| 10903 |
|
|
}
|
| 10904 |
|
|
}
|
| 10905 |
|
|
|
| 10906 |
|
|
c = 0;
|
| 10907 |
|
|
for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
|
| 10908 |
|
|
if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
|
| 10909 |
|
|
&& s->vma >= low
|
| 10910 |
|
|
&& s->vma + s->size <= high)
|
| 10911 |
|
|
++c;
|
| 10912 |
|
|
|
| 10913 |
|
|
amt = sizeof *n + (bfd_size_type) (c - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
|
| 10914 |
|
|
n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
|
| 10915 |
|
|
if (n == NULL)
|
| 10916 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 10917 |
|
|
*n = *m;
|
| 10918 |
|
|
n->count = c;
|
| 10919 |
|
|
|
| 10920 |
|
|
i = 0;
|
| 10921 |
|
|
for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
|
| 10922 |
|
|
{
|
| 10923 |
|
|
if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
|
| 10924 |
|
|
&& s->vma >= low
|
| 10925 |
|
|
&& s->vma + s->size <= high)
|
| 10926 |
|
|
{
|
| 10927 |
|
|
n->sections[i] = s;
|
| 10928 |
|
|
++i;
|
| 10929 |
|
|
}
|
| 10930 |
|
|
}
|
| 10931 |
|
|
|
| 10932 |
|
|
*pm = n;
|
| 10933 |
|
|
}
|
| 10934 |
|
|
}
|
| 10935 |
|
|
|
| 10936 |
|
|
/* Allocate a spare program header in dynamic objects so that tools
|
| 10937 |
|
|
like the prelinker can add an extra PT_LOAD entry.
|
| 10938 |
|
|
|
| 10939 |
|
|
If the prelinker needs to make room for a new PT_LOAD entry, its
|
| 10940 |
|
|
standard procedure is to move the first (read-only) sections into
|
| 10941 |
|
|
the new (writable) segment. However, the MIPS ABI requires
|
| 10942 |
|
|
.dynamic to be in a read-only segment, and the section will often
|
| 10943 |
|
|
start within sizeof (ElfNN_Phdr) bytes of the last program header.
|
| 10944 |
|
|
|
| 10945 |
|
|
Although the prelinker could in principle move .dynamic to a
|
| 10946 |
|
|
writable segment, it seems better to allocate a spare program
|
| 10947 |
|
|
header instead, and avoid the need to move any sections.
|
| 10948 |
|
|
There is a long tradition of allocating spare dynamic tags,
|
| 10949 |
|
|
so allocating a spare program header seems like a natural
|
| 10950 |
|
|
extension.
|
| 10951 |
|
|
|
| 10952 |
|
|
If INFO is NULL, we may be copying an already prelinked binary
|
| 10953 |
|
|
with objcopy or strip, so do not add this header. */
|
| 10954 |
|
|
if (info != NULL
|
| 10955 |
|
|
&& !SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
|
| 10956 |
|
|
&& bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"))
|
| 10957 |
|
|
{
|
| 10958 |
|
|
for (pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; *pm != NULL; pm = &(*pm)->next)
|
| 10959 |
|
|
if ((*pm)->p_type == PT_NULL)
|
| 10960 |
|
|
break;
|
| 10961 |
|
|
if (*pm == NULL)
|
| 10962 |
|
|
{
|
| 10963 |
|
|
m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*m));
|
| 10964 |
|
|
if (m == NULL)
|
| 10965 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 10966 |
|
|
|
| 10967 |
|
|
m->p_type = PT_NULL;
|
| 10968 |
|
|
*pm = m;
|
| 10969 |
|
|
}
|
| 10970 |
|
|
}
|
| 10971 |
|
|
|
| 10972 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 10973 |
|
|
}
|
| 10974 |
|
|
|
| 10975 |
|
|
/* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
|
| 10976 |
|
|
relocation. */
|
| 10977 |
|
|
|
| 10978 |
|
|
asection *
|
| 10979 |
|
|
_bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
|
| 10980 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
| 10981 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
|
| 10982 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
|
| 10983 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
|
| 10984 |
|
|
{
|
| 10985 |
|
|
/* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
|
| 10986 |
|
|
|
| 10987 |
|
|
if (h != NULL)
|
| 10988 |
|
|
switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec->owner, rel->r_info))
|
| 10989 |
|
|
{
|
| 10990 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
|
| 10991 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
|
| 10992 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 10993 |
|
|
}
|
| 10994 |
|
|
|
| 10995 |
|
|
return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
|
| 10996 |
|
|
}
|
| 10997 |
|
|
|
| 10998 |
|
|
/* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
|
| 10999 |
|
|
|
| 11000 |
|
|
bfd_boolean
|
| 11001 |
|
|
_bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
| 11002 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
| 11003 |
|
|
asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
| 11004 |
|
|
const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 11005 |
|
|
{
|
| 11006 |
|
|
#if 0
|
| 11007 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
|
| 11008 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
|
| 11009 |
|
|
bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
|
| 11010 |
|
|
const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
|
| 11011 |
|
|
unsigned long r_symndx;
|
| 11012 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
|
| 11013 |
|
|
|
| 11014 |
|
|
if (info->relocatable)
|
| 11015 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 11016 |
|
|
|
| 11017 |
|
|
symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
|
| 11018 |
|
|
sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
|
| 11019 |
|
|
local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
|
| 11020 |
|
|
|
| 11021 |
|
|
relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
|
| 11022 |
|
|
for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++)
|
| 11023 |
|
|
switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info))
|
| 11024 |
|
|
{
|
| 11025 |
|
|
case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
|
| 11026 |
|
|
case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
|
| 11027 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_GOT16:
|
| 11028 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_CALL16:
|
| 11029 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
|
| 11030 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
|
| 11031 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
|
| 11032 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
|
| 11033 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
|
| 11034 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
|
| 11035 |
|
|
case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
|
| 11036 |
|
|
/* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort
|
| 11037 |
|
|
of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries,
|
| 11038 |
|
|
so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */
|
| 11039 |
|
|
break;
|
| 11040 |
|
|
|
| 11041 |
|
|
default:
|
| 11042 |
|
|
break;
|
| 11043 |
|
|
}
|
| 11044 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 11045 |
|
|
|
| 11046 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 11047 |
|
|
}
|
| 11048 |
|
|
|
| 11049 |
|
|
/* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
|
| 11050 |
|
|
hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
|
| 11051 |
|
|
information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
|
| 11052 |
|
|
_bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
|
| 11053 |
|
|
|
| 11054 |
|
|
void
|
| 11055 |
|
|
_bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
| 11056 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
|
| 11057 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
|
| 11058 |
|
|
{
|
| 11059 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *dirmips, *indmips;
|
| 11060 |
|
|
|
| 11061 |
|
|
_bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind);
|
| 11062 |
|
|
|
| 11063 |
|
|
dirmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) dir;
|
| 11064 |
|
|
indmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) ind;
|
| 11065 |
|
|
/* Any absolute non-dynamic relocations against an indirect or weak
|
| 11066 |
|
|
definition will be against the target symbol. */
|
| 11067 |
|
|
if (indmips->has_static_relocs)
|
| 11068 |
|
|
dirmips->has_static_relocs = TRUE;
|
| 11069 |
|
|
|
| 11070 |
|
|
if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
|
| 11071 |
|
|
return;
|
| 11072 |
|
|
|
| 11073 |
|
|
dirmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs += indmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs;
|
| 11074 |
|
|
if (indmips->readonly_reloc)
|
| 11075 |
|
|
dirmips->readonly_reloc = TRUE;
|
| 11076 |
|
|
if (indmips->no_fn_stub)
|
| 11077 |
|
|
dirmips->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
|
| 11078 |
|
|
if (indmips->fn_stub)
|
| 11079 |
|
|
{
|
| 11080 |
|
|
dirmips->fn_stub = indmips->fn_stub;
|
| 11081 |
|
|
indmips->fn_stub = NULL;
|
| 11082 |
|
|
}
|
| 11083 |
|
|
if (indmips->need_fn_stub)
|
| 11084 |
|
|
{
|
| 11085 |
|
|
dirmips->need_fn_stub = TRUE;
|
| 11086 |
|
|
indmips->need_fn_stub = FALSE;
|
| 11087 |
|
|
}
|
| 11088 |
|
|
if (indmips->call_stub)
|
| 11089 |
|
|
{
|
| 11090 |
|
|
dirmips->call_stub = indmips->call_stub;
|
| 11091 |
|
|
indmips->call_stub = NULL;
|
| 11092 |
|
|
}
|
| 11093 |
|
|
if (indmips->call_fp_stub)
|
| 11094 |
|
|
{
|
| 11095 |
|
|
dirmips->call_fp_stub = indmips->call_fp_stub;
|
| 11096 |
|
|
indmips->call_fp_stub = NULL;
|
| 11097 |
|
|
}
|
| 11098 |
|
|
if (indmips->global_got_area < dirmips->global_got_area)
|
| 11099 |
|
|
dirmips->global_got_area = indmips->global_got_area;
|
| 11100 |
|
|
if (indmips->global_got_area < GGA_NONE)
|
| 11101 |
|
|
indmips->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
|
| 11102 |
|
|
if (indmips->has_nonpic_branches)
|
| 11103 |
|
|
dirmips->has_nonpic_branches = TRUE;
|
| 11104 |
|
|
|
| 11105 |
|
|
if (dirmips->tls_type == 0)
|
| 11106 |
|
|
dirmips->tls_type = indmips->tls_type;
|
| 11107 |
|
|
}
|
| 11108 |
|
|
|
| 11109 |
|
|
#define PDR_SIZE 32
|
| 11110 |
|
|
|
| 11111 |
|
|
bfd_boolean
|
| 11112 |
|
|
_bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd *abfd, struct elf_reloc_cookie *cookie,
|
| 11113 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
| 11114 |
|
|
{
|
| 11115 |
|
|
asection *o;
|
| 11116 |
|
|
bfd_boolean ret = FALSE;
|
| 11117 |
|
|
unsigned char *tdata;
|
| 11118 |
|
|
size_t i, skip;
|
| 11119 |
|
|
|
| 11120 |
|
|
o = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".pdr");
|
| 11121 |
|
|
if (! o)
|
| 11122 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 11123 |
|
|
if (o->size == 0)
|
| 11124 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 11125 |
|
|
if (o->size % PDR_SIZE != 0)
|
| 11126 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 11127 |
|
|
if (o->output_section != NULL
|
| 11128 |
|
|
&& bfd_is_abs_section (o->output_section))
|
| 11129 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 11130 |
|
|
|
| 11131 |
|
|
tdata = bfd_zmalloc (o->size / PDR_SIZE);
|
| 11132 |
|
|
if (! tdata)
|
| 11133 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 11134 |
|
|
|
| 11135 |
|
|
cookie->rels = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL,
|
| 11136 |
|
|
info->keep_memory);
|
| 11137 |
|
|
if (!cookie->rels)
|
| 11138 |
|
|
{
|
| 11139 |
|
|
free (tdata);
|
| 11140 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 11141 |
|
|
}
|
| 11142 |
|
|
|
| 11143 |
|
|
cookie->rel = cookie->rels;
|
| 11144 |
|
|
cookie->relend = cookie->rels + o->reloc_count;
|
| 11145 |
|
|
|
| 11146 |
|
|
for (i = 0, skip = 0; i < o->size / PDR_SIZE; i ++)
|
| 11147 |
|
|
{
|
| 11148 |
|
|
if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i * PDR_SIZE, cookie))
|
| 11149 |
|
|
{
|
| 11150 |
|
|
tdata[i] = 1;
|
| 11151 |
|
|
skip ++;
|
| 11152 |
|
|
}
|
| 11153 |
|
|
}
|
| 11154 |
|
|
|
| 11155 |
|
|
if (skip != 0)
|
| 11156 |
|
|
{
|
| 11157 |
|
|
mips_elf_section_data (o)->u.tdata = tdata;
|
| 11158 |
|
|
o->size -= skip * PDR_SIZE;
|
| 11159 |
|
|
ret = TRUE;
|
| 11160 |
|
|
}
|
| 11161 |
|
|
else
|
| 11162 |
|
|
free (tdata);
|
| 11163 |
|
|
|
| 11164 |
|
|
if (! info->keep_memory)
|
| 11165 |
|
|
free (cookie->rels);
|
| 11166 |
|
|
|
| 11167 |
|
|
return ret;
|
| 11168 |
|
|
}
|
| 11169 |
|
|
|
| 11170 |
|
|
bfd_boolean
|
| 11171 |
|
|
_bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection *sec)
|
| 11172 |
|
|
{
|
| 11173 |
|
|
if (strcmp (sec->name, ".pdr") == 0)
|
| 11174 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 11175 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 11176 |
|
|
}
|
| 11177 |
|
|
|
| 11178 |
|
|
bfd_boolean
|
| 11179 |
|
|
_bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd *output_bfd,
|
| 11180 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
| 11181 |
|
|
asection *sec, bfd_byte *contents)
|
| 11182 |
|
|
{
|
| 11183 |
|
|
bfd_byte *to, *from, *end;
|
| 11184 |
|
|
int i;
|
| 11185 |
|
|
|
| 11186 |
|
|
if (strcmp (sec->name, ".pdr") != 0)
|
| 11187 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 11188 |
|
|
|
| 11189 |
|
|
if (mips_elf_section_data (sec)->u.tdata == NULL)
|
| 11190 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 11191 |
|
|
|
| 11192 |
|
|
to = contents;
|
| 11193 |
|
|
end = contents + sec->size;
|
| 11194 |
|
|
for (from = contents, i = 0;
|
| 11195 |
|
|
from < end;
|
| 11196 |
|
|
from += PDR_SIZE, i++)
|
| 11197 |
|
|
{
|
| 11198 |
|
|
if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec)->u.tdata)[i] == 1)
|
| 11199 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 11200 |
|
|
if (to != from)
|
| 11201 |
|
|
memcpy (to, from, PDR_SIZE);
|
| 11202 |
|
|
to += PDR_SIZE;
|
| 11203 |
|
|
}
|
| 11204 |
|
|
bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd, sec->output_section, contents,
|
| 11205 |
|
|
sec->output_offset, sec->size);
|
| 11206 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 11207 |
|
|
}
|
| 11208 |
|
|
|
| 11209 |
|
|
/* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
|
| 11210 |
|
|
handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
|
| 11211 |
|
|
|
| 11212 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_find_line
|
| 11213 |
|
|
{
|
| 11214 |
|
|
struct ecoff_debug_info d;
|
| 11215 |
|
|
struct ecoff_find_line i;
|
| 11216 |
|
|
};
|
| 11217 |
|
|
|
| 11218 |
|
|
bfd_boolean
|
| 11219 |
|
|
_bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd, asection *section,
|
| 11220 |
|
|
asymbol **symbols, bfd_vma offset,
|
| 11221 |
|
|
const char **filename_ptr,
|
| 11222 |
|
|
const char **functionname_ptr,
|
| 11223 |
|
|
unsigned int *line_ptr)
|
| 11224 |
|
|
{
|
| 11225 |
|
|
asection *msec;
|
| 11226 |
|
|
|
| 11227 |
|
|
if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
|
| 11228 |
|
|
filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
|
| 11229 |
|
|
line_ptr))
|
| 11230 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 11231 |
|
|
|
| 11232 |
|
|
if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
|
| 11233 |
|
|
filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
|
| 11234 |
|
|
line_ptr, ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 8 : 0,
|
| 11235 |
|
|
&elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info))
|
| 11236 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 11237 |
|
|
|
| 11238 |
|
|
msec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug");
|
| 11239 |
|
|
if (msec != NULL)
|
| 11240 |
|
|
{
|
| 11241 |
|
|
flagword origflags;
|
| 11242 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_find_line *fi;
|
| 11243 |
|
|
const struct ecoff_debug_swap * const swap =
|
| 11244 |
|
|
get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
|
| 11245 |
|
|
|
| 11246 |
|
|
/* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
|
| 11247 |
|
|
cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
|
| 11248 |
|
|
if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
|
| 11249 |
|
|
origflags = msec->flags;
|
| 11250 |
|
|
if (elf_section_data (msec)->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
|
| 11251 |
|
|
msec->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
|
| 11252 |
|
|
|
| 11253 |
|
|
fi = elf_tdata (abfd)->find_line_info;
|
| 11254 |
|
|
if (fi == NULL)
|
| 11255 |
|
|
{
|
| 11256 |
|
|
bfd_size_type external_fdr_size;
|
| 11257 |
|
|
char *fraw_src;
|
| 11258 |
|
|
char *fraw_end;
|
| 11259 |
|
|
struct fdr *fdr_ptr;
|
| 11260 |
|
|
bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line);
|
| 11261 |
|
|
|
| 11262 |
|
|
fi = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
|
| 11263 |
|
|
if (fi == NULL)
|
| 11264 |
|
|
{
|
| 11265 |
|
|
msec->flags = origflags;
|
| 11266 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 11267 |
|
|
}
|
| 11268 |
|
|
|
| 11269 |
|
|
if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd, msec, &fi->d))
|
| 11270 |
|
|
{
|
| 11271 |
|
|
msec->flags = origflags;
|
| 11272 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 11273 |
|
|
}
|
| 11274 |
|
|
|
| 11275 |
|
|
/* Swap in the FDR information. */
|
| 11276 |
|
|
amt = fi->d.symbolic_header.ifdMax * sizeof (struct fdr);
|
| 11277 |
|
|
fi->d.fdr = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
|
| 11278 |
|
|
if (fi->d.fdr == NULL)
|
| 11279 |
|
|
{
|
| 11280 |
|
|
msec->flags = origflags;
|
| 11281 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 11282 |
|
|
}
|
| 11283 |
|
|
external_fdr_size = swap->external_fdr_size;
|
| 11284 |
|
|
fdr_ptr = fi->d.fdr;
|
| 11285 |
|
|
fraw_src = (char *) fi->d.external_fdr;
|
| 11286 |
|
|
fraw_end = (fraw_src
|
| 11287 |
|
|
+ fi->d.symbolic_header.ifdMax * external_fdr_size);
|
| 11288 |
|
|
for (; fraw_src < fraw_end; fraw_src += external_fdr_size, fdr_ptr++)
|
| 11289 |
|
|
(*swap->swap_fdr_in) (abfd, fraw_src, fdr_ptr);
|
| 11290 |
|
|
|
| 11291 |
|
|
elf_tdata (abfd)->find_line_info = fi;
|
| 11292 |
|
|
|
| 11293 |
|
|
/* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
|
| 11294 |
|
|
find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
|
| 11295 |
|
|
objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
|
| 11296 |
|
|
rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
|
| 11297 |
|
|
wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
|
| 11298 |
|
|
good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
|
| 11299 |
|
|
}
|
| 11300 |
|
|
|
| 11301 |
|
|
if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd, section, offset, &fi->d, swap,
|
| 11302 |
|
|
&fi->i, filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
|
| 11303 |
|
|
line_ptr))
|
| 11304 |
|
|
{
|
| 11305 |
|
|
msec->flags = origflags;
|
| 11306 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 11307 |
|
|
}
|
| 11308 |
|
|
|
| 11309 |
|
|
msec->flags = origflags;
|
| 11310 |
|
|
}
|
| 11311 |
|
|
|
| 11312 |
|
|
/* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
|
| 11313 |
|
|
|
| 11314 |
|
|
return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
|
| 11315 |
|
|
filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
|
| 11316 |
|
|
line_ptr);
|
| 11317 |
|
|
}
|
| 11318 |
|
|
|
| 11319 |
|
|
bfd_boolean
|
| 11320 |
|
|
_bfd_mips_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd *abfd,
|
| 11321 |
|
|
const char **filename_ptr,
|
| 11322 |
|
|
const char **functionname_ptr,
|
| 11323 |
|
|
unsigned int *line_ptr)
|
| 11324 |
|
|
{
|
| 11325 |
|
|
bfd_boolean found;
|
| 11326 |
|
|
found = _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd, filename_ptr,
|
| 11327 |
|
|
functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
|
| 11328 |
|
|
& elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
|
| 11329 |
|
|
return found;
|
| 11330 |
|
|
}
|
| 11331 |
|
|
|
| 11332 |
|
|
|
| 11333 |
|
|
/* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
|
| 11334 |
|
|
remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
|
| 11335 |
|
|
GP value in the section_processing routine. */
|
| 11336 |
|
|
|
| 11337 |
|
|
bfd_boolean
|
| 11338 |
|
|
_bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd, sec_ptr section,
|
| 11339 |
|
|
const void *location,
|
| 11340 |
|
|
file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type count)
|
| 11341 |
|
|
{
|
| 11342 |
|
|
if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (section->name))
|
| 11343 |
|
|
{
|
| 11344 |
|
|
bfd_byte *c;
|
| 11345 |
|
|
|
| 11346 |
|
|
if (elf_section_data (section) == NULL)
|
| 11347 |
|
|
{
|
| 11348 |
|
|
bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data);
|
| 11349 |
|
|
section->used_by_bfd = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
|
| 11350 |
|
|
if (elf_section_data (section) == NULL)
|
| 11351 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 11352 |
|
|
}
|
| 11353 |
|
|
c = mips_elf_section_data (section)->u.tdata;
|
| 11354 |
|
|
if (c == NULL)
|
| 11355 |
|
|
{
|
| 11356 |
|
|
c = bfd_zalloc (abfd, section->size);
|
| 11357 |
|
|
if (c == NULL)
|
| 11358 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 11359 |
|
|
mips_elf_section_data (section)->u.tdata = c;
|
| 11360 |
|
|
}
|
| 11361 |
|
|
|
| 11362 |
|
|
memcpy (c + offset, location, count);
|
| 11363 |
|
|
}
|
| 11364 |
|
|
|
| 11365 |
|
|
return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd, section, location, offset,
|
| 11366 |
|
|
count);
|
| 11367 |
|
|
}
|
| 11368 |
|
|
|
| 11369 |
|
|
/* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
|
| 11370 |
|
|
MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
|
| 11371 |
|
|
|
| 11372 |
|
|
bfd_byte *
|
| 11373 |
|
|
_bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
|
| 11374 |
|
|
(bfd *abfd,
|
| 11375 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
|
| 11376 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_order *link_order,
|
| 11377 |
|
|
bfd_byte *data,
|
| 11378 |
|
|
bfd_boolean relocatable,
|
| 11379 |
|
|
asymbol **symbols)
|
| 11380 |
|
|
{
|
| 11381 |
|
|
/* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
|
| 11382 |
|
|
bfd *input_bfd = link_order->u.indirect.section->owner;
|
| 11383 |
|
|
asection *input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section;
|
| 11384 |
|
|
bfd_size_type sz;
|
| 11385 |
|
|
|
| 11386 |
|
|
long reloc_size = bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd, input_section);
|
| 11387 |
|
|
arelent **reloc_vector = NULL;
|
| 11388 |
|
|
long reloc_count;
|
| 11389 |
|
|
|
| 11390 |
|
|
if (reloc_size < 0)
|
| 11391 |
|
|
goto error_return;
|
| 11392 |
|
|
|
| 11393 |
|
|
reloc_vector = bfd_malloc (reloc_size);
|
| 11394 |
|
|
if (reloc_vector == NULL && reloc_size != 0)
|
| 11395 |
|
|
goto error_return;
|
| 11396 |
|
|
|
| 11397 |
|
|
/* read in the section */
|
| 11398 |
|
|
sz = input_section->rawsize ? input_section->rawsize : input_section->size;
|
| 11399 |
|
|
if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, input_section, data, 0, sz))
|
| 11400 |
|
|
goto error_return;
|
| 11401 |
|
|
|
| 11402 |
|
|
reloc_count = bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd,
|
| 11403 |
|
|
input_section,
|
| 11404 |
|
|
reloc_vector,
|
| 11405 |
|
|
symbols);
|
| 11406 |
|
|
if (reloc_count < 0)
|
| 11407 |
|
|
goto error_return;
|
| 11408 |
|
|
|
| 11409 |
|
|
if (reloc_count > 0)
|
| 11410 |
|
|
{
|
| 11411 |
|
|
arelent **parent;
|
| 11412 |
|
|
/* for mips */
|
| 11413 |
|
|
int gp_found;
|
| 11414 |
|
|
bfd_vma gp = 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
|
| 11415 |
|
|
|
| 11416 |
|
|
{
|
| 11417 |
|
|
struct bfd_hash_entry *h;
|
| 11418 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_hash_entry *lh;
|
| 11419 |
|
|
/* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
|
| 11420 |
|
|
if (abfd && input_bfd
|
| 11421 |
|
|
&& abfd->xvec == input_bfd->xvec)
|
| 11422 |
|
|
lh = 0;
|
| 11423 |
|
|
else
|
| 11424 |
|
|
{
|
| 11425 |
|
|
h = bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info->hash->table, "_gp", FALSE, FALSE);
|
| 11426 |
|
|
lh = (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) h;
|
| 11427 |
|
|
}
|
| 11428 |
|
|
lookup:
|
| 11429 |
|
|
if (lh)
|
| 11430 |
|
|
{
|
| 11431 |
|
|
switch (lh->type)
|
| 11432 |
|
|
{
|
| 11433 |
|
|
case bfd_link_hash_undefined:
|
| 11434 |
|
|
case bfd_link_hash_undefweak:
|
| 11435 |
|
|
case bfd_link_hash_common:
|
| 11436 |
|
|
gp_found = 0;
|
| 11437 |
|
|
break;
|
| 11438 |
|
|
case bfd_link_hash_defined:
|
| 11439 |
|
|
case bfd_link_hash_defweak:
|
| 11440 |
|
|
gp_found = 1;
|
| 11441 |
|
|
gp = lh->u.def.value;
|
| 11442 |
|
|
break;
|
| 11443 |
|
|
case bfd_link_hash_indirect:
|
| 11444 |
|
|
case bfd_link_hash_warning:
|
| 11445 |
|
|
lh = lh->u.i.link;
|
| 11446 |
|
|
/* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
|
| 11447 |
|
|
goto lookup;
|
| 11448 |
|
|
case bfd_link_hash_new:
|
| 11449 |
|
|
default:
|
| 11450 |
|
|
abort ();
|
| 11451 |
|
|
}
|
| 11452 |
|
|
}
|
| 11453 |
|
|
else
|
| 11454 |
|
|
gp_found = 0;
|
| 11455 |
|
|
}
|
| 11456 |
|
|
/* end mips */
|
| 11457 |
|
|
for (parent = reloc_vector; *parent != NULL; parent++)
|
| 11458 |
|
|
{
|
| 11459 |
|
|
char *error_message = NULL;
|
| 11460 |
|
|
bfd_reloc_status_type r;
|
| 11461 |
|
|
|
| 11462 |
|
|
/* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
|
| 11463 |
|
|
knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
|
| 11464 |
|
|
asymbol *sym = *(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr;
|
| 11465 |
|
|
|
| 11466 |
|
|
/* If we've managed to find the gp and have a special
|
| 11467 |
|
|
function for the relocation then go ahead, else default
|
| 11468 |
|
|
to the generic handling. */
|
| 11469 |
|
|
if (gp_found
|
| 11470 |
|
|
&& (*parent)->howto->special_function
|
| 11471 |
|
|
== _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc)
|
| 11472 |
|
|
r = _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd, sym, *parent,
|
| 11473 |
|
|
input_section, relocatable,
|
| 11474 |
|
|
data, gp);
|
| 11475 |
|
|
else
|
| 11476 |
|
|
r = bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd, *parent, data,
|
| 11477 |
|
|
input_section,
|
| 11478 |
|
|
relocatable ? abfd : NULL,
|
| 11479 |
|
|
&error_message);
|
| 11480 |
|
|
|
| 11481 |
|
|
if (relocatable)
|
| 11482 |
|
|
{
|
| 11483 |
|
|
asection *os = input_section->output_section;
|
| 11484 |
|
|
|
| 11485 |
|
|
/* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
|
| 11486 |
|
|
os->orelocation[os->reloc_count] = *parent;
|
| 11487 |
|
|
os->reloc_count++;
|
| 11488 |
|
|
}
|
| 11489 |
|
|
|
| 11490 |
|
|
if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
|
| 11491 |
|
|
{
|
| 11492 |
|
|
switch (r)
|
| 11493 |
|
|
{
|
| 11494 |
|
|
case bfd_reloc_undefined:
|
| 11495 |
|
|
if (!((*link_info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
|
| 11496 |
|
|
(link_info, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr),
|
| 11497 |
|
|
input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address, TRUE)))
|
| 11498 |
|
|
goto error_return;
|
| 11499 |
|
|
break;
|
| 11500 |
|
|
case bfd_reloc_dangerous:
|
| 11501 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (error_message != NULL);
|
| 11502 |
|
|
if (!((*link_info->callbacks->reloc_dangerous)
|
| 11503 |
|
|
(link_info, error_message, input_bfd, input_section,
|
| 11504 |
|
|
(*parent)->address)))
|
| 11505 |
|
|
goto error_return;
|
| 11506 |
|
|
break;
|
| 11507 |
|
|
case bfd_reloc_overflow:
|
| 11508 |
|
|
if (!((*link_info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
|
| 11509 |
|
|
(link_info, NULL,
|
| 11510 |
|
|
bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr),
|
| 11511 |
|
|
(*parent)->howto->name, (*parent)->addend,
|
| 11512 |
|
|
input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address)))
|
| 11513 |
|
|
goto error_return;
|
| 11514 |
|
|
break;
|
| 11515 |
|
|
case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
|
| 11516 |
|
|
default:
|
| 11517 |
|
|
abort ();
|
| 11518 |
|
|
break;
|
| 11519 |
|
|
}
|
| 11520 |
|
|
|
| 11521 |
|
|
}
|
| 11522 |
|
|
}
|
| 11523 |
|
|
}
|
| 11524 |
|
|
if (reloc_vector != NULL)
|
| 11525 |
|
|
free (reloc_vector);
|
| 11526 |
|
|
return data;
|
| 11527 |
|
|
|
| 11528 |
|
|
error_return:
|
| 11529 |
|
|
if (reloc_vector != NULL)
|
| 11530 |
|
|
free (reloc_vector);
|
| 11531 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 11532 |
|
|
}
|
| 11533 |
|
|
|
| 11534 |
|
|
/* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
|
| 11535 |
|
|
|
| 11536 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_hash_table *
|
| 11537 |
|
|
_bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
|
| 11538 |
|
|
{
|
| 11539 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *ret;
|
| 11540 |
|
|
bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table);
|
| 11541 |
|
|
|
| 11542 |
|
|
ret = bfd_malloc (amt);
|
| 11543 |
|
|
if (ret == NULL)
|
| 11544 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 11545 |
|
|
|
| 11546 |
|
|
if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
|
| 11547 |
|
|
mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc,
|
| 11548 |
|
|
sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry),
|
| 11549 |
|
|
MIPS_ELF_DATA))
|
| 11550 |
|
|
{
|
| 11551 |
|
|
free (ret);
|
| 11552 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 11553 |
|
|
}
|
| 11554 |
|
|
|
| 11555 |
|
|
#if 0
|
| 11556 |
|
|
/* We no longer use this. */
|
| 11557 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES; i++)
|
| 11558 |
|
|
ret->dynsym_sec_strindex[i] = (bfd_size_type) -1;
|
| 11559 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 11560 |
|
|
ret->procedure_count = 0;
|
| 11561 |
|
|
ret->compact_rel_size = 0;
|
| 11562 |
|
|
ret->use_rld_obj_head = FALSE;
|
| 11563 |
|
|
ret->rld_value = 0;
|
| 11564 |
|
|
ret->mips16_stubs_seen = FALSE;
|
| 11565 |
|
|
ret->use_plts_and_copy_relocs = FALSE;
|
| 11566 |
|
|
ret->is_vxworks = FALSE;
|
| 11567 |
|
|
ret->small_data_overflow_reported = FALSE;
|
| 11568 |
|
|
ret->srelbss = NULL;
|
| 11569 |
|
|
ret->sdynbss = NULL;
|
| 11570 |
|
|
ret->srelplt = NULL;
|
| 11571 |
|
|
ret->srelplt2 = NULL;
|
| 11572 |
|
|
ret->sgotplt = NULL;
|
| 11573 |
|
|
ret->splt = NULL;
|
| 11574 |
|
|
ret->sstubs = NULL;
|
| 11575 |
|
|
ret->sgot = NULL;
|
| 11576 |
|
|
ret->got_info = NULL;
|
| 11577 |
|
|
ret->plt_header_size = 0;
|
| 11578 |
|
|
ret->plt_entry_size = 0;
|
| 11579 |
|
|
ret->lazy_stub_count = 0;
|
| 11580 |
|
|
ret->function_stub_size = 0;
|
| 11581 |
|
|
ret->strampoline = NULL;
|
| 11582 |
|
|
ret->la25_stubs = NULL;
|
| 11583 |
|
|
ret->add_stub_section = NULL;
|
| 11584 |
|
|
|
| 11585 |
|
|
return &ret->root.root;
|
| 11586 |
|
|
}
|
| 11587 |
|
|
|
| 11588 |
|
|
/* Likewise, but indicate that the target is VxWorks. */
|
| 11589 |
|
|
|
| 11590 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_hash_table *
|
| 11591 |
|
|
_bfd_mips_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
|
| 11592 |
|
|
{
|
| 11593 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_hash_table *ret;
|
| 11594 |
|
|
|
| 11595 |
|
|
ret = _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd);
|
| 11596 |
|
|
if (ret)
|
| 11597 |
|
|
{
|
| 11598 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
| 11599 |
|
|
|
| 11600 |
|
|
htab = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ret;
|
| 11601 |
|
|
htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs = TRUE;
|
| 11602 |
|
|
htab->is_vxworks = TRUE;
|
| 11603 |
|
|
}
|
| 11604 |
|
|
return ret;
|
| 11605 |
|
|
}
|
| 11606 |
|
|
|
| 11607 |
|
|
/* A function that the linker calls if we are allowed to use PLTs
|
| 11608 |
|
|
and copy relocs. */
|
| 11609 |
|
|
|
| 11610 |
|
|
void
|
| 11611 |
|
|
_bfd_mips_elf_use_plts_and_copy_relocs (struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
| 11612 |
|
|
{
|
| 11613 |
|
|
mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_plts_and_copy_relocs = TRUE;
|
| 11614 |
|
|
}
|
| 11615 |
|
|
|
| 11616 |
|
|
/* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
|
| 11617 |
|
|
the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
|
| 11618 |
|
|
sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
|
| 11619 |
|
|
|
| 11620 |
|
|
bfd_boolean
|
| 11621 |
|
|
_bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
| 11622 |
|
|
{
|
| 11623 |
|
|
asection *o;
|
| 11624 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_order *p;
|
| 11625 |
|
|
asection *reginfo_sec, *mdebug_sec, *gptab_data_sec, *gptab_bss_sec;
|
| 11626 |
|
|
asection *rtproc_sec;
|
| 11627 |
|
|
Elf32_RegInfo reginfo;
|
| 11628 |
|
|
struct ecoff_debug_info debug;
|
| 11629 |
|
|
struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti;
|
| 11630 |
|
|
const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
| 11631 |
|
|
const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap = bed->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
|
| 11632 |
|
|
HDRR *symhdr = &debug.symbolic_header;
|
| 11633 |
|
|
void *mdebug_handle = NULL;
|
| 11634 |
|
|
asection *s;
|
| 11635 |
|
|
EXTR esym;
|
| 11636 |
|
|
unsigned int i;
|
| 11637 |
|
|
bfd_size_type amt;
|
| 11638 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
| 11639 |
|
|
|
| 11640 |
|
|
static const char * const secname[] =
|
| 11641 |
|
|
{
|
| 11642 |
|
|
".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
|
| 11643 |
|
|
".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
|
| 11644 |
|
|
};
|
| 11645 |
|
|
static const int sc[] =
|
| 11646 |
|
|
{
|
| 11647 |
|
|
scText, scInit, scFini, scData,
|
| 11648 |
|
|
scRData, scSData, scSBss, scBss
|
| 11649 |
|
|
};
|
| 11650 |
|
|
|
| 11651 |
|
|
/* Sort the dynamic symbols so that those with GOT entries come after
|
| 11652 |
|
|
those without. */
|
| 11653 |
|
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
|
| 11654 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
|
| 11655 |
|
|
|
| 11656 |
|
|
if (!mips_elf_sort_hash_table (abfd, info))
|
| 11657 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 11658 |
|
|
|
| 11659 |
|
|
/* Create any scheduled LA25 stubs. */
|
| 11660 |
|
|
hti.info = info;
|
| 11661 |
|
|
hti.output_bfd = abfd;
|
| 11662 |
|
|
hti.error = FALSE;
|
| 11663 |
|
|
htab_traverse (htab->la25_stubs, mips_elf_create_la25_stub, &hti);
|
| 11664 |
|
|
if (hti.error)
|
| 11665 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 11666 |
|
|
|
| 11667 |
|
|
/* Get a value for the GP register. */
|
| 11668 |
|
|
if (elf_gp (abfd) == 0)
|
| 11669 |
|
|
{
|
| 11670 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
|
| 11671 |
|
|
|
| 11672 |
|
|
h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash, "_gp", FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
|
| 11673 |
|
|
if (h != NULL && h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined)
|
| 11674 |
|
|
elf_gp (abfd) = (h->u.def.value
|
| 11675 |
|
|
+ h->u.def.section->output_section->vma
|
| 11676 |
|
|
+ h->u.def.section->output_offset);
|
| 11677 |
|
|
else if (htab->is_vxworks
|
| 11678 |
|
|
&& (h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash,
|
| 11679 |
|
|
"_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_",
|
| 11680 |
|
|
FALSE, FALSE, TRUE))
|
| 11681 |
|
|
&& h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined)
|
| 11682 |
|
|
elf_gp (abfd) = (h->u.def.section->output_section->vma
|
| 11683 |
|
|
+ h->u.def.section->output_offset
|
| 11684 |
|
|
+ h->u.def.value);
|
| 11685 |
|
|
else if (info->relocatable)
|
| 11686 |
|
|
{
|
| 11687 |
|
|
bfd_vma lo = MINUS_ONE;
|
| 11688 |
|
|
|
| 11689 |
|
|
/* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
|
| 11690 |
|
|
for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
|
| 11691 |
|
|
if (o->vma < lo
|
| 11692 |
|
|
&& (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_MIPS_GPREL))
|
| 11693 |
|
|
lo = o->vma;
|
| 11694 |
|
|
|
| 11695 |
|
|
/* And calculate GP relative to that. */
|
| 11696 |
|
|
elf_gp (abfd) = lo + ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (info);
|
| 11697 |
|
|
}
|
| 11698 |
|
|
else
|
| 11699 |
|
|
{
|
| 11700 |
|
|
/* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
|
| 11701 |
|
|
involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
|
| 11702 |
|
|
callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
|
| 11703 |
|
|
}
|
| 11704 |
|
|
}
|
| 11705 |
|
|
|
| 11706 |
|
|
/* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
|
| 11707 |
|
|
information. */
|
| 11708 |
|
|
reginfo_sec = NULL;
|
| 11709 |
|
|
mdebug_sec = NULL;
|
| 11710 |
|
|
gptab_data_sec = NULL;
|
| 11711 |
|
|
gptab_bss_sec = NULL;
|
| 11712 |
|
|
for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
|
| 11713 |
|
|
{
|
| 11714 |
|
|
if (strcmp (o->name, ".reginfo") == 0)
|
| 11715 |
|
|
{
|
| 11716 |
|
|
memset (®info, 0, sizeof reginfo);
|
| 11717 |
|
|
|
| 11718 |
|
|
/* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
|
| 11719 |
|
|
Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
|
| 11720 |
|
|
the information together. */
|
| 11721 |
|
|
for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
|
| 11722 |
|
|
{
|
| 11723 |
|
|
asection *input_section;
|
| 11724 |
|
|
bfd *input_bfd;
|
| 11725 |
|
|
Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
|
| 11726 |
|
|
Elf32_RegInfo sub;
|
| 11727 |
|
|
|
| 11728 |
|
|
if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
|
| 11729 |
|
|
{
|
| 11730 |
|
|
if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
|
| 11731 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 11732 |
|
|
abort ();
|
| 11733 |
|
|
}
|
| 11734 |
|
|
|
| 11735 |
|
|
input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
|
| 11736 |
|
|
input_bfd = input_section->owner;
|
| 11737 |
|
|
|
| 11738 |
|
|
if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, input_section,
|
| 11739 |
|
|
&ext, 0, sizeof ext))
|
| 11740 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 11741 |
|
|
|
| 11742 |
|
|
bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd, &ext, &sub);
|
| 11743 |
|
|
|
| 11744 |
|
|
reginfo.ri_gprmask |= sub.ri_gprmask;
|
| 11745 |
|
|
reginfo.ri_cprmask[0] |= sub.ri_cprmask[0];
|
| 11746 |
|
|
reginfo.ri_cprmask[1] |= sub.ri_cprmask[1];
|
| 11747 |
|
|
reginfo.ri_cprmask[2] |= sub.ri_cprmask[2];
|
| 11748 |
|
|
reginfo.ri_cprmask[3] |= sub.ri_cprmask[3];
|
| 11749 |
|
|
|
| 11750 |
|
|
/* ri_gp_value is set by the function
|
| 11751 |
|
|
mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is
|
| 11752 |
|
|
finally written out. */
|
| 11753 |
|
|
|
| 11754 |
|
|
/* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
|
| 11755 |
|
|
elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
|
| 11756 |
|
|
input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
|
| 11757 |
|
|
}
|
| 11758 |
|
|
|
| 11759 |
|
|
/* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
|
| 11760 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT(o->size == sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
|
| 11761 |
|
|
|
| 11762 |
|
|
/* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
|
| 11763 |
|
|
matters, but someday it might). */
|
| 11764 |
|
|
o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
|
| 11765 |
|
|
|
| 11766 |
|
|
reginfo_sec = o;
|
| 11767 |
|
|
}
|
| 11768 |
|
|
|
| 11769 |
|
|
if (strcmp (o->name, ".mdebug") == 0)
|
| 11770 |
|
|
{
|
| 11771 |
|
|
struct extsym_info einfo;
|
| 11772 |
|
|
bfd_vma last;
|
| 11773 |
|
|
|
| 11774 |
|
|
/* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
|
| 11775 |
|
|
Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
|
| 11776 |
|
|
the information together. */
|
| 11777 |
|
|
symhdr->magic = swap->sym_magic;
|
| 11778 |
|
|
/* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
|
| 11779 |
|
|
symhdr->vstamp = 0;
|
| 11780 |
|
|
symhdr->ilineMax = 0;
|
| 11781 |
|
|
symhdr->cbLine = 0;
|
| 11782 |
|
|
symhdr->idnMax = 0;
|
| 11783 |
|
|
symhdr->ipdMax = 0;
|
| 11784 |
|
|
symhdr->isymMax = 0;
|
| 11785 |
|
|
symhdr->ioptMax = 0;
|
| 11786 |
|
|
symhdr->iauxMax = 0;
|
| 11787 |
|
|
symhdr->issMax = 0;
|
| 11788 |
|
|
symhdr->issExtMax = 0;
|
| 11789 |
|
|
symhdr->ifdMax = 0;
|
| 11790 |
|
|
symhdr->crfd = 0;
|
| 11791 |
|
|
symhdr->iextMax = 0;
|
| 11792 |
|
|
|
| 11793 |
|
|
/* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
|
| 11794 |
|
|
debug_info structure. */
|
| 11795 |
|
|
debug.line = NULL;
|
| 11796 |
|
|
debug.external_dnr = NULL;
|
| 11797 |
|
|
debug.external_pdr = NULL;
|
| 11798 |
|
|
debug.external_sym = NULL;
|
| 11799 |
|
|
debug.external_opt = NULL;
|
| 11800 |
|
|
debug.external_aux = NULL;
|
| 11801 |
|
|
debug.ss = NULL;
|
| 11802 |
|
|
debug.ssext = debug.ssext_end = NULL;
|
| 11803 |
|
|
debug.external_fdr = NULL;
|
| 11804 |
|
|
debug.external_rfd = NULL;
|
| 11805 |
|
|
debug.external_ext = debug.external_ext_end = NULL;
|
| 11806 |
|
|
|
| 11807 |
|
|
mdebug_handle = bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd, &debug, swap, info);
|
| 11808 |
|
|
if (mdebug_handle == NULL)
|
| 11809 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 11810 |
|
|
|
| 11811 |
|
|
esym.jmptbl = 0;
|
| 11812 |
|
|
esym.cobol_main = 0;
|
| 11813 |
|
|
esym.weakext = 0;
|
| 11814 |
|
|
esym.reserved = 0;
|
| 11815 |
|
|
esym.ifd = ifdNil;
|
| 11816 |
|
|
esym.asym.iss = issNil;
|
| 11817 |
|
|
esym.asym.st = stLocal;
|
| 11818 |
|
|
esym.asym.reserved = 0;
|
| 11819 |
|
|
esym.asym.index = indexNil;
|
| 11820 |
|
|
last = 0;
|
| 11821 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < sizeof (secname) / sizeof (secname[0]); i++)
|
| 11822 |
|
|
{
|
| 11823 |
|
|
esym.asym.sc = sc[i];
|
| 11824 |
|
|
s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, secname[i]);
|
| 11825 |
|
|
if (s != NULL)
|
| 11826 |
|
|
{
|
| 11827 |
|
|
esym.asym.value = s->vma;
|
| 11828 |
|
|
last = s->vma + s->size;
|
| 11829 |
|
|
}
|
| 11830 |
|
|
else
|
| 11831 |
|
|
esym.asym.value = last;
|
| 11832 |
|
|
if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd, &debug, swap,
|
| 11833 |
|
|
secname[i], &esym))
|
| 11834 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 11835 |
|
|
}
|
| 11836 |
|
|
|
| 11837 |
|
|
for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
|
| 11838 |
|
|
{
|
| 11839 |
|
|
asection *input_section;
|
| 11840 |
|
|
bfd *input_bfd;
|
| 11841 |
|
|
const struct ecoff_debug_swap *input_swap;
|
| 11842 |
|
|
struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug;
|
| 11843 |
|
|
char *eraw_src;
|
| 11844 |
|
|
char *eraw_end;
|
| 11845 |
|
|
|
| 11846 |
|
|
if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
|
| 11847 |
|
|
{
|
| 11848 |
|
|
if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
|
| 11849 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 11850 |
|
|
abort ();
|
| 11851 |
|
|
}
|
| 11852 |
|
|
|
| 11853 |
|
|
input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
|
| 11854 |
|
|
input_bfd = input_section->owner;
|
| 11855 |
|
|
|
| 11856 |
|
|
if (!is_mips_elf (input_bfd))
|
| 11857 |
|
|
{
|
| 11858 |
|
|
/* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
|
| 11859 |
|
|
doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
|
| 11860 |
|
|
want to deal with it. */
|
| 11861 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 11862 |
|
|
}
|
| 11863 |
|
|
|
| 11864 |
|
|
input_swap = (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd)
|
| 11865 |
|
|
->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap);
|
| 11866 |
|
|
|
| 11867 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (p->size == input_section->size);
|
| 11868 |
|
|
|
| 11869 |
|
|
/* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
|
| 11870 |
|
|
read in the debugging information and set up an
|
| 11871 |
|
|
ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
|
| 11872 |
|
|
if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd, input_section,
|
| 11873 |
|
|
&input_debug))
|
| 11874 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 11875 |
|
|
|
| 11876 |
|
|
if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
|
| 11877 |
|
|
(mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug, swap, input_bfd,
|
| 11878 |
|
|
&input_debug, input_swap, info)))
|
| 11879 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 11880 |
|
|
|
| 11881 |
|
|
/* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
|
| 11882 |
|
|
interesting information, try to find the symbol in
|
| 11883 |
|
|
the linker global hash table and save the information
|
| 11884 |
|
|
for the output external symbols. */
|
| 11885 |
|
|
eraw_src = input_debug.external_ext;
|
| 11886 |
|
|
eraw_end = (eraw_src
|
| 11887 |
|
|
+ (input_debug.symbolic_header.iextMax
|
| 11888 |
|
|
* input_swap->external_ext_size));
|
| 11889 |
|
|
for (;
|
| 11890 |
|
|
eraw_src < eraw_end;
|
| 11891 |
|
|
eraw_src += input_swap->external_ext_size)
|
| 11892 |
|
|
{
|
| 11893 |
|
|
EXTR ext;
|
| 11894 |
|
|
const char *name;
|
| 11895 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
|
| 11896 |
|
|
|
| 11897 |
|
|
(*input_swap->swap_ext_in) (input_bfd, eraw_src, &ext);
|
| 11898 |
|
|
if (ext.asym.sc == scNil
|
| 11899 |
|
|
|| ext.asym.sc == scUndefined
|
| 11900 |
|
|
|| ext.asym.sc == scSUndefined)
|
| 11901 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 11902 |
|
|
|
| 11903 |
|
|
name = input_debug.ssext + ext.asym.iss;
|
| 11904 |
|
|
h = mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
|
| 11905 |
|
|
name, FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
|
| 11906 |
|
|
if (h == NULL || h->esym.ifd != -2)
|
| 11907 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 11908 |
|
|
|
| 11909 |
|
|
if (ext.ifd != -1)
|
| 11910 |
|
|
{
|
| 11911 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (ext.ifd
|
| 11912 |
|
|
< input_debug.symbolic_header.ifdMax);
|
| 11913 |
|
|
ext.ifd = input_debug.ifdmap[ext.ifd];
|
| 11914 |
|
|
}
|
| 11915 |
|
|
|
| 11916 |
|
|
h->esym = ext;
|
| 11917 |
|
|
}
|
| 11918 |
|
|
|
| 11919 |
|
|
/* Free up the information we just read. */
|
| 11920 |
|
|
free (input_debug.line);
|
| 11921 |
|
|
free (input_debug.external_dnr);
|
| 11922 |
|
|
free (input_debug.external_pdr);
|
| 11923 |
|
|
free (input_debug.external_sym);
|
| 11924 |
|
|
free (input_debug.external_opt);
|
| 11925 |
|
|
free (input_debug.external_aux);
|
| 11926 |
|
|
free (input_debug.ss);
|
| 11927 |
|
|
free (input_debug.ssext);
|
| 11928 |
|
|
free (input_debug.external_fdr);
|
| 11929 |
|
|
free (input_debug.external_rfd);
|
| 11930 |
|
|
free (input_debug.external_ext);
|
| 11931 |
|
|
|
| 11932 |
|
|
/* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
|
| 11933 |
|
|
elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
|
| 11934 |
|
|
input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
|
| 11935 |
|
|
}
|
| 11936 |
|
|
|
| 11937 |
|
|
if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && info->shared)
|
| 11938 |
|
|
{
|
| 11939 |
|
|
/* Create .rtproc section. */
|
| 11940 |
|
|
rtproc_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
|
| 11941 |
|
|
if (rtproc_sec == NULL)
|
| 11942 |
|
|
{
|
| 11943 |
|
|
flagword flags = (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
|
| 11944 |
|
|
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_READONLY);
|
| 11945 |
|
|
|
| 11946 |
|
|
rtproc_sec = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd,
|
| 11947 |
|
|
".rtproc",
|
| 11948 |
|
|
flags);
|
| 11949 |
|
|
if (rtproc_sec == NULL
|
| 11950 |
|
|
|| ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, rtproc_sec, 4))
|
| 11951 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 11952 |
|
|
}
|
| 11953 |
|
|
|
| 11954 |
|
|
if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle, abfd,
|
| 11955 |
|
|
info, rtproc_sec,
|
| 11956 |
|
|
&debug))
|
| 11957 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 11958 |
|
|
}
|
| 11959 |
|
|
|
| 11960 |
|
|
/* Build the external symbol information. */
|
| 11961 |
|
|
einfo.abfd = abfd;
|
| 11962 |
|
|
einfo.info = info;
|
| 11963 |
|
|
einfo.debug = &debug;
|
| 11964 |
|
|
einfo.swap = swap;
|
| 11965 |
|
|
einfo.failed = FALSE;
|
| 11966 |
|
|
mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
|
| 11967 |
|
|
mips_elf_output_extsym, &einfo);
|
| 11968 |
|
|
if (einfo.failed)
|
| 11969 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 11970 |
|
|
|
| 11971 |
|
|
/* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
|
| 11972 |
|
|
o->size = bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd, &debug, swap);
|
| 11973 |
|
|
|
| 11974 |
|
|
/* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
|
| 11975 |
|
|
matters, but someday it might). */
|
| 11976 |
|
|
o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
|
| 11977 |
|
|
|
| 11978 |
|
|
mdebug_sec = o;
|
| 11979 |
|
|
}
|
| 11980 |
|
|
|
| 11981 |
|
|
if (CONST_STRNEQ (o->name, ".gptab."))
|
| 11982 |
|
|
{
|
| 11983 |
|
|
const char *subname;
|
| 11984 |
|
|
unsigned int c;
|
| 11985 |
|
|
Elf32_gptab *tab;
|
| 11986 |
|
|
Elf32_External_gptab *ext_tab;
|
| 11987 |
|
|
unsigned int j;
|
| 11988 |
|
|
|
| 11989 |
|
|
/* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
|
| 11990 |
|
|
information describing how the small data area would
|
| 11991 |
|
|
change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
|
| 11992 |
|
|
not used in executables files. */
|
| 11993 |
|
|
if (! info->relocatable)
|
| 11994 |
|
|
{
|
| 11995 |
|
|
for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
|
| 11996 |
|
|
{
|
| 11997 |
|
|
asection *input_section;
|
| 11998 |
|
|
|
| 11999 |
|
|
if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
|
| 12000 |
|
|
{
|
| 12001 |
|
|
if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
|
| 12002 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 12003 |
|
|
abort ();
|
| 12004 |
|
|
}
|
| 12005 |
|
|
|
| 12006 |
|
|
input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
|
| 12007 |
|
|
|
| 12008 |
|
|
/* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
|
| 12009 |
|
|
elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
|
| 12010 |
|
|
input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
|
| 12011 |
|
|
}
|
| 12012 |
|
|
|
| 12013 |
|
|
/* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
|
| 12014 |
|
|
currently matters, but someday it might). */
|
| 12015 |
|
|
o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
|
| 12016 |
|
|
|
| 12017 |
|
|
/* Really remove the section. */
|
| 12018 |
|
|
bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, o);
|
| 12019 |
|
|
--abfd->section_count;
|
| 12020 |
|
|
|
| 12021 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 12022 |
|
|
}
|
| 12023 |
|
|
|
| 12024 |
|
|
/* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
|
| 12025 |
|
|
uninitialized data. */
|
| 12026 |
|
|
if (strcmp (o->name, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
|
| 12027 |
|
|
gptab_data_sec = o;
|
| 12028 |
|
|
else if (strcmp (o->name, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
|
| 12029 |
|
|
gptab_bss_sec = o;
|
| 12030 |
|
|
else
|
| 12031 |
|
|
{
|
| 12032 |
|
|
(*_bfd_error_handler)
|
| 12033 |
|
|
(_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"),
|
| 12034 |
|
|
bfd_get_filename (abfd), o->name);
|
| 12035 |
|
|
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section);
|
| 12036 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 12037 |
|
|
}
|
| 12038 |
|
|
|
| 12039 |
|
|
/* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
|
| 12040 |
|
|
.gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
|
| 12041 |
|
|
.gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
|
| 12042 |
|
|
no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
|
| 12043 |
|
|
case we must change the name of the output section. */
|
| 12044 |
|
|
subname = o->name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
|
| 12045 |
|
|
if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, subname) == NULL)
|
| 12046 |
|
|
{
|
| 12047 |
|
|
if (o == gptab_data_sec)
|
| 12048 |
|
|
o->name = ".gptab.data";
|
| 12049 |
|
|
else
|
| 12050 |
|
|
o->name = ".gptab.bss";
|
| 12051 |
|
|
subname = o->name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
|
| 12052 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, subname) != NULL);
|
| 12053 |
|
|
}
|
| 12054 |
|
|
|
| 12055 |
|
|
/* Set up the first entry. */
|
| 12056 |
|
|
c = 1;
|
| 12057 |
|
|
amt = c * sizeof (Elf32_gptab);
|
| 12058 |
|
|
tab = bfd_malloc (amt);
|
| 12059 |
|
|
if (tab == NULL)
|
| 12060 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 12061 |
|
|
tab[0].gt_header.gt_current_g_value = elf_gp_size (abfd);
|
| 12062 |
|
|
tab[0].gt_header.gt_unused = 0;
|
| 12063 |
|
|
|
| 12064 |
|
|
/* Combine the input sections. */
|
| 12065 |
|
|
for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
|
| 12066 |
|
|
{
|
| 12067 |
|
|
asection *input_section;
|
| 12068 |
|
|
bfd *input_bfd;
|
| 12069 |
|
|
bfd_size_type size;
|
| 12070 |
|
|
unsigned long last;
|
| 12071 |
|
|
bfd_size_type gpentry;
|
| 12072 |
|
|
|
| 12073 |
|
|
if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
|
| 12074 |
|
|
{
|
| 12075 |
|
|
if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
|
| 12076 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 12077 |
|
|
abort ();
|
| 12078 |
|
|
}
|
| 12079 |
|
|
|
| 12080 |
|
|
input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
|
| 12081 |
|
|
input_bfd = input_section->owner;
|
| 12082 |
|
|
|
| 12083 |
|
|
/* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
|
| 12084 |
|
|
by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
|
| 12085 |
|
|
sorted by ascending -G value. */
|
| 12086 |
|
|
size = input_section->size;
|
| 12087 |
|
|
last = 0;
|
| 12088 |
|
|
for (gpentry = sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
|
| 12089 |
|
|
gpentry < size;
|
| 12090 |
|
|
gpentry += sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab))
|
| 12091 |
|
|
{
|
| 12092 |
|
|
Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab;
|
| 12093 |
|
|
Elf32_gptab int_gptab;
|
| 12094 |
|
|
unsigned long val;
|
| 12095 |
|
|
unsigned long add;
|
| 12096 |
|
|
bfd_boolean exact;
|
| 12097 |
|
|
unsigned int look;
|
| 12098 |
|
|
|
| 12099 |
|
|
if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
|
| 12100 |
|
|
(input_bfd, input_section, &ext_gptab, gpentry,
|
| 12101 |
|
|
sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab))))
|
| 12102 |
|
|
{
|
| 12103 |
|
|
free (tab);
|
| 12104 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 12105 |
|
|
}
|
| 12106 |
|
|
|
| 12107 |
|
|
bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd, &ext_gptab,
|
| 12108 |
|
|
&int_gptab);
|
| 12109 |
|
|
val = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_g_value;
|
| 12110 |
|
|
add = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_bytes - last;
|
| 12111 |
|
|
|
| 12112 |
|
|
exact = FALSE;
|
| 12113 |
|
|
for (look = 1; look < c; look++)
|
| 12114 |
|
|
{
|
| 12115 |
|
|
if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value >= val)
|
| 12116 |
|
|
tab[look].gt_entry.gt_bytes += add;
|
| 12117 |
|
|
|
| 12118 |
|
|
if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value == val)
|
| 12119 |
|
|
exact = TRUE;
|
| 12120 |
|
|
}
|
| 12121 |
|
|
|
| 12122 |
|
|
if (! exact)
|
| 12123 |
|
|
{
|
| 12124 |
|
|
Elf32_gptab *new_tab;
|
| 12125 |
|
|
unsigned int max;
|
| 12126 |
|
|
|
| 12127 |
|
|
/* We need a new table entry. */
|
| 12128 |
|
|
amt = (bfd_size_type) (c + 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab);
|
| 12129 |
|
|
new_tab = bfd_realloc (tab, amt);
|
| 12130 |
|
|
if (new_tab == NULL)
|
| 12131 |
|
|
{
|
| 12132 |
|
|
free (tab);
|
| 12133 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 12134 |
|
|
}
|
| 12135 |
|
|
tab = new_tab;
|
| 12136 |
|
|
tab[c].gt_entry.gt_g_value = val;
|
| 12137 |
|
|
tab[c].gt_entry.gt_bytes = add;
|
| 12138 |
|
|
|
| 12139 |
|
|
/* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
|
| 12140 |
|
|
value, since that will be implied by this new
|
| 12141 |
|
|
value. */
|
| 12142 |
|
|
max = 0;
|
| 12143 |
|
|
for (look = 1; look < c; look++)
|
| 12144 |
|
|
{
|
| 12145 |
|
|
if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value < val
|
| 12146 |
|
|
&& (max == 0
|
| 12147 |
|
|
|| (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value
|
| 12148 |
|
|
> tab[max].gt_entry.gt_g_value)))
|
| 12149 |
|
|
max = look;
|
| 12150 |
|
|
}
|
| 12151 |
|
|
if (max != 0)
|
| 12152 |
|
|
tab[c].gt_entry.gt_bytes +=
|
| 12153 |
|
|
tab[max].gt_entry.gt_bytes;
|
| 12154 |
|
|
|
| 12155 |
|
|
++c;
|
| 12156 |
|
|
}
|
| 12157 |
|
|
|
| 12158 |
|
|
last = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_bytes;
|
| 12159 |
|
|
}
|
| 12160 |
|
|
|
| 12161 |
|
|
/* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
|
| 12162 |
|
|
elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
|
| 12163 |
|
|
input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
|
| 12164 |
|
|
}
|
| 12165 |
|
|
|
| 12166 |
|
|
/* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
|
| 12167 |
|
|
if (c > 2)
|
| 12168 |
|
|
qsort (tab + 1, c - 1, sizeof (tab[0]), gptab_compare);
|
| 12169 |
|
|
|
| 12170 |
|
|
/* Swap out the table. */
|
| 12171 |
|
|
amt = (bfd_size_type) c * sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
|
| 12172 |
|
|
ext_tab = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
|
| 12173 |
|
|
if (ext_tab == NULL)
|
| 12174 |
|
|
{
|
| 12175 |
|
|
free (tab);
|
| 12176 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 12177 |
|
|
}
|
| 12178 |
|
|
|
| 12179 |
|
|
for (j = 0; j < c; j++)
|
| 12180 |
|
|
bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd, tab + j, ext_tab + j);
|
| 12181 |
|
|
free (tab);
|
| 12182 |
|
|
|
| 12183 |
|
|
o->size = c * sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
|
| 12184 |
|
|
o->contents = (bfd_byte *) ext_tab;
|
| 12185 |
|
|
|
| 12186 |
|
|
/* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
|
| 12187 |
|
|
matters, but someday it might). */
|
| 12188 |
|
|
o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
|
| 12189 |
|
|
}
|
| 12190 |
|
|
}
|
| 12191 |
|
|
|
| 12192 |
|
|
/* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
|
| 12193 |
|
|
if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd, info))
|
| 12194 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 12195 |
|
|
|
| 12196 |
|
|
/* Now write out the computed sections. */
|
| 12197 |
|
|
|
| 12198 |
|
|
if (reginfo_sec != NULL)
|
| 12199 |
|
|
{
|
| 12200 |
|
|
Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
|
| 12201 |
|
|
|
| 12202 |
|
|
bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd, ®info, &ext);
|
| 12203 |
|
|
if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, reginfo_sec, &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
|
| 12204 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 12205 |
|
|
}
|
| 12206 |
|
|
|
| 12207 |
|
|
if (mdebug_sec != NULL)
|
| 12208 |
|
|
{
|
| 12209 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (abfd->output_has_begun);
|
| 12210 |
|
|
if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug,
|
| 12211 |
|
|
swap, info,
|
| 12212 |
|
|
mdebug_sec->filepos))
|
| 12213 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 12214 |
|
|
|
| 12215 |
|
|
bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug, swap, info);
|
| 12216 |
|
|
}
|
| 12217 |
|
|
|
| 12218 |
|
|
if (gptab_data_sec != NULL)
|
| 12219 |
|
|
{
|
| 12220 |
|
|
if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, gptab_data_sec,
|
| 12221 |
|
|
gptab_data_sec->contents,
|
| 12222 |
|
|
0, gptab_data_sec->size))
|
| 12223 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 12224 |
|
|
}
|
| 12225 |
|
|
|
| 12226 |
|
|
if (gptab_bss_sec != NULL)
|
| 12227 |
|
|
{
|
| 12228 |
|
|
if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, gptab_bss_sec,
|
| 12229 |
|
|
gptab_bss_sec->contents,
|
| 12230 |
|
|
0, gptab_bss_sec->size))
|
| 12231 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 12232 |
|
|
}
|
| 12233 |
|
|
|
| 12234 |
|
|
if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
|
| 12235 |
|
|
{
|
| 12236 |
|
|
rtproc_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
|
| 12237 |
|
|
if (rtproc_sec != NULL)
|
| 12238 |
|
|
{
|
| 12239 |
|
|
if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, rtproc_sec,
|
| 12240 |
|
|
rtproc_sec->contents,
|
| 12241 |
|
|
0, rtproc_sec->size))
|
| 12242 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 12243 |
|
|
}
|
| 12244 |
|
|
}
|
| 12245 |
|
|
|
| 12246 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 12247 |
|
|
}
|
| 12248 |
|
|
|
| 12249 |
|
|
/* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
|
| 12250 |
|
|
|
| 12251 |
|
|
struct mips_mach_extension {
|
| 12252 |
|
|
unsigned long extension, base;
|
| 12253 |
|
|
};
|
| 12254 |
|
|
|
| 12255 |
|
|
|
| 12256 |
|
|
/* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
|
| 12257 |
|
|
are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
|
| 12258 |
|
|
|
| 12259 |
|
|
static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions[] = {
|
| 12260 |
|
|
/* MIPS64r2 extensions. */
|
| 12261 |
|
|
{ bfd_mach_mips_octeon, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2 },
|
| 12262 |
|
|
|
| 12263 |
|
|
/* MIPS64 extensions. */
|
| 12264 |
|
|
{ bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
|
| 12265 |
|
|
{ bfd_mach_mips_sb1, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
|
| 12266 |
|
|
{ bfd_mach_mips_xlr, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
|
| 12267 |
|
|
{ bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
|
| 12268 |
|
|
|
| 12269 |
|
|
/* MIPS V extensions. */
|
| 12270 |
|
|
{ bfd_mach_mipsisa64, bfd_mach_mips5 },
|
| 12271 |
|
|
|
| 12272 |
|
|
/* R10000 extensions. */
|
| 12273 |
|
|
{ bfd_mach_mips12000, bfd_mach_mips10000 },
|
| 12274 |
|
|
{ bfd_mach_mips14000, bfd_mach_mips10000 },
|
| 12275 |
|
|
{ bfd_mach_mips16000, bfd_mach_mips10000 },
|
| 12276 |
|
|
|
| 12277 |
|
|
/* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
|
| 12278 |
|
|
vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
|
| 12279 |
|
|
better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
|
| 12280 |
|
|
many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
|
| 12281 |
|
|
some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
|
| 12282 |
|
|
{ bfd_mach_mips5500, bfd_mach_mips5400 },
|
| 12283 |
|
|
{ bfd_mach_mips5400, bfd_mach_mips5000 },
|
| 12284 |
|
|
|
| 12285 |
|
|
/* MIPS IV extensions. */
|
| 12286 |
|
|
{ bfd_mach_mips5, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
|
| 12287 |
|
|
{ bfd_mach_mips10000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
|
| 12288 |
|
|
{ bfd_mach_mips5000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
|
| 12289 |
|
|
{ bfd_mach_mips7000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
|
| 12290 |
|
|
{ bfd_mach_mips9000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
|
| 12291 |
|
|
|
| 12292 |
|
|
/* VR4100 extensions. */
|
| 12293 |
|
|
{ bfd_mach_mips4120, bfd_mach_mips4100 },
|
| 12294 |
|
|
{ bfd_mach_mips4111, bfd_mach_mips4100 },
|
| 12295 |
|
|
|
| 12296 |
|
|
/* MIPS III extensions. */
|
| 12297 |
|
|
{ bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
|
| 12298 |
|
|
{ bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
|
| 12299 |
|
|
{ bfd_mach_mips8000, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
|
| 12300 |
|
|
{ bfd_mach_mips4650, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
|
| 12301 |
|
|
{ bfd_mach_mips4600, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
|
| 12302 |
|
|
{ bfd_mach_mips4400, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
|
| 12303 |
|
|
{ bfd_mach_mips4300, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
|
| 12304 |
|
|
{ bfd_mach_mips4100, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
|
| 12305 |
|
|
{ bfd_mach_mips4010, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
|
| 12306 |
|
|
|
| 12307 |
|
|
/* MIPS32 extensions. */
|
| 12308 |
|
|
{ bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2, bfd_mach_mipsisa32 },
|
| 12309 |
|
|
|
| 12310 |
|
|
/* MIPS II extensions. */
|
| 12311 |
|
|
{ bfd_mach_mips4000, bfd_mach_mips6000 },
|
| 12312 |
|
|
{ bfd_mach_mipsisa32, bfd_mach_mips6000 },
|
| 12313 |
|
|
|
| 12314 |
|
|
/* MIPS I extensions. */
|
| 12315 |
|
|
{ bfd_mach_mips6000, bfd_mach_mips3000 },
|
| 12316 |
|
|
{ bfd_mach_mips3900, bfd_mach_mips3000 }
|
| 12317 |
|
|
};
|
| 12318 |
|
|
|
| 12319 |
|
|
|
| 12320 |
|
|
/* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
|
| 12321 |
|
|
|
| 12322 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
| 12323 |
|
|
mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base, unsigned long extension)
|
| 12324 |
|
|
{
|
| 12325 |
|
|
size_t i;
|
| 12326 |
|
|
|
| 12327 |
|
|
if (extension == base)
|
| 12328 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 12329 |
|
|
|
| 12330 |
|
|
if (base == bfd_mach_mipsisa32
|
| 12331 |
|
|
&& mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64, extension))
|
| 12332 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 12333 |
|
|
|
| 12334 |
|
|
if (base == bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
|
| 12335 |
|
|
&& mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2, extension))
|
| 12336 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 12337 |
|
|
|
| 12338 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions); i++)
|
| 12339 |
|
|
if (extension == mips_mach_extensions[i].extension)
|
| 12340 |
|
|
{
|
| 12341 |
|
|
extension = mips_mach_extensions[i].base;
|
| 12342 |
|
|
if (extension == base)
|
| 12343 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 12344 |
|
|
}
|
| 12345 |
|
|
|
| 12346 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 12347 |
|
|
}
|
| 12348 |
|
|
|
| 12349 |
|
|
|
| 12350 |
|
|
/* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
|
| 12351 |
|
|
|
| 12352 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
| 12353 |
|
|
mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags)
|
| 12354 |
|
|
{
|
| 12355 |
|
|
return ((flags & EF_MIPS_32BITMODE) != 0
|
| 12356 |
|
|
|| (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
|
| 12357 |
|
|
|| (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
|
| 12358 |
|
|
|| (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
|
| 12359 |
|
|
|| (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
|
| 12360 |
|
|
|| (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
|
| 12361 |
|
|
|| (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2);
|
| 12362 |
|
|
}
|
| 12363 |
|
|
|
| 12364 |
|
|
|
| 12365 |
|
|
/* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if
|
| 12366 |
|
|
there are conflicting attributes. */
|
| 12367 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
| 12368 |
|
|
mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
|
| 12369 |
|
|
{
|
| 12370 |
|
|
obj_attribute *in_attr;
|
| 12371 |
|
|
obj_attribute *out_attr;
|
| 12372 |
|
|
|
| 12373 |
|
|
if (!elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd)[0].i)
|
| 12374 |
|
|
{
|
| 12375 |
|
|
/* This is the first object. Copy the attributes. */
|
| 12376 |
|
|
_bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
|
| 12377 |
|
|
|
| 12378 |
|
|
/* Use the Tag_null value to indicate the attributes have been
|
| 12379 |
|
|
initialized. */
|
| 12380 |
|
|
elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd)[0].i = 1;
|
| 12381 |
|
|
|
| 12382 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 12383 |
|
|
}
|
| 12384 |
|
|
|
| 12385 |
|
|
/* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attributes and merge
|
| 12386 |
|
|
non-conflicting ones. */
|
| 12387 |
|
|
in_attr = elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
|
| 12388 |
|
|
out_attr = elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
|
| 12389 |
|
|
if (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i != out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
|
| 12390 |
|
|
{
|
| 12391 |
|
|
out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].type = 1;
|
| 12392 |
|
|
if (out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i == 0)
|
| 12393 |
|
|
out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i = in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i;
|
| 12394 |
|
|
else if (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i == 0)
|
| 12395 |
|
|
;
|
| 12396 |
|
|
else if (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i > 4)
|
| 12397 |
|
|
_bfd_error_handler
|
| 12398 |
|
|
(_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"), ibfd,
|
| 12399 |
|
|
in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i);
|
| 12400 |
|
|
else if (out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i > 4)
|
| 12401 |
|
|
_bfd_error_handler
|
| 12402 |
|
|
(_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"), obfd,
|
| 12403 |
|
|
out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i);
|
| 12404 |
|
|
else
|
| 12405 |
|
|
switch (out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
|
| 12406 |
|
|
{
|
| 12407 |
|
|
case 1:
|
| 12408 |
|
|
switch (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
|
| 12409 |
|
|
{
|
| 12410 |
|
|
case 2:
|
| 12411 |
|
|
_bfd_error_handler
|
| 12412 |
|
|
(_("Warning: %B uses -msingle-float, %B uses -mdouble-float"),
|
| 12413 |
|
|
obfd, ibfd);
|
| 12414 |
|
|
break;
|
| 12415 |
|
|
|
| 12416 |
|
|
case 3:
|
| 12417 |
|
|
_bfd_error_handler
|
| 12418 |
|
|
(_("Warning: %B uses hard float, %B uses soft float"),
|
| 12419 |
|
|
obfd, ibfd);
|
| 12420 |
|
|
break;
|
| 12421 |
|
|
|
| 12422 |
|
|
case 4:
|
| 12423 |
|
|
_bfd_error_handler
|
| 12424 |
|
|
(_("Warning: %B uses -msingle-float, %B uses -mips32r2 -mfp64"),
|
| 12425 |
|
|
obfd, ibfd);
|
| 12426 |
|
|
break;
|
| 12427 |
|
|
|
| 12428 |
|
|
default:
|
| 12429 |
|
|
abort ();
|
| 12430 |
|
|
}
|
| 12431 |
|
|
break;
|
| 12432 |
|
|
|
| 12433 |
|
|
case 2:
|
| 12434 |
|
|
switch (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
|
| 12435 |
|
|
{
|
| 12436 |
|
|
case 1:
|
| 12437 |
|
|
_bfd_error_handler
|
| 12438 |
|
|
(_("Warning: %B uses -msingle-float, %B uses -mdouble-float"),
|
| 12439 |
|
|
ibfd, obfd);
|
| 12440 |
|
|
break;
|
| 12441 |
|
|
|
| 12442 |
|
|
case 3:
|
| 12443 |
|
|
_bfd_error_handler
|
| 12444 |
|
|
(_("Warning: %B uses hard float, %B uses soft float"),
|
| 12445 |
|
|
obfd, ibfd);
|
| 12446 |
|
|
break;
|
| 12447 |
|
|
|
| 12448 |
|
|
case 4:
|
| 12449 |
|
|
_bfd_error_handler
|
| 12450 |
|
|
(_("Warning: %B uses -mdouble-float, %B uses -mips32r2 -mfp64"),
|
| 12451 |
|
|
obfd, ibfd);
|
| 12452 |
|
|
break;
|
| 12453 |
|
|
|
| 12454 |
|
|
default:
|
| 12455 |
|
|
abort ();
|
| 12456 |
|
|
}
|
| 12457 |
|
|
break;
|
| 12458 |
|
|
|
| 12459 |
|
|
case 3:
|
| 12460 |
|
|
switch (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
|
| 12461 |
|
|
{
|
| 12462 |
|
|
case 1:
|
| 12463 |
|
|
case 2:
|
| 12464 |
|
|
case 4:
|
| 12465 |
|
|
_bfd_error_handler
|
| 12466 |
|
|
(_("Warning: %B uses hard float, %B uses soft float"),
|
| 12467 |
|
|
ibfd, obfd);
|
| 12468 |
|
|
break;
|
| 12469 |
|
|
|
| 12470 |
|
|
default:
|
| 12471 |
|
|
abort ();
|
| 12472 |
|
|
}
|
| 12473 |
|
|
break;
|
| 12474 |
|
|
|
| 12475 |
|
|
case 4:
|
| 12476 |
|
|
switch (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
|
| 12477 |
|
|
{
|
| 12478 |
|
|
case 1:
|
| 12479 |
|
|
_bfd_error_handler
|
| 12480 |
|
|
(_("Warning: %B uses -msingle-float, %B uses -mips32r2 -mfp64"),
|
| 12481 |
|
|
ibfd, obfd);
|
| 12482 |
|
|
break;
|
| 12483 |
|
|
|
| 12484 |
|
|
case 2:
|
| 12485 |
|
|
_bfd_error_handler
|
| 12486 |
|
|
(_("Warning: %B uses -mdouble-float, %B uses -mips32r2 -mfp64"),
|
| 12487 |
|
|
ibfd, obfd);
|
| 12488 |
|
|
break;
|
| 12489 |
|
|
|
| 12490 |
|
|
case 3:
|
| 12491 |
|
|
_bfd_error_handler
|
| 12492 |
|
|
(_("Warning: %B uses hard float, %B uses soft float"),
|
| 12493 |
|
|
obfd, ibfd);
|
| 12494 |
|
|
break;
|
| 12495 |
|
|
|
| 12496 |
|
|
default:
|
| 12497 |
|
|
abort ();
|
| 12498 |
|
|
}
|
| 12499 |
|
|
break;
|
| 12500 |
|
|
|
| 12501 |
|
|
default:
|
| 12502 |
|
|
abort ();
|
| 12503 |
|
|
}
|
| 12504 |
|
|
}
|
| 12505 |
|
|
|
| 12506 |
|
|
/* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
|
| 12507 |
|
|
_bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
|
| 12508 |
|
|
|
| 12509 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 12510 |
|
|
}
|
| 12511 |
|
|
|
| 12512 |
|
|
/* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
|
| 12513 |
|
|
object file when linking. */
|
| 12514 |
|
|
|
| 12515 |
|
|
bfd_boolean
|
| 12516 |
|
|
_bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
|
| 12517 |
|
|
{
|
| 12518 |
|
|
flagword old_flags;
|
| 12519 |
|
|
flagword new_flags;
|
| 12520 |
|
|
bfd_boolean ok;
|
| 12521 |
|
|
bfd_boolean null_input_bfd = TRUE;
|
| 12522 |
|
|
asection *sec;
|
| 12523 |
|
|
|
| 12524 |
|
|
/* Check if we have the same endianness. */
|
| 12525 |
|
|
if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, obfd))
|
| 12526 |
|
|
{
|
| 12527 |
|
|
(*_bfd_error_handler)
|
| 12528 |
|
|
(_("%B: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
|
| 12529 |
|
|
ibfd);
|
| 12530 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 12531 |
|
|
}
|
| 12532 |
|
|
|
| 12533 |
|
|
if (!is_mips_elf (ibfd) || !is_mips_elf (obfd))
|
| 12534 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 12535 |
|
|
|
| 12536 |
|
|
if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd), bfd_get_target (obfd)) != 0)
|
| 12537 |
|
|
{
|
| 12538 |
|
|
(*_bfd_error_handler)
|
| 12539 |
|
|
(_("%B: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
|
| 12540 |
|
|
ibfd);
|
| 12541 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 12542 |
|
|
}
|
| 12543 |
|
|
|
| 12544 |
|
|
if (!mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd))
|
| 12545 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 12546 |
|
|
|
| 12547 |
|
|
new_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
|
| 12548 |
|
|
elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
|
| 12549 |
|
|
old_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags;
|
| 12550 |
|
|
|
| 12551 |
|
|
if (! elf_flags_init (obfd))
|
| 12552 |
|
|
{
|
| 12553 |
|
|
elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
|
| 12554 |
|
|
elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = new_flags;
|
| 12555 |
|
|
elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
|
| 12556 |
|
|
= elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS];
|
| 12557 |
|
|
|
| 12558 |
|
|
if (bfd_get_arch (obfd) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd)
|
| 12559 |
|
|
&& (bfd_get_arch_info (obfd)->the_default
|
| 12560 |
|
|
|| mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd),
|
| 12561 |
|
|
bfd_get_mach (ibfd))))
|
| 12562 |
|
|
{
|
| 12563 |
|
|
if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_get_arch (ibfd),
|
| 12564 |
|
|
bfd_get_mach (ibfd)))
|
| 12565 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 12566 |
|
|
}
|
| 12567 |
|
|
|
| 12568 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 12569 |
|
|
}
|
| 12570 |
|
|
|
| 12571 |
|
|
/* Check flag compatibility. */
|
| 12572 |
|
|
|
| 12573 |
|
|
new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
|
| 12574 |
|
|
old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
|
| 12575 |
|
|
|
| 12576 |
|
|
/* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
|
| 12577 |
|
|
doesn't seem to matter. */
|
| 12578 |
|
|
new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT;
|
| 12579 |
|
|
old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT;
|
| 12580 |
|
|
|
| 12581 |
|
|
/* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
|
| 12582 |
|
|
just be able to ignore this. */
|
| 12583 |
|
|
new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE;
|
| 12584 |
|
|
old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE;
|
| 12585 |
|
|
|
| 12586 |
|
|
/* DSOs should only be linked with CPIC code. */
|
| 12587 |
|
|
if ((ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
|
| 12588 |
|
|
new_flags |= EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC;
|
| 12589 |
|
|
|
| 12590 |
|
|
if (new_flags == old_flags)
|
| 12591 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 12592 |
|
|
|
| 12593 |
|
|
/* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections.
|
| 12594 |
|
|
If not, its flags may not have been initialised either, but it cannot
|
| 12595 |
|
|
actually cause any incompatibility. */
|
| 12596 |
|
|
for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
|
| 12597 |
|
|
{
|
| 12598 |
|
|
/* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
|
| 12599 |
|
|
which are automatically generated by gas. Also ignore fake
|
| 12600 |
|
|
(s)common sections, since merely defining a common symbol does
|
| 12601 |
|
|
not affect compatibility. */
|
| 12602 |
|
|
if ((sec->flags & SEC_IS_COMMON) == 0
|
| 12603 |
|
|
&& strcmp (sec->name, ".reginfo")
|
| 12604 |
|
|
&& strcmp (sec->name, ".mdebug")
|
| 12605 |
|
|
&& (sec->size != 0
|
| 12606 |
|
|
|| (strcmp (sec->name, ".text")
|
| 12607 |
|
|
&& strcmp (sec->name, ".data")
|
| 12608 |
|
|
&& strcmp (sec->name, ".bss"))))
|
| 12609 |
|
|
{
|
| 12610 |
|
|
null_input_bfd = FALSE;
|
| 12611 |
|
|
break;
|
| 12612 |
|
|
}
|
| 12613 |
|
|
}
|
| 12614 |
|
|
if (null_input_bfd)
|
| 12615 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 12616 |
|
|
|
| 12617 |
|
|
ok = TRUE;
|
| 12618 |
|
|
|
| 12619 |
|
|
if (((new_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) != 0)
|
| 12620 |
|
|
!= ((old_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) != 0))
|
| 12621 |
|
|
{
|
| 12622 |
|
|
(*_bfd_error_handler)
|
| 12623 |
|
|
(_("%B: warning: linking abicalls files with non-abicalls files"),
|
| 12624 |
|
|
ibfd);
|
| 12625 |
|
|
ok = TRUE;
|
| 12626 |
|
|
}
|
| 12627 |
|
|
|
| 12628 |
|
|
if (new_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC))
|
| 12629 |
|
|
elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= EF_MIPS_CPIC;
|
| 12630 |
|
|
if (! (new_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC))
|
| 12631 |
|
|
elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_PIC;
|
| 12632 |
|
|
|
| 12633 |
|
|
new_flags &= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC);
|
| 12634 |
|
|
old_flags &= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC);
|
| 12635 |
|
|
|
| 12636 |
|
|
/* Compare the ISAs. */
|
| 12637 |
|
|
if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags))
|
| 12638 |
|
|
{
|
| 12639 |
|
|
(*_bfd_error_handler)
|
| 12640 |
|
|
(_("%B: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
|
| 12641 |
|
|
ibfd);
|
| 12642 |
|
|
ok = FALSE;
|
| 12643 |
|
|
}
|
| 12644 |
|
|
else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd), bfd_get_mach (obfd)))
|
| 12645 |
|
|
{
|
| 12646 |
|
|
/* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
|
| 12647 |
|
|
if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd), bfd_get_mach (ibfd)))
|
| 12648 |
|
|
{
|
| 12649 |
|
|
/* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
|
| 12650 |
|
|
the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
|
| 12651 |
|
|
OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
|
| 12652 |
|
|
bfd_set_arch_info (obfd, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd));
|
| 12653 |
|
|
elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH);
|
| 12654 |
|
|
elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags
|
| 12655 |
|
|
|= new_flags & (EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
|
| 12656 |
|
|
|
| 12657 |
|
|
/* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
|
| 12658 |
|
|
and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
|
| 12659 |
|
|
if ((old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == 0
|
| 12660 |
|
|
&& mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags)
|
| 12661 |
|
|
&& !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags & ~EF_MIPS_ABI))
|
| 12662 |
|
|
elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI;
|
| 12663 |
|
|
}
|
| 12664 |
|
|
else
|
| 12665 |
|
|
{
|
| 12666 |
|
|
/* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
|
| 12667 |
|
|
(*_bfd_error_handler)
|
| 12668 |
|
|
(_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
|
| 12669 |
|
|
ibfd,
|
| 12670 |
|
|
bfd_printable_name (ibfd),
|
| 12671 |
|
|
bfd_printable_name (obfd));
|
| 12672 |
|
|
ok = FALSE;
|
| 12673 |
|
|
}
|
| 12674 |
|
|
}
|
| 12675 |
|
|
|
| 12676 |
|
|
new_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
|
| 12677 |
|
|
old_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
|
| 12678 |
|
|
|
| 12679 |
|
|
/* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
|
| 12680 |
|
|
does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
|
| 12681 |
|
|
if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI)
|
| 12682 |
|
|
|| (elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
|
| 12683 |
|
|
!= elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]))
|
| 12684 |
|
|
{
|
| 12685 |
|
|
/* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
|
| 12686 |
|
|
if (((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) && (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI))
|
| 12687 |
|
|
|| (elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
|
| 12688 |
|
|
!= elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]))
|
| 12689 |
|
|
{
|
| 12690 |
|
|
(*_bfd_error_handler)
|
| 12691 |
|
|
(_("%B: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
|
| 12692 |
|
|
ibfd,
|
| 12693 |
|
|
elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd),
|
| 12694 |
|
|
elf_mips_abi_name (obfd));
|
| 12695 |
|
|
ok = FALSE;
|
| 12696 |
|
|
}
|
| 12697 |
|
|
new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_ABI;
|
| 12698 |
|
|
old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_ABI;
|
| 12699 |
|
|
}
|
| 12700 |
|
|
|
| 12701 |
|
|
/* For now, allow arbitrary mixing of ASEs (retain the union). */
|
| 12702 |
|
|
if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE))
|
| 12703 |
|
|
{
|
| 12704 |
|
|
elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
|
| 12705 |
|
|
|
| 12706 |
|
|
new_flags &= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
|
| 12707 |
|
|
old_flags &= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
|
| 12708 |
|
|
}
|
| 12709 |
|
|
|
| 12710 |
|
|
/* Warn about any other mismatches */
|
| 12711 |
|
|
if (new_flags != old_flags)
|
| 12712 |
|
|
{
|
| 12713 |
|
|
(*_bfd_error_handler)
|
| 12714 |
|
|
(_("%B: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules (0x%lx)"),
|
| 12715 |
|
|
ibfd, (unsigned long) new_flags,
|
| 12716 |
|
|
(unsigned long) old_flags);
|
| 12717 |
|
|
ok = FALSE;
|
| 12718 |
|
|
}
|
| 12719 |
|
|
|
| 12720 |
|
|
if (! ok)
|
| 12721 |
|
|
{
|
| 12722 |
|
|
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
| 12723 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
| 12724 |
|
|
}
|
| 12725 |
|
|
|
| 12726 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 12727 |
|
|
}
|
| 12728 |
|
|
|
| 12729 |
|
|
/* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
|
| 12730 |
|
|
|
| 12731 |
|
|
bfd_boolean
|
| 12732 |
|
|
_bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags)
|
| 12733 |
|
|
{
|
| 12734 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd)
|
| 12735 |
|
|
|| elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags == flags);
|
| 12736 |
|
|
|
| 12737 |
|
|
elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags;
|
| 12738 |
|
|
elf_flags_init (abfd) = TRUE;
|
| 12739 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 12740 |
|
|
}
|
| 12741 |
|
|
|
| 12742 |
|
|
char *
|
| 12743 |
|
|
_bfd_mips_elf_get_target_dtag (bfd_vma dtag)
|
| 12744 |
|
|
{
|
| 12745 |
|
|
switch (dtag)
|
| 12746 |
|
|
{
|
| 12747 |
|
|
default: return "";
|
| 12748 |
|
|
case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION:
|
| 12749 |
|
|
return "MIPS_RLD_VERSION";
|
| 12750 |
|
|
case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP:
|
| 12751 |
|
|
return "MIPS_TIME_STAMP";
|
| 12752 |
|
|
case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM:
|
| 12753 |
|
|
return "MIPS_ICHECKSUM";
|
| 12754 |
|
|
case DT_MIPS_IVERSION:
|
| 12755 |
|
|
return "MIPS_IVERSION";
|
| 12756 |
|
|
case DT_MIPS_FLAGS:
|
| 12757 |
|
|
return "MIPS_FLAGS";
|
| 12758 |
|
|
case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS:
|
| 12759 |
|
|
return "MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS";
|
| 12760 |
|
|
case DT_MIPS_MSYM:
|
| 12761 |
|
|
return "MIPS_MSYM";
|
| 12762 |
|
|
case DT_MIPS_CONFLICT:
|
| 12763 |
|
|
return "MIPS_CONFLICT";
|
| 12764 |
|
|
case DT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
|
| 12765 |
|
|
return "MIPS_LIBLIST";
|
| 12766 |
|
|
case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO:
|
| 12767 |
|
|
return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO";
|
| 12768 |
|
|
case DT_MIPS_CONFLICTNO:
|
| 12769 |
|
|
return "MIPS_CONFLICTNO";
|
| 12770 |
|
|
case DT_MIPS_LIBLISTNO:
|
| 12771 |
|
|
return "MIPS_LIBLISTNO";
|
| 12772 |
|
|
case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO:
|
| 12773 |
|
|
return "MIPS_SYMTABNO";
|
| 12774 |
|
|
case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO:
|
| 12775 |
|
|
return "MIPS_UNREFEXTNO";
|
| 12776 |
|
|
case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM:
|
| 12777 |
|
|
return "MIPS_GOTSYM";
|
| 12778 |
|
|
case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO:
|
| 12779 |
|
|
return "MIPS_HIPAGENO";
|
| 12780 |
|
|
case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP:
|
| 12781 |
|
|
return "MIPS_RLD_MAP";
|
| 12782 |
|
|
case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS:
|
| 12783 |
|
|
return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS";
|
| 12784 |
|
|
case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO:
|
| 12785 |
|
|
return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO";
|
| 12786 |
|
|
case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE:
|
| 12787 |
|
|
return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE";
|
| 12788 |
|
|
case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO:
|
| 12789 |
|
|
return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO";
|
| 12790 |
|
|
case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC:
|
| 12791 |
|
|
return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC";
|
| 12792 |
|
|
case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO:
|
| 12793 |
|
|
return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO";
|
| 12794 |
|
|
case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM:
|
| 12795 |
|
|
return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM";
|
| 12796 |
|
|
case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO:
|
| 12797 |
|
|
return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO";
|
| 12798 |
|
|
case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM:
|
| 12799 |
|
|
return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM";
|
| 12800 |
|
|
case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO:
|
| 12801 |
|
|
return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO";
|
| 12802 |
|
|
case DT_MIPS_CXX_FLAGS:
|
| 12803 |
|
|
return "MIPS_CXX_FLAGS";
|
| 12804 |
|
|
case DT_MIPS_PIXIE_INIT:
|
| 12805 |
|
|
return "MIPS_PIXIE_INIT";
|
| 12806 |
|
|
case DT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
|
| 12807 |
|
|
return "MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB";
|
| 12808 |
|
|
case DT_MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX:
|
| 12809 |
|
|
return "MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX";
|
| 12810 |
|
|
case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX:
|
| 12811 |
|
|
return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX";
|
| 12812 |
|
|
case DT_MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX:
|
| 12813 |
|
|
return "MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX";
|
| 12814 |
|
|
case DT_MIPS_PROTECTED_GOTIDX:
|
| 12815 |
|
|
return "MIPS_PROTECTED_GOT_IDX";
|
| 12816 |
|
|
case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
|
| 12817 |
|
|
return "MIPS_OPTIONS";
|
| 12818 |
|
|
case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE:
|
| 12819 |
|
|
return "MIPS_INTERFACE";
|
| 12820 |
|
|
case DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN:
|
| 12821 |
|
|
return "DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN";
|
| 12822 |
|
|
case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE:
|
| 12823 |
|
|
return "DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE";
|
| 12824 |
|
|
case DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR:
|
| 12825 |
|
|
return "DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR";
|
| 12826 |
|
|
case DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX:
|
| 12827 |
|
|
return "DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX";
|
| 12828 |
|
|
case DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE:
|
| 12829 |
|
|
return "DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE";
|
| 12830 |
|
|
case DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE:
|
| 12831 |
|
|
return "DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE";
|
| 12832 |
|
|
case DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC:
|
| 12833 |
|
|
return "DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC";
|
| 12834 |
|
|
case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT:
|
| 12835 |
|
|
return "DT_MIPS_PLTGOT";
|
| 12836 |
|
|
case DT_MIPS_RWPLT:
|
| 12837 |
|
|
return "DT_MIPS_RWPLT";
|
| 12838 |
|
|
}
|
| 12839 |
|
|
}
|
| 12840 |
|
|
|
| 12841 |
|
|
bfd_boolean
|
| 12842 |
|
|
_bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *ptr)
|
| 12843 |
|
|
{
|
| 12844 |
|
|
FILE *file = ptr;
|
| 12845 |
|
|
|
| 12846 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (abfd != NULL && ptr != NULL);
|
| 12847 |
|
|
|
| 12848 |
|
|
/* Print normal ELF private data. */
|
| 12849 |
|
|
_bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd, ptr);
|
| 12850 |
|
|
|
| 12851 |
|
|
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
| 12852 |
|
|
fprintf (file, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags);
|
| 12853 |
|
|
|
| 12854 |
|
|
if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32)
|
| 12855 |
|
|
fprintf (file, _(" [abi=O32]"));
|
| 12856 |
|
|
else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64)
|
| 12857 |
|
|
fprintf (file, _(" [abi=O64]"));
|
| 12858 |
|
|
else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32)
|
| 12859 |
|
|
fprintf (file, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
|
| 12860 |
|
|
else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64)
|
| 12861 |
|
|
fprintf (file, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
|
| 12862 |
|
|
else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI))
|
| 12863 |
|
|
fprintf (file, _(" [abi unknown]"));
|
| 12864 |
|
|
else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd))
|
| 12865 |
|
|
fprintf (file, _(" [abi=N32]"));
|
| 12866 |
|
|
else if (ABI_64_P (abfd))
|
| 12867 |
|
|
fprintf (file, _(" [abi=64]"));
|
| 12868 |
|
|
else
|
| 12869 |
|
|
fprintf (file, _(" [no abi set]"));
|
| 12870 |
|
|
|
| 12871 |
|
|
if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1)
|
| 12872 |
|
|
fprintf (file, " [mips1]");
|
| 12873 |
|
|
else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2)
|
| 12874 |
|
|
fprintf (file, " [mips2]");
|
| 12875 |
|
|
else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3)
|
| 12876 |
|
|
fprintf (file, " [mips3]");
|
| 12877 |
|
|
else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4)
|
| 12878 |
|
|
fprintf (file, " [mips4]");
|
| 12879 |
|
|
else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5)
|
| 12880 |
|
|
fprintf (file, " [mips5]");
|
| 12881 |
|
|
else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32)
|
| 12882 |
|
|
fprintf (file, " [mips32]");
|
| 12883 |
|
|
else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64)
|
| 12884 |
|
|
fprintf (file, " [mips64]");
|
| 12885 |
|
|
else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2)
|
| 12886 |
|
|
fprintf (file, " [mips32r2]");
|
| 12887 |
|
|
else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2)
|
| 12888 |
|
|
fprintf (file, " [mips64r2]");
|
| 12889 |
|
|
else
|
| 12890 |
|
|
fprintf (file, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
|
| 12891 |
|
|
|
| 12892 |
|
|
if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX)
|
| 12893 |
|
|
fprintf (file, " [mdmx]");
|
| 12894 |
|
|
|
| 12895 |
|
|
if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16)
|
| 12896 |
|
|
fprintf (file, " [mips16]");
|
| 12897 |
|
|
|
| 12898 |
|
|
if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_32BITMODE)
|
| 12899 |
|
|
fprintf (file, " [32bitmode]");
|
| 12900 |
|
|
else
|
| 12901 |
|
|
fprintf (file, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
|
| 12902 |
|
|
|
| 12903 |
|
|
if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_NOREORDER)
|
| 12904 |
|
|
fprintf (file, " [noreorder]");
|
| 12905 |
|
|
|
| 12906 |
|
|
if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC)
|
| 12907 |
|
|
fprintf (file, " [PIC]");
|
| 12908 |
|
|
|
| 12909 |
|
|
if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_CPIC)
|
| 12910 |
|
|
fprintf (file, " [CPIC]");
|
| 12911 |
|
|
|
| 12912 |
|
|
if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_XGOT)
|
| 12913 |
|
|
fprintf (file, " [XGOT]");
|
| 12914 |
|
|
|
| 12915 |
|
|
if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_UCODE)
|
| 12916 |
|
|
fprintf (file, " [UCODE]");
|
| 12917 |
|
|
|
| 12918 |
|
|
fputc ('\n', file);
|
| 12919 |
|
|
|
| 12920 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
| 12921 |
|
|
}
|
| 12922 |
|
|
|
| 12923 |
|
|
const struct bfd_elf_special_section _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections[] =
|
| 12924 |
|
|
{
|
| 12925 |
|
|
{ STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit4"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
|
| 12926 |
|
|
{ STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit8"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
|
| 12927 |
|
|
{ STRING_COMMA_LEN (".mdebug"), 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG, 0 },
|
| 12928 |
|
|
{ STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
|
| 12929 |
|
|
{ STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
|
| 12930 |
|
|
{ STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ucode"), 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE, 0 },
|
| 12931 |
|
|
{ NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
|
| 12932 |
|
|
};
|
| 12933 |
|
|
|
| 12934 |
|
|
/* Merge non visibility st_other attributes. Ensure that the
|
| 12935 |
|
|
STO_OPTIONAL flag is copied into h->other, even if this is not a
|
| 12936 |
|
|
definiton of the symbol. */
|
| 12937 |
|
|
void
|
| 12938 |
|
|
_bfd_mips_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
|
| 12939 |
|
|
const Elf_Internal_Sym *isym,
|
| 12940 |
|
|
bfd_boolean definition,
|
| 12941 |
|
|
bfd_boolean dynamic ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 12942 |
|
|
{
|
| 12943 |
|
|
if ((isym->st_other & ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) != 0)
|
| 12944 |
|
|
{
|
| 12945 |
|
|
unsigned char other;
|
| 12946 |
|
|
|
| 12947 |
|
|
other = (definition ? isym->st_other : h->other);
|
| 12948 |
|
|
other &= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
|
| 12949 |
|
|
h->other = other | ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other);
|
| 12950 |
|
|
}
|
| 12951 |
|
|
|
| 12952 |
|
|
if (!definition
|
| 12953 |
|
|
&& ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (isym->st_other))
|
| 12954 |
|
|
h->other |= STO_OPTIONAL;
|
| 12955 |
|
|
}
|
| 12956 |
|
|
|
| 12957 |
|
|
/* Decide whether an undefined symbol is special and can be ignored.
|
| 12958 |
|
|
This is the case for OPTIONAL symbols on IRIX. */
|
| 12959 |
|
|
bfd_boolean
|
| 12960 |
|
|
_bfd_mips_elf_ignore_undef_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
|
| 12961 |
|
|
{
|
| 12962 |
|
|
return ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h->other) ? TRUE : FALSE;
|
| 12963 |
|
|
}
|
| 12964 |
|
|
|
| 12965 |
|
|
bfd_boolean
|
| 12966 |
|
|
_bfd_mips_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
|
| 12967 |
|
|
{
|
| 12968 |
|
|
return (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
|
| 12969 |
|
|
|| sym->st_shndx == SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
|
| 12970 |
|
|
|| sym->st_shndx == SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON);
|
| 12971 |
|
|
}
|
| 12972 |
|
|
|
| 12973 |
|
|
/* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
|
| 12974 |
|
|
or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
|
| 12975 |
|
|
|
| 12976 |
|
|
bfd_vma
|
| 12977 |
|
|
_bfd_mips_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i, const asection *plt,
|
| 12978 |
|
|
const arelent *rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 12979 |
|
|
{
|
| 12980 |
|
|
return (plt->vma
|
| 12981 |
|
|
+ 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry)
|
| 12982 |
|
|
+ i * 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry));
|
| 12983 |
|
|
}
|
| 12984 |
|
|
|
| 12985 |
|
|
void
|
| 12986 |
|
|
_bfd_mips_post_process_headers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
|
| 12987 |
|
|
{
|
| 12988 |
|
|
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
| 12989 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp;
|
| 12990 |
|
|
|
| 12991 |
|
|
i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
|
| 12992 |
|
|
if (link_info)
|
| 12993 |
|
|
{
|
| 12994 |
|
|
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (link_info);
|
| 12995 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
|
| 12996 |
|
|
|
| 12997 |
|
|
if (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs && !htab->is_vxworks)
|
| 12998 |
|
|
i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_ABIVERSION] = 1;
|
| 12999 |
|
|
}
|
| 13000 |
|
|
}
|